Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 23, 2024.

Registration No. 333-103199

Registration No. 811-04335

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-6

  REGISTRATION STATEMENT   
  UNDER   
  THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933   
  Pre-Effective Amendment No.   
  Post-Effective Amendment No. 49   
  AND/OR   
  REGISTRATION STATEMENT   
  UNDER   
  THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940   
  Amendment No. 246   

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

SEPARATE ACCOUNT FP

(Exact Name of Registrant)

 

 

EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

(Name of Depositor)

1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105

(Address of Depositor’s Principal Executive Offices)

Depositor’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 554-1234

 

 

Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey

Vice President and Associate General Counsel

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: Continuous.

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.

 

On May 1, 2024 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485.

 

60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.

 

On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for previously filed post-effective amendment.

Title of Securities Being Registered

Units of interest in Separate Account FP.

 

 

 


Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America

 

Supplement dated May 1, 2024, to the current variable annuity and life prospectuses, initial summary prospectuses, updating summary prospectuses, and modern alternative disclosure annual notices for variable annuity contracts and life policies listed below

 

 

 

This Supplement updates certain information in the most recent prospectus, initial summary prospectuses, updating summary prospectuses, and modern alternative disclosure annual notices (collectively, the “Prospectus”) for the variable annuity contracts and life policies listed in this Supplement. You should read this Supplement in conjunction with the Prospectus and retain it for future reference. Special terms not defined in this Supplement have the same meaning as in the Prospectus. We will send you another copy of the Prospectus or any prior supplement thereto without charge upon request. For additional information, please contact the customer service group referenced in the Prospectus.

 

The purpose of this Supplement is to provide you with information regarding a proposed Combination involving certain Portfolios available in your contract or policy.

 

Combination. Subject to board and regulatory approval and any necessary conditions precedent, effective on or about the close of business on June 21, 2024 (the “Effective Date”), the class A shares of each Portfolio listed below will be combining into the class B shares of those substantially similar Portfolios. Therefore, on or about the Effective Date, the class B shares of those Portfolios will be available under your contract or policy and the class A shares of those Portfolios will no longer be available under your contract or policy. If you still have account value allocated to an investment option that invests in the class A shares of each Portfolio on the Effective Date, shares of the class A shares of each Portfolio held for you in the that investment option will be exchanged for shares of the class B shares of those Portfolios of equal value on the Effective Date. There will be no financial impact on your contract or policy.

 

Each investment option that invests in a class A share of the Portfolio will be closed to all transactions on the Effective Date.

 

Until on or about June 21, 2024, the below listed class A shares of these Portfolios will be available and, therefore, the following hereby amends the corresponding information in the “Appendix: Portfolio Companies available under the contract” or in the “Appendix: Investment options available under the policy” in your Prospectus. Please note that not all Portfolios listed below may be available currently under your contract or policy:

 

TYPE

 

Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

 

Current

 Expenses 

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

 

1290 VT Equity Income — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

    0.95%     5.33%       10.24%       7.24%  

Specialty

 

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.29%     9.47%       4.20%       3.38%  

Equity

 

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.06%       21.05%       12.82%       7.94%  

Equity

 

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.92%       27.52%       15.12%       11.32%  

Equity

 

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.93%       17.74%       10.59%       7.78%  

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Aggressive Allocation† — EIMG

    1.18%       18.51%       10.23%       7.07%  

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

    1.25%     14.15%       7.69%       5.27%  

Equity

 

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

    0.97%     22.98%       14.97%       11.34%  

Equity

 

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.00%     45.93%       15.80%       10.70%  

Equity

 

EQ/ClearBridge Select Equity Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.06%     24.62%       15.63%       9.90%  

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Conservative Allocation† — EIMG

    1.00%     7.89%       2.58%       2.15%  

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation† — EIMG

    1.10%     11.01%       4.79%       3.59%  

Fixed Income

 

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64%     4.63%       1.05%       1.12%  

Equity

 

EQ/Franklin Small Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

    1.05%     14.01%       9.78%       6.35%  

Equity

 

EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.10%     21.36%       9.74%       6.29%  

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Growth Strategy† — EIMG

    1.03%       16.49%       8.48%       6.14%  

Equity

 

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.06%       16.76%       7.95%       3.54%  

 

New Biz/Inforce/MAD Notices – Annuities/Life   Catalog No. 800142
  #759674


TYPE

 

Portfolio Company — Investment Adviser; Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

 

Current

 Expenses 

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

 

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP

    1.03%       18.62%       7.62%       3.03%  

Equity

 

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.00%     12.02%       13.18%       8.70%  

Equity

 

EQ/Invesco Global — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.10%     33.84%       11.75%       7.95%  

Equity

 

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC

    1.05%       16.96%       13.08%       7.62%  

Equity

 

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96%     46.34%       12.84%       11.29%  

Equity

 

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96%       10.95%       14.17%       10.13%  

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.90%       23.87%       14.24%       10.57%  

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.73%       41.56%       18.62%       14.02%  

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.88%       38.99%       16.20%       12.47%  

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.74%       10.67%       10.16%       7.66%  

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.87%       14.02%       10.78%       7.83%  

Equity

 

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    1.05%     43.64%       15.65%       13.25%  

Equity

 

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10%     14.23%       9.27%       6.10%  

Equity

 

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.65%     15.77%       11.88%       8.54%  

Equity

 

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.97%       13.14%       10.36%       7.21%  

AssetAllocation

 

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation† — EIMG

    1.13%       15.24%       8.08%       5.66%  

FixedIncome

 

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.88%     5.68%       1.64%       1.26%  

Equity

 

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.64%       16.74%       10.07%       7.01%  

Equity

 

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

    0.92%       19.55%       10.05%       6.91%  

FixedIncome

 

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.87%     5.04%       0.61%       1.20%  

Specialty

 

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.24%     49.52%       19.07%       16.18%  
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†“. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

 

Please note that you may transfer account value out of the investment option that invests in the above class A shares of each Portfolio into any other investment option available under your contract or policy any time prior to the Effective Date. Such transfers will be free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers under your contract or policy. Also, for a period of 60 days after the Effective Date, any account value that was transferred to the investment option that invests in the class B share of the Portfolio as a result of the Combination can be transferred into any other investment option available under your contract or policy free of charge and will not count as one of your annual free transfers. Please refer to your Prospectus for detailed information about investment options.

 

On or about the Effective Date:

 

 

The class A share of each Portfolio under your contract or policy will be removed as an investment option, and the corresponding class B share of the Portfolio will be added as an available investment option (subject to any applicable allocation restrictions). If you have account value allocated to the investment option that invests in the class A share of the Portfolio, your contract or policy will be automatically credited with interest in the corresponding investment option that invests in the class B share of the Portfolio. Your interest in the class B share of the Portfolio immediately after the Combination will be equal to your interest in the removed class A share of the Portfolio immediately prior to the Combination.

 

 

You will not bear any of the expenses related to the Combination, and the Combination will not result in any tax consequences for you.

 

 

All allocation elections and instructions that include the class A share of the Portfolio(s) will be automatically updated to replace the class A share of the Portfolio(s) with the corresponding class B share of the Portfolio(s) unless you instruct us otherwise.

 

2


You may wish to consult with your financial professional to determine if your existing allocation instructions should be changed before or after the Effective Date. No action is required on your part. For more information, please contact your financial professional or contact our customer service representative.

 

Variable Annuity and Life Products List by Portfolio

 

Target Portfolio   Contract or Policy
1290 VT Equity Income  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Survivorship 2000SM

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions

 

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value

 

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04;

1290 VT Socially Responsible   Life Policies: Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; Incentive Life® ’02; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02
EQ/AB Small Cap Growth  

Annuity Products: EQUI-VEST® (Series 100-500); EQUI-VEST® Employer-Sponsored Retirement Plans; MomentumSM; Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E; MomentumSM Plus; Variable Immediate Annuity; Retirement Investment Account®

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Aggressive Allocation   Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0
EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation   Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ‘02
EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation   Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E
EQ/Capital Group Research  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

 

3


Target Portfolio   Contract or Policy
EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG   Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02
EQ/Clearbridge Select Equity Managed Volatility   Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0

EQ/Conservative Allocation

 

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation

  Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ‘02
EQ/Core Bond Index   Life Policies: Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02
EQ/Franklin Small Cap Value Managed Volatility   Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0
EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Incentive Life® ’02; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility

 

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility

 

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Invesco Comstock  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Invesco Global   Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

4


Target Portfolio   Contract or Policy
EQ/Janus Enterprise  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility   Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index

 

EQ/Mid Cap Index

 

EQ/Value Equity

 

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Large Cap Value Index  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility  

Annuity Products: EQUI-VEST® (Series 100-500); EQUI-VEST® Employer-Sponsored Retirement Plans; MomentumSM; MomentumSM Plus; Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E; Variable Immediate Annuity; Retirement Investment Account®; 300+ Series

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

 

5


Target Portfolio   Contract or Policy
EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; IL Protector; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Survivorship 2000SM

EQ/MFS International Growth  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life® ’06; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Incentive Life Legacy®; Incentive Life Optimizer®; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’99; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life® ’02; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

EQ/Small Company Index  

Annuity Products: Retirement Cornerstone® Series; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 12.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 13.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15.0 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15A Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 15B Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 17 Series E; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19; Retirement Cornerstone® Series 19 Series E

 

Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; IL Protector; Incentive Life ’02; Incentive Life COLI; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship 2000SM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ‘02

Multimanager Core Bond   Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Corporate Sponsored Variable Universal Life; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02
Multimanager Technology   Life Policies: Corporate Owned Incentive Life®; Incentive Life® ’02; Incentive Life COLI ’04; Paramount LifeSM; Survivorship Incentive LifeSM ’02

 

6


Incentive Life®

 

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2024

 

An individual flexible premium variable and index-linked life insurance policy issued by Equitable Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, ”Equitable Financial”, “we”, “our” and “us”), formerly AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP. Variable and index-linked life insurance policies are complex investment vehicles and you should speak with a financial professional about policy features, benefits, risks and fees and whether the policy is appropriate for you based on your financial situation and objectives.

 

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable life insurance, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

 

Please read this prospectus and keep it for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any other action under a policy. This prospectus supersedes all prior prospectuses and supplements. Also, you should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the Portfolios.

 

 

This prospectus describes the Incentive Life® policy, but is not itself a policy. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the policy’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the policy’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the policy are changed after the date of this prospectus in accordance with the policy, those changes will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements. To make this prospectus easier to read, we sometimes use different words than the policy. The Company or your financial professional can provide any further explanation about your policy.

 

This policy is no longer being sold. This prospectus is for current policy owners only. You should note that your policy features and charges, and your investment options, may vary depending on the state and/or the date on which you purchased your policy. For more information about the particular features, charges and options available to you, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

The Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) gives you the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period, although you could also experience a negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest.

 

What is Incentive Life®?

 

Incentive Life® provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in our guaranteed interest option, an investment option we refer to as the MSO,

if available, which is described in the separate MSO prospectus, and/or one or more of the variable investment options set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

 

One of the investment options that may be available to you under your policy is the Market Stabilizer Option®. If you are interested in allocating amounts to the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus, which contains additional information relating to the MSO. If you did not receive an MSO prospectus and wish to obtain one, please call us at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704- 341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

 

Amounts that you allocate under your policy to any of the variable investment options are invested in a corresponding “Portfolio” that is part of one of the trusts (the “Trusts”), which are mutual funds. Please see Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for more information about the Portfolios and the Trusts. Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend on those of the related Portfolio. Any gains will generally be tax deferred and the life insurance benefits we pay if the policy’s insured person dies will generally be income tax free.

 

Other choices you have.  You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs. For example, subject to our rules, you can (1) choose when and how much you contribute (as “premiums”) to your policy, (2) pay certain premium amounts to guarantee that your insurance coverage will continue for at least a certain number of years, regardless of investment performance, (3) borrow or withdraw amounts you have accumulated, (4) change the amount of insurance coverage, (5) choose between two life insurance benefit options, (6) elect to receive an insurance benefit if the insured person becomes terminally ill, and (7) obtain certain optional benefits that we offer by “riders” to your policy.

 

Other policies.  We offer a variety of fixed and variable life insurance policies which offer policy features, including investment options, that are different from those offered by this prospectus. Not every policy is offered through your financial professional. Replacing existing insurance with another policy may not be to your advantage. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The policies are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal.

 

AA+ADL

#520656

 

 


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

 

Definitions of Key Terms

     4  

Important information you should consider about the Incentive Life® variable life insurance policy

     6  

Overview of the policy

     9  

Fee Table

     11  
  

1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

      15  

Risks of investing in a policy

     15  
  
2. The Company      16  

How to reach us

     17  

About our Separate Account FP

     18  

Your voting privileges

     18  

About the Trusts

     18  
  
3. Portfolios of the Trusts      19  
  
4. Determining your policy’s value      21  

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

     21  

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

     21  

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

     22  

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

     23  

Investment options within your policy

     23  

Your account value

     24  
  

5. Transferring your money among our investment options

     25  

Transfers you can make

     25  

How to make transfers

     25  

Our automatic transfer service

     25  

Our asset rebalancing service

     26  
 

 

 

“Financial professional” means the registered representative of either Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN) or an unaffiliated broker dealer which has entered into a selling agreement with Equitable Distributors, LLC who is offering you this policy.

When we address the reader of this prospectus with words such as “you” and “your,” we mean the person who has the right or responsibility that this prospectus is discussing at that point. This is usually the policy’s owner. If a policy has more than one owner, all owners must join in the exercise of any rights an owner has under the policy, and the word “owner” therefore refers to all owners.

 

When we use the word “state,” we also mean any other local jurisdiction whose laws or regulations affect a policy.

 

 

2


6. Accessing your money      27  

About your life insurance benefit

     27  

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

     28  

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

     29  

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

     29  

Borrowing from your policy

     30  

Making withdrawals from your policy

     31  

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

     32  

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

     32  
  
7. Tax information      33  

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

     33  

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

     33  

Tax treatment of living benefits proceeds

     35  

Business and employer owned policies

     35  

Requirement that we diversify investments

     36  

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

     36  

Pension and profit-sharing plans

     36  

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

     36  

ERISA

     37  

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

     37  

Our taxes

     37  

Tax withholding and information reporting

     37  

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

     37  
  

8. More Information about policy features and benefits

     39  

Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees

     44  

Paid up death benefit guarantee

     44  

Other benefits

     45  

Customer loyalty credit

     47  

Variations among Incentive Life® policies

     47  

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

     47  
  
9. More information about policy charges      48  

Deducting policy charges

     48  

Charges that the Trusts deduct

     52  
  

10. More information about procedures that apply
to your policy

     53  

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

     53  

Policy issuance

     54  

Ways to make premium and loan payments

     54  

Assigning your policy

     54  

You can change your policy’s insured person

     55  

Requirements for surrender requests

     55  

Gender-neutral policies

     55  

Future policy exchanges

     55  
11. More information about other matters      56  

About our general account

     56  

Transfers of your account value

     56  

Telephone and Internet requests

     57  

COVID-19

     58  

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

     58  

Suicide and certain misstatements

     59  

When we pay policy proceeds

     59  

Changes we can make

     59  

Reports we will send you

     60  

Distribution of the policies

     60  

Legal proceedings

     62  
  

12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP
and the Company

     63  
  
13. Personalized illustrations      64  

Illustrations of policy benefits

     64  
  
Appendix         

Investment options available under the policy

     65  
  
Requesting more information         

Statement of Additional Information

        
 

 

3


Definitions of Key Terms

 

 

 

Alternative Death Benefit — the alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic death benefit option you have selected.

 

Amount at Risk — our amount at risk on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy.

 

Beneficiary — the person or entity you designate to receive the death benefit payable at the death of the Insured.

 

Business Day — is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Premium payments will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your premium payment, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

Cash Surrender Value — the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy.

 

Company — refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the Company.

 

Cost of Insurance Charge — the monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000.

 

Cost of Insurance Rates — the cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit — a customer loyalty credit is provided for policies that have been in force for more than a

specified number of years depending on your age at policy issuance. This is added to your policy account value each month.

Death Benefit Guarantee — a provision of your policy offered at no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Face Amount — represents the amount of insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person.

 

Guaranteed Interest Account — is a fixed account that is part of our General Account, also referred to as the Guaranteed Interest Option (GIO).

 

Guarantee Premium — you can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth in your policy.

 

Insured — the person on whose life we base this policy.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider — subject to our eligibility requirements, this is an optional rider that may be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.

 

Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) — the MSO is an optional rider that provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index subject to a possible negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

Net Cash Surrender Value — the net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. If you have transferred policy amounts to the MSO, please refer to the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for information about how we determine the net cash surrender value of that portion of your policy account value.

 

Net Policy Account Value — your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (excluding any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken) and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your net policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

 

4


No-Lapse Guarantee — a provision of your policy offered at no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Owner — the owner of the policy. “You” or “your” refers to the owner.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — the paid up death benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments subject to certain restrictions.

 

Policy — the policy with any attached application(s), any riders, and any endorsements.

 

Policy Account Value — your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

Premium Payments — we call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.”

 

Register Date — your policy’s “register date” will be shown in your policy and is the date from which we measure the months, years and anniversaries of your policy. Your register date is determined as described in “policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Segment Maturity Date — the date on which a Segment Term is completed and the index-linked rate of return for that Segment is applied to a segment account value.

 

Segment Maturity Value — this is the segment account value adjusted by the index-linked rate of return for that Segment.

 

Segment Start Date — the Segment Start Date is the day on which a Segment is created.

 

Segment Term — the duration of a Segment. The Segment Term for each Segment begins on its Segment Start Date and ends on its Segment Maturity Date approximately one year later. We are currently only offering Segment Terms of approximately one year. We may offer different durations in the future.

 

 

5


Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life® policy (the “policy”):

 

 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal from your policy, however, if you surrender the policy in its first fifteen years or the first 15 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount, you will be subject to a surrender charge of up to 1.299% of face amount. For example, if you surrender your policy in the first year and the policy face amount was $100,000, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $1,299.

 

There is an MSO Early Distribution Adjustment on amounts withdrawn before segment maturity which could result in up to a 75% loss of Segment Account Value. See the MSO Propectus for more information. For more information on the impacts of withdrawals, please refer to “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus. For more information on surrender charges, please refer to “Deducting policy charges” in this prospectus.

   
Transaction Charges  

In addition to surrender charges, you may be subject to other transaction charges, including charges on each premium paid under the policy, charges in connection with requests to decrease your policy’s face amount, transfer fees, and other special service charges (e.g., wire transfer charges, express mail charges, policy illustration charges, duplicate policy charges, policy history charges, and charges for returned payments).

 

For more information on transaction charges, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

   
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)  

In addition to transaction charges, an investment in the policy is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses, including fees and expenses covering the cost of insurance under the policy, administration and mortality risks, MSO and and the cost of optional benefits available under the policy. Such fees and expenses may be based on characteristics of the insured (e.g., age, sex, risk class and particular health, occupational or vocational risks). You should view the information pages of your policy for rates applicable to your policy.

 

You will also bear expenses associated with the variable investment options that you invest in (the “Portfolios”) under the policy, as shown in the following table:

    Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
  Portfolios    0.57%    2.60%
  Portfolio expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses and may change from year to year. For more information on ongoing fees and expenses, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus and Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” which is part of this prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss   You may lose money by investing in the policy.
Not a Short-Term Investment   The policy is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis. Consequently, you should not use the policy as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. Because of the long-term nature of the policy, you should consider whether purchasing the Policy is consistent with the purpose for which it is being considered.
   

Risks Associated with

Investment Options

 

An investment in the policy is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Portfolios available under the policy and the MSO and the guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), each of which has its own unique risks. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account”.) You should review the Portfolios’ prospectuses, the MSO prospectus and the “Guaranteed Interest Option” section in “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Portfolio prospectuses are available at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146664.

 

For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

6


Insurance Company Risks   An investment in the policy is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any policy obligations (including under the GIO), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available at https://equitable.com/about-us/financial-strength-ratings. More information about the Company’s general account can be found in “About our general account” in this prospectus.
Policy Lapse  

Death benefits will not be paid if the policy has lapsed. Your policy may lapse if, due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest, your policy’s net cash surrender value does not cover policy charges. If your policy provides for a no-lapse guarantee, you may have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating. If your policy lapses, you will be notified in writing and given an opportunity to make additional payments to reinstate your policy.

 

For more information on how to prevent your policy from lapsing, please refer to “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

RESTRICTIONS
Investments  

You may allocate your premiums to any of the Portfolios set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. We reserve the right to remove or substitute Portfolios as investment options under the policy.

 

Currently, the total of all transfers of variable investment options you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in a single Portfolio, even if it is less than $500. We may limit transfers you can make into and out of the unloaned GIO. If the enhanced death benefit guarantee is in effect, you may not invest in the GIO. For more information, please refer to “Enhanced death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in the Prospectus.

 

There may be restrictions on transfers into and out of the MSO. For more information see the MSO prospectus.

 

We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). Only written transfer requests submitted to our Administrative Office may be processed for Policies that are jointly owned or assigned. We reserve the right to limit Policy transfers if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.”

 

For more information please refer to “Variable investment options” and “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.

Optional Benefits  

As a policy owner, you may be able to obtain extra benefits, which may require additional charges. These optional benefits are described in what is known as a “rider” to the policy.

 

Optional benefits may be subject to additional charges and payments made under these benefits are generally subject to the same transaction fees as other premium payments but may be treated differently for other purposes (e.g., certain death benefit minimums). Optional benefits are not available for all ages (or may terminate at certain ages) and underwriting classifications. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time, unless previously elected.

 

For more information on optional benefits and other limitations under the policy, please refer to “Other benefits,” and “Suicide and certain misstatements” in this prospectus.

TAXES
Tax Implications  

You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the policy. There is no additional tax benefit to the investor if the policy is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties.

 

For more information on tax implications relating to policy investments, please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

7


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation  

Some financial professionals may receive compensation for selling the policy to you, both in the form of commissions or in the form of contribution-based compensation. Financial professionals may also receive additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). This conflict of interest may influence the financial professional to recommend this policy over another investment.

 

For more information on investment professional compensation, please refer to “Distribution of the policies” in this prospectus.

Exchanges  

Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new policy in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your policy if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both policies, that it is preferable to purchase the new policy, rather than continue to own your current policy.

 

For more information on exchanges, please refer to the paragraph titled “Section 1035 exchanges of policies” under “How you can pay for and contribute to your policy” in this prospectus, as well as the section titled “Future policy exchanges” in this prospectus.

 

8


Overview of the policy

 

 

 

The following summaries provide a brief overview of the more significant aspects of the policy. We provide more complete and detailed information in the subsequent sections of this prospectus and in the statement of additional information and the policy contract.

 

Brief Description of the Policy

 

Incentive Life® is a form of variable life insurance the primary purpose of which is to provide a death benefit which is paid upon the death of the insured person. The Policy provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option, (ii) an investment option we refer to as the MSO, and/or (ii) one or more of the Portfolios, which are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs.

 

Some policy forms, features and/or riders described in this prospectus may be subject to state variations or may not be available in all states. Some policy forms, features, and/or Portfolios described in this prospectus may not be available through all brokers. The form number for this policy is 99-300. A state and/or other code may follow the form number. Your policy’s form number is located in the lower left hand corner of the first page of your policy.

 

Premiums

 

The policy offers flexibility in paying premiums. With certain exceptions, you choose the timing and the amount of premium payments. Payment of insufficient premiums may result in a lapse of the policy.

 

A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of

premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage), but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

You can allocate your Policy’s value to the Portfolios or to the guaranteed interest option. Additional information on the available Portfolios are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. The guaranteed interest option pays a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically with a 3.0% minimum. The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index subject to the possibility of negative returns and significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Different procedures and additional restrictions on withdrawals, loans, surrender and right to cancel apply to the MSO. For additional information see the MSO prospectus.

 

Contract Features

 

Types of Death Benefit – If the insured dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. You may choose from two types of death benefit options. You may change from one death benefit type to another, subject to limitations, and charges may apply. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B:

 

  Option A: The Policy’s face amount on the date of the insured’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the Policy’s face amount.

 

  Option B: The face amount plus the Policy’s “account value” on the date of the insured’s death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including Portfolio investment performance, charges and expenses, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your Policy’s account value.
 

 

9


There is also an alternative higher death benefit paid in certain circumstances. For additional detail regarding the calculation and payment of death benefits see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus.

 

Loans – You may borrow money from your Policy, subject to certain limitations. Interest charges will apply.

 

Withdrawals – Subject to certain conditions, you may withdraw a part of your Policy’s cash surrender value without surrendering the Policy.

 

Surrendering the Policy – A Policy may be surrendered for its net cash surrender value while the insured is living. Tax penalties may apply.

 

Riders – You may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits under the Policy, which may require additional charges. These optional insurance benefits are referenced herein as “riders” to the Policy. You may be eligible for the following riders that we charge for:

 

  Accidental Death Benefit Rider: This rider provides a payment over and above the base policy death benefit in the event the insured person dies from accidental bodily injury, independent of all other causes.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance Rider: This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days and 18 years old.

 

  Cost-of-Living Rider: This rider provides for automatic periodic increases in face amount based on increases in the Consumer Price Index without evidence of insurability.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver Rider: This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday.

 

  Disability Waiver of Monthly Deductions Rider: This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders, which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Waiver of Premium or Monthly Deductions Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.

 

  Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee: This rider guarantees your policy against termination longer than the No-Lapse Guarantee and the death benefit guarantee options.

 

  Incentive Term Rider: This rider provides term coverage on the insured for face amounts of $1.1 million or more, which can, on a current basis, reduce cost of insurance charges.
  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider: This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

 

  Ten-Year Renewable Term Insurance on the Insured Person or an Additional Insured Person: This rider provides level term insurance on the insured and/or a family member of the insured person.

 

In addition, the following benefits may be added at no charge:

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee: This benefit guarantees that your policy will remain in force for life regardless of investment experience as long as there are no outstanding loans.

 

These benefits will be automatically added at no charge to eligible policies:

 

  Accounting Benefit Endorsement: This endorsement reduces the difference between premiums paid and cash surrender value upon surrender in the early policy years. It is available for business sponsored policies and subject to certain conditions. The Accounting Benefit Endorsement is no longer applicable.

 

  Death Benefit Guarantee: This benefit provides a death benefit guarantee until the later of age 70 or the 10th policy anniversary (not available when the policy is issued with the Incentive Term Rider).

 

  Living Benefits Rider: This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider).

 

  No-Lapse Guarantee: This provision provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider: If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect.

 

  Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider: This rider waives any surrender charges otherwise applicable upon surrender of the policy or reduction in the face amount any time during which there is no federal estate tax in effect.

 

Depending on when your Policy was purchased, certain variations may apply which differ from the information contained in this section. In addition, depending on where your Policy was issued, certain features or benefits may not be available or vary from the Policy’s features and benefits described in this prospectus.

 

 

10


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Policy. Please refer to your Policy’s information pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Policy, surrender or make withdrawals from the Policy, or transfer cash value between Portfolios.

 

Transaction Fees
Charge   When Charge is Deducted    Amount Deducted
Premium charge   From each premium    6% of each premium(1)
Surrender (turning in) of your policy during its first 15 years(2)(3)   Upon surrender or upon termination without value at the end of a grace period.   

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount or per $1,000 of requested base policy face amount increase:(4)

Highest: $12.99

Lowest: $2.91

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, non-tobacco user, age 35 at issue with an initial base policy face amount of $425,000)

       Representative: $6.30
Surrender or termination of your policy during the first 15 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount   Upon surrender or upon termination without value at the end of a grace period.   

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 or face amount increase:

Highest: $12.99

Lowest: $3.53

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, non-tobacco user, age 35 at the time of a requested face amount increase.)

       Representative: $6.37
Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount   Effective date of the decrease    A pro rata portion of the charge that would apply to a full surrender at the time of the decrease.
MSO Early Distribution Adjustment   On surrender or other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date    Up to 75% of Segment Account Value(10)
Transfers among investment options   Upon transfer    $25 per transfer(5)(7)

Special Services Charges

•   Wire Transfer Charge(6)

•   Express Mail Charge(6)

•   Policy Illustration Charge(7)

    

•   Duplicate Policy Charge(8)

•   Policy History Charge(8)(9)

•   Charge for Returned Payments(8)

 

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

    

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

  

 

Current and Maximum Charge: $90

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current Charge: $0

Maximum Charge: $25

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Maximum Charge: $50

Current and Maximum Charge: $25

 

(1)

We may increase this charge higher than 6%, however, as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. Currently, we reduce this charge to 3% of each premium payment after an amount equal to ten “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, among other factors. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “Other benefits” in this prospectus).

(2)

This charge varies based on individual characteristics of the insured, and may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. In particular, the initial amount of the surrender charge depends on each insured’s specific characteristics. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(3)

The surrender charge attributable to each increase in your policy’s face amount is in addition to any remaining surrender charge attributable to the policy’s initial face amount.

(4)

If your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “Other benefits” in this prospectus).

(5)

No charge, however, will ever apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service as discussed in this prospectus. The transfer charge will not apply to amounts transferred into or out of the MSO. See the MSO prospectus for more information.

 

11


(6)

Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

(7)

We do not currently charge this fee, but reserve the right to in the future.

(8)

The charge for this service must be paid using funds outside of your policy. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More Information about policy charges” for more information.

(9)

The charge for this service may be less depending on the policy history you request. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More Information about policy charges” for more information.

(10)

The actual amount of Early Distribution Adjustment is determined by a formula that depends on, among other things, how a specified widely published stock market index has performed since the Segment Start Date. The maximum amount of the adjustment would occur if there is a total distribution at a time when that index had declined to zero. Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for more information about the index and Early Distribution Adjustment.

 

The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the policy, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

 

Periodic Charges Other Than Annual Portfolio Company Expenses
Charge   When Charge is Deducted   Amount Deducted
Base Contract Charge:                    

Cost of Insurance(1)(2)(3)

Minimum and

Maximum Charge

  Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk:(4)

Highest: $83.34

Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the standard, non-tobacco user risk class.)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.15
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees   Daily  

Annual % of

your value in our variable

investment options and the

MSO (if applicable)(5)

 

0.90%

Administrative Expenses(1)(2)   Monthly   Policy year   Issue Ages 17 or Younger   Issue Ages 18 or older
    1   $10  

$20

    2   $10  

$10

        3+   $10  

$10

Loan Interest Spread(6)   On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)   2% of loan amount.(7)
Optional Rider Charges   While the rider is in effect               
Accidental Death Benefit Rider   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

Highest: $0.44

Lowest: $0.08

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.08
Children’s Term Insurance Rider   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

$0.50

Cost of Living Rider   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of base policy face amount:

Highest: $0.08

Lowest: $0.004

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.02
Disability Deduction Waiver Rider(1)   Monthly  

Percentage of all other monthly charges:

Highest: 132%

Lowest: 7%

 

12


Optional Rider Charges   While the rider is in effect   Amount Deducted

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue who is not in a rated risk class.)

  Monthly   Representative: 12%
Disability Waiver of Premium Rider(1)   Monthly   Charge for disability premium waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased:(8)

Initial base policy face amount:(9)

     

Highest: $0.71

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.07
Option to purchase additional insurance   Monthly  

Highest: $0.08

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.03
Children’s term insurance   Monthly  

Highest: $0.03

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.01
10 year renewable term rider   Monthly  

Highest: $0.22

Lowest: $0.007

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue who is not in a rated risk class.)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.007
Cost of living rider   Monthly  

Highest: $0.06

Lowest: $0.003

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.02
Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee(2)   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of base policy face amount:(10)

$0.02

Incentive Term Rider(2)(3)   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of rider death benefit:

Highest: $83.34

Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the standard, non-tobacco user risk class.)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.15

Market Stabilizer Option® (MSO)(11)

 

MSO Variable Index Benefit Charge

 

 

On the MSO Segment Start Date

 

 

0.75% of the amount being transferred from the MSO Holding Account to an MSO Segment

MSO Variable Index Segment Account Charge

  At the beginning of each policy month during the MSO Segment Term   1.65% calculated as an annual % of your Segment Account Value (12)

MSO Loan Spread (13) for Amounts of Policy Loans Allocated to MSO Segment

  On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)   5%

 

13


Optional Rider Charges   While the rider is in effect   Amount Deducted
Option to Purchase Additional Insurance   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

Highest: $0.17

Lowest: $0.04

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.16
Ten Year Renewable Term Insurance on the Insured Person or and Additional Insured Person(3)   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

Highest: $4.50

Lowest: $0.09

Charge for a Representative Investor (male, age 35 at issue who is in the non-tobacco user risk class and who is not in a rated risk class.)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.17
Exercising Living Benefits Rider   At the time of the transaction   $250
(1)

This charge varies based on individual characteristics of the insured and may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. In particular, the initial amount of the surrender charge depends on each insured’s specific characteristics. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(2)

Not applicable after the insured person reaches age 100.

(3)

Insured persons who present particular health, occupational or vocational risks may be charged other additional charges as specified in their policies.

(4)

Our amount “at risk” is the difference between the amount of death benefit and the policy account value as of the deduction date.

(5)

For more information about the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus.

(6)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit.

(7)

We may, however, increase this charge higher than 2% as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses.

(8)

Amount charged equals the sum of disability premium waiver rider charges corresponding to the base policy, and to any option to purchase additional insurance, children’s term insurance, 10 year renewable term and/or cost of living riders that you have added to your policy and to any base policy face amount increases.

(9)

The monthly charges corresponding to the base policy will be adjusted proportionately to any face amount reduction made at your request or resulting from a partial withdrawal under death benefit Option A.

(10)

The “face amount” is the base amount of insurance coverage under your policy.

(11)

Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for information about the MSO and related charges and deductions, as well as the meaning of special terms that are relevant to the MSO (such as “Segment,” “Segment Term,” “Segment Start Date,” Segment Account Value” and “Early Distribution Adjustment).

(12)

Currently we deduct this charge at a 0.65% annual rate, rather than at the maximum rate shown.

(13)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The “spread” is the difference between the interest rate we charge you on a policy loan and the interest rate we credit to you on the amount of your policy account value that we hold as collateral for the loan. Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Policy. A complete list of Portfolios available under the Policy, including their annual expenses, may be found in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”.

 

Annual Portfolio Company Expenses      Minimum        Maximum
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses before the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio asset, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fee, and other expenses)(1)        0.57%        2.60%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements(1)        0.54%        2.26%

 

(1)

“Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2025, (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2025. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

You bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a Portfolio that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using. These fees and expenses are reflected in the Portfolio’s net asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the Portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Trust prospectus for that Portfolio.

 

14


1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

 

 

 

Incentive Life® is a variable life insurance policy that provides you with flexible premium payment plans and benefits to meet your specific needs. The basic terms of the policy require you to make certain payments in return for life insurance coverage. The payments you can make and the coverage you can receive under this “base policy” are described below.

 

Riders to your base policy can increase the benefits you receive and affect the amounts you pay in certain circumstances. Available riders are listed in “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Risks of investing in a policy

 

The policy is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. Some of the principal risks of investing in a policy are as follows:

 

  If the investment options you choose perform poorly, you could lose some or all of the premiums you pay.

 

  If the investment options you choose do not make enough money to pay for the policy charges, except to the extent provided by any guarantees against termination or death benefit guarantees you may have, you could have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating.

 

  If any policy loan and any accrued loan interest either equals or exceeds the cash surrender value, your policy will terminate subject to the policy’s Grace Period provision.

 

  If you take a policy loan or a partial withdrawal you may decrease the net policy account value, cash surrender value and/or death benefit and may risk the loss of the no lapse guarantee.

 

  There are unique risks associated with the MSO including loss of principal and previously credited interest up to 75% of Segment Account Value and adjustments in account value if amounts are withdrawn prior to the end of a Segment Term.

 

  We can increase, without your consent and subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, any charge that you currently pay at less than the maximum amount. We will not increase any charge beyond the highest maximum noted in the “Fee Tables.”

 

  You may have to pay a surrender charge and there may be adverse tax consequences if you wish to discontinue some or all of your insurance coverage under a policy.

 

  Partial withdrawals from your policy are available only after the first policy year and must be at least $500 and
   

no more than the net cash surrender value. Under certain circumstances, we will automatically reduce your policy’s face amount as a result of a partial withdrawal.

 

Your policy permits other transactions that also have risks. These and other risks and benefits of investing in a policy are discussed in detail throughout this prospectus.

 

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each variable investment option may be found in the Trust prospectus for that investment option and in the MSO prospectus.

 

 

15


2. The Company

 

 

 

Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the policy.

 

16


How to reach us

 

To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that we provide in connection with your policy or the Portfolios, you may communicate with our Administrative Office as listed below for the purposes described. Please refer to “Telephone and Internet requests” for effective dates for processing telephone, Internet and fax requests, in this prospectus.

 

By mail:

 

At the Post Office Box for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

P.O. Box 1047

Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047

 

By express delivery only:

 

At the Street Address for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

8501 IBM Drive, Suite 150

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-4333

1-704-341-7000 (for express delivery purposes only)

 

By Phone:

Monday through Thursday, 8:30 am to 7:00 pm and Friday, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm, Eastern Time: 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

By e-mail:

life-service@equitable.com

By fax:

1-855-268-6378

By Internet:

 

You may register for online account access at www.equitable.com. Our website provides access to account information and customer service. After registering, you can view account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and find answers to common questions.

 

 

 

Required Forms.  We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

request for our automatic transfer service (our dollar cost averaging service);

 

(2)

request for our asset rebalancing service;

 

(3)

transfers among investment options (if submitted by e-mail);

 

(4)

designation of new policy owner(s); and

 

(5)

designation of new beneficiary(ies).

 

Other Requests.  We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following:

 

(a)

policy surrenders;

(b)

transfers among investment options (not submitted by e-mail);

 

(c)

changes in allocation percentages for premiums and deductions; and

 

(d)

electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

You can also change your allocation percentages and/or transfer among investment options and/or change your address (1) by phone (2) over the Internet, through www.equitable.com or (3) by writing our Administrative Office. For more information about transaction requests you can make by phone or over the Internet, see “How to make transfers” and “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed over the Internet.

 

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to these services if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” (See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters.”)

 

Formal Requirements.  Except for properly authorized telephone or Internet transactions, any notice or request that does not use our standard form must be in writing. It must be dated and signed by you and should also specify your name, title (if applicable), the insured person’s name (if different), your policy number and adequate details about the notice you wish to give or other action you wish us to take. We may require you to return your policy to us before we make certain policy changes that you may request.

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the owner or any other person that our procedures permit to exercise the right or privilege in question. If there are joint owners all must sign. Any irrevocable beneficiary or assignee that we have on our records also must sign certain types of requests.

 

You should send all requests, notices and payments to our Administrative Office at the addresses specified above. We will also accept requests and notices by fax at the above number, if we believe them to be genuine. We reserve the right, however, to require an original signature before acting on any faxed item. You must send premium payments after the first one to our Administrative Office at the above addresses; except that you should send any premiums for which we have billed you to the address on the billing notice.

 

eDelivery

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

 

17


About our Separate Account FP

 

Each variable investment option is a part (or “subaccount”) of our Separate Account FP. We established Separate Account FP under special provisions of the New York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable life insurance policies. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in Separate Account FP and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our policies. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account FP that represent our investments in Separate Account FP or that represent fees and charges under the policies that we have earned. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against Separate Account FP reflect its own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets.

 

Separate Account FP is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or Separate Account FP. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of Separate Account FP on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) of Separate Account FP available under Incentive Life® invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust. Separate Account FP immediately reinvests all dividends and other distributions it receives from a Portfolio in additional shares of that class in that Portfolio.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company’s separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable life insurance and/or annuity products, and to separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. EQ Advisors Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our policy owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our policy owners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

 

Your voting privileges

 

Voting of Portfolio shares.  As the legal owner of any Portfolio shares that support a variable investment option, we will attend (and have the right to vote at) any meeting of shareholders of the Portfolio (or the Trusts). To satisfy currently applicable legal requirements, however, we will give you the opportunity to tell us how to vote the number of each Portfolio’s shares that are attributable to your policy. The number of full and fractional votes you are entitled to will be determined by dividing the policy account value (minus any

policy indebtedness) allocable to an investment option by the net asset value per unit for the Portfolio underlying that investment option. We will vote shares attributable to policies for which we receive no instructions in the same proportion as the instructions we do receive from all policies that participate in our Separate Account FP (discussed below). With respect to any Portfolio shares that we are entitled to vote directly (because we do not hold them in a separate account or because they are not attributable to policies), we will vote in proportion to the instructions we have received from all holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance policies who are using that Portfolio. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of policy owners may control the outcome of a vote.

 

Under current legal requirements, we may disregard the voting instructions we receive from policy owners only in certain narrow circumstances prescribed by SEC regulations. If we do, we will advise you of the reasons in the next annual or semiannual report we send to you.

 

Voting as policy owner.  In addition to being able to instruct voting of Portfolio shares as discussed above, policy owners that use our variable investment options may in a few instances be called upon to vote on matters that are not the subject of a shareholder vote being taken by any Portfolio. If so, you will have one vote for each $100 of account value in any such option; and we will vote our interest in Separate Account FP in the same proportion as the instructions we receive from holders of Incentive Life® and other policies that Separate Account FP supports.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for each Trust, or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request.

 

For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

 

18


3. Portfolios of the Trusts

 

 

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), is an affiliate of the Company and serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust. For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” indicates the sub-adviser(s) for each Portfolio, if any. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” also shows the currently available Portfolios.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”) (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, receives advisory fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administration fees in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolios. As such, it may be more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company, the Distributors or our other affiliates may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for providing certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

 

As a policy owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company or its affiliates may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the ”EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer policy owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors, an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to policy owners and/or suggest that policy owners consider whether allocating some or all of their account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your policy. Please see “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high.

 

The EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

19


Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your account value and provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, that invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the volatility management strategy. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your account value in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies.

 

Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

(a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

(b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Information regarding each Portfolio, including (i) its name; (ii) its type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.); (iii) its investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable; (iv) current expenses; and (v) performance is available in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to the prospectus. Separate prospectuses that contain more detailed information about the Portfolios have been issued by their respective Trusts.

 

You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. The prospectuses for the Trusts contain this and other important information about the Portfolios. The prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of the Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146664.

 

20


4. Determining your policy’s value

 

 

 

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

 

Premium payments. We call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.” The amount we require as your first premium varies depending on the specifics of your policy and the insured person. Each subsequent premium payment must be at least $100, although we can increase this minimum if we give you advance notice. (Policies on an automatic premium payment plan may have different minimums.) Otherwise, with a few exceptions mentioned below, you can make premium payments at any time and in any amount.

 

Section 1035 exchanges of policies. If we approve, you may contribute to an Incentive Life® policy through an assignment and exchange of another life insurance policy with a cash surrender value pursuant to a valid exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). If such other policy is subject to a policy loan, we may permit you to carry over all or a portion of such loan to the Incentive Life® policy, subject to our administrative rules then in effect. In this case, we will treat any cash paid, plus any loaned amount carried over to the Incentive Life® policy, as premium received in consideration of our issuing the policy. If we allow you to carry over all or a portion of any such outstanding loan, then we will hold amounts securing such loan in the same manner as the collateral for any other policy loan, and your policy also will be subject to all our other rules regarding loans (see “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus).

 

 

You can generally pay premiums at such times and in such amounts as you like, so long as you don’t exceed certain limits determined by the federal income tax laws applicable to life insurance.

 

 

Limits on premium payments. The federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to the amount of your policy’s insurance coverage). Also, if your premium payments exceed certain other amounts specified under the Internal Revenue Code, your policy will become a “modified endowment contract,” which may subject you to additional taxes and penalties on any distributions from your policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. We may return any premium payments that would exceed those limits to you.

 

You can ask your financial professional to provide you with an Illustration of Policy Benefits that shows you the amount of premiums you can pay, based on various assumptions, without exceeding these tax law limits. The tax law limits can change as a result of certain changes you make to your policy. For example, a reduction in the face amount of your

policy may reduce the amount of premiums that you can pay and may impact whether your policy is a modified endowment contract.

 

If at any time when your policy’s account value is high enough that the “alternative higher death benefit” discussed in this prospectus would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

Planned periodic premiums. Page 3 of your policy will specify a “planned periodic premium.” This is the amount that you request us to bill you. You may request a different “planned periodic payment” amount at any time. However, payment of these or any other specific amounts of premiums is not mandatory. You need to pay only the amount of premiums (if any) necessary to keep your policy from lapsing and terminating as discussed below.

 

Premium Payment Plans

 

The following premium payment plans are available:

 

Direct billing is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The Company will send premium reminder notices approximately 25 days before the due date based on the mode chosen, i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

 

Military allotment billing is available on monthly mode only.

 

Salary allotment is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The minimum case requirement for new salary allotment billing units is five lives.

 

Systematic billing is available on monthly and quarterly modes. Under systematic billing, the policy owner may specify the day of the month on which the premiums should be deducted from their account (draft date).

 

The premium payment plan and/or mode may be changed.

 

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

 

Policy “lapse” and termination. Your policy will lapse (also referred to in your policy as “default”) if it does not have enough “net cash surrender value” to pay your policy’s monthly charges when due unless:

 

  you have paid sufficient premiums to maintain one of our available guarantees against termination, your policy is still within the period of that guarantee, and you do not have an outstanding loan (see “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” below) or
 

 

21


  you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee and it remains in effect, and you do not have an outstanding loan (see “You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee” below).

 

(“Net cash surrender value” is explained under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus.)

 

We will mail a notice to you at your last known address if your policy lapses. You will have a 61-day grace period to pay at least an amount prescribed in your policy which would be enough to keep your policy in force for approximately three months (without regard to investment performance). You may not make any transfers or request any other policy changes during a grace period. If we do not receive your payment by the end of the grace period, your policy (and all riders to the policy) will terminate without value and all coverage under your policy will cease. We will mail an additional notice to you if your policy terminates.

 

 

Your policy will terminate if you don’t pay enough premiums (i) to pay the charges we deduct or (ii) to maintain in effect one of the guarantees that can keep your policy from terminating. However, we will first send you a notice and give you the opportunity to pay any shortfall.

 

 

You may owe taxes if your policy terminates while you have a loan outstanding, even though you receive no additional money from your policy at that time. See “Tax information,” in this prospectus.

 

Restoring a terminated policy. To have your policy “restored” (put back in force), you must apply within six months after the date of termination. In some states, you may have a longer period of time. You must also (i) present evidence of insurability satisfactory to us; and (ii) pay at least the amount of premium that we require. The amount of payment will not be more than an amount sufficient to cover (i) total monthly deductions for 3 months, calculated from the effective date of restoration; (ii) any excess of the applicable surrender charge on the date of restoration over the surrender charge that was deducted on the date of default; and (iii) the premium charge. We will determine the amount of this required payment as if no interest or investment performance were credited to or charged against your policy account. Your policy contains additional information about the minimum amount of this premium and about the values and terms of the policy after it is restored and the effective date of such restoration. You may only restore your policy if it has terminated without value. You may not restore a policy that was given up for its net cash surrender value.

 

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

 

You can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth on page 3 of your policy. In most states you have three options for how

long the guarantee will last. One of these options is discussed below under “Enhanced death benefit guarantee.” The other two guarantee options are as follows:

 

(1)

a guarantee for the first five years of your policy (the policy calls this the “no-lapse guarantee”)

 

or

 

(2)

a guarantee until the insured reaches age 70, but in no case less than 10 years (the policy calls this the “death benefit guarantee”). If your policy is issued with the Incentive Term rider, the “death benefit guarantee” is not available. See the Incentive Term rider section under “Other benefits” in this prospectus, for more information.

 

In some states, these guarantees may be unavailable, limited to shorter periods, or referred to by different names.

 

We make no extra charge for either of these two guarantees against policy termination. However, in order for either of those guarantees to be available, you must have satisfied the “guarantee premium test” (discussed in “Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus) and you must not have any outstanding policy loans. Maintaining the “age 70/10 year” guarantee against policy termination (where available) will require you to pay more premiums than maintaining only the five-year guarantee.

 

 

If you pay at least certain prescribed amounts of premiums, and have no policy loans, your policy will not terminate for a number of years, even if the value in your policy becomes insufficient to pay the monthly charges.

 

 

Enhanced death benefit guarantee. On your application for a policy, you may elect an enhanced death benefit guarantee rider, that will guarantee your policy against termination for a longer period of time than either of the two guarantee options described above. If elected, a monthly charge of $0.02 per $1,000 of the policy’s face amount is deducted from your account value for this guarantee. To elect this feature, all of your policy’s account value must be allocated to our variable investment options.

 

While the enhanced death benefit guarantee is in effect, your policy will not lapse, even if your net cash surrender value is insufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, as long as you do not have an outstanding loan (or you repay the loan within the 61-day grace period). This guarantee is available for the following periods:

 

(a)

If you have always chosen death benefit Option A, for the life of the insured person; or

 

(b)

If you have ever selected death benefit Option B (even if you subsequently changed it to Option A), until the later of the policy anniversary nearest to when the insured person reaches age 80 or the end of the 15th year of the policy.

 

 

22


This option is not available in all states or if your policy is issued with the Incentive Term rider.

 

If you have elected the enhanced death benefit guarantee, we test on each policy anniversary to see if the required premium (the enhanced death benefit “guarantee premium”) has been paid. (The enhanced death benefit guarantee premium will be set forth on page 3 of your policy on a monthly basis.) The required premium has been paid if the total of all premiums paid, less all withdrawals, is at least equal to the total of all enhanced death benefit guarantee premiums due to date. Unlike the test for the shorter duration guarantees discussed above, we do not compound these amounts using any hypothetical interest rate.

 

If the required premium has not been paid as of any policy anniversary, we will mail you a notice requesting that you send us the shortfall. If we do not receive this additional premium, the enhanced death benefit guarantee will terminate. The enhanced death benefit guarantee also will terminate if you request that we cancel it, or if you allocate any value to our guaranteed interest option. If the enhanced death benefit guarantee terminates, the related charge terminates, as well. Once terminated, this guarantee can never be reinstated or restored.

 

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Under certain circumstances and subject to our approval, you may elect to take advantage of our paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year of your policy. If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we may initially reduce your base policy’s face amount (see below). Thereafter, your policy will not lapse and the death benefit will never be less than the base policy’s face amount, so long as the guarantee remains in effect. The guarantee will terminate, however, if (i) at any time following the election, the sum of any outstanding policy loans, accrued interest, and any “restricted” amount due to exercise of a Living Benefits Rider, together with any then applicable surrender charge, exceeds your policy’s account value, or if (ii) you request us to terminate the election. For more information about the circumstances under which you can elect the paid-up death benefit, the possible reduction in face amount after this guarantee is elected, (including the possible imposition of surrender charges upon such reduction), and other effects of this guarantee on your policy, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Investment options within your policy

 

We will initially put all unloaned amounts which you have allocated to variable investment options into our EQ/Money Market investment option. On the first business day following the twentieth day after your policy is issued (the “Allocation Date”), we will reallocate that investment in accordance with your premium allocation instructions then in effect. You give such instructions in your application to

purchase a policy. You can change the premium allocation percentages at any time, but this will not affect any prior allocations. The allocation percentages that you specify must always be in whole numbers and total exactly 100%.

 

The policy is between you and the Company. The policy is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your policy. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the policy, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the policy. If your policy is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), your financial professional is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your policy. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

 

You can choose among variable investment options.

 

 

Variable investment options. The available variable investment options are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to these as “Investment Funds”.) The investment results you will achieve in any one of these options will depend on the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio that shares the same name as that option. That Portfolio follows investment practices, policies and objectives that are appropriate to the variable investment option you have chosen. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

The advisors who make the investment decisions for each Portfolio are set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

You will find other important information about each Portfolio in the separate prospectuses for each Trust including a comprehensive discussion of the risks of investing in each Portfolio. To obtain copies of Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146664. We may add or delete variable investment options or Portfolios at any time.

 

Guaranteed interest option. You can also allocate some or all of your policy’s value to our guaranteed interest option. We, in turn, invest such amounts as part of our general assets. Periodically, we declare a fixed rate of interest (3% minimum) on amounts that you allocate to our guaranteed interest option. We credit and compound the interest daily at an effective annual rate that equals the declared rate. The rates we are at any time declaring on outstanding policies may differ from the rates we are then declaring for newly issued policies. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

 

23


 

We will pay at least 3% annual interest on our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

Market Stabilizer Option®.  The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period. The S&P 500 Price Return Index includes 500 companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy, capturing 75% coverage of U.S. equities. The S&P 500 Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index. Any amount that you decide to invest in the MSO is allocated to a “Segment”, each of which has a specific start date and a limited duration. On the final day of the Segment, the index-linked return associated with that Segment will be applied to your Segment Account Value (as defined in the MSO Prospectus), and may be positive, zero or negative. Please be aware that the possibility of a negative return on this investment at the end of a Segment Term could result in a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

Your account value

 

As set forth in this prospectus, we deduct certain charges from each premium payment you make. We credit the rest of each premium payment to your policy’s “account value.” You instruct us to allocate your account value to one or more of the policy’s investment options listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Your account value is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option other than in (iii), and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the variable investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental material may refer to (ii) and (iii) above as our “Guaranteed Interest Account.”) These amounts are subject to certain charges discussed in “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value will be credited with the same net returns as are achieved by the Portfolios that you select and interest credited on amount in the guaranteed interest option, and is reduced by the amount of charges we deduct under the policy.

 

 

Your policy’s value in our variable investment options. We invest the account value that you have allocated to any variable investment option in shares of the corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.”

 

The number of your units in any variable investment option does not change, absent an event or transaction under your policy that involves moving assets into or out of that option. Whenever any amount is withdrawn or otherwise deducted from one of your policy’s variable investment options, we “redeem” (cancel) the number of units that has a value equal to that amount. This can happen, for example, when all or a portion of monthly deductions and transaction-based charges are allocated to that option, or when loans, transfers, withdrawals and surrenders are made from that option. Similarly, you “purchase” additional units having the same value as the amount of any premium, loan repayment, or transfer that you allocate to that option.

 

The value of each unit will increase or decrease each business day, as though you had invested in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly (and reinvested all dividends and distributions from the Portfolio in additional Portfolio shares). The units’ values will be reduced, however, by the amount of the mortality and expense risk charge for that period (see “Table of policy charges” in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus). On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to your policy under that option, multiplied by that day’s value for one such unit.

 

Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option. Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option includes: (i) any amounts that have been allocated to that option, based on your request (excluding loaned amounts), and (ii) any “restricted” amounts that we hold in that option as a result of your election to receive a living benefit. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. We credit all of such amounts with interest at rates we declare from time to time. We guarantee that these rates will not be less than a 3% effective annual rate. The mortality and expense risk charge mentioned in this prospectus does not apply to our guaranteed interest option.

 

Amounts may be allocated to or removed from your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option for the same purposes as described in this prospectus for the variable investment options. We credit your policy with a number of dollars in that option that equals any amount that is being allocated to it. Similarly, if amounts are being removed from your guaranteed interest option for any reason, we reduce the amount you have credited to that option on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

 

24


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

 

 

 

Transfers you can make

 

 

You can transfer among our variable investment options and into our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

After your policy’s Allocation Date, you can transfer amounts from one investment option to another. We may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO, if the enhanced death benefit guarantee is in effect. However, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option and among our variable investment options are more limited. Currently, the total of all transfers you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in an investment option, even if it is less than $500. We reserve the right to lower this $500 limit upon written notice to you. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers among variable investment options and transfers out of the guaranteed interest option as described in your policy, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

Please see “Investment options within your policy” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Current unrestricted transfers out of the guaranteed interest option.  We are relaxing our policy rules so that, beginning on the business day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, you may transfer any amount of unloaned policy account value out of the guaranteed interest option to any other investment option until further notice. If we decide to change our limitations on transfers out of the guaranteed interest option, we will provide you with notice of at least 30 days.

 

See the “How to make transfers” section below on how you can request a transfer. In general, transfers take effect on the date the request is received. However, any written, telephone, Internet or facsimile transaction requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) take effect the next business day.

 

Please note that the ability to make unrestricted transfers from the guaranteed interest option does not apply to any amounts that we are holding as collateral for a policy loan or as “restricted” amounts as a result of your election to receive a living benefit, if available under your policy. In addition, if you elect to transfer account value to the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available under your policy, there must be sufficient funds remaining in the guaranteed interest option to cover the Charge Reserve Amount. Finally, there may be a charge for making this transfer. Please see “Fee Tables” in this prospectus for more information about charges for this transfer.

 

Transfers into and out of the MSO

 

If you elect to transfer account value to the MSO, there must be sufficient funds remaining in the guaranteed interest

option to cover the Charge Reserve Amount (as defined in the MSO Prospectus). There are also additional restrictions that may apply. For more information about transfers into and out of the MSO, see “Transfers” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option“ section of the MSO Prospectus.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  We reserve the right to limit access to the services described below if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing” (see “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters”).

 

How to make transfers

 

Internet transfers.  Generally, you can make transfers over the Internet if you are the owner of the policy. You may do this by visiting our www.equitable.com website and registering for online account access. This service may not always be available. The restrictions relating to online transfers are described below.

 

Online transfers.  You can make online transfers by following one of two procedures:

 

  For individually owned policies for which you are the owner, by logging onto our website, described under “By Internet” in “How to reach us” in this prospectus; or

 

  For corporation and trust owned policies, we require a special authorization form to obtain access. The form is available on our website www.equitable.com or by contacting our Administrative Office.

 

For more information see “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). If you are unable to reach us via our website, you should send a written transfer request to our Administrative Office.

 

Transfers through our Administrative Office.  You may submit a written request for a transfer to our Administrative Office. We require a written request for jointly owned policies.

 

Our automatic transfer service

 

We offer an automatic transfer service. This service allows you to gradually allocate amounts to the variable investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the variable investment options you select. This will cause you to purchase more units if the unit’s value is low, and fewer units if the unit’s value is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per unit over the long term.

 

 

Using the automatic transfer service does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

 

25


Our automatic transfer service (also referred to as our “dollar cost averaging service”) enables you to make automatic monthly transfers from the EQ/Money Market option to our other variable investment options. You may elect the automatic transfer service with your policy application or at any later time (provided you are not using the asset rebalancing service described below). At least $5,000 must be allocated to the EQ/Money Market option to begin using the automatic transfer service. You can choose up to eight other variable investment options to receive the automatic transfers, but each transfer to each option must be at least $50.

 

This service terminates when the EQ/Money Market option is depleted. You can also cancel the automatic transfer service at any time by sending a written request to our Administrative Office. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge made in connection with our automatic transfer service.

 

Our asset rebalancing service

 

You may wish us to periodically redistribute the amounts you have in our variable investment options so that the relative amount of your account value in each variable option is restored to an asset allocation that you select. You can accomplish this automatically through our asset rebalancing service. The rebalancing may be at quarterly, semi-annual, or annual intervals.

 

You may specify asset allocation percentages for all available variable investment options up to a maximum of 50. The allocation percentage you specify for each variable investment option selected must be at least 2% (whole percentages only) of the total value you hold under the variable investment options, and the sum of the percentages must equal 100%. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service (discussed above).

 

You may request the asset rebalancing service in your policy application or at any later time by completing our enrollment form. At any time, you may also terminate the rebalancing program or make changes to your allocations under the program. Once enrolled in the rebalancing service, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the service. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our asset rebalancing service will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your rebalancing service. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing service (or termination of your enrollment in the service) must be in writing and sent to our Administrative Office.

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our asset rebalancing service. Certain investment options, such as the guaranteed interest option, are not available investment options with the asset rebalancing service.

    

 

 

26


6. Accessing your money

 

 

 

About your life insurance benefit

 

As long as your incontestable policy is in force, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary or beneficiaries once we receive at our Administrative Office satisfactory proof of the Insured’s death. See your policy for more information on policy incontestability. The death benefit is determined as of the date of death and generally paid within 7 days after proof of death and any other required documents are received. For information on the commencement of insurance coverage, please see “policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy’s face amount. In your application to buy an Incentive Life® policy, you tell us how much insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person. We call this the “face amount” of the base policy. $50,000 is the smallest amount of coverage you can request.

 

If you are applying for $1.1 million or more of coverage, you should consider whether it would be to your advantage to take out some of your coverage under our Incentive Term rider. This rider generally provides fewer guarantees and lower charges. See “The Incentive Term rider” below.

 

 

If the insured person dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B. We also have options available for the manner in which we pay death benefits (see “Your options for receiving policy proceeds” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

 

 

Your policy’s “death benefit” options. In your policy application, you also choose whether the basic amount (or “benefit”) we will pay if the insured person dies is:

 

  Option A — The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy’s face amount;

 

or

 

  Option B — The face amount plus the policy’s “account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy’s account value.

 

Your policy’s “account value” is the total amount that at any time is earning interest for you or being credited with investment gains and losses under your policy. (Account value is discussed in more detail under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

Under Option B, your policy’s death benefit will tend to be higher than under Option A, assuming the same policy face amount and policy account value. As a result, the monthly insurance charge we deduct will also be higher, to compensate us for our additional risk.

 

Alternative higher death benefit in limited cases. Your policy is designed to always provide a minimum level of insurance protection relative to your policy’s account value, in part to meet the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance.” For more information on the alternative higher death benefit and for information on other adjustments to the death benefit, see “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

The Incentive Term rider. The Incentive Term rider allows you to purchase additional coverage on the insured person if the face amount of your base Incentive Life® policy is $1,000,000 or more. The minimum amount available is $100,000 and the maximum amount is equal to 80% of the total amount (which is the base policy face amount plus the face amount under the Incentive Term rider). Choosing term coverage under this rider in lieu of coverage under your base Incentive Life® policy can reduce your total charges. Our “cost of insurance” charges under the Incentive Term rider are currently lower than they are for coverage under the base policy, and this coverage does not have surrender charges. We reserve the right to raise the insurance rates for this rider at any time so that they could exceed the rates for the base policy. But rates for the term rider will not be raised above the maximum rates we are permitted to charge under your base policy.

 

If your policy is issued with an Incentive Term rider, the “death benefit guarantee” and the “enhanced” death benefit guarantee are not available. Further, the paid up death benefit guarantee is only available with respect to the base coverage. Therefore, if any of these death benefit guarantees is your priority, you should not take any coverage under the Incentive Term rider.

 

Except as noted in the next sentence, if you request a face amount decrease (or a partial withdrawal that results in a face amount decrease) or a face amount increase, we will adjust your base policy face amount and your Incentive Term rider face amount proportionately, so that the ratio between the two remains the same. However, to the extent that such a reduction of the base policy face amount would cause the face amount to fall below the minimum we are then requiring for new policies, we will make such reduction from the Incentive Term rider face amount only.

 

Any change in the death benefit option will not change the Incentive Term rider’s face amount, unless the alternative death benefit is in effect. If it is, any change in your death

 

 

27


benefit option will cause your Incentive Term rider’s face amount to be automatically reduced as discussed below under “Change of death benefit option.”

 

When the alternative death benefit becomes applicable, the death benefit under the base policy is increased and the death benefit under the Incentive Term rider is automatically reduced by the same amount (but not below zero).

 

Use of the Incentive Term rider instead of an equal amount of coverage under the base policy generally reduces commissions. Therefore, an agent may receive a higher commission for selling you a policy that does not include the Incentive Term rider.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences of face amount changes or adding or deleting riders.

 

 

You can request a change in your death benefit option any time after the second year of the policy; however changes to Option B are not permitted beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 80.

 

 

Change of death benefit option. If you change from Option A to Option B, we automatically reduce your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy’s account value at the time of the change. We may refuse this change if the policy’s face amount would be reduced below our then current minimum for new policies. Changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted once the insured person reaches age 81.

 

If you change from Option B to Option A, we automatically increase your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy’s account value at the time of the change.

 

If the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in death benefit option:

 

  we will determine the new base policy face amount somewhat differently from the general procedures described above, and

 

  we will automatically reduce the face amount of any Incentive Term rider that you then have in effect (we discuss the Incentive Term rider above under “The Incentive Term rider”).

 

We will not deduct or establish any amount of surrender charge as a result of a change in death benefit option. Please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus, to learn about certain possible income tax consequences that may result from a change in death benefit option, including the effect of an automatic increase or decrease in face amount.

 

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

 

If the face amount increase endorsement is issued with your policy, you may increase the life insurance coverage under your policy by requesting an increase in your policy’s face

amount. You can do so any time after the first year of your policy. You may request a decrease in your policy’s face amount any time after the second year of your policy. The requested increase or decrease must be at least $10,000. Please refer to “Tax information” for certain possible tax consequences of changing the face amount.

 

We can refuse any requested increase or decrease. We will not approve any increase or decrease if we are at that time being required to waive charges or pay premiums under any optional disability waiver rider that is part of the policy. We will also not approve a face amount increase if the insured person has reached age 81.

 

The following additional conditions also apply:

 

Face amount increases. We treat an increase in face amount in many respects as if it were the issuance of a new policy. For example, you must submit satisfactory evidence that the insured person still meets our requirements for coverage. Also, we establish additional amounts of surrender charge and guarantee premiums under your policy for the face amount increase, reflecting the amount of additional coverage.

 

In most states, you can cancel the face amount increase within 10 days after you receive a new policy page showing the increase. If you cancel, we will reverse any charges attributable to the increase and recalculate all values under your policy to what they would have been had the increase not taken place.

 

The monthly insurance charge we make for the amount of the increase will be based on the age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person and the policy year at the time of the increase. If we refuse a requested face amount increase because the insured person’s risk characteristics have become less favorable, we may issue the additional coverage as a separate policy we are then offering with a different insurance risk classification. In that case, we would waive the monthly administrative charge that otherwise would apply to that separate policy.

 

Face amount decreases. You may not reduce the face amount below the minimum we required for new policies. Nor will we permit a decrease that would cause your policy to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of life insurance. Guarantee premiums, as well as our monthly deductions for the cost of insurance coverage, will generally decrease from the time you reduce the face amount.

 

If you reduce the face amount during the first 15 years of your policy, or during the first 15 years after a face amount increase you have requested, we will deduct all or part of the remaining surrender charge from your policy. Assuming you have not previously changed the face amount, the amount of surrender charge we will deduct will be determined by dividing the amount of the decrease by the initial face amount and multiplying that fraction by the total amount of surrender charge that still remains applicable to your policy. We deduct the charge from the same investment options as if it were a part of a regular monthly deduction under your policy.

 

 

28


In some cases, we may have to make a distribution to you from your policy at the time we decrease your policy’s face amount or change your death benefit option. This may be necessary in order to preserve your policy’s status as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also be required to make such a distribution to you in the future on account of a prior decrease in face amount or change in death benefit option. This distribution may be taxable.

 

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

 

The basic Option A and Option B death benefits are described under “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus.

 

We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. This alternative death benefit is computed by multiplying your policy’s account value on the insured person’s date of death by a percentage specified in your policy. The percentage depends on the insured person’s age. Representative percentages are as follows:

 

 

If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected.

 

 

Age*   40 and under                45   50     55     60     65  

%:

  250%           215%     185%       150%       130%       120%  
Age:   70   75-95        99-Over                            

%:

  115%     105%     101%                                
*

For the then-current policy year.

 

This higher alternative death benefit exposes us to greater insurance risk than the regular Option A and B death benefits. Because the cost of insurance charges we make under your policy are based in part on the amount of our risk, you will pay more cost of insurance charges for any periods during which the higher alternative death benefit is the operative one.

 

The alternative higher death benefit is a component of the Option A and Option B death benefits that will be paid (if higher) in order for the Incentive Life® policy to satisfy the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In general, for a policy to be treated as a life insurance contract under the Code, it must pass one of two tests, the cash value accumulation test or the guideline premium/ cash value corridor test. Only the guideline premium/cash value corridor test applies to the Incentive Life® policy. Under the guideline premium requirement, the sum of the premiums paid under the policy may not at any time exceed the greater of the guideline single premium or the sum of the guideline level premiums, for the benefits promised under the policy. Under the cash value corridor requirement, the death benefit at any time must be equal to or greater than the applicable percentage of policy account value specified in Section 7702(c) of the Code. We apply these principles to both Option A and Option B death benefits.

The operative period for the higher alternative death benefit is determined in connection with the requirements of the Code. The calculation of the death benefit is built into the monthly calculation of the cost of insurance charge, which is based on the net amount at risk. The need for the higher alternative death benefit is assessed on each monthly anniversary date, and on the death of the insured. Each policy owner receives an annual statement showing various policy values. The annual statement shows the death benefit amount as of the policy anniversary, and that amount would reflect the alternative higher death benefit amount, if applicable at that time. This annual statement also reflects the monthly cost of insurance charge for the policy year, reflecting a higher net amount at risk in those months when the higher alternative death benefit is in effect.

 

Other adjustments to death benefit.  We will increase the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any other benefits we owe upon the insured person’s death under any optional riders which are in effect.

 

We will reduce the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any outstanding policy loans and unpaid loan interest, as well as any amount of monthly charges under the policy that remain unpaid because the insured person died during a grace period. We also reduce the death benefit if we have already paid part of it under a Living Benefits Rider. We reduce it by the amount of the living benefits payment plus interest. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus.

 

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

 

Beneficiary of death benefit.  You designate your policy’s beneficiary in your policy application. You can change the beneficiary at any other time during the insured person’s life. If no beneficiary is living when the insured person dies, we will pay the death benefit proceeds in equal shares to the insured person’s surviving children. If there are no surviving children, we will instead pay the insured person’s estate.

 

Payment options for death benefit.  In your policy application, or at any other time during the insured person’s life, you may choose among several payment options for all or part of any death benefit proceeds that subsequently become payable. These payment options are described in the policy and may result in varying tax consequences. A payment option selected by the policy’s owner cannot be changed by the beneficiary after the insured person dies. The terms and conditions of each option are set out in a separate contract that we will send to the payee when a payment option goes into effect. The Company or your financial professional can provide you with samples of such contracts on request.

 

 

You can choose to have the proceeds from the policy’s life insurance benefit paid under one of our payment options, rather than as a single sum.

 

 

If you have not elected a payment option, we will pay any death benefit in a single sum. If the beneficiary is a natural

 

 

29


person (i.e., not an entity such as a corporation) and so elects, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the “Access Account”, which is a draft account that works in certain respects like an interest-bearing checking account. In that case, we will send the beneficiary a draftbook, and the beneficiary will have immediate access to the proceeds by writing a draft for all or part of the amount of the death benefit proceeds. The Company will retain the funds until a draft is presented for payment. Interest on the Access Account is earned from the date we establish the account until the account is closed by your beneficiary or by us if the account balance falls below the minimum balance requirement, which is currently $1,000. The Access Account is part of the Company’s general account and is subject to the claims of our creditors. We will receive any investment earnings during the period such amounts remain in the general account. The Access Account is not a bank account or a checking account and it is not insured by the FDIC. Funds held by insurance companies in the general account are guaranteed by the respective state guaranty association.

 

A beneficiary residing outside of the U.S., however, cannot elect the Access Account. If the beneficiary is a trust that has two or fewer trustees, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the Access Account.

 

If a financial professional has assisted the beneficiary in preparing the documents that are required for payment of the death benefit and the beneficiary so elects, we will send the Access Account checkbook or check to the financial professional within the periods specified for death benefit payments under “When we pay policy proceeds,” in this prospectus. Our financial professionals will take reasonable steps to arrange for prompt delivery to the beneficiary.

 

Payment options for surrender and withdrawal proceeds.   You can also choose to receive all or part of any proceeds from a surrender or withdrawal from your policy under one of the above referenced payment options, rather than as a single sum.

 

Accessing your money

 

You can access the money in your policy in different ways. You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy account value and any applicable surrender charges, less any outstanding loans (plus accrued loan interest) and less any amounts restricted following your receipt of a living benefits payment. We will charge interest on the amount of the loan. See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

You can also make a partial withdrawal of $500 or more of your net cash surrender value (defined in this prospectus under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value”) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the younger insured’s 100th birthday. Partial withdrawals are not permitted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. See Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

Finally, you can surrender (turn in) your policy for its net cash surrender value at any time. See “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus. See “Tax information” in this prospectus, for the tax treatment of the various ways in which you can access your money.

 

Borrowing from your policy

 

You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy’s account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy. (In your policy, this “difference” is referred to as your Cash Surrender Value.) However, the amount you can borrow will be reduced by any amount that we hold on a “restricted” basis following your receipt of a terminal illness living benefits payment, as well as by any other loans (and accrued loan interest) you have outstanding. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” below.

 

 

You can use policy loans to obtain funds from your policy without surrender charges or, in most cases, paying current income taxes. However, the borrowed amount is no longer credited with the investment results of any of our investment options under the policy.

 

 

When you take a policy loan, we remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment. (Your policy may sometimes refer to the collateral as the “loaned policy account.”) We hold this loan collateral under the same terms and conditions as apply to amounts supporting our guaranteed interest option, with several exceptions:

 

  you cannot make transfers or withdrawals of the collateral;

 

  we expect to credit different rates of interest to loan collateral than we credit under our guaranteed interest option;

 

  we do not count the collateral when we compute our customer loyalty credit; and

 

  the collateral is not available to pay policy charges.

 

When you request your loan, you should tell us how much of the loan collateral you wish to have taken from any amounts you have in each of our investment options. If you do not give us directions (or if we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in the same proportion as we are then taking monthly deductions for charges. If that is not possible, we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

 

Loan interest we charge.  The interest we charge on a policy loan accrues daily at an adjustable interest rate. We determine the rate at the beginning of each year of your policy and that rate applies to all policy loans that are outstanding at any time during the year. The maximum rate is the greater of (a) 4% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published in Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield

 

 

30


Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. (If that average is no longer published, we will use another average, as the policy provides.) In no event, however, will the loan interest rate be greater than 15%. We will notify you of the current loan interest rate when you apply for a loan and annually on the annual report, and will notify you in advance of any rate increase.

 

Loan interest payments are due on each policy anniversary. If not paid when due, we automatically add the interest as a new policy loan.

 

Interest that we credit on loan collateral. Under our current rules, the annual interest rate we credit on your loan collateral during any of your policy’s first fifteen years will be 1% less than the rate we are then charging you for policy loan interest, and, beginning in the policy’s 16th year, equal to the loan interest rate. The elimination of the rate differential is not guaranteed, however. Accordingly, we have discretion to increase the rate differential for any period, including under policies that are already in force (and may have outstanding loans). We do guarantee that the annual rate of interest credited on your loan collateral will never be less than 3% and that the differential will not exceed 2% (except if tax law changes increase the taxes we pay on policy loans or loan interest).

 

We credit interest on your loan collateral daily. On each anniversary of your policy (or when your policy loans are fully repaid) we transfer that interest to your policy’s investment options in the same proportions as if it were a premium payment.

 

Effects of policy loans. A loan can reduce the length of time that your insurance remains in force, because the amount we set aside as loan collateral cannot be used to pay charges as they become due. A loan can also cause any paid up death benefit guarantee to terminate or may cause any other guarantee against termination to become unavailable. We will deduct any outstanding policy loan plus accrued loan interest from your policy’s proceeds if you do not pay it back. Even if a loan is not taxable when made, it may later become taxable, for example, upon termination or surrender. See “Tax information” below for a discussion of the tax consequences of policy loans.

 

Paying off your loan. You can repay all or part of your loan at any time. We normally assume that payments you send us are premium payments. Therefore, you must submit instructions with your payment indicating that it is a loan repayment. If you send us more than all of the loan principal and interest you owe, we will treat the excess as a premium payment.

 

When you send us a loan repayment, we will transfer an amount equal to such repayment from your loan collateral back to the investment options under your policy. First we will restore any amounts that, before being designated as loan collateral, had been in the guaranteed interest option under your policy. We will allocate any additional repayments among investment options as you instruct; or, if you don’t instruct us, in the same proportion as if they were premium payments.

Borrowing from your policy when you allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to take a loan from your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Loans” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy

 

You may make a partial withdrawal of your net cash surrender value (defined below) at any time after the first year of your policy. The request must be for at least $500, however, and we have discretion to decline any request. If you do not tell us from which investment options you wish us to take the withdrawal, we will use the same allocation that then applies for the monthly deductions we make for charges; and, if that is not possible, we will take the withdrawal from all of your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

 

 

You can withdraw all or part of your policy’s net cash surrender value, although you may incur tax consequences by doing so.

 

 

Effect of partial withdrawals on insurance coverage. If the Option A death benefit is in effect, a partial withdrawal results in a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the policy’s face amount (and, hence, an equal reduction in the Option A death benefit). If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, a partial withdrawal will generally reduce the face amount by more than the amount of the withdrawal. Face amount reductions that occur automatically as a result of withdrawals, however, do not result in our deducting any portion of any then remaining surrender charge. We will not permit a partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below our minimum that was required for new policy issuances at the time, or that would cause the policy to no longer be treated as life insurance for federal income tax purposes.

 

If death benefit Option B is in effect, a partial withdrawal reduces the death benefit on a dollar for dollar basis, but does not affect the face amount.

 

The result is different, however, during any time when the alternative death benefit (discussed in this prospectus) would be higher than the Option A or B death benefit you have selected. In that case, a partial withdrawal will cause the death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal, even if the paid up death benefit guarantee is not then in effect. A partial withdrawal reduces the amount of your premium payments that counts toward maintaining our other guarantees against termination, as well. A partial withdrawal may increase the chance that your policy could lapse because of insufficient value to pay policy charges as they fall due or because it could result in a death benefit guarantee not being in effect.

 

 

31


You should refer to “Tax information” below, for information about possible tax consequences of partial withdrawals and any associated reduction in policy benefits.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy if you have allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to take a withdrawal from your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Withdrawals” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

 

Upon written request satisfactory to us, you can surrender (give us back) your policy for its “net cash surrender value” at any time. The net cash surrender value equals your account value, minus any outstanding loans and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed “living benefits,” and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. The surrender charge is described in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.

 

Please refer to “Tax information” below for the possible tax consequences of surrendering your policy and applicable waivers of surrender charges in the event of federal estate tax repeal.

 

Surrendering your policy if you have allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to surrender your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Cash Surrender Value, Net Cash Surrender Value and Loan Value” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option®” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you declined the Living Benefits Rider at issue and later elected it, you were subject to a $100 administrative charge. In addition, we would have evaluated the insurance risk at that time and we may have declined to issue the rider.

 

If you receive a living benefit, the remaining benefits under your policy will be affected. We will deduct the amount of

any living benefit we have paid, plus interest (as specified in the rider), from the death benefit proceeds that become payable under the policy if and when the insured person dies. (In your policy, we refer to this as a “lien” we establish against your policy.)

 

When we pay a living benefit, we automatically transfer a pro rata portion of your policy’s net cash surrender value to the policy’s guaranteed interest option. This amount, together with the interest we charge thereon, will be “restricted” — that is, it will not be available for any loans, transfers or partial withdrawals that you may wish to make. In addition, it may not be used to satisfy the charges we deduct from your policy’s value. We also will deduct these restricted amounts from any subsequent surrender proceeds that we pay.

 

The receipt of a living benefits payment may qualify for exclusion from income tax. See “Tax information” below. Receipt of a living benefits payment may affect your eligibility for certain government benefits or entitlements.

 

 

You can arrange to receive a “living benefit” if the insured person becomes terminally ill.

 

 

 

32


7. Tax information

 

 

 

This discussion is based on current federal income tax law and interpretations. It assumes that the policy owner is a natural person who is a U.S. citizen and resident and has an insurable interest in the insured. The tax effects on corporate taxpayers, non-U.S. residents or non-U.S. citizens may be different. This discussion is general in nature, and should not be considered tax advice, for which you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

 

An Incentive Life® policy will be treated as “life insurance” for federal income tax purposes (a) if it meets the definition of life insurance under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and (b) as long as the investments made by the underlying Portfolios satisfy certain investment diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code. The following discussion assumes that the policies meet these requirements and, therefore, that generally:

 

  the death benefit received by the beneficiary under your policy will not be subject to federal income tax; and

 

  increases in your policy’s account value as a result of interest or investment experience will not be subject to federal income tax, unless and until there is a distribution from your policy, such as a surrender, a partial withdrawal, loan or a payment to you.

 

The IRS, however, could disagree with our position such that certain tax consequences could be other than as described. If it is subsequently determined that a policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict policy transactions in order to do so. There may also be different tax consequences if you assign your policy, transfer an interest therein or designate a new owner. See “Assigning your policy” in this prospectus. See also special rules below for “Business and employer owned policies,” and for the discussion of insurable interest under “Other information.”

 

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

 

The federal income tax consequences of a distribution from your policy depend on whether your policy is a “modified endowment contract” (sometimes also referred to as a “MEC”). In all cases, however, the character of any income described below as being taxable to the recipient will be ordinary income (as opposed to capital gain).

 

Testing for modified endowment contract status. Your policy will be a “modified endowment contract” if, at any time during the first seven years of your policy, you have paid a

cumulative amount of premiums that exceeds the cumulative seven-pay limit. The cumulative seven-pay limit is the amount of premiums that you would have paid by that time under a similar fixed-benefit insurance policy that was designed (based on certain assumptions mandated under the Code) to provide for paid up future benefits after the payment of seven equal annual premiums. (Paid up means that no future premiums would be required.) This is called the “seven-pay” test.

 

Whenever there is a “material change” under a policy, the policy will generally be (a) treated as a new contract for purposes of determining whether the policy is a modified endowment contract and (b) subjected to a new seven-pay period and a new seven-pay limit. The new seven-pay limit would be determined taking into account, under a prescribed formula, the account value of the policy at the time of such change. A materially changed policy would be considered a modified endowment contract if it failed to satisfy the new seven-pay limit at any time during the new seven-pay period. A material change for these purposes could occur as a result of a change in death benefit option, the selection of additional rider benefits, an increase in your policy’s face amount (including pursuant to our cost-of-living rider), or certain other changes.

 

If your policy’s benefits are reduced during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change), the seven-pay limit will be redetermined based on the reduced level of benefits and applied retroactively for purposes of the seven-pay test. (Such a reduction in benefits could include, for example, a requested decrease in face amount, the termination of additional benefits under a rider or, in some cases, a partial withdrawal.) If the premiums previously paid during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change) are greater than the recalculated (lower) seven-pay limit, the policy will become a modified endowment contract.

 

A life insurance policy that you receive in exchange for a modified endowment contract will also be considered a modified endowment contract.

 

In addition to the above premium limits for testing for modified endowment status, federal income tax rules must be complied with in order for it to qualify as life insurance. Changes made to your policy, for example, a decrease in face amount (including any decrease that may occur as a result of a partial withdrawal), a change in death benefit option, or other decrease in benefits may impact the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid, as well as the maximum amount of account value that may be maintained under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take current or future action in order to assure that your policy

 

 

33


continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts to you that may be includible as income. See “Changes we can make” in this prospectus.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is not a modified endowment contract.  As long as your policy remains in force as a non-modified endowment contract, policy loans will generally be treated as indebtedness, and no part of the loan proceeds will be subject to current federal income tax. Interest on the loan will generally not be tax deductible, although interest credited on loan collateral may become taxable under the rules below if distributed. However, there is some uncertainty as to the federal tax treatment of policy loans with a small or no spread between the interest rate charged and the interest rate credited on the amount loaned. You should consult a qualified tax adviser as to the federal tax treatment of such loans. Also, see below for taxation of loans upon surrender or termination of your policy.

 

If you make a partial withdrawal after the first 15 years of your policy, the proceeds will not be subject to federal income tax except to the extent such proceeds exceed your “basis” in your policy. (Your basis generally will equal the premiums you have paid, less the amount of any previous distributions from your policy that were not taxable.) During the first 15 years, however, the proceeds from a partial withdrawal could be subject to federal income tax, under a complex formula, to the extent that your account value exceeds your basis.

 

Upon full surrender, any amount by which the proceeds we pay (including amounts we use to discharge any policy loan and unpaid loan interest) exceed your basis in the policy will be subject to federal income tax. In addition, if a policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then-outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution and could be subject to tax under the foregoing rules. Finally, if you make an assignment of rights or benefits under your policy, you may be deemed to have received a distribution from your policy, all or part of which may be taxable.

 

Policy loans.  Policy loans can cause taxable income upon the termination of a policy with no cash payout. In the case of a surrender, the loan amount is taken into account in determining any taxable amount and such income can also exceed the payment received. These events can occur from potential situations which include: (1) amount of outstanding policy debt (loans taken plus unpaid interest amounts added to the outstanding loan) at or near the maximum loan value; (2) unfavorable investment results affecting your policy account value; (3) increasing monthly policy charges due to increasing attained ages of the insured; (4) high or increasing amount of insurance risk, depending on death benefit option and changing account value; and (5) increasing policy loan rates if an adjustable policy loan rate is in effect.

 

Ideally a policy loan will be paid from income tax free death benefit proceeds if your policy is kept in force until the death of the insured. To avoid policy terminations that may give rise to significant income tax liability, you may need to make substantial premium payments or loan repayments to keep your policy in force.

You can reduce the likelihood that these situations will occur by considering these risks before taking a policy loan. If you take a policy loan, you should monitor the status of your policy with your financial representative and your tax advisor at least annually, and take appropriate preventative action. As indicated above, in the case of a policy that is a modified endowment contract (“MEC”), any loan will be treated as a distribution when made, and thus may be taxable at such time.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is a modified endowment contract.  Any distribution from your policy will be taxed on an “income-first” basis if your policy is a modified endowment contract. Distributions for this purpose include a loan (including any increase in the loan amount to pay interest on an existing loan or an assignment or a pledge to secure a loan) or withdrawal. Any such distributions will be considered taxable income to you to the extent your account value exceeds your basis in the policy. (For modified endowment contracts, your basis is similar to the basis described above for other policies, except that it also would be increased by the amount of any prior loan under your policy that was considered taxable income to you.)

 

For purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distribution, all modified endowment contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) to the same owner (excluding certain qualified plans) during any calendar year are treated as if they were a single contract.

 

A 10% penalty tax also will apply to the taxable portion of most distributions from a policy that is a modified endowment contract. The penalty tax will not, however, apply to (i) taxpayers whose actual age is at least 5912, (ii) distributions in the case of a disability (as defined in the Code) or (iii) distributions received as part of a series of substantially equal periodic annuity payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary. The exceptions generally do not apply to life insurance policies owned by corporations or other entities.

 

If your policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution (to the extent the loan was not previously treated as such) and could be subject to tax, including the 10% penalty tax, as described above. In addition, upon a full surrender, any excess of the proceeds we pay (including any amounts we use to discharge any loan) over your basis in the policy, will be subject to federal income tax and, unless an exception applies, the 10% penalty tax.

 

Distributions that occur during a year of your policy in which it becomes a modified endowment contract, and during any subsequent years, will be taxed as described in the four preceding paragraphs. In addition, distributions from a policy within two years before it becomes a modified endowment contract also will be subject to tax in this manner. This means that a distribution made from a policy that is not a modified endowment contract could later become

 

 

34


taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract. So, for example, if a policy has been collaterally assigned as security for a loan and the policy subsequently becomes a MEC there could be a taxable deemed distribution even though the policy owner has not received any payment from us.

 

Policy changes.  Changes made to a life insurance policy, for example, a decrease in benefits, a death benefit option change, or the termination or restoration of a terminated policy, may have other effects on your policy, including impacting the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take action in order to assure your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts that may be includable as income. This action may be required under the tax law even though the policy may not be sufficiently funded to keep it in force for a desired duration. In some cases, premium payments for a policy year could be limited to the amount needed to keep the policy in force until the end of the policy year. You should carefully go over the implications of any policy changes with your advisor before making a change.

 

Restoration of a terminated policy.  For tax purposes, some restorations of a policy that terminated after a grace period may be treated as the purchase of a new policy. Since tax laws and regulations and their application may have changed by such time, there can be no assurance that we can reinstate the policy to qualify as life insurance under future tax rules.

 

Tax treatment of living benefits proceeds

 

Amounts received under an insurance policy on the life of an individual who is terminally ill, as defined by the tax law, are generally excludable from the payee’s gross income as an accelerated death benefit. We believe that the benefits provided under our Living Benefits Rider meet the tax law’s definition of terminally ill and can qualify for this income tax exclusion. This exclusion does not apply to amounts paid to someone other than the insured person if the payee has an insurable interest in the insured person’s life only because the insured person is a director, officer or employee of the payee or by reason of the insured person being financially interested in any trade or business carried on by the payee.

 

Business and employer owned policies

 

Any employer owned life insurance arrangement on an employee or director as well as any corporate, trade, or business use of a policy should be carefully reviewed by your tax advisor with attention to the rules discussed below. Also, careful consideration should be given to any other rules that may apply, including other possible pending or recently enacted legislative proposals.

 

Requirements for income tax free death benefits.  Federal tax law imposes additional requirements for employer owned life insurance policies. The provisions can have broad application for contract owners engaged in a trade or business, or certain related persons. These requirements include detailed notice and

consent rules, annual tax reporting and recordkeeping requirements on the employer and limitations on those employees (including directors) who can be insured under the life insurance policy. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements will result in death benefits in excess of premiums paid by the owner being includible in the owner’s income upon the death of the insured employee. Notice and consent requirements must be satisfied before the issuance of the life insurance policy or a material change to an existing life insurance policy, otherwise benefits may lose their tax favored treatment.

 

The rules generally apply to life insurance policies issued after August 17, 2006. Note, however, that material increases in the death benefit or other material changes will generally cause an existing policy to be treated as a new policy and thus subject to the new requirements. The term “material” has not yet been fully defined but is expected to not include automatic increases in death benefits in order to maintain compliance with the life insurance policy tax qualification rules under the Code. An exception for certain tax-free exchanges of life insurance policies pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code may be available but is not clearly defined.

 

Limitations on interest deductibility for business owned life insurance.  Ownership of a policy by a trade or business can limit the amount of any interest on business borrowings that the entity otherwise could deduct for federal income tax purposes, even though such business borrowings may be unrelated to the policy. To avoid the limit, the insured person must be an officer, director, employee or 20% owner of the trade or business entity when coverage on that person commences.

 

The limit does not generally apply for policies owned by natural persons (even if those persons are conducting a trade or business as sole proprietorships), unless a trade or business entity that is not a sole proprietorship is a direct or indirect beneficiary under the policy. Entities commonly have such a beneficial interest, for example, in so-called “split-dollar” arrangements. If the trade or business entity has such an interest in a policy, it will be treated the same as if it owned the policy for purposes of the limit on deducting interest on unrelated business income.

 

The limit generally applies only to policies issued after June 8, 1997 in taxable years ending after such date. However, for this purpose, any material change in a policy will be treated as the issuance of a new policy.

 

In cases where the above-discussed limit on deductibility applies, the non-deductible portion of unrelated interest on business loans is determined by multiplying the total amount of such interest by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the policy’s average account value (excluding amounts we are holding to secure any policy loans) for the year in question, and the denominator is the average for the year of the aggregate tax bases of all the entity’s other assets. The above limitation is in addition to rules limiting interest deductions on policy loans against business-owned life insurance. Special rules apply to insurance company owners of policies which may be more restrictive.

 

 

35


Uses of policy which may be scrutinized.  The IRS may view certain uses of life insurance policies as a tax shelter or as an abusive transaction. Please consult your tax advisor for the most up-to-date information as to IRS “Recognized Abusive and Listed Transactions” and how they may affect your policy.

 

Requirement that we diversify investments

 

Under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department has issued regulations that implement investment diversification requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations would disqualify your policy as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Code. If this were to occur, you would be subject to federal income tax on any income and gains under the policy and the death benefit proceeds would lose their income tax-free status. These consequences would continue for the period of the disqualification and for subsequent periods. Through the Portfolios, we intend to comply with the applicable diversification requirements, though no assurances can be given in this regard.

 

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

 

If the policy’s owner is the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includable in the owner’s estate for purposes of federal estate tax. If the owner is not the insured person, and the owner dies before the insured person, the value of the policy would be includable in the owner’s estate. If the owner is neither the insured person nor the beneficiary, the owner will be considered to have made a gift to the beneficiary of the death benefit proceeds when they become payable.

 

In general, a person will not owe estate or gift taxes until gifts made by such person, plus that person’s taxable estate, total at least $10 million (this statutory amount is to be indexed for inflation after 2010). A portability rule generally permits a surviving spouse to elect to carry over the unused portion of the deceased spouse’s exclusion amount.

 

Certain amounts may be deductible or excludable, such as gifts and bequests to a person’s spouse or charitable institutions, as well as for certain gifts per recipient per year ($18,000 for 2024 indexed for inflation).

 

As a general rule, if you make a “transfer” to a person two or more generations younger than you, a generation-skipping tax may be payable. Generation-skipping transactions would include, for example, a case where a grandparent “skips” his or her children and names his or her grandchildren as a policy’s beneficiaries. In that case, the generation-skipping “transfer” would be deemed to occur when the insurance proceeds are paid. The generation-skipping tax rates are similar to the maximum estate tax rates in effect at the time. Individuals, however are generally allowed an aggregate generation-skipping tax exemption of the same amount discussed above for estate and gift taxes, but without portability.

 

The particular situation of each policy owner, insured person or beneficiary will determine how ownership or receipt of policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes, as well as state

and local estate, inheritance and other taxes. Because these rules are complex, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser for specific information, especially where benefits are passing to younger generations.

 

If this policy is used with estate and gift tax planning in mind, you should consult with your tax advisor as to the most up-to-date information as to federal estate, gift and generation skipping tax rules.

 

Pension and profit-sharing plans

 

There are special limits on the amount of insurance that may be purchased by a trust or other entity that forms part of a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403 of the Code. In addition, the federal income tax consequences will be different from those described in this prospectus. These rules are complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

 

Complex rules may also apply when a policy is held by an employer or a trust, or acquired by an employee, in connection with the provision of other employee benefits. Employees may have imputed income for the value of any economic benefit provided by the employer. There may be other tax implications, as well. It is possible that certain split-dollar arrangements may be considered to be a form of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, which broadens the definition of deferred compensation plans, and subjects such plans to new requirements. Further, certain split-dollar arrangements may come within the rules for business- and employer-owned policies. Among other issues, policy owners must consider whether the policy was applied for by or issued to a person having an insurable interest under applicable state law and with the insured person’s consent. The lack of an insurable interest or consent may, among other things, affect the qualification of the policy as life insurance for federal income tax purposes and the right of the beneficiary to receive a death benefit.

 

If this policy is being or was purchased pursuant to a split-dollar arrangement, you should also consult your tax advisor for advice concerning the effect of the following guidance. In 2002, the IRS issued Notice 2002-8 concerning the taxation of split-dollar life insurance arrangements as well as regulations in both 2002 and 2003. They provide for taxation under one of two mutually exclusive regimes depending upon the structure of the arrangement. These are a loan regime and an economic benefit regime. Transition and grandfathering rules, among other items, should be carefully reviewed when considering such arrangements. A material modification to an existing arrangement may result in a change in tax treatment. In addition, public corporations (generally publicly-traded or publicly-reporting companies) and their subsidiaries should consider the possible implications on split-dollar arrangements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which generally prohibit certain direct or indirect loans to executive officers or directors. At least some split-dollar arrangements could be deemed to involve loans within the purview of that section.

 

 

36


ERISA

 

Employers and employer-created trusts may be subject to reporting, disclosure and fiduciary obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. There may also be other implications. You should consult a qualified legal advisor.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

 

The 3.8% tax on certain unearned income of taxpayers whose adjusted incomes exceed certain thresholds applies to all or part of a taxpayer’s NII. As currently interpreted under IRS guidelines, NII includes the taxable portion of an annuitized payment from a life insurance contract. It has not been defined to include taxable amounts from partial withdrawals, surrenders or lapses of life insurance policies subject to loans. You should consult your tax advisor as to the applicability of this tax to you.

 

Our taxes

 

The operations of our separate accounts are reported in our federal income tax return. Separate account investment income and capital gains, however, are, for tax purposes, reflected in our variable life insurance policy reserves. Currently we pay no taxes on such income and gains and impose no charge for such taxes. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for taxes incurred by us that are allocable to the policies.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate accounts. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA.  In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to life insurance policies, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to life insurance policy ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, we may be required to report policy values and other information for certain policyholders. For this reason, we and our affiliates intend to

require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding.   Generally, unless you provide us with a satisfactory written election to the contrary prior to the distribution, we are required to withhold income tax from any proceeds we distribute as part of a taxable transaction under your policy. If you do not wish us to withhold tax from the payment, or if we do not withhold enough, you may have to pay later, and you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules. In some cases, where generation skipping taxes may apply, we may also be required to withhold for such taxes unless we are provided satisfactory notification that no such taxes are due. States may also require us to withhold tax on distributions to you and may not always follow federal rules.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction. For Puerto Rico and other jurisdictions, income is considered U.S.-source income. We anticipate requiring owners or beneficiaries in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

 

The U.S. Congress frequently considers legislation that, if enacted, could change the tax treatment of life insurance policies or increase the taxes we pay in connection with such policies. This could include special rules for tax-exempt entities as well as for corporate or business owner policies. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a life insurance policy. Legislative proposals could make sweeping changes to many longstanding tax rules, including certain tax benefits currently available to newly purchased cash value life insurance policies. Proposals have been considered to eliminate some or all taxable expenditures or tax preferences together with some lowering of tax rates. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted or what type of grandfathering will be allowed for existing life insurance policies. In addition, the Treasury Department may amend existing regulations, issue regulations on the qualification of life insurance and modified endowment contracts, or adopt new or clarifying interpretations of existing law. Some areas of possible future guidance include new rules for testing for policies issued on a special risk class basis. As a

 

 

37


result, there are areas of some uncertainty even under current laws, such that future tax consequences of a policy could be other than as described herein.

 

State and local tax law or, if you are not a U.S. citizen and resident, foreign tax law, may also affect the tax consequences to you, the insured person or your beneficiary, and are subject to change or change in interpretation. Any changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations could have a retroactive effect both on our taxes and on the way your policy is taxed or the tax benefit of life insurance policies.

 

2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes

 

In addition to the other tax effects that an increase or decrease in benefits under your policy may have as discussed in this tax information section, several IRS Notices collectively provide special guidance concerning the mortality charge assumptions permitted for federal income tax testing purposes for certain changes made in 2009 or later to policies issued prior to 2009 based on 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“1980 CSO”) mortality tables.

 

The Notices provide “safe harbor” guidance which would not require certain 2009 or later changes to cause tax testing to become subject to any prevailing mortality tables subsequent to the 1980 CSO mortality tables. This safe harbor guidance covers certain changes that are pursuant to the terms of the policy, including the addition or removal of a rider and an increase or decrease in the death benefit. If we determine that a transaction would cause your policy to lose its ability to be tax tested under the 1980 CSO mortality tables under which your policy operates, we intend to refuse such 2009 or later transactions which might otherwise have been available under your policy, subject to our rules then in effect. We would take such action to help assure that your policy can continue to qualify as life insurance for federal tax testing under the 1980 CSO mortality tables. Accordingly, requests for substitution of the insured will not be permitted in the absence of further guidance. There can be no assurance as to whether such guidance will be provided or what any such guidance may provide.

 

Other information

 

There are a number of tax benefits associated with variable life insurance policies. For tax benefits to be available, the policy owner must have an insurable interest in the life of the insured under applicable state laws. Requirements may vary by state. A failure can, among other consequences, cause the policy owner to lose anticipated favorable federal tax treatment generally afforded life insurance.

 

For tax benefits to continue, the policy must continue to qualify as life insurance. We reserve the right to restrict transactions that we determine would cause your policy to fail to qualify as life insurance under federal tax law. In addition to other requirements, federal tax law requires that the insurer, and not the policy owner, have control of the underlying investment assets for the policy to qualify as life insurance.

You may make transfers among Portfolios of the Separate Account, but you may not direct the investments each Portfolio makes. If the IRS were to conclude that you, as the investor, have control over these investments, then the policy would no longer qualify as life insurance. You would be treated as the owner of separate account assets and be currently taxed on any taxable income or gain the assets generate.

 

The IRS has provided some guidance on this question of investor control, but many issues remain unclear. One such issue is whether a policy owner can have too much investor control if the variable life policy offers a large number of investment options in which to invest account values and/or the ability to make frequent transfers under the policy. We do not know if the IRS will provide any further guidance on the issue. If guidance is provided, we do not know if it would apply retroactively to policies already in force.

 

We believe that our variable life policies do not give policy owners investment control over the investments underlying the various investment options; however, the IRS could disagree with our position. The IRS could seek to treat policy owners with a large number of investment options and/or the ability to freely transfer among investment options as the owners of the underlying Portfolio’s shares. Accordingly, we reserve the right to modify your policy as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner of your policy’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

 

 

38


8. More Information about policy features and benefits

 

 

 

In addition to the standard death benefit(s) associated with your Policy, other standard and/or optional benefits may also be available to you. The following table summarizes information about those benefits. Information about the fees associated with each benefit included in the table may be found in the “Fee Table.”

 

Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
  

Brief Description of Restrictions/

Limitation

Accidental Death Benefit Rider    Provides a payment over and above the base policy death benefit in the event the insured person dies from accidental bodily injury, independent of all other causes    Optional   

• Issue ages 0-65. However, coverage is not provided until the insured person’s 1st birthday.

• Available in multiples of $1,000 with a minimum of $25,000 and a maximum of $50,000 for issue ages 0-14; $100,000 for issue ages 15-24; and $300,000 for issue ages 25-65.

• The rider terminates on the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 70th birthday.

Accounting Benefit Endorsement (no longer applicable; for informational purposes only)    This endorsement refunds or waives all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited period.    Standard   

• Currently, the endorsement will be offered where the following conditions are met:

• The policies are Corporately Owned including endorsement split dollar, or split dollar cases that are collaterally assigned to the company;

• The minimum initial premium under each policy is remitted by the employer;

• The persons proposed to be insured are deemed highly compensated by us; and

• The aggregate first-year annualized planned periodic premium is at least $150,000 if 3 or more policies are issued, each on the life of a different insured or at least $500,000 if less than 3 policies are issued.

• All eligible policies will include the endorsement unless we receive disclosure from the client that they are declining the rider.

• No face amount increases are allowed for policies with this endorsement.

 

39


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
  

Brief Description of Restrictions/

Limitation

Children’s Term Insurance Rider    Provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years.    Optional   

• The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55.

• The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

Cost-of-Living Rider    The Cost of Living Rider provides for automatic periodic increases in face amount based on increases in the Consumer Price Index without evidence of insurability.    Optional   

• Rider available at issue ages 0-57.

• The rider is only available to Preferred and Standard class policies with no temporary or permanent flat extras and regularly underwritten policies (i.e., not substandard, not a term conversion, not guaranteed issue and not issued through exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance provision).

• If the rider is not elected at issue, Cost-of-Living Rider may be elected after the second policy year if the effective date is on or before the age 57 policy anniversary date and underwriting requirements are satisfied.

• Cost-of-Living Rider is not available when the policy is issued with the Incentive Term Rider.

Death Benefit Guarantee    Guarantees your policy against termination    Standard   

• Guarantees that the policy will not terminate for a number of years if at least certain amounts of premium are paid.

• The guarantee applies until the later of age 70 or the 10th year policy anniversary.

• In order for this guarantee to be available, the applicable “guarantee premium test” must be met and there must be no outstanding loans.

• Maintaining the guarantee requires higher premium levels than the 5-year NLG guarantee.

• Not available when the policy is issued with the Incentive Term Rider.

 

40


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
  

Brief Description of Restrictions/

Limitation

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider    Waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

• Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

• The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

• Insured must be disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Disability Waiver of Premium Rider or Monthly Deductions Rider    Pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders in effect, which may include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Waiver of Premium or Monthly Deductions Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

• Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

• The insured must be totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee    Guarantees your policy against termination longer than the No-Lapse Guarantee and the death benefit guarantee options.    Optional   

• Only available at issue.

• Funds may not be allocated to the Guaranteed Interest Option.

• If rider is dropped, it cannot be reinstated.

• Benefit is not available when the policy is issued with the Incentive Term Rider.

 

41


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
  

Brief Description of Restrictions/

Limitation

Incentive Term Rider    Provides a term insurance benefit on the insured.    Optional   

• Issue Ages are 20-80; all underwriting classes.

• The base policy face amount must be at least $1 million.

• The rider face amount must be at least $100,000.

• The maximum amount of term insurance is 80% of the target face amount.

• Flat Extras (permanent and temporary) on the base coverage also apply to the rider face amount.

• The rider remains in effect after the Insured person’s age 100, as long as the base coverage under the policy continues in effect. On the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 100th birthday, the current and the guaranteed Cost of Insurance (COI) are set to zero.

• The rider terminates when the base policy terminates.

• The rider may not be added or dropped after the policy is issued.

Living Benefits Rider    Enables you to receive a portion of the policy’s death benefit (with certain exclusions), if the insured person has a terminal illness.    Optional   

• Subject to underwriting guidelines and state availability, automatically included at issue unless declined. If elected after issue, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction and was subject to underwriting (no longer permitted).

• The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000.

No-Lapse Guarantee    Generally guarantees that your policy will not terminate for a number of years.    Standard   

• Subject to the payment of certain specified amounts of premiums.

• Rider will terminate if the amount of your outstanding policy loans and accrued loan interest is greater than your policy account value.

• Subject to certain conditions, provides a guarantee against policy lapse for 15 years for issue ages 0-70, and grades down to 5 years for issue ages 80 and over.

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance    Allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.    Optional   

• The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000.

• Issue ages are 0-37.

• The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

 

42


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
  

Brief Description of Restrictions/

Limitation

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee    Provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.    Optional   

• Subject to certain requirements, you may elect to take advantage of this benefit at any time after the fourth year of your policy.

• If you elect this benefit, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion.

• Death benefit option must be Option A

• Not available if you received benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time.

• This benefit will terminate if:

• The sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest exceeds your policy account value;

• We make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider prior to continuing coverage; or

• You request that we terminate the election.

Substitution of Insured Person Rider (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)    Permits you to request after the policy’s second year that a new insured person replace the existing one.    Standard   

• Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000, unless it is issued as a result of an Option to Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy.

• Upon making this change, any no-lapse guarantee will terminate.

Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider    Waives any surrender charges otherwise applicable upon surrender of the policy or reduction in the face amount any time during which there is no federal estate tax in effect.    Standard   

• Available for all policies with register dates of 1/1/2001 and later.

• The benefit is not available for policies issued on or after February 1, 2006.

 

43


Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees

 

We offer two guarantees against policy lapse that depend on your having paid specified amounts of premiums. We refer to these two guarantees as our “no-lapse guarantee” and our “death benefit guarantee,” and you can read more about them in “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

 

Guarantee premium test. If your policy’s net cash surrender value is not sufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, we check to see if the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date at least equals the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for either the no-lapse guarantee or death benefit guarantee discussed under “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date,” in this prospectus, that are then available under your policy. If it does, your policy will not lapse, provided that you have no policy loans outstanding (or you repay all of such loans before the end of the 61-day grace period mentioned in “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and provided that the period of the corresponding guarantee has not expired.

 

When we calculate the cumulative amount of guarantee premiums for the no-lapse or death benefit guarantees, we compound each amount at a 4% annual interest rate from its due date through the date of the calculation. (This interest rate is only for purposes of determining whether you have satisfied the guarantee test for an available duration. It does not bear any relation to the returns you will actually earn or any loan interest you will actually pay.) We use the same calculation for determining the cumulative amount of premiums paid, beginning with the date each premium is received. The amount of premiums you must pay to maintain a guarantee against termination will be increased by the cumulative amount of any partial withdrawals you have taken from your policy (calculated by the same method, beginning with the date of withdrawal).

 

Guarantee premiums. The amount of the guarantee premiums for each of the guarantee options is set forth in your policy on a monthly basis, if that guarantee is available to you. The guarantee premiums are actuarially determined at policy issuance and depend on the age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person, as well as the amount of the coverage and additional features you select. Certain additional benefit riders will cause the guarantee premiums to increase after policy issue. The guarantee premiums also may change if, for example, the face amount of the policy or a rider changes, a rider is added or eliminated, or if there is a change in the insured person’s risk characteristics. We will send you a new policy page showing any change in your guarantee premiums. Any change will be prospective only, and no change will extend a guarantee period beyond its original number of years.

 

If you want to be billed for a guarantee premium amount, you must specify a planned periodic premium that at least equals the guarantee premium that you plan to pay. If you want your bills for planned periodic premiums to cover your

guarantee premiums, please remember to change your planned periodic premium amount, as necessary, if you take any action that causes your guarantee premiums to change.

 

Paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Subject to our approval, you may elect the paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year. This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments. Also, this benefit may be attractive to you if you are concerned about the impact of poor future investment performance or increases in policy charges on your policy’s death benefit and potential policy lapse. You may elect this benefit provided:

 

  you have death benefit “Option A” in effect (see “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus);

 

  you terminate any additional benefit riders, including the Incentive Term rider;

 

  the election must not cause the policy to lose its qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code or require a distribution from the policy to avoid such disqualification; and

 

  the election must not reduce the face amount (see below) to less than the minimum face amount for which we would then issue a policy.

 

The paid up death benefit guarantee applies only to your base policy’s face amount, and not to the face amount or other coverage under any riders that (as noted above) must be terminated when the guarantee is elected. As explained below, electing the paid up death benefit guarantee may reduce your policy’s face amount, which in turn may result in the deduction of a surrender charge. You can request a personalized illustration that will show you how your policy face amount could be reduced and values could be affected by electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

Possible reduction of face amount. The face amount of your policy after this guarantee is elected is the lesser of (a) the face amount immediately before the election or (b) the policy account value divided by a factor based on the then age of the insured person. The factors are set forth in your policy. As a general matter, the factors change as the insured person ages so that, if your account value stayed the same, the result of the calculation under clause (b) above would be lower the longer your policy is in force.

 

If electing the paid up death benefit guarantee causes a reduction in face amount, we will deduct the same portion of any remaining surrender charge as we would have deducted if you had requested that decrease directly (rather than electing the paid up death benefit guarantee). (See “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.)

 

Other effects of this guarantee. You generally may continue to pay premiums after you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee (subject to the same limits as before), but premium payments are not required. If the election causes

 

 

44


your face amount to decrease, however, the amount of additional premiums you are permitted to pay, if any, may be reduced. You may continue to make transfers, but you may not change the death benefit option or add riders that have their own charges while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect.

 

Partial withdrawals while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect will generally be subject to the same terms and conditions as any other partial withdrawal (see “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus), except that:

 

  We may decline your request for a partial withdrawal (or any other policy change) under the circumstances described in the paid up death benefit guarantee policy endorsement. If this occurs, you may wish to consider asking us to terminate the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

  Partial withdrawals (and any distributions we may be required to make for tax purposes) will generally reduce your policy’s face amount by more than the amount of the withdrawal.

 

The election of the paid up death benefit guarantee may cause your policy to become a modified endowment contract under certain circumstances. See “Tax treatment of distributions to you” under “Tax information,” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor before making this election.

 

Other benefits

 

You may have been eligible for the following other optional benefits made available by rider:

 

Accidental Death Benefit- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 elects this rider for $100,000 of coverage. A fee of $8.00 per month ($0.080 x 100) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. Owner dies due to accidental bodily injury at age 60. The death benefit paid will be increased by $100,000, if the rider is in effect at the time of death.

 

Children’s Term Insurance- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Policy owner age 50 elects this rider for $10,000 of coverage on a child age 10. A fee of $5.00 per month ($0.50 x 10,000) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. If child dies at age 17, $10,000 will be paid to the beneficiary.

 

Cost-of-Living Rider- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 elects this rider on a policy with a $100,000 face amount. An initial charge of $2.00 per month ($0.02 x 100) will be deducted from the policy

account value while the rider is in effect. The face amount increases automatically on every 3rd policy anniversary following the effective date of the rider up to certain limits described in detail in the policy rider. Future Cost of Insurance may be higher due to the increased face amount.

 

Disability Waiver Benefits- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue, at age 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. Monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee - See “Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee” in “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” for more information.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 elects this rider on a policy with a $100,000 face amount. The owner allocates all of the policy’s account value to the variable investment options, has always had death benefit Option A, premiums paid have met or exceed the required EDBG required amount and takes no policy loans. A charge of $2.00 per month ($0.02 x 100) is deducted from the policy account value. If the net cash surrender value is insufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, the policy does not lapse.

 

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: A policy owner age 34 who elected this rider at issue purchases another policy at age 37 without evidence of insurability, with a face amount of $25,000 (which is the minimum for additional insurance). Charges for the rider will apply until the insured reaches age 40.

 

Ten-Year Renewable Term Insurance on the insured person or an additional insured person- See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 with a base policy face amount of $50,000 elects this rider to obtain ten-year renewable term insurance with a face amount of $10,000. A charge of $17.00 per month ($0.17 x 10) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. Owner dies at age 40 at which time his beneficiary receives an additional $10,000 pursuant to the term policy, if the rider is in effect at the time of death.

 

Term Insurance on the Insured Person (Incentive Term rider) - See “The Incentive Term rider” in “About your life insurance benefit”.

 

Example: Policy owner male, age 35 at issue in the standard, non-tobacco user risk class, elects this rider in the amount of $100,000 on a policy with a $1,000,000 face amount. A charge of $1.50 per month ($0.15 x 100) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. The maximum amount of term insurance is $880,000 (80% of target face amount). ITR offers lower current cost of insurance charges than the base policy rates.

 

 

45


We add the following benefits automatically at no charge to each eligible policy:

 

Accounting Benefit Endorsement –The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information provided below regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

 

Living Benefits Rider See Table in “More Information about policy features and benefits” for more information.

 

Example: Example: Policy owner is age 55 and has been diagnosed with cancer. He is not expected to live longer than 6 months and submits a claim for living benefits under a policy with a $200,000 face amount. The cash surrender value of the policy is currently $50,000. He has a policy loan (including accrued interest) of $25,000 outstanding on the policy, so his net death benefit is $200,000 - $25,000 = $175,000 and his net cash surrender value is $50,000 - $25,000 = $25,000.

 

The maximum living benefits payment available is the lesser of $500,000 and 75% of his $175,000 net death benefit = $131,250. Policy owner requests half of this amount, or $65,625, on his claim and receives a lump sum payment of $65,375 (claim processing fee of $250 assessed) which becomes a lien on the policy that accrues interest. Policy owner dies 10 months after filing his claim for living benefits. His wife as the beneficiary on his policy is paid the death benefit net of the policy loan plus interest and lien plus interest.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee -See “Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee” in this section.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 has death benefit Option A, no loans and no riders. After the fourth policy year, the owner elects the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee assuming the requirements for the election are met. The face amount is adjusted to an amount that can be supported by the Net Cash Value and the death benefit is locked in and guaranteed for life regardless of investment performance.

 

Substitution of Insured Person Rider – Based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. See also “You can change your policy’s insured person” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy”

 

Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider (for certain future federal estate tax repeal situations)- Not available for policies issued on or after 2/1/2006. As surrender period is 15 years and face amount increases are not permitted, this rider is currently not in effect.

The Company or your financial professional can provide you with more information about these riders. Some of these riders may be selected only at the time your policy is issued. Some benefits may not be available in your state. Some benefits are not available in combination with others. The riders provide additional terms, conditions and limitations, and we will furnish samples of them to you on request. We can add, delete, or modify the riders we are making available, at any time before they become effective as part of your policy.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of deleting riders or changing the death benefits under a rider.

 

Accounting benefit endorsement

 

The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

 

Subject to the conditions discussed below, the Company offered an Endorsement to your policy (the “Endorsement”) that refunded or waived all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period.

 

Under our current rules, the Endorsement was offered where the following conditions were met:

 

  policies are corporately owned, or were “split-dollar” cases that are collaterally assigned to the company;

 

  the persons proposed to be insured were deemed by us to be “highly compensated” individuals;

 

  the minimum initial premium under each policy was remitted to the Company by the employer; and

 

  the aggregate annualized first year planned periodic premium was at least $150,000 if a minimum of three policies is issued, each on the life of a different insured person, and at least $500,000 if less than three policies were issued.

 

Eligible cases were issued with the accounting benefit endorsement unless the policy owner requested us in writing to not include the Endorsement.

 

The Endorsement reduces the difference between the premiums paid for the policy and the amount we will pay you if the policy is surrendered in its early years. This, in turn, is expected to reduce any charge against the employer’s earnings when the employer accounts for the policy under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Policy owners must rely on the advice of their own accountants, however, to determine how the purchase of a policy, as modified by the Endorsement, will affect their GAAP financial statements.

 

 

46


The Endorsement works by refunding all or a portion of the deductions from premiums and waiving all or a portion of the surrender charges, if the policy is surrendered in its early years. The percentage of charges refunded or waived under the Endorsement are as follows:

 

Surrender In Policy

Year

 

Percent Of Premium

Deduction Refunded

 

Percent Of Surrender

Charges Waived

1   100%   100%
2    67%    80%
3    33%    60%
4     0%    40%
5     0%    20%
6 and later     0%     0%

For example, if a policy subject to the Endorsement were surrendered in its second policy year, we would refund:

 

  67% of the charges that had been deducted from premiums (i.e., the sales charge); and

 

  80% of the amount of surrender charges that we otherwise would have imposed for the surrender.

 

Once the Endorsement terminates at the end of the fifth policy year, however, there will be no refund of prior deductions from premiums, and the full amount of the surrender charges otherwise payable under the policy will be assessed upon surrender. The Endorsement operates only if the policy is surrendered in full. There is no waiver of surrender charges or refund of premium deductions if the policy terminates after a grace period or if the face amount is reduced. Nor is there a refund of prior premium deductions for partial withdrawals. The Endorsement does not affect the amount available for borrowing or withdrawing from your policy. Nor does it affect the calculations to determine whether your policy will lapse or terminate. The Endorsement may affect, however, the calculations to determine whether your policy satisfies the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In some cases, this may result in the payment of a higher alternative death benefit in the first three policy years where it is necessary to satisfy tax law requirements.

 

Face amount increases (if available under your policy) will not be approved while the endorsement is in effect. We offer products designed specifically for this marketplace. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

 

Customer loyalty credit

 

We provide a customer loyalty credit for policies that have been in force for more than six years. This is added to the account value each month. The dollar amount of the credit is a percentage of the total amount you then have in our investment options (not including any value we are holding as collateral for any policy loans). The percentage credit is currently at an annual rate of 0.60% beginning in the policy’s seventh year. This credit is not guaranteed.

 

Effective October 19, 2020, the customer loyalty credit calculation has changed. Starting on your policy’s next anniversary that falls on or after December 1, 2020, we are changing the

way we calculate the customer loyalty credit. The amount of the customer loyalty credit will be determined as follows:

 

(1)

If the Guaranteed Interest Option (GIO)* crediting rate is equal to 3% annually at the time that your Policy Account Value would be credited, the additional amount credited monthly will be determined as a percentage of the unloaned portion of your Policy Account Value less the unloaned amount you have in our GIO; or

 

(2)

If the GIO crediting rate is greater than 3% annually at the time that your Policy Account Value would be credited, the additional amount credited monthly will be determined as a percentage of the unloaned portion of your Policy Account Value.

 

  *

the Guaranteed Interest Option is part of what your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account”.

 

Please note that if your policy was issued in NY this change may not apply. To determine if this change applies to your policy or if you would like additional information about this change, please contact us.

 

Variations among Incentive Life® policies

 

Time periods and other terms and conditions described in this prospectus may vary due to legal requirements in your state. These variations will be reflected in your policy.

 

The Company also may vary or waive the charges (including surrender charges) and other terms of Incentive Life® where special circumstances (including certain policy exchanges) result in sales or administrative expenses or mortality risks that are different from those normally associated with Incentive Life®. We will make such variations only in accordance with uniform rules that we establish.

 

The Company or your financial professional can advise you about any variations that may apply to your policy.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

This is provided for informational purposes only. Since these policies are no longer available to new purchasers, this cancellation provision is no longer applicable.

 

If for any reason you are not satisfied with your policy, you may return it to us for a full refund of the premiums paid. In some states, we will adjust this amount for any investment performance (whether positive or negative).

 

You may cancel your policy by returning the policy along with a properly signed and completed written request for cancellation to our Administrative Office or, in some states, to the agent who sold it to you, by the 10th day after you receive it (or such longer period as required under state law). Your coverage will terminate as of the business day we receive your request at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request). In some states or situations, this “free look” period is longer than 10 days. Your policy will indicate the length of your “free look” period.

 

 

47


9. More information about policy charges

 

 

 

How we allocate charges among your investment options

 

In your application for a policy, you tell us from which investment options you want us to take the policy’s monthly deductions as they fall due. You can change these instructions at any time. If we cannot deduct the charge as your most current instructions direct, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each.

 

Substantially different procedures apply, however, if you allocate any of your policy account value to a Segment under the MSO. In that case, for example, you will be required to maintain a certain amount of policy account value (the Charge Reserve Amount) in the policy’s Unloaned GIO. (You will not be subject to any Charge Reserve Amount requirement, however, at any time when none of your policy account value is invested in any Segment.) The Charge Reserve Amount at the beginning of any Segment Term is an estimated amount projected to be sufficient to cover monthly deductions under your policy (including, but not limited to, charges for the MSO and any optional riders) for the Segment Term.

 

While any of your policy account value is invested in any Segment, we will take all of your policy’s monthly deductions (including, but not limited to, the monthly deductions under the MSO and optional riders) solely from the Unloaned GIO, rather than from the investment options from which those charges otherwise might be deducted. If you have insufficient policy account value in the Unloaned GIO to pay a monthly deduction during any Segment Term, we will first take the balance of the deduction proportionately from values in the variable investment options, including any value in the MSO Holding Account but excluding any Segment Account Values. But, if insufficient policy account value remains in any such other investment options to cover the full balance of the monthly deduction, we will take the remainder of the monthly deduction proportionately, based on the current Segment Distribution Values, from any Segments in which you have account value invested. We will apply these procedures for allocating deductions for policy charges automatically at any time you have any amounts invested in a Segment, and no contrary instructions from you would apply during the Segment Term.

 

If we have to make any distribution from a Segment, including (among other things) to pay any surrender or loan proceeds or any charge deduction from a Segment, there will generally be negative consequences for you. Among other things, an Early Distribution Adjustment would apply, which would usually reduce your policy values, in many cases substantially. In some cases, such an Early Distribution Adjustment may apply without any action on your part. This could

happen, for example, if the Charge Reserve Amount and funds you have invested in investment options other than the MSO are insufficient to pay a monthly deduction (i) due to poor investment performance of those options or (ii) due to any permitted increases in charges that we have made above their current rates.

 

Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for detailed information about the above procedures.

 

Changes in charges

 

We reserve the right in the future to (1) make a charge for certain taxes or reserves set aside for taxes (see “Our taxes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) that might be imposed on us; (2) make a charge for the operating expenses of our variable investment options (including, without limitation, SEC registration fees and related legal counsel fees and auditing fees); or (3) change our other current policy charges (in no event will they exceed the maximum charges guaranteed in your policy).

 

Any changes that we make in our current charges or charge rates will be on a basis that is equitable to all policy owners of a given class, and will be determined based on reasonable assumptions as to expenses, mortality, policy and contract claims, taxes, investment income and lapses. Any changes in charges may apply to then in force policies, as well as to new policies. You will be notified in writing of any changes in charges under your policy.

 

Deducting policy charges

 

Purposes of policy charges. The charges under the policies are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the policies. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the policies. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the policies exceed our total costs in connection with the policies, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss. In addition to the charges described below, there are also charges at the Portfolio level, which are described in this prospectuses of the Portfolios in which the funds invest. For additional information on all policy charges, see “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

 

Transaction charges

 

On the first day of each policy month, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below (see “Periodic charges” below). In addition, charges may be deducted for transactions such as premium payments, policy surrenders, requested decreases in face amount, or transfers among investment options.

 

 

48


Premium charge. We deduct an amount not to exceed 6% from each premium payment you send us. We may increase this charge higher than 6%, however, as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. Currently, we reduce this charge to 3% after an amount equal to ten “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, among other factors. A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). The premium charge is designed in part to defray sales and tax expenses we incur that are based on premium payments.

 

Surrender charges. If you give up this policy for its net cash surrender value or if your policy is terminated without value at the end of a grace period before the end of the fifteenth policy year, or within the first 15 years after a face amount increase over the previous highest base policy face amount, we will subtract a surrender charge from your policy account value. The surrender charge in the first policy month of each policy year is shown in your policy. The initial surrender charge will be between $2.91 and $12.99 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount, and between $3.53 and $12.99 per $1,000 of base policy face amount increase. The surrender charge declines uniformly in equal monthly amounts within each policy year beginning in the ninth policy year until it reaches zero in the twelfth month of policy year fifteen. The initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). We will establish additional surrender charges for any increase in the base policy face amount you request that represents an increase over the previous highest base policy face amount. Changes in the base policy face amount resulting from a change in death benefit option will not be considered in computing the previous highest face amount.

 

The surrender charges are contingent deferred sales charges. They are contingent because you only pay them if you surrender your policy for its net cash surrender value (or request a reduction in its face amount, as described below) or if your policy is terminated without value at the end of a grace period. They are deferred because we do not deduct them from your premiums. Because the surrender charges are contingent and deferred, the amount we collect in a policy year is not related to actual expenses for that year.

 

The surrender charges assessed in connection with giving up this policy or with reductions in policy face amount or if your policy is terminated without value at the end of a grace period are intended, in part, to compensate us for the fact that it takes us time to make a profit on your policy, and if

you give up or reduce the face amount of your policy or if it terminates without value in its early years, we do not have the time to recoup our costs.

 

• Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount. If there is a requested base policy face amount reduction within the first fifteen policy years or within fifteen years following a face amount increase, or if the paid-up death benefit guarantee is elected for a reduced amount during a surrender charge period, a proportionate surrender charge will be deducted from your policy account value.

 

Assuming you have not previously changed the base policy face amount, a proportionate surrender charge will be determined by dividing the amount of the reduction in base policy face amount by the initial base policy face amount of insurance, and then multiplying that fraction by the surrender charge immediately before the reduction. The proportionate surrender charge will not exceed the unloaned policy account value at the time of the reduction. If a proportionate surrender charge is made, the remaining surrender charge will be reduced proportionately. We will not deduct a proportionate surrender charge if the reduction resulted from a change in death benefit option or a partial withdrawal.

 

If there have been prior increases in face amount, the decrease will be deemed to cancel, first, each increase in reverse chronological order (beginning with the most recent) and then the initial face amount. We will deduct from your policy account value any surrender charge that is associated with any portion of the face amount that is thus deemed to be canceled.

 

Transfers among investment options. Although we do not currently charge for transfers among investment options, we reserve the right to make a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer of amounts among your investment options. The transfer charge, if any, is deducted from the amounts transferred from your policy’s value in the variable investment options and in our guaranteed interest option based on the proportion that the amount transferred from each variable investment option and from our guaranteed interest option bears to the total amount being transferred. Any such charge would be, in part, to compensate us for our expenses in administering transfers. The charge will never apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automated transfer service or asset rebalancing service.

 

Adding a Living Benefits Rider (no longer permitted). If you elected the Living Benefits Rider after the policy was issued, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction. This fee was designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Exercise of option to receive a terminal illness “living benefit.” If you elect to receive a terminal illness “living benefit,” we will deduct up to $250 from any living benefit we pay. This fee is designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

 

49


Special services charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. For certain services, we will deduct from your policy account value any withdrawal charge that applies and the charge for the special service. Please note that we may discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

 

Wire transfer charge. We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge. We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Policy illustration charge. We do not charge for illustrations. We reserve the right to charge in the future.

 

Duplicate policy charge. We charge $35 for providing a copy of your policy. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Policy history charge. We charge a maximum of $50 for providing you a history of policy transactions. If you request a policy history of less than 5 years from the date of your request, there is no charge. If you request a policy history of more than 5 years but less than 10 years from the date of your request, the current charge is $25. For policy histories of 10 years or more, the charge is $50. For all policy histories, we reserve the right to charge a maximum of $50. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Charge for returned payments. For each payment you make in connection with your policy that is returned for insufficient funds, we will charge a maximum of $25.

 

Periodic charges

 

On the first day of each month of the policy, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below.

 

Administrative charge. In the first policy year, we deduct $20 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month for adults (issue age 18 and older) or $10 each policy month in the first two policy years for children. In all subsequent policy years (but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100), we currently deduct $8 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this latter amount in the future, although it will never exceed $10. The administrative charge is intended, in part, to compensate us for the costs involved in administering the policy.

 

Cost of insurance charge. The cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured and the policy

year. The monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000. Our amount at risk (also described in your policy as “net amount at risk”) on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy. A greater amount at risk, or a higher cost of insurance rate, will result in a higher monthly charge. The cost of insurance rates are intended, in part, to compensate us for the cost of providing insurance to you under your policy.

 

Generally, the cost of insurance rate increases from one policy year to the next. This happens automatically because of the insured person’s increasing age.

 

On a guaranteed basis, we deduct between $0.06 and $83.34 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under your policy from your policy account value each month (but not beyond the policy anniversary date when the insured person is attained age 100). As the amount for which we are at risk at any time is the death benefit (calculated as of that time) minus your policy account value at that time, changes in your policy account value resulting from the performance of your investment options can affect your amount at risk, and as a result, your cost of insurance. Our cost of insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed the maximum rates specified in your policy. For most insured persons at most ages, our current (non-guaranteed) rates are lower than the maximum rates. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® policies for insureds who are age 18 or above are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary SB Smoker and NB Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® policies for insureds who are under age 18 are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Table B. For all other policies, for insureds who are age 18 or above, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Smoker and Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. For insureds who are under age 18, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Mortality Tables.

 

Our cost of insurance rates will generally be lower (except for gender-neutral policies and in connection with certain employee benefit plans) if the insured person is a female than if a male. They also will generally be lower for non-tobacco users than tobacco users and lower for persons that have other highly favorable health characteristics, as compared to those that do not. On the other hand, insured persons who present particular health, occupational or avocational risks may be charged higher cost of insurance rates and other additional charges as specified in their policies. In addition, the current rates also vary depending on the duration of the policy (i.e., the length of time since the policy was issued).

 

 

50


For policies issued at ages 0 – 17, an insured’s cost of insurance rate is not based on that insured’s status as a tobacco user or non-tobacco user. We offer non-tobacco rates for ages 18 and above only. Approximately 60 days prior to the policy anniversary date nearest the insured’s 18th birthday, we will send a notice to the policy owner giving the policy owner the opportunity to obtain non-tobacco rates by sending the form back to us with a certification, signed by the policy-owner and the insured, that the insured has not used tobacco products in the last 12 months. If the properly completed form is not received by our Administrative Office by the policy anniversary date nearest the insured’s 18th birthday, tobacco user rates will apply. The policy owner, thereafter, may apply for non-tobacco user rates subject to our underwriting rules in effect at that time.

 

You may ask us to review the tobacco habits of an insured person of attained age 18 or over in order to change the charge from tobacco user rates to non-tobacco user rates. The change, if approved, may result in lower future cost of insurance rates beginning on the effective date of the change to non-tobacco user rates.

 

The change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include criteria other than tobacco use status as well as a definition of tobacco use different from that applicable at the time this policy was issued. For information concerning possible limitations due to tobacco use status changes, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Similarly, after the first policy year, you may request us to review the insured person’s rating to see if they qualify for a reduction in future cost of insurance rates. Any such change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include various criteria. For more information concerning possible limitations on any ratings changes, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

The change in rates, if approved, will take effect at the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows the date we approve your request. This change may have adverse tax consequences.

 

Our cost of insurance rates also depend on how large the face amount is at the time we deduct the charge. For this purpose, the face amount is the sum of the base policy face amount and the Incentive Term rider face amount (if applicable). Generally, the current (non-guaranteed) cost of insurance rates are lower for face amounts of $200,000 and higher, and further reduced for face amounts of $2,000,000 and higher. For this purpose, however, we will take into account all face amount decreases, whatever their cause. Therefore, a decrease in the face amount may cause your cost of insurance rates to go up.

 

Mortality and expense risk charge. We will collect a daily charge for mortality and expense risk. We are committed to fulfilling our obligations under the policy and providing serv-

ice to you over the lifetime of your policy. Despite the uncertainty of future events, we guarantee that monthly administrative and cost of insurance deductions from your policy account value will never be greater than the maximum amounts shown in your policy. In making this guarantee, we assume the mortality risk that insured persons (as a group) will live for shorter periods than we estimated. When this happens, we have to pay a greater amount of death benefit than we expected to pay in relation to the cost of insurance charges we received. We also assume the expense risks that the cost of issuing and administering policies will be greater than we expected. This charge is designed, in part, to compensate us for taking these risks.

 

We deduct a daily charge at an annual rate of 0.60% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options for mortality and expense risks. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge in the future, although it will never exceed 0.90%.

 

Loan interest spread. We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit. The maximum loan interest spread is 2%. We may, however, increase the loan interest spread higher than 2% as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. Currently, the loan interest spread is 1% for policy years 1-15 and 0% for policy years 16 and greater. We deduct this charge on each policy anniversary date, or on loan termination, if earlier. For more information on how this charge is deducted, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. As with any loan, the interest we charge on the loans is intended, in part, to compensate us for the time value of the money we are lending and the risk that you will not repay the loan.

 

MSO Charges There is a current percentage charge of 1.40% of any policy account value allocated to each Segment. We reserve the right to increase or decrease the charge although it will never exceed 2.40%. Of this percentage charge, 0.75% will be deducted on the Segment Start Date from the amount being transferred from the MSO Holding Account into the Segment as an up-front charge (“Variable Index Benefit Charge”), with the remaining 0.65% annual charge (of the current Segment Account Value) being deducted from the policy account on a monthly basis during the Segment Term (“Variable Index Segment Account Charge”). An Early Distribution Adjustment will be applied on surrender or other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date. The maximum Early Distribution Adjustment is 75% of Segment Account Value. Please refer to the MSO prospectus for more information about the MSO and related charges and deductions, as well as the meaning of special terms relevant to the MSO (such as “Segment”, “Segment Term”, “Segment Start Date” and “Early Distribution Adjustment”).

 

 

51


Optional rider charges

 

If you elected the following riders, the following charges, which are designed to offset the cost of their respective riders, are deducted from your policy account value, on the first day of each month of the policy. The costs of each of the riders below are designed, in part, to compensate us for the additional insurance risk we take on in providing each of these riders and the administrative costs involved in administering them:

 

• Disability deduction waiver. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. This amount is between 7% and 132% of all the other monthly charges (including charges for other riders elected) deducted from your policy account value on a guaranteed basis. The current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Disability premium waiver. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.02 and $0.71 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount. We will establish a similar charge for requested base policy face amount increases. If you also select certain of the other optional riders available under your policy, we will deduct additional amounts from your policy account value per $1,000 of rider benefit amount each month while both the other rider and this rider are in effect. If you choose the option to purchase additional insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.02 and $0.08. If you choose the children’s term insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.01 and $0.03. If you choose the 10 year renewable term rider, we will deduct an amount between $0.007 and $0.22. If you choose the cost of living rider, we will deduct an amount between $0.003 and $0.06. These amounts are in addition to the charges for the riders themselves.

 

Option to purchase additional insurance. If you chose this rider, we deduct between $0.04 and $0.17 per $1,000 of the option to purchase additional insurance from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 40 while the rider is in effect.

 

Accidental death benefit rider. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.08 and $0.44 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount.

 

Cost of living rider. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.004 and $0.08 per $1,000 of base policy face amount.

 

10 year renewable term insurance on the insured person or an additional insured person. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.09 and $4.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount.

Incentive term rider. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100. This amount is between $0.06 and $83.34 per $1,000 of rider death benefit on a guaranteed basis. For most insured persons at most ages, the current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

Enhanced death benefit guarantee. If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100. This amount is $0.02 per $1,000 of base policy face amount.

 

Children’s term insurance. If you chose this rider, we deduct $0.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. However, we will continue to charge you for the rider, even after all of your children, stepchildren and legally adopted children have reached age 25 (when a child’s coverage under the rider terminates), unless you notify us in writing that you wish to cancel this rider.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees (not applicable to all portfolios).

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively, the “underlying portfolios”). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

 

 

52


10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

 

 

 

This section provides further detail about certain subjects that are addressed in the previous pages. The following discussion generally does not repeat the information already contained in those pages.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your policy will occur. Other portions of this prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Date of receipt. Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we usually mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

 

Business day. Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. We compute unit values for our variable investment options as of the end of each business day.

 

Payments you make. The following are reflected in your policy as of the date we receive them in complete and proper form:

 

  premium payments received after the policy’s investment start date (discussed below)

 

  loan repayments and interest payments

 

Requests you make. The following transactions occur as of the date we receive your request in complete and proper form:

 

  withdrawals

 

  tax withholding elections

 

  face amount decreases that result from a withdrawal

 

  changes of allocation percentages for premium payments or monthly deductions

 

  surrenders
  changes of owner

 

  changes of beneficiary

 

  transfers from a variable investment option to the guaranteed interest option

 

  changes in form of death benefit payment

 

  loans

 

  transfers among variable investment options

 

  assignments

 

  termination of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

The following transactions occur on your policy’s next monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we approve your request:

 

  changes in face amount

 

  election of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

  changes in death benefit option

 

  termination of enhanced death benefit guarantee

 

  restoration of terminated policies

 

  termination of any additional benefit riders you have elected

 

Automatic transfer service. Transfers pursuant to our automatic transfer averaging service (dollar cost averaging service) occur as of the first day of each policy month. If you request the automatic transfer service in your original policy application, the first transfer will occur as of the first day of the second policy month after your policy’s initial Allocation Date. If you request this service at any later time, we make the first such transfer as of your policy’s first monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we receive your request.

 

Asset rebalancing service. If you request the asset rebalancing service, the first redistribution will be on the date you specify or the date we receive your request, if later. However, no rebalancing will occur before your policy’s Allocation Date. Subsequent periodic rebalancings occur quarterly, semiannually or annually, as you have requested.

 

Delay in certain cases. We may delay allocating any payment you make to our variable investment options, or any transfer, for the same reasons stated in “Delay of variable investment option proceeds” in this prospectus. We may also delay such transactions for any other legally permitted purpose.

 

Prices applicable to policy transactions. If a transaction will increase or decrease the amount you have in a variable investment option as of a certain date, we process the

 

 

53


transaction using the unit values for that option computed as of that day’s close of business, unless that day is not a business day. In that case, we use unit values computed as of the next business day’s close.

 

Effect of death or surrender.  You may not make any surrender or partial withdrawal request after the insured person has died. Also, all insurance coverage ends on the date as of which we process any request for a surrender.

 

Policy issuance

 

Register date. When we issue a policy, we assign it a “register date,” which will be shown in the policy. We measure the months, years, and anniversaries of your policy from your policy’s register date.

 

  If you submit the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional at the time you sign the application and before the policy is issued, and we issue the policy as it was applied for, then the register date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I of the policy application or (b) the date a medical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

  If we do not receive your full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different basis than you applied for, the register date initially will appear on your policy as the date the policy is issued; however, we will move the register date to the date we deliver the policy provided we received your full minimum initial premium. This will ensure that premiums and charges will commence on the same date as your insurance coverage. If your policy was delivered on the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, we will move the register date to the 1st of the following month. This could change the current interest rate for the Guaranteed Interest Account.

 

We may also permit an earlier than customary register date (a) for employer-sponsored cases, to accommodate a common register date for all employees or (b) to provide a younger age at issue. (A younger age at issue reduces the monthly charges that we deduct under a policy.) The charges and deductions commence as of the register date, even when we have permitted an early register date. We may also permit policy owners to delay a register date (up to three months) in employer-sponsored cases.

 

Investment start date. This is the date your investment first begins to earn a return for you. Generally, this is the register date. Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account. If we move your register date as described in the second bullet under “Policy issuance,” above, we will also move your investment start date and/or interest crediting date to coincide with the register date.

 

Commencement of insurance coverage. You must give the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional on or before the day the policy is delivered to you. No insurance under your policy will take effect unless (1) the insured person is still living at the time such payment and

delivery are completed and (2) the information in the application continues to be true and complete, without material change, as of the time of such payment. If you submit the full minimum initial premium with your application, we may, subject to certain conditions, provide a limited amount of temporary insurance on the proposed insured person. You may request and review a copy of our temporary insurance agreement for more information about the terms and conditions of that coverage.

 

Non-issuance. If, after considering your application, we decide not to issue a policy, we will refund any premium you have paid, without interest.

 

Age; age at issue. Unless the context in this prospectus requires otherwise, we consider the insured person’s “age” during any policy year to be his or her age on his or her birthday nearest to the beginning of that policy year. For example, the insured person’s age for the first policy year (“age at issue”) is that person’s age on whichever birthday is closer to (i.e., before or after) the policy’s register date.

 

Ways to make premium and loan payments

 

Payment options. Premiums or loan payments generally must be paid by check drawn on a U.S. bank in U.S. dollars and made payable to “Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company” (for subsequent contributions please write your policy number on the check).

 

We prefer that you make each payment to us with a single check drawn on your business or personal bank account. Cash and travelers’ checks, or any payments in foreign currency, are not acceptable. We will accept third-party checks payable to someone other than the Company and endorsed over to the Company only (1) as a direct payment from a qualified retirement plan or (2) if they are made out to a trustee who owns the policy and endorses the entire check (without any refund) as a payment to the policy.

 

Assigning your policy

 

You may assign (transfer) your rights in a policy to someone else as collateral for a loan, to effect a change of ownership or for some other reason, if we agree. Collateral assignments may also sometimes be used in connection with dividing the benefits of the policy under a split-dollar arrangement, which will also have its own tax consequences. A copy of the assignment must be forwarded to our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for any payment we make or any action we take before we receive notice of the assignment or for the validity of the assignment. An absolute assignment is a change of ownership.

 

Certain transfers for value may subject you to income tax and penalties and cause the death benefit to lose its income-tax free treatment. Further, a gift of a policy that has a loan outstanding may be treated as part gift and part transfer for value, which could result in both gift tax and income tax consequences. The IRS issued regulations in both 2002 and 2003 concerning split-dollar arrangements, including policies subject to collateral assignments. The regulations provide both

 

 

54


new and interim guidance as to the taxation of such arrangements. These regulations address taxation issues in connection with arrangements which are compensatory in nature, involve a shareholder and corporation, or a donor and donee. See also discussion under “Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs” and “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes” in the “Tax information” section of this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a transfer or assignment.

 

You can change your policy’s insured person

 

Note: Notwithstanding the information further below, based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. The following information, therefore, does not apply, absent IRS guidance that would permit such changes.

 

After the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. This requires that you provide us with adequate evidence that the proposed new insured person meets our requirements for insurance. Other requirements are outlined in your policy.

 

Upon making this change, the monthly insurance charges we deduct will be based on the new insured person’s insurance risk characteristics and may result in a loss of any death benefit guarantees. The change of insured person will not, however, affect the surrender charge computation for the amount of coverage that is then in force.

 

Substituting the insured person is a taxable event and may, depending upon individual circumstances, have other tax consequences as well. For example, the change could cause the policy to be a “modified endowment contract” or to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance,” or in some cases require that we also distribute certain amounts to you from the policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to substituting the insured person. As a condition to substituting the insured person we may require you to sign a form acknowledging the potential tax consequences. In no event, however, will we permit a change that we believe causes your policy to fail the definition of life insurance. See “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Requirements for surrender requests

 

Your surrender request must include the policy number, your name, your taxpayer identification number, the name of the insured person, and the address where proceeds should be mailed. The request must be signed by you, as the owner, and by any joint owner, collateral assignee or irrevocable beneficiary. We may also require you to complete specific tax forms,

or provide a representation that your policy is not being exchanged for another life or annuity contract.

 

Gender-neutral policies

 

Congress and various states have from time to time considered legislation that would require insurance rates to be the same for males and females. In addition, employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with counsel, the impact of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 on the purchase of Incentive Life® in connection with an employment-related insurance or benefit plan. In a 1983 decision, the United States Supreme Court held that, under Title VII, optional annuity benefits under a deferred compensation plan could not vary on the basis of sex.

 

There will be no distinctions based on sex in the cost of insurance rates for Incentive Life® policies sold in Montana. We will also make such gender-neutral policies available on request in connection with certain employee benefit plans. Cost of insurance rates applicable to a gender-neutral policy will not be greater than the comparable male rates under a gender specific Incentive Life® policy.

 

Future policy exchanges

 

We may at some future time, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable law, allow the current owner of this policy to exchange it for a universal life policy we are then offering. The exchange may or may not be advantageous to you, based on all of the circumstances, including a comparison of contractual terms and conditions and charges and deductions. We will provide additional information upon request at such time as exchanges may be permitted.

 

 

 

55


11. More information about other matters

 

 

 

About our general account

 

This policy is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a policy’s account value or any guaranteed benefits with which the policy was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the policy owner for the policy’s account value and such guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the policy are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular policy or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the contracts in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The policy is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

Transfers of your account value

 

Transfers not implemented. If a request cannot be fully administered, only the part that is in good order will be processed. Any part of the request that cannot be processed will be denied and an explanation will be provided to you. This could occur, for example, where the request does not

comply with our transfer limitations, or where you request transfer of an amount greater than that currently allocated to an investment option.

 

Similarly, the automatic transfer service will terminate immediately if: (1) your amount in the EQ/Money Market option is insufficient to cover the automatic transfer amount; (2) your policy is in a grace period; or (3) we receive notice of the insured person’s death. Similarly, the asset rebalancing service will terminate if either (2) or (3) occurs.

 

Disruptive transfer activity. You should note that the policy is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The policy is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small-and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small-and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for securities of

 

 

56


larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all policy owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of EQ Advisors Trust (the “affiliated trust”), as well as investment options with underlying portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated trust obtains from us policy owner trading activity. The affiliated trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a policy is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the policy owner explaining that the Company has a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the policy owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the policy, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected policy. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all policy owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

 

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our policy owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review policy owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the

management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

 

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by policy owners. As of the date of this prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the policy owner.

 

Policy owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, policy owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some policy owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some policy owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Telephone and Internet requests

 

If you are a properly authorized person, you may make transfers between investment options over the Internet as described in this prospectus in “How to make transfers” under “Transferring your money among our investment options.”

 

Also, you may make the following additional types of requests by calling the number under “By Phone:” in “How to reach us” from a touch-tone phone, if the policy is individually owned and you are the owner or through www.equitable.com if you are the individual owner:

 

  changes of premium allocation percentages

 

  changes of address

 

  request forms and statements

 

  enroll for electronic delivery and view statements/documents online

 

  to pay your premium or make a loan repayment

 

For security purposes, all telephone requests are automatically tape-recorded and are invalid if the information given is incomplete or any portion of the request is inaudible. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

If you wish to enroll through www.equitable.com, you must first agree to the terms and conditions set forth in our www.equitable.com Online Usage Agreement, which you can find at our website. We will send you a confirmation letter by first class mail. Additionally, you will be required to use a password and protect it from unauthorized use. We

 

 

57


will provide subsequent written confirmation of any transactions. We will assume that all instructions received through www.equitable.com are given by you; however, we reserve the right to refuse to process any transaction and/or block access to www.equitable.com if we have reason to believe the instructions given are unauthorized.

 

If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of telephone or Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following telephone or Internet instructions that we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to refuse to process any telephone or Internet transactions if we have reason to believe that the request compromises the general security and/or integrity of our automated systems (see discussion of “Disruptive transfer activity” above).

 

Any telephone, Internet or fax transaction request that is not completed by the close of a business day (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will be processed as of the next business day. During times of extreme market activity, or for other reasons, you may be unable to contact us to make a telephone or Internet request. If this occurs, you should submit a written transaction request to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue telephone or Internet transactions, or modify the procedures and conditions for such transactions, without notifying you, at any time.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable life insurance product business. Because our variable life insurance product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe storms affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with

 

 

58


the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue policies and process policy transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing policies and processing of other policy-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your policy to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your policy due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

Suicide and certain misstatements

 

If an insured person commits suicide within certain time periods, the amount of death benefit we pay will be limited as described in the policy. Also, if an application misstated the age or gender of an insured person, we will adjust the amount of any death benefit (and certain rider benefits), as described in the policy (or rider).

 

When we pay policy proceeds

 

General. We will generally pay any death benefit, surrender, withdrawal, or loan within seven days after we receive the request and any other required items.

 

Clearance of checks. We reserve the right to defer payment of that portion of your account value that is attributable to a premium payment or loan repayment made by check for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

 

Delay of guaranteed interest option proceeds. We also have the right to defer payment or transfers of amounts out of our guaranteed interest option for up to six months. If we delay more than 30 days in paying you such amounts, we will pay interest of at least 3% per year from the date we receive your request.

 

Delay of variable investment option proceeds. We reserve the right to defer payment of any death benefit, transfer, loan or other distribution that is derived from a variable investment option if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings)

or trading on that exchange is restricted; (b) the SEC has declared that an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to fairly determine the account value; or (c) the law permits the delay for the protection of owners. If we need to defer calculation of values for any of the foregoing reasons, all delayed transactions will be processed at the next available unit values.

 

Delay to challenge coverage. We may challenge the validity of your insurance policy or any rider based on any material misstatements in an application you have made to us. We cannot make such challenges, however, beyond certain time limits set forth in the policy or rider. If the insured person dies within one of these limits, we may delay payment of any proceeds until we decide whether to challenge the policy.

 

Changes we can make

 

In addition to any of the other changes described in this prospectus, we have the right to modify how we or Separate Account FP operate. For example, we have the right to:

 

  combine two or more variable investment options or withdraw assets relating to Incentive Life® from one investment option and put them into another;

 

  end the registration of, or re-register, Separate Account FP under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  operate Separate Account FP under the direction of a “committee” or discharge such a committee at any time;

 

  restrict or eliminate any voting rights or privileges of policy owners (or other persons) that affect Separate Account FP;

 

  operate Separate Account FP, or one or more of the variable investment options, in any other form the law allows. This includes any form that allows us to make direct investments, in which case we may charge Separate Account FP an advisory fee. We may make any legal investments we wish for Separate Account FP. In addition, we may disapprove any change in investment advisers or in investment policy unless a law or regulation provides differently.

 

If we take any action that results in a material change in the underlying investments of a variable investment option, we will notify you to the extent required by law. We may, for example, cause the variable investment option to invest in a mutual fund other than, or in addition to, the Trusts. If you then wish to transfer the amount you have in that option to another investment option, you may do so.

 

We may make any changes in the policy or its riders, require additional premium payments, or make distributions from the policy to the extent we deem necessary to ensure that your policy qualifies or continues to qualify as life insurance for tax purposes. Any such change will apply uniformly to all policies that are affected. We will give you written notice of such changes. Subject to all applicable legal requirements, we also may make other changes in the policies that do not reduce any net cash surrender value, death benefit, account value, or other accrued rights or benefits.

 

 

59


Whether to make any of the above discussed changes is generally within our discretion, although some such changes might require us to obtain regulatory or policy owner approval. Whether regulatory or policy owner approval is required would depend on the nature of the change and, in many cases, the manner in which the change is implemented. You should not assume, therefore, that you necessarily will have an opportunity to approve or disapprove any such changes. We will, of course, comply with all applicable legal requirements, including notice to or approval by policy owners where required in particular cases.

 

It is not possible to foresee all the circumstances under which we may find it necessary or appropriate to exercise our right to make changes. Such circumstances could, however, include changes in law, or interpretations thereof; changes in financial or investment market conditions; changes in accepted methods of conducting operations in the relevant market; or a desire to achieve material operating economies or efficiencies.

 

Reports we will send you

 

Shortly after the end of each year of your policy, we will send you a report that includes information about your policy’s current death benefit, account value, cash surrender value (i.e., account value minus any current surrender charge), policy loans, policy transactions and amounts of charges deducted. We will send you individual notices to confirm your premium payments, loan repayments, transfers and certain other policy transactions. Please promptly review all statements and confirmations and notify us immediately at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) if there are any errors.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

The policies are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account FP. The offering of the policies is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other the Company life and annuity products we issue.

 

The policies are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The policies are also sold by financial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

 

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on policies sold. The Company may also make additional

payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its policies, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of this prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your policy. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the policy and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the policy, see “Fee Table” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

As used below, the “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount and Distributor, among other factors.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation. The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on premium payments made on the policies sold through Equitable Advisors (“premium-based compensation”). The premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 8.5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 11% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the premium-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. In some instances, a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive premium-based compensation on a policy in combination with ongoing annual compensation based on a percentage of the unloaned account value of the policy sold (“asset-based compensation”). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both premium-based and asset-based compensation could, over time, exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of premiums alone. The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. When a policy is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the amount and type of the compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described below.

 

Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their policy.

 

 

60


Equitable Advisor’s financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s policies and policies offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Differential compensation. In an effort to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our policy than it pays for the sale of a policy or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same policy. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different policy types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company’s policies. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company policies than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and premium-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s policies and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our policy over a policy or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category

to another, and because of differences in compensation among products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

 

Equitable Distributors Compensation. The Company pays premium-based compensation to Equitable Distributors. Premium-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s policies sold through Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 94% of the premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 3% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 3% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. The Company may substitute a form of asset-based compensation after the first policy year. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays a portion of the premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation (together, “compensation”) it receives to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. The compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

These payments above also include compensation to cover operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the policy owner. Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value attributable to policies sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. Equitable Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s

 

 

61


products, Equitable Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our policies exclusively.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2023) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $875.00 to $4,074,340.13. The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

AAG Capital Inc., AE Financial Services, LLC, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, American Portfolios Financial Services, Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC, Avantax Investment Services, Inc., Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC, Cadaret Grant & Company Inc., Cambridge Investment Research, Capital Investment Group Inc., Centaurus Financial, Inc., Cetera Financial Group, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Citizens Securities, Inc., Commonwealth Financial Network, Copper Financial Network, LLC, CUSO Financial Services, L.P., EF Legacy Securities, LLC, Equity Services Inc., Farmers Financial Solution LLC, First Horizon Advisors, Inc., Galt Financial Group, Inc., Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Gradient Securities, LLC, Grove Point Investments, LLC, Halo Securities LLC, Harbour Investments, Inc., Independent Financial Group LLC, James T. Borello & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, JP Morgan Securities, LLC, Kestra Investment Services LLC, Key Investment Services LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., Lincoln Investment Planning, Lion Street Financial LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Madison Avenue Securities, LLC, MML Investors Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Mutual of Omaha Investor Services Inc., Next Financial Group, Inc., OneAmerica Securities Inc., Osaic Inc., Osaic Institutions Inc., Park Avenue Securities, LLC, PFS Investments, Inc., PHX Financial, Inc., PlanMember Securities Corp., PNC Investments, LLC, Principal Securities, Inc., Pruco Securities, LLC, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc., Raymond James & Associates Inc., RBC Capital Markets LLC, Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Service Inc., The Huntington Investment Company, The Leaders Group, Inc., TransAmerica Financial Advisors, UBS Financial Services Inc., US Bancorp Investments, Inc., Valmark Securities Inc., Voya Financial Advisors, Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Western International Securities Inc., World Equity Group Inc.

Legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a policy owner’s interest in Separate Account FP, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate Account FP, our ability to meet our obligations under the policies, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with Separate Account FP.

 

 

62


12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

 

 

 

The financial statements of Separate Account FP, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS.

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance for the policies only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies. You may request an SAI by writing to our Administrative Office or by calling 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative.

 

 

63


13. Personalized illustrations

 

 

 

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

Personalized illustrations. Illustrations are intended to show how different fees, charges and rates of return can affect the values available under a policy. Illustrations can be based upon some of the characteristics of the insured person under your policy as well as some other policy feature choices you make such as the face amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts and assumed rates of return (within limits). This type of illustration is called a personalized illustration. No illustration will ever show you the actual values available under your policy at any given point in time. This is because many factors affect these values including: (i) the insured person’s characteristics; (ii) policy features you choose; (iii) actual premium payments you make; (iv) loans or withdrawals you make; and (v) actual rates of return (including the actual fees and expenses) of the underlying portfolios in which your cash value is invested. Each personalized illustration is accompanied by an explanation of the assumptions on which that illustration is based. Because, as discussed below, these assumptions may differ considerably, you should carefully review all of the disclosure that accompanies each illustration.

 

Different kinds of illustrations. Personalized illustrations can reflect the investment management fees and expenses incurred in 2023 (or expected to be incurred in 2024, if such amount is expected to be higher) of the available underlying portfolios in different ways. An arithmetic illustration uses the straight average of all of the available underlying portfolios’ investment management fees and expenses. A weighted illustration computes the average of investment management fees and expenses of all of the available Portfolios (based upon the aggregate assets in the Portfolios at the end of 2023). When reviewing a weighted illustration you should keep in mind that the values shown may be higher than the values shown in other illustrations because the fees and expenses that are assumed may be lower than those assumed in other illustrations. You may also request a personalized illustration of the guaranteed interest option.

 

The effect of the expense limitation arrangements. Personalized illustrations reflect the expense limitation arrangements that are in effect with respect to certain of the Portfolios. If these fees and expenses were not reduced to reflect the expense limitation arrangements, the values in the personalized illustrations would be lower.

 

 

64


Appendix: Investment options available under the policy

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the Policy. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146664. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 or by sending an email request to EquitableFunds@dfinsolutions.com.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Portfolio Companies, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your policy may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each variable investment option’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Specialty

  

1290 VT Convertible Securities — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.90 %^      13.73     9.37     6.84

Fixed Income

  

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — EIMG; DoubleLine Capital LP

    0.91 %^      6.60     0.72      

Equity

  

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

    0.95 %^      5.49     10.25     7.23

Specialty

  

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.29 %^      9.53     4.22     3.39

Equity

  

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.06     21.04     12.82     7.94

Equity

  

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

    1.17 %^      5.79     12.69      

Equity

  

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

    1.10 %^      16.49     11.53     8.52

Equity

  

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.92     27.50     15.12     11.32

Equity

  

EQ/2000 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.84     15.99     8.76     6.15

Equity

  

EQ/400 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.85 %^      15.44     11.32     8.11

Equity

  

EQ/500 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.81     25.27     14.21     10.71

Equity

  

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.93     17.70     10.59     7.78

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Aggressive Allocation — EIMG

    1.18     18.37     10.23     7.07

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

    1.25 %^      14.15     7.70     5.27

Equity

  

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

    1.00 %^      5.98     10.88      

Equity

  

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

    0.97 %^      22.98     14.97     11.34

 

65


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.00 %^      45.91     15.78     10.70

Equity

  

EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.67 %^      25.13     14.45     10.79

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative Allocation — EIMG

    1.00 %^      8.02     2.60     2.15

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    0.85 %^      10.86     4.76     3.57

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      4.51     1.02     1.11

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    0.93 %^      4.51     1.94     1.60

Equity

  

EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.54 %^      25.57     15.03     11.37

Equity

  

EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC

    0.87 %^      31.38     16.55      

Equity

  

EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.87 %^      12.13     13.88      

Equity

  

EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.10 %^      21.37     9.74     6.29

Equity

  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

    1.09 %^      11.22     12.97      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      3.87     0.39     0.56

Equity

  

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.06     16.85     7.96     3.55

Equity

  

EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.72 %^      19.04     8.10     3.69

Equity

  

EQ/International Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.87     16.86     7.32     3.27

Equity

  

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP

    1.03     18.52     7.60     3.02

Equity

  

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.00 %^      12.01     13.18     8.70

Specialty

  

EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.16     10.08     5.45      

Equity

  

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC

    1.05     17.01     13.08     7.62

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96 %^      46.33     12.84     11.28

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96     10.90     14.17     10.12

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.90     23.98     14.26     10.58

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.73     41.54     18.63     14.02

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.88     38.97     16.20     12.47

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.74     10.71     10.15     7.66

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.87     14.01     10.78     7.82

Equity

  

EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC

    1.35 %^      21.68     5.11      

Equity

  

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    1.05 %^      43.89     15.66     13.24

 

66


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      14.52     9.28     6.12

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.15 %^      17.37     8.29      

Equity

  

EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      22.32     13.41      

Specialty

  

EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.14     54.10     17.38      

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.65 %^      15.77     11.88     8.54

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.97     13.19     10.36     7.21

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate Allocation — EIMG

    1.11     12.31     5.76     4.17

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    1.13     15.36     8.10     5.67

Cash/Cash Equivalent

  

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation

    0.69     4.47     1.48     0.90

Equity

  

EQ/Morgan Stanley Small Cap Growth — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.

    1.15 %^      34.45     15.17      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    2.26 %^      3.53     3.13      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.87 %^      5.63     1.11      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.88 %^      5.56     1.61     1.25

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Quality Bond PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.86     4.35     0.51     0.84

Equity

  

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.64     16.72     10.06     7.01

Equity

  

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

    0.92     19.52     10.06     6.90

Specialty

  

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.19 %^      5.99     3.78      

Asset Allocation

  

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

    1.10 %^      9.86     7.20     4.77

Equity

  

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    1.00     38.29     15.92     12.48

Fixed Income

  

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.87 %^      5.15     0.63     1.21

Specialty

  

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.24 %^      49.53     19.07     16.18

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2025 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      13.58     7.42     5.42

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2035 Allocation — EIMG

    1.09     16.56     9.12     6.47

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2045 Allocation — EIMG

    1.08     18.11     10.15     7.12

 

67


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2055 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      19.82     11.22      
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†”. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

*

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.16 %^      15.79     8.03     5.51

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.07 %^      15.67     8.37     4.43

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.74     18.37     14.50     9.99

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.82     14.80     12.17     7.86

Equity

  

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

    0.91 %^      12.75     11.06     7.04

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.19     14.14     10.32     6.45

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.20     16.26     12.14     6.28

Fixed Income

  

Macquarie VIP High Income Series(1) — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

    0.96     11.95     4.46     3.70

Equity

  

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    1.03 %^      18.66     13.27     10.00

Equity

  

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    0.98 %^      23.70     16.39     12.44

Specialty

  

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    1.58 %^      -7.93     8.46     -0.90

Equity

  

T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio — II — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    0.99     9.31     10.92     7.57

Equity

  

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

    1.35 %^      12.62     4.22     2.32

Fixed Income

  

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.75 %^      2.88     -2.13     -0.66

Specialty

  

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund — Van Eck Associates Corporation

    1.36     -3.84     10.34     -1.26
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1)

This is the variable investment option’s new name. The variable investment option’s former name is Delaware Ivy VIP High Income which may continue to be used in certain documents for a period of time after the date of this prospectus.

 

68


Requesting more information

 

 

 

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated May 1, 2024, is incorporated into this prospectus by reference and is available upon request free of charge by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative. You may also request one by writing to our operations center at P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, NC 28201-1047. The SAI includes additional information about the registrant. You can make inquiries about your policy and request personalized illustrations by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), or asking your financial professional.

You may visit the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov to view the SAI and other information (including other parts of a registration statement) that relates to the Separate Account and the policies. You can also review and copy information about the Separate Account, including the SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may have to pay a duplicating fee. To find out more about the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

 

 

 

 
C000024621   #520656


Incentive Life® ‘02

 

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2024

 

 

 

An individual flexible premium variable life insurance policy issued by Equitable Life Financial Insurance Company (the “Company”, “Equitable Financial”, “we”, “our” and “us”), formerly AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable life insurance, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

 

Please read this prospectus and keep it for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any other action under a policy. This prospectus supersedes all prior prospectuses and supplements. Also, you should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the Portfolios.

 

 

This prospectus describes the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy, but is not itself a policy. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the policy’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the policy’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the policy are changed after the date of this prospectus in accordance with the policy, those changes will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements.

 

This policy is no longer being sold. This prospectus is for current policy owners only. You should note that your policy features and charges, and your investment options, may vary depending on the state and/or the date on which you purchased your policy. For more information about the particular features, charges and options available to you, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

What is Incentive Life® ‘02?

 

Incentive Life® ‘02 provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in our guaranteed interest option and/or one or more of the variable investment options set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Amounts that you allocate under your policy to any of the variable investment options are invested in a corresponding “Portfolio” that is part of one of the trusts (the “Trusts”), which are mutual funds. Please see Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for more information about the Portfolios and the Trusts. Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend on those of the related Portfolio. Any gains will generally be tax deferred

and the life insurance benefits we pay if the policy’s insured person dies will generally be income tax free.

 

Other choices you have.  You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs. For example, subject to our rules, you can (1) choose when and how much you contribute (as “premiums”) to your policy, (2) pay certain premium amounts to guarantee that your insurance coverage will continue for at least a certain number of years, regardless of investment performance, (3) borrow or withdraw amounts you have accumulated, (4) decrease the amount of insurance coverage, (5) choose between two life insurance benefit options, (6) elect to receive an insurance benefit if the insured person becomes terminally ill, and (7) obtain certain optional benefits that we offer by “riders” to your policy.

 

Other policies.  We offer a variety of fixed and variable life insurance policies which offer policy features, including investment options, that are different from those offered by this prospectus. Not every policy is offered through your financial professional. Replacing existing insurance with another policy may not be to your advantage. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

 

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The policies are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal.

 

#539178/AA & ADL


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

Definitions of Key Terms

   4

Important information you should consider about the Incentive Life® ‘02 variable life insurance policy

   6

Overview of the policy

   9

Fee Table

   11
  

1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

  

14

Risks of investing in a policy

   14
  
2. The Company   

15

How to reach us

   16

About our Separate Account FP

   16

Your voting privileges

   17

About the Trusts

   17
  
3. Portfolios of the Trusts   

18

  
4. Determining your policy’s value   

20

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

   20

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

   20

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

   21

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

   21

Investment options within your policy

   21

Your account value

   22
  

5. Transferring your money among our investment options

  

24

Transfers you can make

   24

How to make transfers

   24

Our automatic transfer service

   24

Our asset rebalancing service

   25
 

 

 

“Financial professional” means the registered representative of either Equitable Advisor, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN) or an unaffiliated broker dealer which has entered into a selling agreement with Equitable Distributor, LLC who is offering you this policy.

When we address the reader of this prospectus with words such as “you” and “your,” we mean the person who has the right or responsibility that this prospectus is discussing at that point. This is usually the policy’s owner. If a policy has more than one owner, all owners must join in the exercise of any rights an owner has under the policy, and the word “owner” therefore refers to all owners.

When we use the word “state,” we also mean any other local jurisdiction whose laws or regulations affect a policy.

 

 

2


6. Accessing your money

  

26

About your life insurance benefit

   26

You can decrease your insurance coverage

   26

You can increase your insurance coverage by purchasing another policy

   27

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

   27

Accessing your money

   27

Borrowing from your policy

   28

Making withdrawals from your policy

   29

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

   29

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

   29
  

7. Tax information

  

31

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

   31

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

   31

Tax treatment of living benefits proceeds

   33

Business and employer owned policies

   33

Requirement that we diversify investments

   34

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

   34

Pension and profit-sharing plans

   34

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

   34

ERISA

   35

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

   35

Our taxes

   35

Tax withholding and information reporting

   35

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

   35
  

8. More information about policy features and benefits

  

37

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

   40

Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees

   40

Customer Loyalty Credit

   41

Paid up death benefit guarantee

   41

Other benefits

   41

Variations among Incentive Life® ‘02 policies

   43

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

   43
  

9. More information about policy charges

  

44

How we allocate charges among your investment options

   44

Changes in charges

   44

Deducting policy charges

   44

Charges that the Trusts deduct

   47
  

10. More information about procedures that apply  to your policy

  

48

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

   48

Policy issuance

   49

Ways to make premium and loan payments

   49

Assigning your policy

   49

You can change your policy’s insured person

   50

Requirements for surrender requests

   50

Gender-neutral policies

   50

Future policy exchanges

   50
  

11. More information about other matters

  

51

About our general account

   51

Transfers of your account value

   51

Telephone and Internet requests

   52

COVID-19

   53

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

   53

Suicide and certain misstatements

   54

When we pay policy proceeds

   54

Changes we can make

   54

Reports we will send you

   55

Distribution of the policies

   55

Legal proceedings

   57
  

12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

  

58

  

13. Personalized illustrations

  

59

Illustrations of policy benefits

   59
  

Appendix

  

60

Investment options available under the policy

   60
  
Requesting more information    64

Statement of Additional Information

    
 

 

3


Definitions of Key Terms

 

 

 

Alternative Death Benefit — the alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic death benefit option you have selected.

 

Amount at Risk — our amount at risk on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy.

 

Beneficiary — the person or entity you designate to receive the death benefit payable at the death of the Insured.

 

Business Day — is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Premium payments will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your premium payment, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

Cash Surrender Value — the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy.

 

Company — refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the Company.

 

Cost of Insurance Charge — the monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000.

 

Cost of Insurance Rates — the cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit — a customer loyalty credit is provided for policies that have been in force for more than a specified number of years depending on your age at policy issuance. This is added to your policy account value each month.

Face Amount — represents the amount of insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person.

 

Guaranteed Interest Account — is a fixed account that is part of our General Account, also referred to as the Guaranteed Interest Option (GIO).

 

Guarantee Premium — you can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth in your policy.

 

Insured — the person on whose life we base this policy.

 

Net Cash Surrender Value — the net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable.

 

Net Policy Account Value — your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (excluding any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken) and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider.

 

No-Lapse Guarantee — a provision of your policy offered at no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Owner — the owner of the policy. “You” or “your” refers to the owner.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — the “paid up” death benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments subject to certain restrictions.

 

Policy — the policy with any attached application(s), any riders, and any endorsements.

 

Policy Account Value — your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Premium Payments — we call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.”

 

 

4


Register Date — your policy’s “register date” will be shown in your policy and is the date from which we measure the months, years and anniversaries of your policy. Your register date is determined as described in “policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

    

 

 

5


Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy (the “policy”):

 

 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal from your policy, however, if you surrender the policy in its first ten years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount, you will be subject to a surrender charge of up to 3.093% of face amount. For example, if you surrender your policy in the first year and the policy face amount was $100,000, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $3,093.

 

For more information on the impacts of withdrawals, please refer to “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus. For more information on surrender charges, please refer to “Deducting policy charges” in this prospectus.

   
Transaction Charges  

In addition to surrender charges, you may be subject to other transaction charges, including charges on each premium paid under the policy, charges in connection with requests to decrease your policy’s face amount, transfer fees, and other special service charges (e.g., wire transfer charges, express mail charges, policy illustration charges, duplicate policy charges, policy history charges, and charges for returned payments).

 

For more information on transaction charges, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

   
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)   In addition to transaction charges, an investment in the policy is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses, including fees and expenses covering the cost of insurance under the policy, administration and mortality risks, and the cost of optional benefits available under the policy. Such fees and expenses may be based on characteristics of the insured (e.g., age, sex, risk class and particular health, occupational or vocational risks). You should view the information pages of your policy for rates applicable to your policy.
  You will also bear expenses associated with the variable investment options that you invest in (the “Portfolios”) under the policy, as shown in the following table:
    Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
  Portfolios    0.57%    2.60%
  Portfolio expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses and may change from year to year. For more information on ongoing fees and expenses, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus and Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” which is part of this prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss   You may lose money by investing in the policy.
Not a Short-Term Investment   The policy is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis. Consequently, you should not use the policy as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. Because of the long-term nature of the policy, you should consider whether purchasing the Policy is consistent with the purpose for which it is being considered.
   
Risks Associated with Investment Options   An investment in the policy is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Portfolios available under the policy and the guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), each of which has its own unique risks. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account”.) You should review the Portfolios’ prospectuses and the “Guaranteed Interest Option” section in “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Portfolio prospectuses are available at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146665.
    For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

6


Insurance Company Risks   An investment in the policy is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any policy obligations (including under the GIO), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available at https://equitable.com/about-us/financial-strength-ratings. More information about the Company’s general account can be found in “About our general account” in this prospectus.
Policy Lapse   Death benefits will not be paid if the policy has lapsed. Your policy may lapse if, due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest, your net policy account value does not cover policy charges. If your policy provides for a no-lapse guarantee, you may have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating. If your policy lapses, you will be notified in writing and given an opportunity to make additional payments to reinstate your policy.
  For more information on how to prevent your policy from lapsing, please refer to “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.
RESTRICTIONS
Investments   You may allocate your premiums to any of the Portfolios set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. We reserve the right to remove or substitute Portfolios as investment options under the policy.
  Currently, the total of all transfers of variable investment options you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in a single Portfolio, even if it is less than $500. We may limit transfers you can make out of the unloaned GIO.
  We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). Only written transfer requests submitted to our Administrative Office may be processed for Policies that are jointly owned or assigned. We reserve the right to limit Policy transfers if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.”
    For more information please refer to “Variable investment options” and “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.
Optional Benefits   As a policy owner, you may be able to obtain extra benefits, which may require additional charges. These optional benefits are described in what is known as a “rider” to the policy.
  Optional benefits may be subject to additional charges and payments made under these benefits are generally subject to the same transaction fees as other premium payments but may be treated differently for other purposes (e.g., certain death benefit minimums). Optional benefits are not available for all ages (or may terminate at certain ages) and underwriting classifications. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time, unless previously elected.
    For more information on optional benefits and other limitations under the policy, please refer to “Other benefits,” and “Suicide and certain misstatements” in this prospectus.
TAXES
Tax Implications   You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the policy. There is no additional tax benefit to the investor if the policy is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties.
    For more information on tax implications relating to policy investments, please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

7


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation   Some financial professionals may receive compensation for selling the policy to you, both in the form of commissions or in the form of contribution-based compensation. Financial professionals may also receive additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). This conflict of interest may influence the financial professional to recommend this policy over another investment.
    For more information on investment professional compensation, please refer to “Distribution of the policies” in this prospectus.
Exchanges   Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new policy in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your policy if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both policies, that it is preferable to purchase the new policy, rather than continue to own your current policy.
    For more information on exchanges, please refer to the paragraph titled “Section 1035 exchanges of policies” under “How you can pay for and contribute to your policy” in this prospectus, as well as the section titled “Future policy exchanges” in this prospectus.

 

8


Overview of the policy

 

 

 

The following summaries provide a brief overview of the more significant aspects of the policy. We provide more complete and detailed information in the subsequent sections of this prospectus and in the statement of additional information and the policy contract.

 

Brief Description of the Policy

 

Incentive Life® ‘02 is a form of variable life insurance the primary purpose of which is to provide a death benefit which is paid upon the death of the insured person. The Policy provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option, and/or (ii) one or more of the Portfolios, which are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs.

 

Some policy forms, features and/or riders described in this prospectus may be subject to state variations or may not be available in all states. Some policy forms, features, and/or Portfolios described in this prospectus may not be available through all brokers. The form number for this policy is 02-300. A state and/or other code may follow the form number. Your policy’s form number is located in the lower left-hand corner of the first page of your policy.

 

Premiums

 

The policy offers flexibility in paying premiums. With certain exceptions, you choose the timing and the amount of premium payments. Payment of insufficient premiums may result in a lapse of the policy.

 

A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage), but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

You can allocate your Policy’s value to the Portfolios or to the guaranteed interest option. Additional information on the available Portfolios are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. The guaranteed interest option pays a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically with a 3.0% minimum.

 

Contract Features

 

Types of Death Benefit If the insured dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. You may choose from two types of death benefit options. You may change from one death benefit type to another, subject to limitations, and charges may apply. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B:

 

  Option A: The Policy’s face amount on the date of the insured’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the Policy’s face amount.

 

  Option B: The face amount plus the Policy’s “account value” on the date of the insured’s death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including Portfolio investment performance, charges and expenses, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your Policy’s account value.

 

There is also an alternative higher death benefit paid in certain circumstances. For additional detail regarding the calculation and payment of death benefits see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus.

 

Loans – You may borrow money from your Policy, subject to certain limitations. Interest charges will apply.

 

Withdrawals – Subject to certain conditions, you may withdraw a part of your Policy’s cash surrender value without surrendering the Policy.

 

Surrendering the Policy – A Policy may be surrendered for its net cash surrender value while the insured is living. Tax penalties may apply.

 

 

9


Riders – You may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits under the Policy, which may require additional charges. These optional insurance benefits are referenced herein as “riders” to the Policy. You may be eligible for the following riders that we charge for:

 

  Accounting Benefit Endorsement: This endorsement refunds or waives all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period. The Accounting Benefit Endorsement is no longer applicable.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance Rider: This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days and 18 years old.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver Rider: This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver Rider: This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders, which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.

 

  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider: This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

 

In addition, the following benefits may be added at no charge where available:

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee: This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.

 

These benefits will be automatically added at no charge to eligible policies:

 

  Living Benefits Rider: This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider).

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider: If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.
  Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider: This endorsement waives the surrender charges otherwise applicable upon surrender or reduction in the face amount any time there is no Federal Estate Tax in effect, beginning in 2011. (This benefit is not available for policies issued on or after February 1, 2006.)

 

Depending on when your Policy was purchased, certain variations may apply which differ from the information contained in this section. In addition, depending on where your Policy was issued, certain features or benefits may not be available or vary from the Policy’s features and benefits described in this prospectus.

 

 

10


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Policy. Please refer to your Policy’s information pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Policy, surrender or make withdrawals from the Policy, or transfer cash value between Portfolios.

 

Transaction Fees
Charge   When Charge is Deducted          Amount Deducted
Premium charge   From each premium         6.0% of each premium(1)
Surrender (turning in) of your policy during its first 10 years   Upon surrender        

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount or per $1,000 of requested base policy face amount increase:(2)

Highest: $30.93

Lowest: $5.97

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, non-tobacco user risk class)

  Upon surrender         Representative: $13.81
Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount   Effective date of the decrease         A pro rata portion of the charge that would apply to a full surrender at the time of the decrease
Transfers among investment options   Upon transfer         $25 per transfer(3)(5)

Special Services Charges

•   Wire Transfer Charge(4)

•   Express Mail Charge(4)

•   Policy Illustration Charge(5)

    

•   Duplicate Policy Charge(6)

•   Policy History Charge(6)(7)

•   Charge for Returned Payments(6)

 

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

    

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

       

 

Current and Maximum Charge: $90

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current Charge: $0

Maximum Charge: $25

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current and Maximum Charge: $50

Current and Maximum Charge: $25

(1)

We may increase this charge higher than 6%, however, as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. Currently, we reduce this charge to 3% of each premium payment after an amount equal to ten “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. Generally, the target premiums per thousand are lower for face amounts of $250,000 and higher. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(2)

If your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(3)

No charge, however, will ever apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service as discussed in this prospectus.

(4)

Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

(5)

We do not currently charge this fee, but reserve the right to in the future.

(6)

The charge for this service must be paid using funds outside of your policy. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

(7)

The charge for this service may be less depending on the policy history you request. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

 

11


The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the policy, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

 

Periodic Charges Other Than Annual Portfolio Company Expenses
Charge   When Charge is Deducted    Amount Deducted      
Base Contract Charge:     
Administration charge(1)   Monthly   

(1)  Policy Year

  

Amount deducted

    

     1

     2+

  

$20

$10

    

          plus        
    

(2)  Charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount during your policy’s first ten years:

        

     Highest: $0.10

     Lowest: $0.03

Charge for a Representative Investor (insured age 35 at issue)

  Monthly   

     Representative: $0.06(2)

Cost of insurance(1)(3)   Monthly   

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk:(4)

 

  Highest: $83.34

  Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the standard non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   

Representative: $0.15(5)

Mortality and expense risk charge   Monthly      

Annual % of your value

in our variable

    

PolicyYear

  

investment options

        

     1-15

     16+

  

0.80%

0.50%

Loan interest spread(6)   On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)   

2% of loan amount(7)

Optional Benefit Charges:
Children’s Term Insurance   Monthly   

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

 

$0.50

Disability Deduction Waiver   Monthly   

Percentage of all other monthly charges:

 

Highest: 132%

Lowest: 7%

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue who is not in a rated risk class)

  Monthly    Representative: 12%(8)
Disability Premium Waiver(10) (Initial base policy face amount)   Monthly   

Charge for Disability Premium Waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

 

Highest: $0.76

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue who is in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   

Representative: $0.07(11)

Disability Premium Waiver(10) (Option to Purchase Additional Insurance)   Monthly   

Charge for Disability Premium Waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

 

Highest: $0.08

Lowest: $0.02

 

12


Optional Benefit Charges:

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue who is in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   

Representative: $0.03(11)

Disability Premium Waiver(10) (Children’s Term Insurance)   Monthly   

Charge for Disability Premium Waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

 

Highest: $0.03

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue who is in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   

Representative: $0.01(11)

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance   Monthly   

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

 

Highest: $0.17

Lowest: $0.04

Charge for a Representative Investor (insured age 35 at issue)

  Monthly   

Representative: $0.16(2)

(1)

Not applicable after the insured person reaches age 100.

(2)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured age 35 at issue.

(3)

Insured persons who present particular health, occupational or avocational risks may be charged other additional charges as specified in their policies.

(4)

Our amount “at risk” is the difference between the amount of death benefit and the account value as of the deduction date.

(5)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in the first policy year for a representative insured male, age 35 at issue in the standard non-tobacco user risk class.

(6)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit.

(7)

We may, however, increase this charge higher than 2% as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses.

(8)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in the first policy year for a representative insured male age 35 at issue who is not in a rated risk class.

(9)

Amount charged equals the sum of disability premium waiver rider charges corresponding to the base policy, and to any option to purchase additional insurance or children’s term insurance riders that you have added to your policy.

(10)

The monthly charges corresponding to the base policy will be adjusted proportionately to any face amount reduction made at your request or resulting from a partial withdrawal under death benefit Option A.

(11)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male, age 35 at issue who is in the non-rated non-tobacco user risk class.

 

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Policy. A complete list of Portfolios available under the Policy, including their annual expenses, may be found in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”.

 

Annual Portfolio Company Expenses      Minimum        Maximum
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses before the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio asset, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fee, and other expenses)(1)        0.57%        2.60%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements(1)        0.54%        2.26%

 

(1)

“Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2025, (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2025. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

You bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a Portfolio that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using. These fees and expenses are reflected in the Portfolio’s net asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the Portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Trust prospectus for that Portfolio.

 

13


1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

 

 

Incentive Life® ‘02 is a variable life insurance policy that provides you with flexible premium payment plans and benefits to meet your specific needs. The basic terms of the policy require you to make certain payments in return for life insurance coverage. The payments you can make and the coverage you can receive under this “base policy” are described below.

 

Riders to your base policy can increase the benefits you receive and affect the amounts you pay in certain circumstances. Available riders are listed in “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Risks of investing in a policy

 

The policy is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. Some of the principal risks of investing in a policy are as follows:

 

  If the investment options you choose perform poorly, you could lose some or all of the premiums you pay.

 

  If the investment options you choose do not make enough money to pay for the policy charges, except to the extent provided by any guarantees against termination or paid up death benefit guarantee you may have, you could have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating.

 

  If any policy loan and any accrued loan interest either equals or exceeds the account value, your policy will terminate subject to the policy’s Grace Period provision.

 

  If you take a policy loan or a partial withdrawal you may decrease the net policy account value, cash surrender value and/or death benefit and may risk the loss of the no lapse guarantee.

 

  There may be adverse tax consequences associated with taking a policy loan or making a partial withdrawal from your policy.

 

  We can increase, without your consent and subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, any charge that you currently pay at less than the maximum amount. We will not increase any charge beyond the highest maximum noted in the Fee Tables in this prospectus.

 

  You may have to pay a surrender charge and there may be adverse tax consequences if you wish to discontinue some or all of your insurance coverage under a policy.

 

  Partial withdrawals from your policy are available only after the first policy year and must be at least $500 and no more than the net cash surrender value. Under certain circumstances, we will automatically reduce your policy’s face amount as a result of a partial withdrawal.

Your policy permits other transactions that also have risks. These and other risks and benefits of investing in a policy are discussed in detail throughout this prospectus.

 

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each investment option may be found in the Trust prospectus for that investment option.

 

 

14


2. The Company

 

 

Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the policy.

 

 

15


How to reach us

 

To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that we provide in connection with your policy or the Portfolios, you may communicate with our Administrative Office as listed below for the purposes described. Please refer to “Telephone and Internet requests” for effective dates for processing telephone, Internet and fax requests, in this prospectus.

By mail:

 

At the Post Office Box for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

P.O. Box 1047

Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047

By express delivery only:

 

At the Street Address for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

8501 IBM Drive, Suite 150

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-4333

1-704-341-7000 (for express delivery purposes only)

By Phone:

 

Monday through Thursday, 8:30 AM to 7:00 PM and Friday, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM, Eastern Time: 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

By e-mail:

 

life-service@equitable.com

By fax:

 

1-855-268-6378

By Internet:

 

You may register for online account access at www.equitable.com. Our website provides access to account information and customer service. After registering, you can view account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and find answers to common questions.

 

Required Forms.  We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

request for our automatic transfer service (our dollar cost averaging service);

 

(2)

request for our asset rebalancing service;

 

(3)

transfers among investment options (if submitted by e-mail);

 

(4)

designation of new policy owner(s); and

 

(5)

designation of new beneficiary(ies).

 

Other Requests.  We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following:

 

(a)

policy surrenders;

(b)

transfers among investment options (not submitted by e-mail);

 

(c)

changes in allocation percentages for premiums and deductions; and

 

(d)

electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment options and/or change your address (1) by phone (2) over the Internet, through www.equitable.com or (3) by writing our Administrative Office. For more information about transaction requests you can make by phone or over the Internet, see “How to make transfers” and “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed over the Internet.

 

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to these services if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” (See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters.”)

 

Formal Requirements.  Except for properly authorized telephone or Internet transactions, any notice or request that does not use our standard form must be in writing. It must be dated and signed by you and should also specify your name, title (if applicable), the insured person’s name (if different), your policy number and adequate details about the notice you wish to give or other action you wish us to take. We may require you to return your policy to us before we make certain policy changes that you may request.

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the owner or any other person that our procedures permit to exercise the right or privilege in question. If there are joint owners all must sign. Any irrevocable beneficiary or assignee that we have on our records also must sign certain types of requests.

 

You should send all requests, notices and payments to our Administrative Office at the addresses specified above. We will also accept requests and notices by fax at the above number, if we believe them to be genuine. We reserve the right, however, to require an original signature before acting on any faxed item. You must send premium payments after the first one to our Administrative Office at the above addresses; except that you should send any premiums for which we have billed you to the address on the billing notice.

 

eDelivery

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

About our Separate Account FP

 

Each variable investment option is a part (or “subaccount”) of our Separate Account FP. We established Separate Account FP

 

 

16


under special provisions of the New York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable life insurance policies. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in Separate Account FP and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our policies. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account FP that represent our investments in Separate Account FP or that represent fees and charges under the policies that we have earned. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against Separate Account FP reflect its own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets.

 

Separate Account FP is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or Separate Account FP. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of Separate Account FP on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) of Separate Account FP available under Incentive Life® ‘02 invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust. Separate Account FP immediately reinvests all dividends and other distributions it receives from a Portfolio in additional shares of that class in that Portfolio.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable life insurance and/or annuity products, and to separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. EQ Advisors Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our policy owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our policy owners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

 

Your voting privileges

 

Voting of Portfolio shares.  As the legal owner of any Portfolio shares that support a variable investment option, we will attend (and have the right to vote at) any meeting of shareholders of the Portfolio (or the Trusts). To satisfy currently-applicable legal requirements, however, we will give you the opportunity to tell us how to vote the number of each Portfolio’s shares that are attributable to your policy. The number of full and fractional votes you are entitled to will be determined by dividing the policy account value (minus any policy indebtedness) allocable to an investment option by the net asset value per unit for the

Portfolio underlying that investment option. We will vote shares attributable to policies for which we receive no instructions in the same proportion as the instructions we do receive from all policies that participate in our Separate Account FP (discussed below). With respect to any Portfolio shares that we are entitled to vote directly (because we do not hold them in a separate account or because they are not attributable to policies), we will vote in proportion to the instructions we have received from all holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance policies who are using that Portfolio. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of policy owners may control the outcome of a vote.

 

Under current legal requirements, we may disregard the voting instructions we receive from policy owners only in certain narrow circumstances prescribed by SEC regulations. If we do, we will advise you of the reasons in the next annual or semiannual report we send to you.

 

Voting as policy owner.  In addition to being able to instruct voting of Portfolio shares as discussed above, policy owners that use our variable investment options may in a few instances be called upon to vote on matters that are not the subject of a shareholder vote being taken by any Portfolio. If so, you will have one vote for each $100 of account value in any such option; and we will vote our interest in Separate Account FP in the same proportion as the instructions we receive from holders of Incentive Life® ‘02 and other policies that Separate Account FP supports.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for each Trust, or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request. For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

 

17


3. Portfolios of the Trusts

 

 

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), is an affiliate of the Company and serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust. For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” indicates the sub-adviser(s) for each Portfolio, if any. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” also shows the currently available Portfolios.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”) (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, receives advisory fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administration fees in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolios. As such, it may be more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company, the Distributors or our other affiliates may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for providing certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

 

As a policy owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company or its affiliates may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the ”EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer policy owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to policy owners and/or suggest that policy owners consider whether allocating some or all of their account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your policy. Please see “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high.

 

The EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified below in the Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

18


Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your account value and provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, that invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the volatility management strategy. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your account value in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies.

 

Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

  (a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

  (b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Information regarding each Portfolio, including (i) its name; (ii) its type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.); (iii) its investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable; (iv) current expenses; and (v) performance is available in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. Separate prospectuses that contain more detailed information about the Portfolios have been issued by their respective Trusts.

 

You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. The prospectuses for the Trusts contain this and other important information about the Portfolios. The prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of Trust prospectuses that do not accompany this prospectus, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146665.

 

19


4. Determining your policy’s value

 

 

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

 

Premium payments. We call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.” The amount we require as your first premium varies depending on the specifics of your policy and the insured person. Each subsequent premium payment must be at least $100, although we can increase this minimum if we give you advance notice. (Policies on an automatic premium payment plan may have different minimums.) Otherwise, with a few exceptions mentioned below, you can make premium payments at any time and in any amount.

 

Section 1035 exchanges of policies. If we approve, you may contribute to an Incentive Life® ‘02 policy through an assignment and exchange of another life insurance policy with a cash surrender value pursuant to a valid exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). If such other policy is subject to a policy loan, we may permit you to carry over all or a portion of such loan to the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy, subject to our administrative rules then in effect. In this case, we will treat any cash paid, plus any loaned amount carried over to the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy, as premium received in consideration of our issuing the policy. If we allow you to carry over all or a portion of any such outstanding loan, then we will hold amounts securing such loan in the same manner as the collateral for any other policy loan, and your policy also will be subject to all our other rules regarding loans (see “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus).

 

 

You can generally pay premiums at such times and in such amounts as you like before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday, so long as you don’t exceed certain limits determined by the federal income tax laws applicable to life insurance.

 

 

Limits on premium payments. The federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to the amount of your policy’s insurance coverage). Also, if your premium payments exceed certain other amounts specified under the Internal Revenue Code, your policy will become a “modified endowment contract,” which may subject you to additional taxes and penalties on any distributions from your policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. We may return any premium payments that would exceed those limits to you.

 

You can ask your financial professional to provide you with an Illustration of Policy Benefits that shows you the amount of premiums you can pay, based on various assumptions, without exceeding these tax law limits. The tax law limits can change as a result of certain changes you make to your policy. For example, a reduction in the face amount of your policy may reduce the amount of premiums that you can pay and may impact whether your policy is a modified endowment contract.

If at any time your policy’s account value is high enough that the “alternative higher death benefit” discussed in this prospectus would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

Planned periodic premiums. Page 3 of your policy will specify a “planned periodic premium.” This is the amount that you request us to bill you. You may request a different “planned periodic payment” amount at any time. However, payment of these or any other specific amounts of premiums is not mandatory. You need to pay only the amount of premiums (if any) necessary to keep your policy from lapsing and terminating as discussed below.

 

Premium Payment Plans

 

The following premium payment plans are available:

 

 

Direct billing is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The Company will send premium reminder notices approximately 25 days before the due date based on the mode chosen, i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

 

 

Military allotment billing is available on monthly mode only.

 

 

Salary allotment is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The minimum case requirement for new salary allotment billing units is five lives.

 

 

Systematic billing is available on monthly and quarterly modes. Under systematic billing, the policy owner may specify the day of the month on which the premiums should be deducted from their account (draft date).

 

The premium payment plan and/or mode may be changed.

 

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

 

Policy “lapse” and termination. Your policy will lapse (also referred to in your policy as “default”) if your “net account value” is not enough to pay your policy’s monthly charges when due unless:

 

  you have paid sufficient premiums to maintain one of our available guarantees against termination, your policy is still within the period of that guarantee, and you do not have an outstanding loan (see “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” below); or

 

  you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee and it remains in effect, and you do not have an outstanding loan (see “You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee” below).
 

 

20


(“Account value” and “net account value” are explained under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

We will mail a notice to you at your last known address if your policy lapses. You will have a 61-day grace period to pay at least an amount prescribed in your policy which would be enough to keep your policy in force for approximately three months (without regard to investment performance). You may not make any transfers or request any other policy changes during a grace period. If we do not receive your payment by the end of the grace period, your policy (and all riders to the policy) will terminate without value and all coverage under your policy will cease. We will mail an additional notice to you if your policy terminates.

 

 

Your policy will terminate if you don’t pay enough premiums (i) to pay the charges we deduct or (ii) to maintain in effect one of the guarantees that can keep your policy from terminating. However, we will first send you a notice and give you the opportunity to pay any shortfall.

 

 

You may owe taxes if your policy terminates while you have a loan outstanding, even though you receive no additional money from your policy at that time. See “Tax information,” in this prospectus.

 

Restoring a terminated policy. To have your policy “restored” (put back in force), you must apply within six months after the date of termination. In some states, you may have a longer period of time. You must also (i) present evidence of insurability satisfactory to us and (ii) pay at least the amount of premium that we require. The amount of payment will not be more than an amount sufficient to cover total monthly deductions for 3 months, calculated from the effective date of restoration, and the premium charge. We will determine the amount of this required payment as if no interest or investment performance were credited to or charged against your policy account. Your policy contains additional information about the minimum amount of this premium and about the values and terms of the policy after it is restored and the effective date of such restoration. You may only restore your policy if it has terminated without value. You may not restore a policy that was given up for its net cash surrender value.

 

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

 

You can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth on page 3 of your policy. In most states you have two options for how long the guarantee will last. The two guarantee options are as follows:

 

(1)

a guarantee for the first five years of your policy (the policy calls this the “no-lapse guarantee”)

 

or

 

(2)

a guarantee of 20 years, but in no case beyond the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday (the policy calls this the “extended no-lapse guarantee”).

In some states, these guarantees may be referred to by different names.

 

We make no extra charge for either of these two guarantees against policy termination. However, in order for either of those guarantees to be available, you must have satisfied the “guarantee premium test” (discussed in “Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus), and any policy loan must not exceed the policy account value. Maintaining the extended no-lapse guarantee against policy termination will require you to pay more premiums than maintaining only the five-year guarantee.

 

 

If you pay at least certain prescribed amounts of premiums, and have no policy loans, your policy will not lapse for a number of years, even if the value in your policy becomes insufficient to pay the monthly charges.

 

 

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

 

In most states, provided certain requirements are met and subject to our approval, you may elect to take advantage of our paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is 99 or less. If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we may initially reduce your base policy’s face amount (see below). Thereafter, your policy will not lapse and the death benefit will never be less than the base policy’s face amount, so long as the guarantee remains in effect. The guarantee will terminate, however, if (i) at any time following the election, the sum of any outstanding policy loans, accrued interest, and any “restricted” amount due to exercise of a Living Benefits Rider exceeds your policy’s account value, or (ii) you request us to terminate the election. For more information about the circumstances under which you can elect the paid-up death benefit, the possible reduction in face amount after this guarantee is elected (including the possible imposition of surrender charges upon such reduction), and other effects of this guarantee on your policy, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Investment options within your policy

 

Except as set forth in the next sentence, we will initially put all unloaned amounts which you have allocated to variable investment options into such options on the later of the business day that we receive the full minimum initial premium or the register date (the “Investment Start Date”).

 

In those states that require us to return your premium without adjustment for investment performance within a certain number of days (see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days,” in this prospectus), we will initially put all amounts which you have allocated to the variable investment options into our EQ/Money Market investment option. In this case, on the first business day following the twentieth day after your policy is issued, we will reallocate that investment in accordance with your premium allocation instructions then in effect. For policies issued in these states,

 

 

21


the “Allocation Date” is the first business day following the twentieth day after your policy is issued. For all other policies, the Allocation Date is the Investment Start Date.

 

You give such allocation instructions in your application to purchase a policy. You can change the premium allocation percentages at any time, but this will not affect any prior allocations. The allocation percentages that you specify must always be in whole numbers and total exactly 100%.

 

The policy is between you and the Company. The policy is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your policy. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the policy, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the policy. If your policy is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), your financial professional is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your policy. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

 

You can choose among variable investment options.

 

 

Variable investment options. The available variable investment options are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to these as “Investment Funds”.) The investment results you will achieve in any one of these options will depend on the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio that shares the same name as that option. That Portfolio follows investment practices, policies and objectives that are appropriate to the variable investment option you have chosen. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

The advisors who make the investment decisions for each Portfolio are set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

You will find other important information about each Portfolio in the separate prospectuses for each Trust, including a comprehensive discussion of the risks of investing in each Portfolio. To obtain copies of Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146665. We may add or delete variable investment options or Portfolios at any time.

 

Guaranteed interest option. You can also allocate some or all of your policy’s value to our guaranteed interest option. We, in turn, invest such amounts as part of our general assets. Periodically, we declare a fixed rate of interest (3% minimum)

on amounts that you allocate to our guaranteed interest option. We credit and compound the interest daily at an effective annual rate that equals the declared rate. The rates we are at any time declaring on outstanding policies may differ from the rates previously declared. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

 

We will pay at least 3% annual interest on our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

Your account value

 

As set forth in this prospectus, we deduct certain charges from each premium payment you make. We credit the rest of each premium payment to your policy’s “account value.” You instruct us to allocate your account value to one or more of the policy’s investment options listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Your account value is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option other than in (iii), and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the variable investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. Your “net account value” is the total of (i) and (ii) above, plus any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. (Your policy and other supplemental material may refer to the account that holds the amounts in (ii) and (iii) above as our “Guaranteed Interest Account.”) Your account value is subject to certain charges discussed in “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value will be credited with the same net returns as are achieved by the Portfolios that you select, and interest credited on amounts in the guaranteed interest option, and is reduced by the amount of charges we deduct under the policy.

 

 

Your policy’s value in our variable investment options. We invest the account value that you have allocated to any variable investment option in shares of the corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.”

 

The number of your units in any variable investment option does not change, absent an event or transaction under your policy that involves moving assets into or out of that option. Whenever any amount is withdrawn or otherwise deducted from one of your policy’s variable investment options, we “redeem” (cancel) the number of units that has a value equal to that amount. This can happen, for example, when all or a portion of monthly deductions and transaction-based charges are allocated to that option, or when loans, transfers, withdrawals and surrenders are made from that option.

 

 

22


Similarly, you “purchase” additional units having the same value as the amount of any premium, loan repayment, or transfer that you allocate to that option.

 

The value of each unit will increase or decrease each business day, as though you had invested in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly (and reinvested all dividends and distributions from the Portfolio in additional Portfolio shares). On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to your policy under that option, multiplied by that day’s value for one such unit. The mortality and expense risk charge mentioned in this prospectus is calculated as a percentage of the value you have in the variable investment options and deducted monthly from your policy account based on your deduction allocations.

 

Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option. Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option includes: (i) any amounts that have been allocated to that option, based on your request (excluding loaned amounts), and (ii) any “restricted” amounts that we hold in that option as a result of your election to receive a living benefit. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. We credit all of such amounts with interest at rates we declare from time to time. We guarantee that these rates will not be less than a 3% effective annual rate.

 

Amounts may be allocated to or removed from your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option for the same purposes as described in this prospectus for the variable investment options. We credit your policy with a number of dollars in that option that equals any amount that is being allocated to it. Similarly, if amounts are being removed from your guaranteed interest option for any reason, we reduce the amount you have credited to that option on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

 

23


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

 

 

Transfers you can make

 

 

You can transfer among our variable investment options and into our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

After your policy’s Allocation Date, you can transfer amounts from one investment option to another. There are no restrictions on transfers into the guaranteed interest option. However, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option and among our variable investment options are more limited. Currently, the total of all transfers you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in an investment option, even if it is less than $500. We reserve the right to lower this $500 limit upon written notice to you. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers among variable investment options and transfers out of the guaranteed interest option as described in your policy, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

Please see “Investment options within your policy” in “Determining your policy’s value” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Current unrestricted transfers out of the guaranteed interest option.   We are relaxing our policy rules so that, beginning on the business day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, you may transfer any amount of unloaned policy account value out of the guaranteed interest option to any other investment option until further notice. If we decide to change our limitations on transfers out of the guaranteed interest option, we will provide you with notice of at least 30 days.

 

See the “How to make transfers” section below on how you can request a transfer. In general, transfers take effect on the date the request is received. However, any written, telephone, Internet or facsimile transaction requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) take effect the next business day.

 

Please note that the ability to make unrestricted transfers from the guaranteed interest option does not apply to any amounts that we are holding as collateral for a policy loan or as “restricted” amounts as a result of your election to receive a living benefit, if available under your policy. Finally, there may be a charge for making this transfer. Please see “Risk/benefit summary: Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus for more information about charges for this transfer.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  We reserve the right to limit access to the services described below if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing” (see “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters”).

How to make transfers

 

Internet transfers.  Generally, you can make transfers over the Internet if you are the owner of the policy. You may do this by visiting our www.equitable.com website and registering for online account access. This service may not always be available. The restrictions relating to online transfers are described below.

 

Online transfers.  You can make online transfers by following one of two procedures:

 

  For individually owned policies for which you are the owner, by logging onto our website, described under “By Internet” in “How to reach us” in this prospectus; or

 

  For corporation and trust owned policies, we require a special authorization form to obtain access. The form is available on our website www.equitable.com or by contacting our Administrative Office.

 

For more information, see “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). If you are unable to reach us via our website, you should send a written transfer request to our Administrative Office.

 

Transfers through our Administrative Office.  You may submit a written request for a transfer to our Administrative Office. We require a written request for jointly owned policies.

 

Our automatic transfer service

 

We offer an automatic transfer service. This service allows you to gradually allocate amounts to the variable investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the variable investment options you select. This will cause you to purchase more units if the unit’s value is low, and fewer units if the unit’s value is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per unit over the long term.

 

 

Using the automatic transfer service does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

Our automatic transfer service (also referred to as our “dollar cost averaging service”) enables you to make automatic monthly transfers from the EQ/Money Market option to our other variable investment options. You may elect the automatic transfer service with your policy application or at any later time (provided you are not using the asset rebalancing service described below). At least $5,000 must be allocated to the EQ/Money Market option to begin using the automatic transfer service. You can choose up to eight other

 

 

24


variable investment options to receive the automatic transfers, but each transfer to each option must be at least $50.

 

This service terminates when the EQ/Money Market option is depleted. You can also cancel the automatic transfer service at any time by sending a written request to our Administrative Office. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our automatic transfer service.

 

Our asset rebalancing service

 

You may wish us to periodically redistribute the amounts you have in our variable investment options so that the relative amount of your account value in each variable option is restored to an asset allocation that you select. You can accomplish this automatically through our asset rebalancing service. The rebalancing may be at quarterly, semiannual, or annual intervals.

 

You may specify asset allocation percentages for all available variable investment options up to a maximum of 50. The allocation percentage you specify for each variable investment option selected must be at least 2% (whole percentages only) of the total value you hold under the variable investment options, and the sum of the percentages must equal 100%. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service (discussed above).

 

You may request the asset rebalancing service in your policy application or at any later time by completing our enrollment form. At any time, you may also terminate the rebalancing program or make changes to your allocations under the program. Once enrolled in the rebalancing service, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the service. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our asset rebalancing service will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your rebalancing service. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing service (or termination of your enrollment in the service) must be in writing and sent to our Administrative Office.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our asset rebalancing service. The guaranteed interest option is not an available investment option with the asset rebalancing service.

    

 

 

25


6. Accessing your money

 

 

About your life insurance benefit

 

As long as your policy is in force, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary or beneficiaries once we receive at our Administrative Office satisfactory proof of the Insured’s death. The death benefit is determined as of the date of death and generally paid within 7 days after proof of death and any other required documents are received.

 

Your policy’s face amount. In your application to buy an Incentive Life® ‘02 policy, you tell us how much insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person. We call this the “face amount” of the base policy. $50,000 is the smallest amount of coverage you can request.

 

 

If the insured person dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B. We also have options available for the manner in which we pay death benefits (see “Your options for receiving policy proceeds” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

 

 

Your policy’s “death benefit” options. In your policy application, you also choose whether the basic amount (or “benefit”) we will pay if the insured person dies is:

 

  Option A — The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy’s face amount;

 

or

 

  Option B — The face amount plus the policy’s “account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy’s account value.

 

Your policy’s “account value” is the total amount that at any time is earning interest for you or being credited with investment gains and losses under your policy. (Account value is discussed in more detail under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

Under Option B, your policy’s death benefit will tend to be higher than under Option A, assuming the same policy face amount and policy account value. As a result, the monthly insurance charge we deduct will also be higher, to compensate us for our additional risk.

 

Alternative higher death benefit in limited cases. Your policy is designed to always provide a minimum level of insurance protection relative to your policy’s account value, in part to meet the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life

insurance.” For more information on the alternative higher death benefit and for information on other adjustments to the death benefit, see “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

 

You can request a change in your death benefit option any time after the second year of the policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday; however changes to Option B are not permitted beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 85.

 

 

Change of death benefit option. If you change from Option A to Option B, we automatically reduce your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy’s account value at the time of the change. We may refuse this change if the policy’s face amount would be reduced below our then current minimum for new policies. Changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 85.

 

If you change from Option B to Option A, we automatically increase your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy’s account value at the time of the change.

 

If the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in death benefit option, we will determine the new base policy face amount somewhat differently from the general procedures described above.

 

We will not deduct or establish any amount of surrender charge as a result of a change in death benefit option. Please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus, to learn about certain possible income tax consequences that may result from a change in death benefit option, including the effect of an automatic increase or decrease in face amount.

 

You can decrease your insurance coverage

 

You may request a decrease in your policy’s face amount any time after the second year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday. The requested decrease must be at least $10,000. Please refer to “Tax information” for certain possible tax consequences of changing the face amount.

 

We can refuse any requested decrease. We will not approve any decrease if we are at that time being required to waive charges or pay premiums under any optional disability waiver rider that is part of the policy.

 

The following additional conditions also apply:

 

You may not reduce the face amount below the minimum we required for new policies. Nor will we permit a decrease that would cause your policy to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of life insurance. Guarantee pre-

 

 

26


miums, as well as monthly deductions for the cost of insurance coverage, will generally decrease from the time you reduce the face amount.

 

If you reduce the face amount during the first 10 years of your policy, we will deduct all or part of the remaining surrender charge from your policy. Assuming you have not previously changed the face amount, the amount of surrender charge we will deduct will be determined by dividing the amount of the decrease by the initial face amount and multiplying that fraction by the total amount of surrender charge that still remains applicable to your policy. In no event will the surrender charge due exceed your account value less any amounts we are holding to secure policy loans (including any interest on those amounts that have not yet been allocated to the variable investment options). We deduct the charge from the same investment options as if it were a part of a regular monthly deduction under your policy.

 

In some cases, we may have to make a distribution to you from your policy at the time we decrease your policy’s face amount or change your death benefit option. This may be necessary in order to preserve your policy’s status as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also be required to make such a distribution to you in the future on account of a prior decrease in face amount or change in death benefit option. The distribution may be taxable.

 

You can increase your insurance coverage by purchasing another policy

 

After the first policy year while this policy is in force and the insured person is not more than attained age 85, and provided that there has been no previous reduction in the face amount, you may ask us to increase the face amount of insurance. You must provide evidence satisfactory to us of the insurability of the insured person. Any increase you ask for must be at least $10,000. If the increase is approved, we will issue a new variable life policy for the amount of the increase. The new policy will be issued for the age and rating class of the insured person on the date of increase, and, if we are no longer issuing Incentive Life® ‘02, will be a variable life policy we are issuing on the date of increase. The new policy will be subject to its own terms and conditions, except that (1) we will waive any portion of the monthly administrative charge for the new policy that is independent of the face amount of insurance; and (2) any reduction in face amount, change in death benefit option, or partial withdrawal may not reduce the face amount of the new policy to less than $10,000.

 

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

 

Beneficiary of death benefit.  You designate your policy’s beneficiary in your policy application. You can change the beneficiary at any other time during the insured person’s life. If no beneficiary is living when the insured person dies, we will pay the death benefit proceeds in equal shares to the insured person’s surviving children. If there are no surviving children, we will instead pay the insured person’s estate.

 

Payment options for death benefit.  In your policy application, or at any other time during the insured person’s life, you may

choose among several payment options for all or part of any death benefit proceeds that subsequently become payable. These payment options are described in the policy and may result in varying tax consequences. A payment option selected by the policy’s owner cannot be changed by the beneficiary after the insured person dies. The terms and conditions of each option are set out in a separate contract that we will send to the payee when a payment option goes into effect. The Company or your financial professional can provide you with samples of such contracts on request.

 

 

You can choose to have the proceeds from the policy’s life insurance benefit paid under one of our payment options, rather than as a single sum.

 

 

If you have not elected a payment option, we will pay any death benefit in a single sum. If the beneficiary is a natural person (i.e., not an entity such as a corporation) and so elects, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the “Access Account”, which is a draft account that works in certain respects like an interest-bearing checking account. In that case, we will send the beneficiary a draftbook, and the beneficiary will have immediate access to the proceeds by writing a draft for all or part of the amount of the death benefit proceeds. The Company will retain the funds until a draft is presented for payment. Interest on the Access Account is earned from the date we establish the account until the account is closed by your beneficiary or by us if the account balance falls below the minimum balance requirement, which is currently $1,000. The Access Account is part of the Company’s general account and is subject to the claims of our creditors. We will receive any investment earnings during the period such amounts remain in the general account. The Access Account is not a bank account or a checking account and it is not insured by the FDIC. Funds held by insurance companies in the general account are guaranteed by the respective state guaranty association.

 

A beneficiary residing outside of the U.S., however, cannot elect the Access Account. If the beneficiary is a trust that has two or fewer trustees, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the Access Account.

 

If a financial professional has assisted the beneficiary in preparing the documents that are required for payment of the death benefit and the beneficiary so elects, we will send the Access Account checkbook or check to the financial professional within the periods specified for death benefit payments under “When we pay policy proceeds,” in this prospectus. Our financial professionals will take reasonable steps to arrange for prompt delivery to the beneficiary.

 

Payment options for surrender and withdrawal proceeds.  You can also choose to receive all or part of any proceeds from a surrender or withdrawal from your policy under one of the above referenced payment options, rather than as a single sum.

 

Accessing your money

 

You can access the money in your policy in different ways. You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your

 

 

27


policy account value and any applicable surrender charges, less any outstanding loans (plus accrued loan interest) and less any amounts restricted following your receipt of a living benefits payment. We will charge interest on the amount of the loan. See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

You can also make a partial withdrawal of $500 or more of your net cash surrender value (defined in this prospectus under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value”) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the younger insured’s 100th birthday. Partial withdrawals are not permitted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. See “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Finally, you can surrender (turn in) your policy for its net cash surrender value at any time. See “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus. See “Tax information” in this prospectus, for the tax treatment of the various ways in which you can access your money.

 

Borrowing from your policy

 

You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy’s account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy. (In your policy, this “difference” is referred to as your Cash Surrender Value.) However, the amount you can borrow will be reduced by any amount that we hold on a “restricted” basis following your receipt of a terminal illness living benefits payment, as well as by any other loans (and accrued loan interest) you have outstanding. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” below.

 

 

You can use policy loans to obtain funds from your policy without surrender charges or, in most cases, paying current income taxes. However, the borrowed amount is no longer credited with the investment results of any of our investment options under the policy.

 

 

When you take a policy loan, we remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment. We hold this loan collateral under the same terms and conditions as apply to amounts supporting our guaranteed interest option, with several exceptions:

 

  you cannot make transfers or withdrawals of the collateral;

 

  we expect to credit different rates of interest to loan collateral than we credit under our guaranteed interest option; and

 

  the collateral is not available to pay policy charges.

 

When you request your loan, you should tell us how much of the loan collateral you wish to have taken from any amounts you have in each of our investment options. If you do not give us directions (or if we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in the same proportion as we are then taking monthly deductions for charges. If that is not possible, we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

Loan interest we charge.  The interest we charge on a policy loan accrues daily at an adjustable interest rate. We determine the rate at the beginning of each year of your policy and that rate applies to all policy loans that are outstanding at any time during the year. The maximum rate is the greater of (a) 4% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published in Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. (If that average is no longer published, we will use another average, as the policy provides.) We will notify you of the current loan interest rate when you apply for a loan and annually on the annual report, and will notify you in advance of any rate increase.

 

Loan interest payments are due on each policy anniversary. If not paid when due, we automatically add the interest as a new policy loan.

 

Interest that we credit on loan collateral.  Under our current rules, the annual interest rate we credit on your loan collateral during any of your policy’s first fifteen years will be 1% less than the rate we are then charging you for policy loan interest, and, beginning in the policy’s 16th year, equal to the loan interest rate. The elimination of the rate differential is not guaranteed, however. Accordingly, we have discretion to increase the rate differential for any period, including under policies that are already in force (and may have outstanding loans). We do guarantee that the annual rate of interest credited on your loan collateral will never be less than 3% and that the differential will not exceed 2% (except if tax law changes increase the taxes we pay on policy loans or loan interest).

 

We credit interest on your loan collateral daily. On each anniversary of your policy (or when your policy loans are fully repaid) we transfer that interest to your policy’s investment options in the same proportions as if it were a premium payment.

 

Effects of policy loans.  A loan can reduce the length of time that your insurance remains in force, because the amount we set aside as loan collateral cannot be used to pay charges as they become due. A loan can also cause any paid up death benefit guarantee to terminate or may cause any other guarantee against lapse to become unavailable. We will deduct any outstanding policy loan plus accrued loan interest from your policy’s proceeds if you do not pay it back. Even if a loan is not taxable when made, it may later become taxable, for example, upon termination or surrender. See “Tax information” below for a discussion of the tax consequences of policy loans.

 

Paying off your loan.  You can repay all or part of your loan at any time. We normally assume that payments you send us are premium payments. Therefore, you must submit instructions with your payment indicating that it is a loan repayment. If you send us more than all of the loan principal and interest you owe, we will treat the excess as a premium payment.

 

When you send us a loan repayment, we will transfer an amount equal to such repayment from your loan collateral back to the investment options under your policy. First we

 

 

28


will restore any amounts that, before being designated as loan collateral, had been in the guaranteed interest option under your policy. We will allocate any additional repayments among the investment options as you instruct; or, if you don’t instruct us, in the same proportion as if they were premium payments.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy

 

You may make a partial withdrawal of your net cash surrender value (defined below) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday. The request must be for at least $500, however, and we have discretion to decline any request. If you do not tell us from which investment options you wish us to take the withdrawal, we will use the same allocation that then applies for the monthly deductions we make for charges; and, if that is not possible, we will take the withdrawal from all of your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

 

 

You can withdraw all or part of your policy’s net cash surrender value, although you may incur tax consequences by doing so.

 

 

Effect of partial withdrawals on insurance coverage. If the Option A death benefit is in effect, a partial withdrawal results in a dollar-for-dollar automatic reduction in the policy’s face amount (and, hence, an equal reduction in the Option A death benefit). If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, a partial withdrawal will generally reduce the face amount by more than the amount of the withdrawal. Face amount reductions that occur automatically as a result of withdrawals, however, do not result in our deducting any portion of any then remaining surrender charge. We will not permit a partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below our minimum that was required for new policy issuances at the time, or that would cause the policy to no longer be treated as life insurance for federal income tax purposes.

 

If death benefit Option B is in effect, a partial withdrawal reduces the death benefit on a dollar for dollar basis, but does not affect the face amount.

 

The result is different, however, during any time when the alternative death benefit (discussed in this prospectus) would be higher than the Option A or B death benefit you have selected. In that case, a partial withdrawal will cause the death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal, even if the paid up death benefit guarantee is not then in effect. A partial withdrawal reduces the amount of your premium payments that counts toward maintaining our other guarantees against termination, as well. A partial withdrawal may increase the chance that your policy could lapse because of insufficient value to pay policy charges as they fall due or because it could result in a no-lapse guarantee not being in effect.

 

You should refer to “Tax information” below, for information about possible tax consequences of partial withdrawals and any associated reduction in policy benefits.

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

 

Upon written request satisfactory to us, you can surrender (give us back) your policy for its “net cash surrender value” at any time. The net cash surrender value equals your account value, minus any outstanding loans and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed “living benefits,” and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. The surrender charge is described in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.

 

Please refer to “Tax information” below for the possible tax consequences of surrendering your policy.

 

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you declined the Living Benefits Rider at issue and later elected it, you were subject to a $100 administrative charge. In addition, we would have evaluated the insurance risk at that time and we may have declined to issue the rider.

 

If you receive a living benefit, the remaining benefits under your policy will be affected. We will deduct the amount of any living benefit we have paid, plus interest (as specified in the rider), from the death benefit proceeds that become payable under the policy if and when the insured person dies. (In your policy we refer to this as a “lien” we establish against your policy.)

 

When we pay a living benefit, we automatically transfer a pro rata portion of your policy’s net cash surrender value to the policy’s guaranteed interest option. This amount, together with the interest we charge thereon, will be “restricted”— that is, it will not be available for any loans, transfers or partial withdrawals that you may wish to make. In addition, it may not be used to satisfy the charges we deduct from your policy’s value. We also will deduct these restricted amounts from any subsequent surrender proceeds that we pay.

 

The receipt of a living benefits payment may qualify for exclusion from income tax. See “Tax information” below. Receipt of a living benefits payment may affect your eligibility for certain government benefits or entitlements.

 

 

29


 

You can arrange to receive a “living benefit” if the insured person becomes terminally ill.

 

 

Example: Policy owner is age 55 and has been diagnosed with cancer. He is not expected to live longer than 12 months and submits a claim for living benefits under a policy with a $200,000 face amount. The cash surrender value of the policy is currently $50,000. He has a policy loan (including accrued interest) of $25,000 outstanding on the policy, so his net death benefit is $175,000 ($200,000 - $25,000) and his net cash surrender value is $25,000 ($50,000 - $25,000).

 

The maximum living benefits payment available is the lesser of $500,000 and 75% of his $175,000 net death benefit ($131,250). Policy owner requests half of this amount, or $65,625, on his claim and receives a lump sum payment of $65,375 (after a claim processing fee of $250 is assessed). Policy owner dies 10 months after filing his claim for living benefits. His wife as the beneficiary on his policy receives $128,372. This death claim payment and other policy values are calculated as follows:

 

Before Payment of Living Benefits:  
Policy Loan Outstanding    $ 25,000  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Living Benefits Payment Requested    $ 65,625  
Net Amount Minus $250 Processing Fee    $ 65,375  

 

Immediately After Payment of Living Benefits  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Lien Outstanding    $ 65,625  
Death Benefit Net of the Policy Loan and Lien    $ 109,375  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Initial Lien against Cash Value [65,625 x (25,000/175,000)]1    $ 9,375  
Cash Surrender Value Net of Policy Loan and Lien    $ 15,625  
1

The lien resulting from the Living Benefit payment is equal to the amount of Living Benefit plus accrued interest plus additional amounts, if any, that are advanced to keep the policy in force. The amount of cash value net of existing policy loans, in excess of a specified percentage (which will not be greater than 100%) of the lien, is available for additional policy loans or partial withdrawals. The specified percentage is equal to the net cash value divided by the net death benefit. The net cash value is the cash value minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The net death benefit is the death benefit minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Ten Months Later:  
Lien    $ 65,625  
Interest on Lien2    $ 2,852  
Lien Plus Interest    $ 68,477  
Policy Loan    $ 25,000  
Interest on Policy Loan2    $ 1,037  
Ten Months Later:  
Policy Loan Plus Interest    $ 26,037  
Death Benefit Net of Policy Loan and Lien [200,000 – $68,477 – $26,037]    $ 105,486  
2.

Assumes a hypothetical 8% annual rate for the outstanding policy loan and the Lien. For policies with cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the higher of (a) the maximum adjustable policy loan interest rate based on the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment or (b) the policy guaranteed cash value interest rate plus 1% per year.* The interest rate accrued on the portion of the Lien that is allocated to the policy cash value will not be more than the policy loan interest rate.

*

For policies without cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment.

 

The “Published Monthly Average” means the Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto. If such averages are no longer published, we will use such other averages as may be established by regulation by the insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in which this policy is delivered.

 

 

30


7. Tax information

 

 

This discussion is based on current federal income tax law and interpretations. It assumes that the policy owner is a natural person who is a U.S. citizen and resident and has an insurable interest in the insured. The tax effects on corporate taxpayers, non-U.S. residents or non-U.S. citizens may be different. This discussion is general in nature, and should not be considered tax advice, for which you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

 

An Incentive Life® ‘02 policy will be treated as “life insurance” for federal income tax purposes (a) if it meets the definition of life insurance under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and (b) as long as the investments made by the underlying Portfolios satisfy certain investment diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code. The following discussion assumes that the policies meet these requirements and, therefore, that generally:

 

  the death benefit received by the beneficiary under your policy will not be subject to federal income tax; and

 

  increases in your policy’s account value as a result of interest or investment experience will not be subject to federal income tax, unless and until there is a distribution from your policy, such as a surrender, a partial withdrawal, loan or a payment to you.

 

The IRS, however, could disagree with our position such that certain tax consequences could be other than as described. If it is subsequently determined that a policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict policy transactions in order to do so. There may also be different tax consequences if you assign your policy, transfer an interest therein or designate a new owner. See “Assigning your policy” in this prospectus. See also special rules below for “Business and employer owned policies,” and for the discussion of insurable interest under “Other information.”

 

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

 

The federal income tax consequences of a distribution from your policy depend on whether your policy is a “modified endowment contract” (sometimes also referred to as a “MEC”). In all cases, however, the character of any income described below as being taxable to the recipient will be ordinary income (as opposed to capital gain).

 

Testing for modified endowment contract status.  Your policy will be a “modified endowment contract” if, at any time during the first seven years of your policy, you have paid a

cumulative amount of premiums that exceeds the cumulative seven-pay limit. The cumulative seven-pay limit is the amount of premiums that you would have paid by that time under a similar fixed-benefit insurance policy that was designed (based on certain assumptions mandated under the Code) to provide for paid up future benefits after the payment of seven equal annual premiums. (“Paid up” means that no future premiums would be required.) This is called the “seven-pay” test.

 

Whenever there is a “material change” under a policy, the policy will generally be (a) treated as a new contract for purposes of determining whether the policy is a modified endowment contract and (b) subjected to a new seven-pay period and a new seven-pay limit. The new seven-pay limit would be determined taking into account, under a prescribed formula, the account value of the policy at the time of such change. A materially changed policy would be considered a modified endowment contract if it failed to satisfy the new seven-pay limit at any time during the new seven-pay period. A material change for these purposes could occur as a result of a change in death benefit option, or selection of additional rider benefits or certain other changes.

 

If your policy’s benefits are reduced during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change), the seven-pay limit will be redetermined based on the reduced level of benefits and applied retroactively for purposes of the seven-pay test. (Such a reduction in benefits could include, for example, a requested decrease in face amount, the termination of additional benefits under a rider or, in some cases, a partial withdrawal.) If the premiums previously paid during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change) are greater than the recalculated (lower) seven-pay limit, the policy will become a modified endowment contract.

 

A life insurance policy that you receive in exchange for a modified endowment contract will also be considered a modified endowment contract.

 

In addition to the above premium limits for testing for modified endowment status, federal income tax rules must be complied with in order for it to qualify as life insurance. Changes made to your policy, for example, a decrease in face amount (including any decrease that may occur as a result of a partial withdrawal), a change in death benefit option, or other decrease in benefits may impact the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid, as well as the maximum amount of account value that may be maintained under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take current or future action in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of

 

 

31


amounts to you that may be includible as income. See “Changes we can make” in this prospectus.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is not a modified endowment contract.  As long as your policy remains in force as a non-modified endowment contract, policy loans will generally be treated as indebtedness, and no part of the loan proceeds will be subject to current federal income tax. Interest on the loan will generally not be tax deductible, although interest credited on loan collateral may become taxable under the rules below if distributed. However, there is some uncertainty as to the federal tax treatment of policy loans with a small or no spread between the interest rate charged and the interest rate credited on the amount loaned. You should consult a qualified tax adviser as to the federal tax treatment of such loans. Also, see below for taxation of loans upon surrender or termination of your policy.

 

If you make a partial withdrawal after the first 15 years of your policy, the proceeds will not be subject to federal income tax except to the extent such proceeds exceed your “basis” in your policy. (Your basis generally will equal the premiums you have paid, less the amount of any previous distributions from your policy that were not taxable.) During the first 15 years, however, the proceeds from a partial withdrawal could be subject to federal income tax, under a complex formula, to the extent that your account value exceeds your basis.

 

Upon full surrender, any amount by which the proceeds we pay (including amounts we use to discharge any policy loan and unpaid loan interest) exceed your basis in the policy will be subject to federal income tax. In addition, if a policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then-outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution and could be subject to tax under the foregoing rules. Finally, if you make an assignment of rights or benefits under your policy, you may be deemed to have received a distribution from your policy, all or part of which may be taxable.

 

Policy loans.  Policy loans can cause taxable income upon the termination of a policy with no cash payout. In the case of a surrender, the loan amount is taken into account in determining any taxable amount and such income can also exceed the payment received. These events can occur from potential situations which include: (1) amount of outstanding policy debt (loans taken plus unpaid interest amounts added to the outstanding loan) at or near the maximum loan value; (2) unfavorable investment results affecting your policy account value; (3) increasing monthly policy charges due to increasing attained ages of the insured; (4) high or increasing amount of insurance risk, depending on death benefit option and changing account value; and (5) increasing policy loan rates if an adjustable policy loan rate is in effect.

 

Ideally a policy loan will be paid from income tax free death benefit proceeds if your policy is kept in force until the death of the insured. To avoid policy terminations that may give rise to significant income tax liability, you may need to make substantial premium payments or loan repayments to keep your policy in force.

You can reduce the likelihood that these situations will occur by considering these risks before taking a policy loan. If you take a policy loan, you should monitor the status of your policy with your financial representative and your tax advisor at least annually, and take appropriate preventative action. As indicated above, in the case of a policy that is a modified endowment contract (“MEC”), any loan will be treated as a distribution when made, and thus may be taxable at such time.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is a modified endowment contract.  Any distribution from your policy will be taxed on an “income-first” basis if your policy is a modified endowment contract. Distributions for this purpose include a loan (including any increase in the loan amount to pay interest on an existing loan or an assignment or a pledge to secure a loan) or withdrawal. Any such distributions will be considered taxable income to you to the extent your account value exceeds your basis in the policy. (For modified endowment contracts, your basis is similar to the basis described above for other policies, except that it also would be increased by the amount of any prior loan under your policy that was considered taxable income to you.)

 

For purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distribution, all modified endowment contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) to the same owner (excluding certain qualified plans) during any calendar year are treated as if they were a single contract.

 

A 10% penalty tax also will apply to the taxable portion of most distributions from a policy that is a modified endowment contract. The penalty tax will not, however, apply to (i) taxpayers whose actual age is at least 5912, (ii) distributions in the case of a disability (as defined in the Code) or (iii) distributions received as part of a series of substantially equal periodic annuity payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary. The exceptions generally do not apply to life insurance policies owned by corporations or other entities.

 

If your policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution  (to the extent the loan was not previously treated as such) and could be subject to tax, including the 10% penalty tax, as described above. In addition, upon a full surrender, any excess of the proceeds we pay (including any amounts we use to discharge any loan) over your basis in the policy, will be subject to federal income tax and, unless an exception applies, the 10% penalty tax.

 

Distributions that occur during a year of your policy in which it becomes a modified endowment contract, and during any subsequent years, will be taxed as described in the four preceding paragraphs. In addition, distributions from a policy within two years before it becomes a modified endowment contract also will be subject to tax in this manner. This means that a distribution made from a policy that is not a modified endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract. So, for example, if a policy has been collaterally

 

 

32


assigned as security for a loan and the policy subsequently becomes a MEC there could be a taxable deemed distribution even though the policy owner has not received any payment from us.

 

Policy changes.  Changes made to a life insurance policy, for example, a decrease in benefits, a death benefit option change, or the termination or restoration of a terminated policy, may have other effects on your policy, including impacting the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take action in order to assure your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts that may be includable as income. This action may be required under the tax law even though the policy may not be sufficiently funded to keep it in force for a desired duration. In some cases, premium payments for a policy year could be limited to the amount needed to keep the policy in force until the end of the policy year. You should carefully go over the implications of any policy changes with your advisor before making a change.

 

Restoration of a terminated policy.  For tax purposes, some restorations of a policy that terminated after a grace period may be treated as the purchase of a new policy. Since tax laws and regulations and their application may have changed by such time, there can be no assurance that we can reinstate the policy to qualify as life insurance under future tax rules.

 

Tax treatment of living benefits proceeds

 

Amounts received under an insurance policy on the life of an individual who is terminally ill, as defined by the tax law, are generally excludable from the payee’s gross income as an accelerated death benefit. We believe that the benefits provided under our Living Benefits Rider meet the tax law’s definition of terminally ill and can qualify for this income tax exclusion. This exclusion does not apply to amounts paid to someone other than the insured person, however, if the payee has an insurable interest in the insured person’s life only because the insured person is a director, officer or employee of the payee or by reason of the insured person being financially interested in any trade or business carried on by the payee.

 

Business and employer owned policies

 

Any employer owned life insurance arrangement on an employee or director as well as any corporate, trade, or business use of a policy should be carefully reviewed by your tax advisor with attention to the rules discussed below. Also, careful consideration should be given to any other rules that may apply, including other possible pending or recently enacted legislative proposals.

 

Requirements for income tax free death benefits.  Federal tax law imposes additional requirements for employer owned life insurance policies. The provisions can have broad application for contract owners engaged in a trade or business, or certain related persons. These requirements include detailed notice and consent rules, annual tax reporting and

recordkeeping requirements on the employer and limitations on those employees (including directors) who can be insured under the life insurance policy. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements will result in death benefits in excess of premiums paid by the owner being includible in the owner’s income upon the death of the insured employee. Notice and consent requirements must be satisfied before the issuance of the life insurance policy or a material change to an existing life insurance policy otherwise, benefits may lose their tax favored treatment.

 

The rules generally apply to life insurance policies issued after August 17, 2006. Note, however, that material increases in the death benefit or other material changes will generally cause an existing policy to be treated as a new policy and thus subject to the new requirements. The term “material” has not yet been fully defined but is expected to not include automatic increases in death benefits in order to maintain compliance with the life insurance policy tax qualification rules under the Code. An exception for certain tax-free exchanges of life insurance policies pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code may be available but is not clearly defined.

 

Limitations on interest deductibility for business owned life insurance.  Ownership of a policy by a trade or business can limit the amount of any interest on business borrowings that the entity otherwise could deduct for federal income tax purposes, even though such business borrowings may be unrelated to the policy. To avoid the limit, the insured person must be an officer, director, employee or 20% owner of the trade or business entity when coverage on that person commences.

 

The limit does not generally apply for policies owned by natural persons (even if those persons are conducting a trade or business as sole proprietorships), unless a trade or business entity that is not a sole proprietorship is a direct or indirect beneficiary under the policy. Entities commonly have such a beneficial interest, for example, in so-called “split-dollar” arrangements. If the trade or business entity has such an interest in a policy, it will be treated the same as if it owned the policy for purposes of the limit on deducting interest on unrelated business income.

 

The limit generally applies only to policies issued after June 8, 1997 in taxable years ending after such date. However, for this purpose, any material change in a policy will be treated as the issuance of a new policy.

 

In cases where the above-discussed limit on deductibility applies, the non-deductible portion of unrelated interest on business loans is determined by multiplying the total amount of such interest by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the policy’s average account value (excluding amounts we are holding to secure any policy loans) for the year in question, and the denominator is the average for the year of the aggregate tax bases of all the entity’s other assets. The above limitation is in addition to rules limiting interest deductions on policy loans against business-owned life insurance. Special rules apply to insurance company owners of policies which may be more restrictive.

 

 

33


Uses of policy which may be scrutinized.  The IRS may view certain uses of life insurance policies as a tax shelter or as an abusive transaction. Please consult your tax advisor for the most up-to-date information as to IRS “Recognized Abusive and Listed Transactions” and how they may affect your policy.

 

Requirement that we diversify investments

 

Under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department has issued regulations that implement investment diversification requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations would disqualify your policy as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Code. If this were to occur, you would be subject to federal income tax on any income and gains under the policy and the death benefit proceeds would lose their income tax-free status. These consequences would continue for the period of the disqualification and for subsequent periods. Through the Portfolios, we intend to comply with the applicable diversification requirements, though no assurances can be given in this regard.

 

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

 

If the policy’s owner is the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includable in the owner’s estate for purposes of federal estate tax. If the owner is not the insured person, and the owner dies before the insured person, the value of the policy would be includable in the owner’s estate. If the owner is neither the insured person nor the beneficiary, the owner will be considered to have made a gift to the beneficiary of the death benefit proceeds when they become payable.

 

In general, a person will not owe estate or gift taxes until gifts made by such person, plus that person’s taxable estate, total at least $10 million (this statutory amount is to be indexed for inflation after 2010). A portability rule generally permits a surviving spouse to elect to carry over the unused portion of the deceased spouse’s exclusion amount.

 

Certain amounts may be deductible or excludable, such as gifts and bequests to a person’s spouse or charitable institutions, as well as for certain gifts per recipient per year ($18,000 for 2024, indexed for inflation).

 

As a general rule, if you make a “transfer” to a person two or more generations younger than you, a generation-skipping tax may be payable. Generation-skipping transactions would include, for example, a case where a grandparent “skips” his or her children and names his or her grandchildren as a policy’s beneficiaries. In that case, the generation-skipping “transfer” would be deemed to occur when the insurance proceeds are paid. The generation-skipping tax rates are similar to the maximum estate tax rates in effect at the time. Individuals are generally allowed an aggregate generation-skipping tax exemption of the same amount discussed above for estate and gift taxes, but without portability.

 

The particular situation of each policy owner, insured person or beneficiary will determine how ownership or receipt of policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal

estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes, as well as state and local estate, inheritance and other taxes. Because these rules are complex, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser for specific information, especially where benefits are passing to younger generations.

 

If this policy is used with estate and gift tax planning in mind, you should consult with your tax advisor as to the most up-to-date information as to federal estate, gift and generation skipping tax rules.

 

Pension and profit-sharing plans

 

There are special limits on the amount of insurance that may be purchased by a trust or other entity that forms part of a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403 of the Code. In addition, the federal income tax consequences will be different from those described in this prospectus. These rules are complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

 

Complex rules may also apply when a policy is held by an employer or a trust, or acquired by an employee, in connection with the provision of other employee benefits. Employees may have imputed income for the value of any economic benefit provided by the employer. There may be other tax implications, as well. It is possible that certain split-dollar arrangements may be considered to be a form of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, which broadens the definition of deferred compensation plans, and subjects such plans to new requirements. Further, certain split-dollar arrangements may come within the rules for business- and employer-owned policies. Among other issues, policy owners must consider whether the policy was applied for by or issued to a person having an insurable interest under applicable state law and with the insured person’s consent. The lack of an insurable interest or consent may, among other things, affect the qualification of the policy as life insurance for federal income tax purposes and the right of the beneficiary to receive a death benefit.

 

If this policy is being or was purchased pursuant to a split-dollar arrangement, you should also consult your tax advisor for advice concerning the effect of the following guidance. In 2002 the IRS issued Notice 2002-8 concerning the taxation of split-dollar life insurance arrangements as well as regulations in both 2002 and 2003. They provide for taxation under one of two mutually exclusive regimes depending upon the structure of the arrangement. These are a loan regime and an economic benefit regime. Transition and grandfathering rules, among other items, should be carefully reviewed when considering such arrangements. A material modification to an existing arrangement may result in a change in tax treatment. In addition, public corporations (generally publicly-traded or publicly-reporting companies) and their subsidiaries should consider the possible implications on split-dollar arrangements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which generally prohibit certain direct or indirect loans to executive officers or

 

 

34


directors. At least some split-dollar arrangements could be deemed to involve loans within the purview of that section.

 

ERISA

 

Employers and employer-created trusts may be subject to reporting, disclosure and fiduciary obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. There may also be other implications. You should consult a qualified legal advisor.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

 

The 3.8% tax on certain unearned income of taxpayers whose adjusted incomes exceed certain thresholds applies to all or part of a taxpayer’s NII. As currently interpreted under IRS guidelines, NII includes the taxable portion of an annuitized payment from a life insurance contract. It has not been defined to include taxable amounts from partial withdrawals, surrenders or lapses of life insurance policies subject to loans. You should consult your tax advisor as to the applicability of this tax to you.

 

Our taxes

 

The operations of our separate accounts are reported in our federal income tax return. Separate account investment income and capital gains, however, are, for tax purposes, reflected in our variable life insurance policy reserves. Currently we pay no taxes on such income and gains and impose no charge for such taxes. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for taxes incurred by us that are allocable to the policies.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate accounts. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA.  In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to life insurance policies, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to life insurance policy ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to

certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, we may be required to report policy values and other information for certain policyholders. For this reason, we and our affiliates intend to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding.  Generally, unless you provide us with a satisfactory written election to the contrary prior to the distribution, we are required to withhold income tax from any proceeds we distribute as part of a taxable transaction under your policy. If you do not wish us to withhold tax from the payment, or if we do not withhold enough, you may have to pay later, and you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules. In some cases, where generation skipping taxes may apply, we may also be required to withhold for such taxes unless we are provided satisfactory notification that no such taxes are due. States may also require us to withhold tax on distributions to you and may not always follow federal rules.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction. For Puerto Rico and other jurisdictions, income is considered U.S.-source income. We anticipate requiring owners or beneficiaries in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

 

The U.S. Congress frequently considers legislation that, if enacted, could change the tax treatment of life insurance policies or increase the taxes we pay in connection with such policies. This could include special rules for tax-exempt entities as well as for corporate or business use of policies. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a life insurance policy. Legislative proposals could make sweeping changes to many long-standing tax rules, including certain tax benefits currently available to newly purchased cash value life insurance policies. Proposals have been considered to eliminate some or all taxable expenditures or tax preferences together with some lowering of tax rates. We cannot predict what, if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted or what type of grandfathering will be allowed for existing life insurance policies. In

 

 

35


addition, the Treasury Department may amend existing regulations, issue regulations on the qualification of life insurance and modified endowment contracts, or adopt new or clarifying interpretations of existing law. Some areas of possible future guidance include new rules for testing for policies issued on a special risk class basis. As a result, there are areas of some uncertainty even under current laws, such that future tax consequences of a policy could be other than as described herein.

 

State and local tax law or, if you are not a U.S. citizen and resident, foreign tax law, may also affect the tax consequences to you, the insured person or your beneficiary, and are subject to change or change in interpretation. Any changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations could have a retroactive effect both on our taxes and on the way your policy is taxed or the tax benefit of life insurance policies.

 

2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes

 

In addition to the other tax effects that an increase or decrease in benefits under your policy may have as discussed in this tax information section, several IRS Notices collectively provide special guidance concerning the mortality charge assumptions permitted for federal income tax testing purposes for certain changes made in 2009 or later to policies issued prior to 2009 based on 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“1980 CSO”) mortality tables.

 

The Notices provide “safe harbor” guidance which would not require certain 2009 or later changes to cause tax testing to become subject to any prevailing mortality tables subsequent to the 1980 CSO mortality tables. This safe harbor guidance covers certain changes that are pursuant to the terms of the policy, including the addition or removal of a rider and an increase or decrease in the death benefit. If we determine that a transaction would cause your policy to lose its ability to be tax tested under the 1980 CSO mortality tables under which your policy operates, we intend to refuse such 2009 or later transactions which might otherwise have been available under your policy, subject to our rules then in effect. We would take such action to help assure that your policy can continue to qualify as life insurance for federal tax testing under the 1980 CSO mortality tables. Accordingly, requests for substitution of the insured will not be permitted in the absence of further guidance. There can be no assurance as to whether such guidance will be provided or what any such guidance may provide.

 

Other information

 

There are a number of tax benefits associated with variable life insurance policies. For tax benefits to be available, the policy owner must have an insurable interest in the life of the insured under applicable state laws. Requirements may vary by state. A failure can, among other consequences, cause the policy owner to lose anticipated favorable federal tax treatment generally afforded life insurance.

 

For tax benefits to continue, the policy must continue to qualify as life insurance. We reserve the right to restrict

transactions that we determine would cause your policy to fail to qualify as life insurance under federal tax law. In addition to other requirements, federal tax law requires that the insurer, and not the policy owner, have control of the underlying investment assets for the policy to qualify as life insurance.

 

You may make transfers among Portfolios of the Separate Account, but you may not direct the investments each Portfolio makes. If the IRS were to conclude that you, as the investor, have control over these investments, then the policy would no longer qualify as life insurance. You would be treated as the owner of separate account assets and be currently taxed on any income or gain the assets generate.

 

The IRS has provided some guidance on investor control, but many issues remain unclear. One such issue is whether a policy owner can have too much investor control if the variable life policy offers a large number of investment options in which to invest account values and/or the ability to make frequent transfers available under the policy. We do not know if the IRS will provide any further guidance on the issue. If guidance is provided, we do not know if it would apply retroactively to policies already in force.

 

We believe that our variable life policies do not give policy owners investment control over the investments underlying the various investment options; however, the IRS could disagree with our position. The IRS could seek to treat policy owners with a large number of investment options and/or the ability to freely transfer among investment options as the owners of the underlying Portfolio’s shares. Accordingly, we reserve the right to modify your policy as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner of your policy’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

 

 

36


8. More information about policy features and benefits

 

 

 

In addition to the standard death benefit(s) associated with your Policy, other standard and/or optional benefits may also be available to you. The following table summarizes information about those benefits. Information about the fees associated with each benefit included in the table may be found in the “Fee Table.”

 

Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Accounting Benefit Endorsement (no longer applicable; for informational purposes only)

   This endorsement refunds or waives all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period.    Optional   

•   Currently, the Account Benefit Endorsement will be offered where the following conditions are met:

•   The policies are Corporately Owned including endorsement split dollar, or split dollar cases that are collaterally assigned to the company;

•   The Minimum Initial Premium (MIP) under each policy is remitted by the employer;

•   The persons proposed to be insured are deemed highly compensated by us; and

•   The aggregate first-year annualized planned periodic premium (PPP) is at least $150,000 if 3 or more policies are issued, each on the life of a different insured or at least $500,000 if less than 3 policies are issued.

•   All eligible policies will include the endorsement unless we receive disclosure from the client that they are declining the rider.

•   No face amount increases are allowed for policies with this endorsement.

Children’s Term Insurance Rider

  

Provides term insurance

on the lives of the

insured’s children,

stepchildren and legally

adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years.

   Optional   

•   The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55.

•   The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider

   Waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

•   Insured must be disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

 

37


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Disability Premium Waiver

  

Pays the specified premium or waives the

monthly charges for the

base policy and any additional benefit riders,

which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value,

subject to certain conditions.

   Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The insured must be totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Extended No Lapse Guarantee

   Provides an extended guarantee against policy termination for a specified period of time.    Standard   

•   The minimum benefit period is 20 years and the maximum period is to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 100th birthday.

•   Maintaining the extended no-lapse guarantee against policy termination will require you to pay more premiums than maintaining only the five-year guarantee.

Living Benefits Rider

   Enables you to receive a portion of the policy’s death benefit (with certain exclusions), if the insured person has a terminal illness.    Optional   

•   Subject to underwriting guidelines and state availability, automatically included at issue unless declined. If elected after issue, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction and was subject to underwriting (no longer permitted).

•   The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000.

No-Lapse Guarantee

   Generally guarantees that your policy will not terminate for a number of years.    Standard   

•   Subject to the payment of certain specified amounts of premiums.

•   Guarantee will terminate if the amount of your outstanding policy loans and accrued loan interest is greater than your policy account value.

•   Subject to certain conditions, provides a guarantee against policy lapse for 5 years.

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider

  

Allows you to purchase a

new Policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

   Optional   

•   The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000.

•   Issue ages are 0-37.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

 

38


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee

   Provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.    Optional   

•   Subject to certain requirements, you may elect to take advantage of this benefit at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is less than 100.

•   If you elect this benefit, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion.

•   Death benefit option must be Option A

•   Not available if you received benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time.

•   This benefit will terminate if:

•   The sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest exceeds your policy account value;

•   We make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider; or

•   You request that we terminate the election.

Substitution of Insured Person Rider (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

   Permits you to request after, the policy’s second year, that a new insured person replace the existing one.    Standard   

•   Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000, unless it is issued as a result of an Option to Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy.

•   Upon making this change, any no-lapse guarantee will terminate.

Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider

   Waives any surrender charges otherwise applicable upon surrender of the policy or reduction in the face amount any time during which there is no federal estate tax in effect.    Standard   

•   This rider will start in year 2011.

•   This benefit is not available for policies issued on or after February 1, 2006.

 

39


Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

 

The basic Option A and Option B death benefits are described under “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus.

 

We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. This alternative death benefit is computed by multiplying your policy’s account value on the insured person’s date of death by a percentage specified in your policy. The percentage depends on the insured person’s age. Representative percentages are as follows:

 

 

If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected.

 

 

Age:*    40 and under    45    50    55    60    65

   %:

   250%          215%    185%      150%    130%    120%
Age:        70    75-95    99 and Over                  
   %:    115%          105%    101%                    
*

For the then-current policy year.

 

This higher alternative death benefit exposes us to greater insurance risk than the regular Option A and B death benefits. Because the cost of insurance charges we make under your policy are based in part on the amount of our risk, you will pay more cost of insurance charges for any periods during which the higher alternative death benefit is the operative one.

 

The alternative higher death benefit is a component of the Option A and Option B death benefits that will be paid (if higher) in order for the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy to satisfy the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In general, for a policy to be treated as a life insurance contract under the Code, it must pass one of two tests, the cash value accumulation test or the guideline premium/cash value corridor test. Only the guideline premium/cash value corridor test applies to the Incentive Life® ‘02 policy. Under the guideline premium requirement, the sum of the premiums paid under the policy may not at any time exceed the greater of the guideline single premium or the sum of the guideline level premiums, for the benefits promised under the policy. Under the cash value corridor requirement, the death benefit at any time must be equal to or greater than the applicable percentage of policy account value specified in Section 7702(c) of the Code. We apply these principles to both Option A and Option B death benefits.

 

The operative period for the higher alternative death benefit is determined in connection with the requirements of the Code. The calculation of the death benefit is built into the monthly calculation of the cost of insurance charge, which is based on the net amount at risk. The need for the higher alternative death benefit is assessed on each monthly anniversary date, and on the death of the insured. Each policy owner receives an annual statement showing various policy values. The annual statement shows the death benefit amount as of the policy anniversary, and that amount would

reflect the alternative higher death benefit amount, if applicable at that time. This annual statement also reflects the monthly cost of insurance charge for the policy year, reflecting a higher net amount at risk in those months when the higher alternative death benefit is in effect.

 

Other adjustments to death benefit.  We will increase the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any other benefits we owe upon the insured person’s death under any optional riders which are in effect.

 

We will reduce the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any outstanding policy loans and unpaid loan interest, as well as any amount of monthly charges under the policy that remain unpaid because the insured person died during a grace period. We also reduce the death benefit if we have already paid part of it under a Living Benefits Rider. We reduce it by the amount of the living benefits payment plus interest. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus.

 

Guarantee premium test for no-lapse guarantees

 

We offer two guarantees against policy lapse that depend on your having paid specified amounts of premiums. We refer to these two guarantees as our “no-lapse guarantee” and our “extended no-lapse guarantee,” and you can read more about them in “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

 

Guarantee premium test.  If your policy’s net account value is not sufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, we check to see if the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date at least equals the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for either the no-lapse guarantee or extended no-lapse guarantee that are then available under your policy. If it does, your policy will not lapse, provided that you have no policy loans outstanding and provided that the period of the corresponding guarantee has not expired.

 

When we calculate the cumulative amount of guarantee premiums for the no-lapse or extended no-lapse guarantees, we compound each amount at a 4% annual interest rate from the due date through the date of the calculation. (This interest rate is only for purposes of determining whether you have satisfied the guarantee test for an available duration. It does not bear any relation to the returns you will actually earn or any loan interest you will actually pay.) We use the same calculation for determining the cumulative amount of premiums paid, beginning with the date each premium is received. The amount of premiums you must pay to maintain a guarantee against termination will be increased by the cumulative amount of any partial withdrawals you have taken from your policy (calculated by the same method, beginning with the date of withdrawal).

 

Guarantee premiums.  The amount of the guarantee premiums for each of the no-lapse or extended no-lapse guarantees is set forth in your policy on a monthly basis if that guarantee is available to you. The guarantee premiums are actuarially determined at policy issuance and depend on the

 

 

40


age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person, as well as the amount of the coverage and additional features you select. The guarantee premiums may change if, for example, the face amount of the policy changes, or a rider is added or eliminated, or if there is a change in the insured person’s risk characteristics. We will send you a new policy page showing any change in your guarantee premiums. Any change will be prospective only, and no change will extend a guarantee period beyond its original number of years.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit

 

Effective as of your policy monthly anniversary in May 2012, we provide a monthly Customer Loyalty Credit at an annual rate of 0.10% on a current (non-guaranteed) basis. The credit will be calculated at the beginning of each policy month as a percentage of the amount of the policy account that is then allocated to the variable investment options (not including any value we are holding as collateral for any policy loans).

 

Paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Subject to our approval, you may elect the paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year. This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments. Also, this benefit may be attractive to you if you are concerned about the impact of poor future investment performance or increases in policy charges on your policy’s death benefit and potential policy lapse. You may elect this benefit provided:

 

  you have death benefit “Option A” in effect (see “About your life insurance benefit” in “Principal risks of investing in the policy,” in this prospectus);

 

  you terminate any additional benefit riders to your policy;

 

  the election must not cause the policy to lose its qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code or require a distribution from the policy to avoid such disqualification; and

 

  the election must not reduce the face amount (see below) to less than the minimum face amount for which we would have issued a policy.

 

The paid up death benefit guarantee applies only to your base policy’s face amount, and not to other coverage under any riders that (as noted above) must be terminated when the guarantee is elected. As explained below, electing the paid up death benefit guarantee may reduce your policy’s face amount, which in turn may result in the deduction of a surrender charge. You can request a personalized illustration that will show you how your policy face amount could be reduced and values could be affected by electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

Possible reduction of face amount. The face amount of your policy after this guarantee is elected is the lesser of (a) the

face amount immediately before the election or (b) the policy account value divided by a factor based on the then age of the insured person. The factors are set forth in your policy. As a general matter, the factors change as the insured person ages so that, if your account value stayed the same, the result of the calculation under clause (b) above would be lower the longer your policy is in force.

 

If electing the paid up death benefit guarantee causes a reduction in face amount, we will deduct the same portion of any remaining surrender charge as we would have deducted if you had requested that decrease directly (rather than electing the paid up death benefit guarantee). (See “Risk/benefit summary: Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.)

 

Other effects of this guarantee. You generally may continue to pay premiums after you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee (subject to the same limits as before), but premium payments are not required. If the election causes your face amount to decrease, however, the amount of additional premiums you are permitted to pay, if any, may be reduced. You may continue to make transfers, but you may not change the death benefit option or add riders that have their own charges while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect.

 

Partial withdrawals while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect will generally be subject to the same terms and conditions as any other partial withdrawal (see “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus), except that:

 

  We may decline your request for a partial withdrawal (or any other policy change) under the circumstances described in the paid up death benefit guarantee policy endorsement. If this occurs, you may wish to consider asking us to terminate the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

  Partial withdrawals (and any distributions we may be required to make for tax purposes) will generally reduce your policy’s face amount by more than the amount of the withdrawal.

 

The election of the paid up death benefit guarantee may cause your policy to become a modified endowment contract under certain circumstances. See “Tax treatment of distributions to you” under “Tax information,” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor before making this election.

 

Other benefits

 

You may be eligible for other optional benefits made available by rider.

 

 

Disability Deduction Waiver — This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the

 

 

41


   

monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or the termination of disability. Issue ages are 0 – 59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for all the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue, at age 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. Monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver — This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges from the policy account value, if that amount is greater and if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or the termination of disability. Issue ages are 0 – 59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for all the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue at 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. The specified premium is paid or monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived, whichever is greater, until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance — This rider allows the policy owner to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability. The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000. Issue ages are 0 – 37.

 

Example: A policy owner age 34 who elected this rider at issue purchases another policy with a face amount of $25,000 (which is the minimum for additional insurance). Charges for the rider will apply until the insured reaches age 40.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance — This rider provides term insurance on the life of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years. The insured under the base policy must be between the issue ages of 17 and 55. The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

 

Example: Policy owner age 50 elects this rider for $10,000 of coverage on a child age 10. A fee of $5.00 per month ($0.50 x 10,000) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. If child dies at age 17, $10,000 will be paid to the beneficiary.

We add the following benefits automatically at no charge to each eligible policy:

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider — Based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. See “You can change your policy’s insured person” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy”.

 

  Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Rider (for certain future federal estate tax repeal situations) — This endorsement waives the surrender charges otherwise applicable upon surrender or reduction in the face amount any time there is no Federal Estate Tax in effect, beginning in 2011. (This benefit is not available for policies issued on or after February 1, 2006.)

 

  Living Benefits Rider — See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” under “Accessing your money”.

 

  Accounting Benefit Endorsement — The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information provided below regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — See “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in this section.

 

The Company or your financial professional can provide you with more information about these riders. Some of these benefits may be selected only at the time your policy is issued. Some benefits are not available in combination with others or may not be available in your state. The riders provide additional terms, conditions and limitations, and we will furnish samples of them to you on request. We can add, delete, or modify the riders we are making available, at any time before they become effective as part of your policy.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of adding or deleting riders or changing the death benefits under a rider.

 

Accounting benefit endorsement

 

The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

 

Subject to the conditions discussed below, the Company offered an endorsement to your policy (the “Endorsement”) that refunded or waived all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period.

 

Under our current rules, the Endorsement was offered where the following conditions were met:

 

  policies were corporately owned, or are “split-dollar” cases that are collaterally assigned to the company;
 

 

42


  the persons proposed to be insured were deemed by us to be “highly compensated” individuals;

 

  the minimum initial premium under each policy was remitted to the Company by the employer; and

 

  the aggregate annualized first year planned periodic premium was at least $150,000 if a minimum of three policies is issued, each on the life of a different insured person, and at least $500,000 if less than three policies were issued.

 

Eligible cases were issued with the accounting benefit endorsement unless the policy owner requested us in writing to not include the Endorsement.

 

The Endorsement reduces the difference between the premiums paid for the policy and the amount we will pay you if the policy is surrendered in its early years. This, in turn, is expected to reduce any charge against the employer’s earnings when the employer accounts for the policy under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Policy owners must rely on the advice of their own accountants, however, to determine how the purchase of a policy, as modified by the Endorsement, will affect their GAAP financial statements.

 

The Endorsement works by refunding all or a portion of the deductions from premiums and waiving all or a portion of the surrender charges, if the policy is surrendered in its early years. The percentage of charges refunded or waived under the Endorsement are as follows:

 

Surrender In Policy

Year

 

Percent Of Premium

Deduction Refunded

 

Percent Of Surrender

Charges Waived

1   100%   100%
2   67%   80%
3   33%   60%
4   0%   40%
5   0%   20%
6 and later   0%   0%

 

For example, if a policy subject to the Endorsement were surrendered in its second policy year, we would refund:

 

  67% of the charges that had been deducted from premiums (i.e., the sales charge); and

 

  80% of the amount of surrender charges that we otherwise would have imposed for the surrender.

 

Once the Endorsement terminates at the end of the fifth policy year, however, there will be no refund of prior deductions from premiums, and the full amount of the surrender charges otherwise payable under the policy will be assessed upon surrender. The Endorsement operates only if the policy is surrendered in full. There is no waiver of surrender charges or refund of premium deductions if the policy terminates after a grace period or if the face amount is reduced nor is there a refund of prior premium deductions for partial withdrawals. The Endorsement does not affect the amount available for borrowing or withdrawing from your policy nor does it affect the calculations to determine whether your policy will lapse or terminate. The Endorsement may

affect, however, the calculations to determine whether your policy satisfies the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In some cases, this may result in the payment of a higher death benefit in the first three policy years where it is necessary to satisfy tax law requirements.

 

We offer products designed specifically for this marketplace. You can contact us to find out more about any other the Company insurance policy.

 

Variations among Incentive Life® ‘02 policies

 

Time periods and other terms and conditions described in this prospectus may vary due to legal requirements in your state. These variations will be reflected in your policy.

 

The Company also may vary or waive the charges (including surrender charges) and other terms of Incentive Life® ‘02 where special circumstances (including certain policy exchanges) result in sales or administrative expenses or mortality risks that are different from those normally associated with Incentive Life® ‘02. We will make such variations only in accordance with uniform rules that we establish.

 

The Company or your financial professional can advise you about any variations that may apply to your policy.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

This is provided for informational purposes only. Since these policies are no longer available to new purchasers, this cancellation provision is no longer applicable.

 

You may cancel your policy by returning the policy along with a properly signed and completed written request for cancellation to our Administrative Office or, in some states, to the agent who sold it to you, by the 10th day after you receive it (or such longer period as required under state law). Your coverage will terminate as of the business day we receive your request at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request).

 

In most states, we will refund the premiums that were paid, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. In other states, we will refund the policy account value calculated as of the date the policy was returned, plus any charges that were deducted from premiums that were paid and from the policy account value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Your policy will set forth the length of your “free look” period.

 

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to surrender your policy, rather than cancel it. Please see “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value,” in this prospectus. Surrendering your policy may yield results different than canceling your policy, including a greater potential for taxable income. In some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your contributions to the policy. Please see “Tax information,” in this prospectus for possible consequences of cancelling your policy.

 

 

43


9. More information about policy charges

 

 

How we allocate charges among your investment options

 

In your application for a policy, you tell us from which investment options you want us to take the policy’s monthly deductions as they fall due. You can change these instructions at any time. If we cannot deduct the charge as your most current instructions direct, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each.

 

Changes in charges

 

We reserve the right in the future to (1) make a charge for certain taxes or reserves set aside for taxes (see “Our taxes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) that might be imposed on us; (2) make a charge for the operating expenses of our variable investment options (including, without limitation, SEC registration fees and related legal counsel fees and auditing fees); or (3) change our other current policy charges (in no event will they exceed the maximum charges guaranteed in your policy).

 

Any changes that we make in our current charges or charge rates will be on a basis that is equitable to all policy owners of a given class, and will be determined based on reasonable assumptions as to expenses, mortality, policy and contract claims, taxes, investment income and lapses. Any changes in charges may apply to then in force policies, as well as to new policies. You will be notified in writing of any changes in charges under your policy.

 

Deducting policy charges

 

Purposes of policy charges. The charges under the policies are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the policies. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the policies. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the policies exceed our total costs in connection with the policies, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss. In addition to the charges described below, there are also charges at the Portfolio level, which are described in the prospectuses of the Portfolios in which the funds invest. For additional information on all policy charges, see “Fee Table.”

 

Transaction charges

 

On the first day of each policy month, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below (see “Periodic charges” below). In addition, charges may be deducted for transactions such as premium payments, policy surrenders, requested decreases in face amount, or transfers among investment options.

 

Premium charge. We deduct an amount not to exceed 6% from each premium payment you send us. We may increase

this charge higher than 6% however, as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. Currently, we reduce this charge to 3% after an amount equal to ten “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. Generally, the target premiums per thousand are lower for face amounts of $250,000 and higher. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). The premium charge is designed in part to defray sales and tax expenses we incur that are based on premium payments.

 

Surrender charges. If you give up this policy for its net cash surrender value before the end of the tenth policy year, we will subtract a surrender charge from your policy account value. The surrender charge in the first policy month of each policy year is shown in your policy. The initial surrender charge will be between $5.97 and $30.93 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount. The surrender charge declines uniformly in equal monthly amounts within each policy year beginning after the sixth policy year until it reaches zero in the twelfth month of policy year 10. The initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

 

The surrender charges are contingent deferred sales charges. They are contingent because you only pay them if you surrender your policy for its net cash surrender value (or request a reduction in its face amount, as described below). They are deferred because we do not deduct them from your premiums. Because the surrender charges are contingent and deferred, the amount we collect in a policy year is not related to actual expenses for that year.

 

The surrender charges assessed in connection with giving up this policy or with reductions in policy face amount are intended, in part, to compensate us for the fact that it takes us time to make a profit on your policy, and if you give up or reduce the face amount of your policy in its early years, we do not have the time to recoup our costs.

 

Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount. If there is a requested base policy face amount reduction within the first 10 policy years, or the paid up death benefit guarantee is elected for a reduced amount during a surrender charge period, a proportionate surrender charge will be deducted from your policy account value.

 

 

44


Assuming you have not previously changed the base policy face amount, a proportionate surrender charge will be determined by dividing the amount of the reduction in base policy face amount by the initial base policy face amount of insurance, and then multiplying that fraction by the surrender charge immediately before the reduction. The proportionate surrender charge will not exceed the unloaned policy account value at the time of the reduction. If a proportionate surrender charge is made, the remaining surrender charge will be reduced proportionately. We will not deduct a proportionate surrender charge if the reduction resulted from a change in death benefit option or a partial withdrawal.

 

Transfers among investment options.  Although we do not currently charge for transfers among investment options, we reserve the right to make a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer of amounts among your investment options. The transfer charge, if any, is deducted from the amounts transferred from your policy’s value in the variable investment options and in our guaranteed interest option based on the proportion that the amount transferred from each variable investment option and from our guaranteed interest option bears to the total amount being transferred. Any such charge would be, in part, to compensate us for our expenses in administering transfers. The charge will never apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automated transfer service or asset rebalancing service.

 

Adding a Living Benefits Rider (no longer permitted).  If you elected the Living Benefits Rider after the policy was issued, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction. This fee was designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Exercise of option to receive a terminal illness “living benefit.”  If you elect to receive a terminal illness “living benefit,” we will deduct up to $250 from any living benefit we pay. This fee is designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Special services charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. For certain services, we will deduct from your policy account value any withdrawal charge that applies and the charge for the special service. Please note that we may discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

 

Wire transfer charge. We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge. We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Policy illustration charge. We do not charge for illustrations. We reserve the right to charge in the future.

Duplicate policy charge. We charge $35 for providing a copy of your policy. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Policy history charge. We charge a maximum of $50 for providing you a history of policy transactions. If you request a policy history of less than 5 years from the date of your request, there is no charge. If you request a policy history of more than 5 years but less than 10 years from the date of your request, the current charge is $25. For policy histories of 10 years or more, the charge is $50. For all policy histories, we reserve the right to charge a maximum of $50. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Charge for returned payments. For each payment you make in connection with your policy that is returned for insufficient funds, we will charge a maximum of $25.

 

Periodic charges

 

On the first day of each month of the policy, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below.

 

Administrative charge.  In the first policy year, we deduct $20 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. In all subsequent policy years (but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100), we currently deduct $8 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this latter amount in the future, although it will never exceed $10. In addition, we deduct between $0.03 and $0.10 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount at the beginning of each policy month in the first ten policy years. The administrative charge is intended, in part, to compensate us for the costs involved in administering the policy.

 

Cost of insurance charge.  The cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured and the policy year. The monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000. Our amount at risk (also described in your policy as “net amount at risk”) on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy. A greater amount at risk, or a higher cost of insurance rate, will result in a higher monthly charge. The cost of insurance rates are intended, in part, to compensate us for the cost of providing insurance to you under your policy.

 

Generally, the cost of insurance rate increases from one policy year to the next. This happens automatically because of the insured person’s increasing age.

 

 

45


On a guaranteed basis, we deduct between $0.06 and $83.34 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under your policy from your policy account value each month (but not beyond the policy anniversary date when the insured person is attained age 100). As the amount for which we are at risk at any time is the death benefit (calculated as of that time) minus your policy account value at that time, changes in your policy account value resulting from the performance of your investment options can affect your amount at risk, and as a result, your cost of insurance. Our cost of insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed the maximum rates specified in your policy. For most insured persons at most ages, our current (non-guaranteed) rates are lower than the maximum rates. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® ‘02 policies for insureds who are age 18 or above are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary SB Smoker and NB Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® ‘02 policies for insureds who are under age 18 are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Table B. For all other policies, for insureds who are age 18 or above, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Smoker and Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. For insureds who are under age 18, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Mortality Tables.

 

Our cost of insurance rates will generally be lower (except for gender-neutral policies and in connection with certain employee benefit plans) if the insured person is a female than if a male. They also will generally be lower for non-tobacco users than tobacco users and lower for persons that have other highly favorable health characteristics, as compared to those that do not. On the other hand, insured persons who present particular health, occupational or avocational risks may be charged higher cost of insurance rates and other additional charges as specified in their policies. In addition, the current rates also vary depending on the duration of the policy (i.e., the length of time since the policy was issued).

 

For policies issued at ages 0-17, an insured’s cost of insurance rate is not based on that insured’s status as a tobacco user or non-tobacco user. We offer non-tobacco rates for ages 18 and above only. Approximately 60 days prior to the policy anniversary date nearest the insured’s 18th birthday, we will send a notice to the policy owner giving the policy owner the opportunity to obtain non-tobacco rates by sending the form back to us with a certification, signed by the policy owner and the insured, that the insured has not used tobacco products in the last 12 months. If the properly completed form is not received by our Administrative Office by the policy anniversary date nearest the insured’s 18th birthday, tobacco user rates will apply. The

policy owner, thereafter, may apply for non-tobacco user rates subject to our underwriting rules in effect at that time.

 

You may ask us to review the tobacco habits of an insured person of attained age 18 or over in order to change the charge from tobacco user rates to non-tobacco user rates. The change, if approved, may result in lower future cost of insurance rates beginning on the effective date of the change to non-tobacco user rates.

 

The change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include criteria other than tobacco use status as well as a definition of tobacco use different from that applicable at the time this policy was issued.

 

Similarly, after the first policy year, you may request us to review the insured person’s rating to see if they qualify for a reduction in future cost of insurance rates. Any such change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include various criteria.

 

For information concerning possible limitations on any ratings changes, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

The change in rates, if approved, will take effect at the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows the date we approve your request. This change may have adverse tax consequences.

 

Our cost of insurance rates also depend on how large the face amount is at the time we deduct the charge. Generally, the current (non-guaranteed) cost of insurance rates are lower for face amounts of $250,000 and higher, and further reduced for face amounts of $2,000,000 and higher. For this purpose, however, we will take into account all face amount decreases, whatever their cause. Therefore, a decrease in the face amount may cause your cost of insurance rates to go up.

 

Mortality and expense risk charge.  We will collect a monthly charge for mortality and expense risk. We are committed to fulfilling our obligations under the policy and providing service to you over the lifetime of your policy. Despite the uncertainty of future events, we guarantee that monthly administrative and cost of insurance deductions from your policy account value will never be greater than the maximum amounts shown in your policy. In making this guarantee, we assume the mortality risk that insured persons (as a group) will live for shorter periods than we estimated. When this happens, we have to pay a greater amount of death benefit than we expected to pay in relation to the cost of insurance charges we received. We also assume the expense risks that the cost of issuing and administering policies will be greater than we expected. This charge is designed, in part, to compensate us for taking these risks.

 

During the first fifteen years, we deduct a monthly charge at an annual rate of 0.80% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options up to $250,000, 0.70% of the value over $250,000 and up to $2 million, and 0.60% of the value over $2 million. In policy year 16 and thereafter, we deduct a

 

 

46


monthly charge at an annual rate of 0.30% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options up to $250,000 and 0.20% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options over $250,000. We reserve the right to increase or decrease these charges in the future, although they will never exceed 0.80% during the first fifteen policy years or 0.50% thereafter. This charge will be calculated at the beginning of each policy month as a percentage of the amount of the policy account that is then allocated to the variable investment options.

 

Loan interest spread.  We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit. The current loan interest spread is 1% for years 1-15 and 0% for years 16 and later. The maximum loan interest spread is 2%. We may, however, increase the loan interest spread higher than 2% as a result of changes in the tax laws which increase our expenses. We deduct this charge on each policy anniversary date, or on loan termination, if earlier. For more information on how this charge is deducted, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. As with any loan, the interest we charge on the loans is intended, in part, to compensate us for the time value of the money we are lending and the risk that you will not repay the loan.

 

Optional rider charges

 

If you elected the following riders, the following charges, which are designed to offset the cost of their respective riders, are deducted from your policy account value, on the first day of each month of the policy. The costs of each of the riders below are designed, in part, to compensate us for the additional insurance risk we take on in providing each of these riders and the administrative costs involved in administering them:

 

Children’s term insurance.  If you chose this rider, we deduct $0.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. However, we will continue to charge you for the rider, even after all of your children, stepchildren and legally adopted children have reached age 25 (when a child’s coverage under the rider terminates), unless you notify us in writing that you wish to cancel this rider.

 

Disability deduction waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. This amount is between 7% and 132% of all the other monthly charges (including charges for other riders elected) deducted from your policy account value on a guaranteed basis. The current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Disability premium waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.02 and $0.76 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount.

If you also select certain of the other optional riders available under your policy, we will deduct additional amounts from your policy account value per $1,000 of rider benefit amount each month while both the other rider and this rider are in effect. If you choose the option to purchase additional insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.02 and $0.08. If you choose the children’s term insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.01 and $0.03. These amounts are in addition to the charges for the riders themselves.

 

Option to purchase additional insurance.  If you chose this rider, we deduct between $0.04 and $0.17 per $1,000 of the option to purchase additional insurance from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 40 while the rider is in effect.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees (not applicable to all portfolios).

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively, the “underlying portfolios”). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

 

 

47


10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

 

 

This section provides further detail about certain subjects that are addressed in the previous pages. The following discussion generally does not repeat the information already contained in those pages.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your policy will occur. Other portions of this prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Date of receipt.  Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we usually mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

 

Business day.  Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. We compute unit values for our variable investment options as of the end of each business day.

 

Payments you make.  The following are reflected in your policy as of the date we receive them in complete and proper form:

 

  premium payments received after the policy’s investment start date (discussed below)

 

  loan repayments and interest payments

 

Requests you make.  The following transactions occur as of the date we receive your request in complete and proper form:

 

  withdrawals

 

  tax withholding elections

 

  face amount decreases that result from a withdrawal

 

  changes of allocation percentages for premium payments or monthly deductions

 

  surrenders
  changes of owner

 

  changes of beneficiary

 

  transfers from a variable investment option to the guaranteed interest option

 

  changes in form of death benefit payment

 

  loans

 

  transfers among variable investment options

 

  assignments

 

  termination of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

The following transactions occur on your policy’s next monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we approve your request:

 

  changes in face amount

 

  election of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

  changes in death benefit option

 

  restoration of terminated policies

 

  termination of any additional benefit riders you have elected

 

Automatic transfer service.  Transfers pursuant to our automatic transfer service (dollar cost averaging service) occur as of the first day of each policy month. If you request the automatic transfer service in your original policy application, the first transfer will occur as of the first day of the second policy month after your policy’s initial Allocation Date. If you request this service at any later time, we make the first such transfer as of your policy’s first monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we receive your request.

 

Asset rebalancing service.  If you request the asset rebalancing service, the first redistribution will be on the date you specify or the date we receive your request, if later. However, no rebalancing will occur before your policy’s Allocation Date. Subsequent periodic rebalancings occur quarterly, semiannually or annually, as you have requested.

 

Delay in certain cases.  We may delay allocating any payment you make to our variable investment options, or any transfer, for the same reasons stated in “Delay of variable investment option proceeds” in this prospectus. We may also delay such transactions for any other legally permitted purpose.

 

Prices applicable to policy transactions.  If a transaction will increase or decrease the amount you have in a variable investment option as of a certain date, we process the transaction using the unit values for that option computed as of that day’s close of business, unless that day is not a business day. In that case, we use unit values computed as of the next business day’s close.

 

 

48


Effect of death or surrender.  You may not make any surrender or partial withdrawal request after the insured person has died. Also, all insurance coverage ends on the date as of which we process any request for a surrender.

 

Policy issuance

 

Register date.  When we issue a policy, we assign it a “register date,” which will be shown in the policy. We measure the months, years, and anniversaries of your policy from your policy’s register date.

 

  If you submit the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional at the time you sign the application and before the policy is issued, and we issue the policy as it was applied for, then the register date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I of the policy application or (b) the date a medical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

  If we do not receive your full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different basis than you applied for, the register date initially will appear on your policy as the date the policy is issued; however, we will move the register date to the date we deliver the policy provided we received your full minimum initial premium. This will ensure that premiums and charges will commence on the same date as your insurance coverage. If your policy was delivered on the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, we will move the register date to the 1st of the following month. This could change the current interest rate for the Guaranteed Interest Account.

 

We may also permit an earlier than customary register date (a) for employer-sponsored cases, to accommodate a common register date for all employees or (b) to provide a younger age at issue. (A younger age at issue reduces the monthly charges that we deduct under a policy.) The charges and deductions commence as of the register date, even when we have permitted an early register date. We may also permit policy owners to delay a register date (up to three months) in employer-sponsored cases.

 

Investment start date.  This is the date your investment first begins to earn a return for you. Generally, this is the register date. Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account. If we move your register date as described in the second bullet under “Policy issuance,” above, we will also move your investment start date and/or interest crediting date to coincide with the register date.

 

Commencement of insurance coverage.  You must give the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional on or before the day the policy is delivered to you. No insurance under your policy will take effect unless (1) the insured person is still living at the time such payment and delivery are completed and (2) the information in the application continues to be true and complete, without material change, as of the time of such payment. If you submit the full minimum initial premium with your application, we may, subject to certain conditions, provide

a limited amount of temporary insurance on the proposed insured person. You may request and review a copy of our temporary insurance agreement for more information about the terms and conditions of that coverage.

 

Non-issuance.  If, after considering your application, we decide not to issue a policy, we will refund any premium you have paid, without interest.

 

Age; age at issue.  Unless the context in this prospectus requires otherwise, we consider the insured person’s “age” during any policy year to be his or her age on his or her birthday nearest to the beginning of that policy year. For example, the insured person’s age for the first policy year (“age at issue”) is that person’s age on whichever birthday is closer to (i.e., before or after) the policy’s register date.

 

Ways to make premium and loan payments

 

Payment options.  Premiums or loan payments generally must be paid by check drawn on a U.S. bank in U.S. dollars and made payable to “Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company” (for subsequent contributions please write your policy number on the check).

 

We prefer that you make each payment to us with a single check drawn on your business or personal bank account. Cash and travelers’ checks, or any payments in foreign currency, are not acceptable. We will accept third-party checks payable to someone other than the Company and endorsed over to the Company only (1) as a direct payment from a qualified retirement plan or (2) if they are made out to a trustee who owns the policy and endorses the entire check (without any refund) as a payment to the policy.

 

Assigning your policy

 

You may assign (transfer) your rights in a policy to someone else as collateral for a loan, to effect a change of ownership or for some other reason, if we agree. Collateral assignments may also sometimes be used in connection with dividing the benefits of the policy under a split-dollar arrangement, which will also have its own tax consequences. A copy of the assignment must be forwarded to our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for any payment we make or any action we take before we receive notice of the assignment or for the validity of the assignment. An absolute assignment is a change of ownership.

 

Certain transfers for value may subject you to income tax and penalties and cause the death benefit to lose its income-tax free treatment. Further, a gift of a policy that has a loan outstanding may be treated as part gift and part transfer for value, which could result in both gift tax and income tax consequences. The IRS issued regulations in both 2002 and 2003 concerning split-dollar arrangements, including policies subject to collateral assignments. The regulations provide both new and interim guidance as to the taxation of such arrangements. These regulations address taxation issues in connection with arrangements which are compensatory in nature, involve a shareholder and corporation, or a donor and

 

 

49


donee. See also discussion under “Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs” and “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes” in the “Tax information” section of this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a transfer or assignment.

 

You can change your policy’s insured person

 

Note:  Notwithstanding the information further below, based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. The following information, therefore, does not apply, absent IRS guidance that would permit such changes.

 

After the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. This requires that you provide us with adequate evidence that the proposed new insured person meets our requirements for insurance. Other requirements are outlined in your policy.

 

Upon making this change, the monthly insurance charges we deduct will be based on the new insured person’s insurance risk characteristics and may result in a loss of the no-lapse guarantee. The change of insured person will not, however, affect the surrender charge computation for the amount of coverage that is then in force.

 

Substituting the insured person is a taxable event and may, depending upon individual circumstances, have other tax consequences as well. For example, the change could cause the policy to be a “modified endowment contract” or to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance,” or in some cases require that we also distribute certain amounts to you from the policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to substituting the insured person. As a condition to substituting the insured person we may require you to sign a form acknowledging the potential tax consequences. In no event, however, will we permit a change that we believe causes your policy to fail the definition of life insurance. See “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Requirements for surrender requests

 

Your surrender request must include the policy number, your name, your taxpayer identification number, the name of the insured person, and the address where proceeds should be mailed. The request must be signed by you, as the owner, and by any joint owner, collateral assignee or irrevocable beneficiary. We may also require you to complete specific tax forms, or provide a representation that your policy is not being exchanged for another life or annuity contract.

Gender-neutral policies

 

Congress and various states have from time to time considered legislation that would require insurance rates to be the same for males and females. In addition, employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with counsel, the impact of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 on the purchase of Incentive Life® ‘02 in connection with an employment-related insurance or benefit plan. In a 1983 decision, the United States Supreme Court held that, under Title VII, optional annuity benefits under a deferred compensation plan could not vary on the basis of sex.

 

There will be no distinctions based on sex in the cost of insurance rates for Incentive Life® ‘02 policies sold in Montana. We will also make such gender-neutral policies available on request in connection with certain employee benefit plans. Cost of insurance rates applicable to a gender-neutral policy will not be greater than the comparable male rates under a gender specific Incentive Life® ‘02 policy.

 

Future policy exchanges

 

We may at some future time, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable law, allow the current owner of this policy to exchange it for a universal life policy we are then offering. The exchange may or may not be advantageous to you, based on all of the circumstances, including a comparison of contractual terms and conditions and charges and deductions. We will provide additional information upon request at such time as exchanges may be permitted.

 

 

50


11. More information about other matters

 

 

About our general account

 

This policy is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a policy’s account value or any guaranteed benefits with which the policy was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the policy owner for the policy’s account value and such guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the policy are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular policy or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the policies in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The policy is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

Transfers of your account value

 

Transfers not implemented.  If a request cannot be fully administered, only the part that is in good order will be processed. Any part of the request that cannot be processed will be denied and an explanation will be provided to you.

This could occur, for example, where the request does not comply with our transfer limitations, or where you request transfer of an amount greater than that currently allocated to an investment option.

 

Similarly, the automatic transfer service will terminate immediately if: (1) your amount in the EQ/Money Market option is insufficient to cover the automatic transfer amount; (2) your policy is in a grace period; or (3) we receive notice of the insured person’s death. Similarly, the asset rebalancing service will terminate if either (2) or (3) occurs.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  You should note that the policy is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The policy is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could

 

 

51


result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all policy owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of EQ Advisors Trust (the “affiliated trust”), as well as investment options with underlying portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated trust obtains from us policy owner trading activity. The affiliated trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a policy is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the policy owner explaining that the Company has a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the policy owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the policy, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected policy. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all policy owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

 

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our policy owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review policy owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by policy owners. As of the date of this prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the policy owner.

 

Policy owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, policy owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some policy owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some policy owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Telephone and Internet requests

 

If you are a properly authorized person, you may make transfers between investment options over the Internet as described in this prospectus in “How to make transfers” under “Transferring your money among our investment options.”

 

Also, you may make the following additional types of requests by calling the number under “By Phone:” in “How to reach us” from a touch-tone phone, if the policy is individually owned and you are the owner, or through www.equitable.com if you are the individual owner:

 

  changes of premium allocation percentages

 

  changes of address

 

  request forms and statements

 

  enroll for electronic delivery and view statements/documents online

 

  to pay your premium or make a loan repayment

 

For security purposes, all telephone requests are automatically taperecorded and are invalid if the information given is incomplete or any portion of the request is inaudible. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

If you wish to enroll through www.equitable.com, you must first agree to the terms and conditions set forth in our www.equitable.com Online Usage Agreement which you can find at our website. We will send you a confirmation letter by first class mail. Additionally, you will be required to use a password and protect it from unauthorized use. We will provide subsequent written confirmation of any transactions.

 

 

52


We will assume that all instructions received through www.equitable.com are given by you; however, we reserve the right to refuse to process any transaction and/or block access to www.equitable.com if we have reason to believe the instructions given are unauthorized.

 

If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of telephone or Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following telephone or Internet instructions that we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to refuse to process any telephone or Internet transactions if we have reason to believe that the request compromises the general security and/or integrity of our automated systems (see discussion of “Disruptive transfer activity” above).

 

Any telephone, Internet or fax transaction request that is not completed by the close of a business day (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will be processed as of the next business day. During times of extreme market activity, or for other reasons, you may be unable to contact us to make a telephone or Internet request. If this occurs, you should submit a written transaction request to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue telephone or Internet transactions, or modify the procedures and conditions for such transactions, without notifying you, at any time.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable life insurance product business. Because our variable life insurance product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe storms affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business

 

 

53


operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue policies and process policy transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing policies and processing of other policy-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your policy to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your policy due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

Suicide and certain misstatements

 

If an insured person commits suicide within certain time periods, the amount of death benefit we pay will be limited as described in the policy. Also, if an application misstated the age or gender of an insured person, we will adjust the amount of any death benefit (and certain rider benefits), as described in the policy (or rider).

 

When we pay policy proceeds

 

General.  We will generally pay any death benefit, surrender, withdrawal, or loan within seven days after we receive the request and any other required items.

 

Clearance of checks.  We reserve the right to defer payment of that portion of your account value that is attributable to a premium payment or loan repayment made by check for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

 

Delay of guaranteed interest option proceeds.  We also have the right to defer payment or transfers of amounts out of our guaranteed interest option for up to six months. If we delay more than 30 days in paying you such amounts, we will pay interest of at least 3% per year from the date we receive your request.

Delay of variable investment option proceeds.  We reserve the right to defer payment of any death benefit, transfer, loan or other distribution that is derived from a variable investment option if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings) or trading on that exchange is restricted; (b) the SEC has declared that an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to fairly determine the account value; or (c) the law permits the delay for the protection of owners. If we need to defer calculation of values for any of the foregoing reasons, all delayed transactions will be processed at the next available unit values.

 

Delay to challenge coverage.  We may challenge the validity of your insurance policy or any rider based on any material misstatements in an application you have made to us. We cannot make such challenges, however, beyond certain time limits set forth in the policy or rider. If the insured person dies within one of these limits, we may delay payment of any proceeds until we decide whether to challenge the policy.

 

Changes we can make

 

In addition to any of the other changes described in this prospectus, we have the right to modify how we or Separate Account FP operate. For example, we have the right to:

 

  combine two or more variable investment options or withdraw assets relating to Incentive Life® ‘02 from one investment option and put them into another;

 

  end the registration of, or re-register, Separate Account FP under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  operate Separate Account FP under the direction of a “committee” or discharge such a committee at any time;

 

  restrict or eliminate any voting rights or privileges of policy owners (or other persons) that affect Separate Account FP;

 

  operate Separate Account FP, or one or more of the variable investment options, in any other form the law allows. This includes any form that allows us to make direct investments, in which case we may charge Separate Account FP an advisory fee. We may make any legal investments we wish for Separate Account FP. In addition, we may disapprove any change in investment advisers or in investment policy unless a law or regulation provides differently.

 

If we take any action that results in a material change in the underlying investments of a variable investment option, we will notify you to the extent required by law. We may, for example, cause the variable investment option to invest in a mutual fund other than, or in addition to, the Trusts. If you then wish to transfer the amount you have in that option to another investment option, you may do so.

 

We may make any changes in the policy or its riders, require additional premium payments, or make distributions from the policy to the extent we deem necessary to ensure that your policy qualifies or continues to qualify as life insurance

 

 

54


for tax purposes. Any such change will apply uniformly to all policies that are affected. We will give you written notice of such changes. Subject to all applicable legal requirements, we also may make other changes in the policies that do not reduce any net cash surrender value, death benefit, account value, or other accrued rights or benefits.

 

Whether to make any of the above discussed changes is generally within our discretion, although some such changes might require us to obtain regulatory or policy owner approval. Whether regulatory or policy owner approval is required would depend on the nature of the change and, in many cases, the manner in which the change is implemented. You should not assume, therefore, that you necessarily will have an opportunity to approve or disapprove any such changes. We will, of course, comply with applicable legal requirements, including notice to or approval by policy owners where required in particular cases.

 

It is not possible to foresee all of the circumstances under which we may find it necessary or appropriate to exercise our right to make changes. Such circumstances could, however, include changes in law, or interpretations thereof; changes in financial or investment market conditions; changes in accepted methods of conducting operations in the relevant market; or a desire to achieve material operating economies or efficiencies.

 

Reports we will send you

 

Shortly after the end of each year of your policy, we will send you a report that includes information about your policy’s current death benefit, account value, cash surrender value (i.e., account value minus any current surrender charge), policy loans, policy transactions and amounts of charges deducted. We will send you individual notices to confirm your premium payments, loan repayments, transfers and certain other policy transactions. Please promptly review all statements and confirmations and notify us immediately at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) if there are any errors.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

The policies are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account FP. The offering of the policies is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other the Company life and annuity products we issue.

 

The policies are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The policies are also sold by finan-

cial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

 

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on policies sold. The Company may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its policies, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of this prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your policy. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the policy and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the policy, see “Fee Table” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

As used below, the “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount and Distributor, among other factors.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation.  The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on premium payments made on the policies sold through Equitable Advisors (“premium-based compensation”). The premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 8.5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 11% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the premium-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. In some instances, a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive premium-based compensation on a policy in combination with ongoing annual compensation based on a percentage of the unloaned account value of the policy sold (“asset-based compensation”). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both premium-based and asset-based compensation could, over time, exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of premiums alone. The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. When a policy is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the

 

 

55


compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described below.

 

Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their policy.

 

Equitable Advisor’s financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s policies and policies offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Differential compensation.  In an effort to promote the sale of the Company products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our policy than it pays for the sale of a policy or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same policy. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different policy types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company’s policies. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company’s policies than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and premium-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s policies and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our policy over a policy or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors

financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because of differences in compensation among products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

 

Equitable Distributors Compensation.  The Company pays premium-based compensation to Equitable Distributors. Premium-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s policies sold through Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of the premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first two year; plus 3% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 3% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. The Company may substitute a form of asset-based compensation after the first policy year. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays a portion of the premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation (together, “compensation”) it receives to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. The compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

These payments above also include compensation to cover operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers.  Equitable Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the policy owner. Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value attributable to policies sold

 

 

56


through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. Equitable Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our policies exclusively.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2023) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $875.00 to $4,074,340.13. The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

AAG Capital Inc., AE Financial Services, LLC, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, American Portfolios Financial Services, Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC, Avantax Investment Services, Inc., Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC, Cadaret Grant & Company Inc., Cambridge Investment Research, Capital Investment Group Inc., Centaurus Financial, Inc., Cetera Financial Group, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Citizens Securities, Inc., Commonwealth Financial Network, Copper Financial Network, LLC, CUSO Financial Services, L.P., EF Legacy Securities, LLC, Equity Services Inc., Farmers Financial Solution LLC, First Horizon Advisors, Inc., Galt Financial Group, Inc., Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Gradient Securities, LLC, Grove Point Investments, LLC, Halo Securities LLC, Harbour Investments, Inc., Independent Financial Group LLC, James T. Borello & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, JP Morgan Securities, LLC, Kestra Investment Services LLC, Key Investment Services LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., Lincoln Investment Planning, Lion Street Financial LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Madison Avenue Securities, LLC, MML Investors Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Mutual of Omaha Investor Services Inc., Next Financial Group, Inc., OneAmerica Securities Inc., Osaic Inc., Osaic Institutions Inc., Park Avenue Securities, LLC, PFS Investments, Inc., PHX Financial, Inc., PlanMember Securities Corp., PNC Investments, LLC, Principal Securities, Inc., Pruco Securities, LLC, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc.,

Raymond James & Associates Inc., RBC Capital Markets LLC, Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Service Inc., The Huntington Investment Company, The Leaders Group, Inc., TransAmerica Financial Advisors, UBS Financial Services Inc., US Bancorp Investments, Inc., Valmark Securities Inc., Voya Financial Advisors, Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Western International Securities Inc., World Equity Group Inc.

 

Legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a policy owner’s interest in Separate Account FP, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate Account FP, our ability to meet our obligations under the policies, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with Separate Account FP.

 

 

57


12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

 

 

The financial statements of Separate Account FP, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS.

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance for the policies only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies. You may request an SAI by writing to our Administrative Office or by calling 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative.

    

 

 

58


13. Personalized illustrations

 

 

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

Personalized illustrations.  Illustrations are intended to show how different fees, charges and rates of return can affect the values available under a policy. Illustrations can be based upon some of the characteristics of the insured person under your policy as well as some other policy feature choices you make such as the face amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts and assumed rates of return (within limits). This type of illustration is called a personalized illustration. No illustration will ever show you the actual values available under your policy at any given point in time. This is because many factors affect these values including: (i) the insured person’s characteristics; (ii) policy features you choose; (iii) actual premium payments you make; (iv) loans or withdrawals you make; and (v) actual rates of return (including the actual fees and expenses) of the underlying portfolios in which your cash value is invested. Each personalized illustration is accompanied by an explanation of the assumptions on which that illustration is based. Because, as discussed below, these assumptions may differ considerably, you should carefully review all of the disclosure that accompanies each illustration.

 

Different kinds of illustrations.  Personalized illustrations can reflect the investment management fees and expenses incurred in 2023 (or expected to be incurred in 2024, if such amount is expected to be higher) of the available underlying portfolios in different ways. An arithmetic illustration uses the straight average of all of the available underlying portfolios’ investment management fees and expenses. A weighted illustration computes the average of investment management fees and expenses based upon the aggregate assets in the Portfolios at the end of 2023. You may request a weighted illustration that computes the average of investment management fees and expenses of all portfolios. If you request, a weighted illustration can also illustrate an assumed percentage allocation of policy account values among the available underlying portfolios. A fund specific illustration uses only the investment management fees and expenses of a specific underlying portfolio. When reviewing a weighted or fund specific illustration you should keep in mind that the values shown may be higher than the values shown in other illustrations because the fees and expenses that are assumed may be lower than those assumed in other illustrations. You may also request a personalized illustration of the guaranteed interest option.

 

The effect of the expense limitation arrangements.   Personalized illustrations reflect the expense limitation arrangements that are in effect with respect to certain of the Portfolios. If these fees and expenses were not reduced to reflect the expense limitation arrangements, the values in the personalized illustrations would be lower.

 

    

 

 

59


Appendix: Investment options available under the policy

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the Policy. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146665. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) or by sending an email request to EquitableFunds@dfinsolutions.com.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Portfolio Companies, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your policy may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each variable investment option’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Specialty

  

1290 VT Convertible Securities — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.90 %^      13.73     9.37     6.84

Fixed Income

  

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — EIMG; DoubleLine Capital LP

    0.91 %^      6.60     0.72      

Equity

  

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

    0.95 %^      5.49     10.25     7.23

Specialty

  

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.29 %^      9.53     4.22     3.39

Equity

  

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.06     21.04     12.82     7.94

Equity

  

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

    1.17 %^      5.79     12.69      

Equity

  

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

    1.10 %^      16.49     11.53     8.52

Equity

  

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.92     27.50     15.12     11.32

Equity

  

EQ/2000 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.84     15.99     8.76     6.15

Equity

  

EQ/400 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.85 %^      15.44     11.32     8.11

Equity

  

EQ/500 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.81     25.27     14.21     10.71

Equity

  

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.93     17.70     10.59     7.78

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Aggressive Allocation — EIMG

    1.18     18.37     10.23     7.07

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

    1.25 %^      14.15     7.70     5.27

Equity

  

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

    1.00 %^      5.98     10.88      

Equity

  

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

    0.97 %^      22.98     14.97     11.34

 

60


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.00 %^      45.91     15.78     10.70

Equity

  

EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.67 %^      25.12     14.45     10.80

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative Allocation — EIMG

    1.00 %^      8.02     2.60     2.15

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    0.85 %^      10.86     4.76     3.57

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      4.51     1.02     1.11

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    0.93 %^      4.50     1.87     1.59

Equity

  

EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.54 %^      25.57     15.04     11.37

Equity

  

EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC

    0.87 %^      31.38     16.55      

Equity

  

EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.87 %^      12.13     13.88      

Equity

  

EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.10 %^      21.37     9.74     6.29

Equity

  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

    1.09 %^      11.22     12.97      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      3.85     0.39     0.56

Equity

  

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.06     16.85     7.96     3.55

Equity

  

EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.72 %^      19.01     8.09     3.69

Equity

  

EQ/International Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.87     16.86     7.32     3.27

Equity

  

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP

    1.03     18.52     7.60     3.02

Equity

  

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.00 %^      12.01     13.18     8.70

Specialty

  

EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.16     10.08     5.45      

Equity

  

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC

    1.05     17.01     13.08     7.62

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96 %^      46.33     12.84     11.28

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96     10.90     14.17     10.12

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.90     23.98     14.26     10.58

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.73     41.54     18.63     14.02

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.88     38.97     16.20     12.47

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.74     10.71     10.15     7.66

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.87     14.01     10.78     7.82

Equity

  

EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC

    1.35 %^      21.68     5.11      

Equity

  

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    1.05 %^      43.89     15.66     13.24

 

61


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      14.52     9.28     6.12

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.15 %^      17.37     8.29      

Equity

  

EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      22.32     13.41      

Specialty

  

EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.14     54.10     17.38      

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.65 %^      15.77     11.88     8.54

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.97     13.19     10.36     7.21

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate Allocation — EIMG

    1.11     12.35     5.76     4.18

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    1.13     15.36     8.10     5.67

Cash/Cash Equivalent

  

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation

    0.69     4.47     1.48     0.91

Equity

  

EQ/Morgan Stanley Small Cap Growth — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.

    1.15 %^      34.45     15.17      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    2.26 %^      3.53     3.13      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.87 %^      5.63     1.11      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.88 %^      5.56     1.61     1.25

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Quality Bond PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.86     4.19     0.51     0.84

Equity

  

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.64     16.72     10.06     7.01

Equity

  

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

    0.92     19.52     10.06     6.90

Specialty

  

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.19 %^      5.99     3.78      

Asset Allocation

  

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

    1.10 %^      9.86     7.20     4.77

Equity

  

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    1.00     38.30     15.92     12.48

Fixed Income

  

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.87 %^      5.15     0.63     1.21

Specialty

  

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.24 %^      49.53     19.07     16.18

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2025 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      13.58     7.42     5.42

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2035 Allocation — EIMG

    1.09     16.56     9.12     6.47

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2045 Allocation — EIMG

    1.08     18.11     10.15     7.12

 

62


          

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2055 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      19.82     11.22      
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†”. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

*

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.16 %^      15.79     8.03     5.51

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.07 %^      15.67     8.37     4.43

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.74     18.37     14.50     9.99

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.82     14.80     12.17     7.86

Equity

  

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

    0.91 %^      12.75     11.06     7.04

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.19     14.14     10.32     6.45

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.20     16.26     12.14     6.28

Fixed Income

  

Macquarie VIP High Income Series(1) — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

    0.96     11.95     4.46     3.70

Equity

  

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    1.03 %^      18.66     13.27     10.00

Equity

  

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    0.98 %^      23.70     16.39     12.44

Specialty

  

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    1.58 %^      -7.93     8.46     -0.90

Equity

  

T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio — II — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    0.99     9.31     10.92     7.57

Equity

  

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

    1.35 %^      12.62     4.22     2.32

Fixed Income

  

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.75 %^      2.88     -2.13     -0.66

Specialty

  

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund — Van Eck Associates Corporation

    1.36     -3.84     10.34     -1.26
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1)

This is the variable investment option’s new name. The variable investment option’s former name is Delaware Ivy VIP High Income which may continue to be used in certain documents for a period of time after the date of this prospectus.

 

63


Requesting more information

 

 

 

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated May 1, 2024, is incorporated into this prospectus by reference and is available upon request free of charge by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative. You may also request one by writing to our operations center at P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, NC, 28201-1047 The SAI includes additional information about the registrant. You can make inquiries about your policy and request personalized illustrations by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), or asking your financial professional.

You may visit the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov to view the SAI and other information (including other parts of a registration statement) that relates to the Separate Account and the policies. You can also review and copy information about the Separate Account, including the SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may have to pay a duplicating fee. To find out more about the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

 

 

 
C000024622   #539178


EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

 

Statement of Additional Information

dated May 1, 2024

 

  COIL Institutional SeriesSM
  COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162)
  Equitable AdvantageSM
  Incentive Life®
  Incentive Life® ‘02
  Incentive Life® ‘06
  Incentive Life Legacy®
  Incentive Life Legacy® II
  IncentiveLife Legacy® III
  Incentive Life Optimizer®
  Incentive Life Optimizer® II
  IncentiveLife Optimizer® III
  Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy
  VUL Incentive Life ProtectSM
  VUL Legacy®
  VUL Optimizer®
  VUL Survivorship
 

 

Flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”) with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the related prospectus, dated May 1, 2024. Each prospectus provides detailed information concerning the policy and the variable investment options, as well as the guaranteed interest option, that fund the policy. Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Company’s Separate Account FP. Separate Account FP’s predecessor was established on April 19, 1985 by our then wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company. We established our Separate Account FP under New York Law on September 21, 1995. When Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company merged into AXA Equitable (now known as Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company), as of January 1, 1997, our Separate Account FP succeeded to all the assets, liabilities and operations of its predecessor. The guaranteed interest option is part of the Company’s general account. Definitions of special terms used in the SAI are found in the prospectus.

 

A copy of the prospectuses are available free of charge by writing the Administrative Office (P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047), by calling toll free, 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), by sending an email request to lifeservice@equitable.com or by contacting your financial professional.

 

The Company

 

We are Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, and “us”), (until 2020, known as AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company), a New York stock life insurance corporation. We have been doing business since 1859. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under your policy.

Ways we pay policy proceeds

 

The payee for death benefit or other policy proceeds (e.g., upon surrenders) may name a successor to receive any amounts that we still owe following the payee’s death. Otherwise, we will pay any such amounts to the payee’s estate.

 

We must approve any payment arrangements that involve a payee who is not a natural person (for example, a corporation) or a payee who is a fiduciary. Also, the details of all payment arrangements will be subject to our rules at the time the arrangements are selected and take effect.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

Equitable Advisors distributes these policies pursuant to a selling agreement, dated as of May 1, 1994, as amended, between Equitable Advisors and the Company. The Company paid Equitable Advisors as the distributors of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $528,625,217 in 2023, $628,586,635 in 2022 and $633,967,608 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Advisors retained $253,096,170, $286,917,091 and $282,627,531, respectively.

 

Under a distribution agreement between Equitable Distributors and the Company and certain of the Company’s separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, the Company paid Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) as the distributor of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $383,966,142 in 2023, $535,080,397 in 2022 and $589,621,128 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) retained $0, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

 

 

 
  #558026


Underwriting a policy

 

The underwriting of a policy determines: (1) whether the policy application will be approved or disapproved; and (2) into what premium class the insured should be placed. Risk factors that are considered for these determinations are: (i) the insured’s age; (ii) whether the insured uses tobacco or not; and (iii) the admitted medical history of the insured. Many other factors make up the overall evaluation of an individual’s assessment for insurance, but all of these items are determined through the questions asked during the application process.

 

For COIL Institutional SeriesSM, COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162), Equitable AdvantageSM, VUL Legacy®, VUL Optimizer® and VUL Survivorship policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2017 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life Legacy®, Incentive Life Legacy® II, IncentiveLife Legacy® III, Incentive Life Optimizer®, Incentive Life Optimizer® II, IncentiveLife Optimizer® III and Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life®, Incentive Life® ‘02 and Incentive Life® ‘06 policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

Insurance regulation that applies to the Company

 

We are regulated and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations in every state where we sell policies. We submit annual reports on our operations and finances to insurance officials in all of these states. The officials are responsible for reviewing our reports to see that we are financially sound. Such regulation, however, does not guarantee or provide absolute assurance of our soundness.

 

Custodian

 

The Company is the custodian for shares of the Trusts owned by Separate Account FP. The Company’s principal offices are located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105.

 

Independent registered public accounting firm

 

The (i) financial statements of each of the variable investment options of Separate Account FP as of December 31, 2023 and for each of the periods indicated therein and the (ii) consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for each of the three years in the period ended

December 31, 2023 incorporated in this Statement of Additional Information by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS/A (for Separate Account FP) and Form N-VPFS/A (for Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company) have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides independent audit services and certain other non-audit services to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as permitted by the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company’s Form 10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

Financial statements

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company incorporated by reference should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies.

 

 

2


Incentive Life® ‘06

 

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2024

 

 

 

An individual flexible premium variable life insurance policy issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “Equitable Financial”, “we”, “our” and “us”), formerly AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable life insurance, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

 

Please read this prospectus and keep it for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any other action under a policy. This prospectus supersedes all prior prospectuses and supplements. Also, you should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the Portfolios.

 

 

This prospectus describes the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy, but is not itself a policy. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the policy’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the policy’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the policy are changed after the date of this prospectus in accordance with the policy, those changes will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements. To make this prospectus easier to read, we sometimes use different words than the policy. The Company or your financial professional can provide any further explanation about your policy.

 

This policy is no longer being sold. This prospectus is for current policy owners only. You should note that your policy features and charges, and your investment options, may vary depending on the state and/or the date on which you purchased your policy. For more information about the particular features, charges and options available to you, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

What is Incentive Life® ‘06?

 

Incentive Life® ‘06 provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in our guaranteed interest option and/or one or more of the variable investment options set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Amounts that you allocate under your policy to any of the variable investment options are invested in a corresponding ”Portfolio“ that is part of one of the trusts (the ”Trusts“), which are mutual funds. Please see Appendix: “Investment

options available under the policy” to this prospectus for more information about the Portfolios and the Trusts. Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend on those of the related Portfolio. Any gains will generally be tax deferred and the life insurance benefits we pay if the policy‘s insured person dies will generally be income tax free.

 

Other choices you have.  You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs. For example, subject to our rules, you can (1) choose when and how much you contribute (as ”premiums“) to your policy, (2) pay certain premium amounts to guarantee that your insurance coverage will continue for the first five policy years, regardless of investment performance, (3) borrow or withdraw amounts you have accumulated, (4) choose between two life insurance death benefit options, (5) increase or decrease the amount of insurance coverage, (6) elect to receive an insurance benefit if the insured person becomes terminally ill, and (7) obtain certain optional benefits that we offer by ”riders“ to your policy.

 

Other policies.  We offer a variety of fixed and variable life insurance policies which offer policy features, including investment options, that are different from those offered by this prospectus. Not every policy or feature is offered through your financial professional. Replacing existing insurance with another policy may not be to your advantage. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (”SEC“) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The policies are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal.

#538779/AA & ADL


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

 

 

Definitions of Key Terms

   4

Important information you should consider about the Incentive Life® ‘06 variable life insurance policy

   6

Overview of the policy

   9

Fee Table

   11
  

1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

  

 14

Risks of investing in a policy

   14

How the Incentive Life® ‘06 variable life insurance policy is available

   14
  

2. The Company

  

15

How to reach us

   16

About our Separate Account FP

   17

Your voting privileges

   17

About the Trusts

   17
  

3. Portfolios of the Trusts

  

18

  

4. Determining your policy’s value

  

20

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

   20

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

   20

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate during the first five years

   21

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

   21

You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider

   22

Investment options within your policy

   22

Your policy account value

   23
  

5. Transferring your money among our investment options

  

24

Transfers you can make

   24

How to make transfers

   24

Our automatic transfer service

   24

Our asset rebalancing service

   25
 

 

 

“Financial professional” means the registered representative of either Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN) or an unaffiliated broker which has entered into a selling agreement with Equitable Distributors, LLC who is offering you this policy.

When we address the reader of this prospectus with words such as “you“ and “your,“ we mean the person or persons having the right or responsibility that this prospectus is discussing at that point. This usually is the

policy’s owner. If a policy has more than one owner, all owners must join in the exercise of any rights an owner has under the policy, and the word “owner” therefore refers to all owners.

When we use the word “state,” we also mean any other local jurisdiction whose laws or regulations affect a policy.

 

 

2


6. Accessing your money

  

26

About your life insurance benefit

   26

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

   26

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

   27

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

   28

Accessing your money

   28

Borrowing from your policy

   29

Loan extension

   30

Making withdrawals from your policy

   31

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

   31

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

   31
  

7. Tax information

  

33

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

   33

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

   33

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

   35

Business and employer owned policies

   35

Requirement that we diversify investments

   36

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

   36

Pension and profit-sharing plans

   37

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

   37

ERISA

   37

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

   37

Our taxes

   37

Tax withholding and information reporting

   37

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

   38
  

8. More information about policy features and benefits

  

40

Guarantee premium test for the five-year no-lapse guarantee

   44

Paid up death benefit guarantee

   44

Other benefits

   45

Customer loyalty credit

   49

Variations among Incentive Life® ‘06 policies

   49

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

   49
  

9. More information about policy charges

  

50

Deducting policy charges

   50

Charges that the Trusts deduct

   53
  

10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

  

54

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

   54

Policy issuance

   55

Ways to make premium and loan payments

   55

Assigning your policy

   55

You can change your policy’s insured person

   56

Requirements for surrender requests

   56

Gender-neutral policies

   56

Future policy exchanges

   56

Broker transaction authority

   56
  

11. More information about other matters

  

58

About the general account

   58

Transfers of your policy account value

   58

Telephone and Internet requests

   59

COVID-19

   60

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

   60

Suicide and certain misstatements

   61

When we pay policy proceeds

   61

Changes we can make

   61

Reports we will send you

   62

Distribution of the policies

   62

Legal proceedings

   64
  

12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

   65
  

13. Personalized illustrations

  

66

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

   66

Appendices

  

67

Investment options available under the policy

   67

States where certain policy features and/or benefits are not available or vary

   71
  
Requesting more information     

Statement of Additional information

    
 

 

3


Definitions of Key Terms

 

 

 

Alternative Death Benefit — the alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic death benefit option you have selected.

 

Amount at Risk — our amount at risk on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy.

 

Beneficiary — the person or entity you designate to receive the death benefit payable at the death of the Insured.

 

Business Day — is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Premium payments will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your premium payment, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

Cash Surrender Value — the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy.

 

Company — refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the Company.

 

Cost of Insurance Charge — the monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000.

 

Cost of Insurance Rates — the cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit — a customer loyalty credit is provided for policies that have been in force for more than a specified number of years depending on your age at policy issuance. This is added to your policy account value each month.

Face Amount — represents the amount of insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person.

 

Guaranteed Interest Account — is a fixed account that is part of our General Account, also referred to as the Guaranteed Interest Option (GIO).

 

Guarantee Premium — you can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth in your policy.

 

Insured — the person on whose life we base this policy.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider — subject to our eligibility requirements, this is an optional rider that may be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.

 

Net Cash Surrender Value — the net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable.

 

Net Policy Account Value — your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (excluding any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken) and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider.

 

No-Lapse Guarantee — a provision of your policy offered at no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Owner — the owner of the policy. “You” or “your” refers to the owner.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — the paid up death benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments subject to certain restrictions.

 

Policy — the policy with any attached application(s), any riders, and any endorsements.

 

Policy Account Value — your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options,

 

 

4


(ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Premium Payments — we call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.”

 

Register Date — your policy’s “register date” will be shown in your policy and is the date from which we measure the months, years and anniversaries of your policy. Your register date is determined as described in “policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

    

 

 

5


Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy (the “policy”):

 

 

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal from your policy, however, if you surrender the policy in its first ten years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount, you will be subject to a surrender charge of up to 4.791% of face amount. For example, if you surrender your policy in the first year and the policy face amount was $100,000, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $4,791.

 

For more information on the impacts of withdrawals, please refer to “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus. For more information on surrender charges, please refer to “Deducting policy charges” in this prospectus.

   
Transaction Charges  

In addition to surrender charges, you may be subject to other transaction charges, including charges on each premium paid under the policy, charges in connection with requests to decrease your policy’s face amount, transfer fees, and other special service charges (e.g., wire transfer charges, express mail charges, policy illustration charges, duplicate policy charges, policy history charges, and charges for returned payments).

 

For more information on transaction charges, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

   
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)   In addition to transaction charges, an investment in the policy is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses, including fees and expenses covering the cost of insurance under the policy, administration and mortality risks, and the cost of optional benefits available under the policy. Such fees and expenses may be based on characteristics of the insured (e.g., age, sex, risk class and particular health, occupational or vocational risks). You should view the information pages of your policy for rates applicable to your policy.
  You will also bear expenses associated with the variable investment options that you invest in (the “Portfolios”) under the policy, as shown in the following table:
    Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
  Portfolios    0.57%    2.60%
  Portfolio expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses and may change from year to year. For more information on ongoing fees and expenses, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus and Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” which is part of this prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss   You may lose money by investing in the policy.
Not a Short-Term Investment   The policy is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis. Consequently, you should not use the policy as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. Because of the long-term nature of the policy, you should consider whether purchasing the Policy is consistent with the purpose for which it is being considered.
Risks Associated with Investment Options  

An investment in the policy is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Portfolios available under the policy and the guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), each of which has its own unique risks. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account”.) You should review the Portfolios’ prospectuses and the “Guaranteed Interest Option” section in “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Portfolio prospectuses are available at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146666.

For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

6


Insurance Company Risks   An investment in the policy is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any policy obligations (including under the GIO), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available at https://equitable.com/about-us/financial-strength-ratings. More information about the Company’s general account can be found in “About our general account” in this prospectus.
Policy Lapse   Death benefits will not be paid if the policy has lapsed. Your policy may lapse if, due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest, your net policy account value does not cover policy charges. If your policy provides for a no-lapse guarantee, you may have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating. If your policy lapses, you will be notified in writing and given an opportunity to make additional payments to reinstate your policy.
  For more information on how to prevent your policy from lapsing, please refer to “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.
RESTRICTIONS
Investments   You may allocate your premiums to any of the Portfolios set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” (unless you exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee in which case you are limited to certain investment options as provided in said Appendix). We reserve the right to remove or substitute Portfolios as investment options under the policy.
  Currently, the total of all transfers of variable investment options you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in a single Portfolio, even if it is less than $500. We may limit transfers you can make out of the unloaned GIO and we may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO, if the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee is in effect. For more information, please refer to “Restrictions on allocations and transfers” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.
  We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). Only written transfer requests submitted to our Administrative Office may be processed for Policies that are jointly owned or assigned. We reserve the right to limit Policy transfers if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.”
    For more information please refer to “Variable investment options” and “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.
Optional Benefits   As a policy owner, you may be able to obtain extra benefits, which may require additional charges. These optional benefits are described in what is known as a “rider” to the policy.
  Optional benefits may be subject to additional charges and payments made under these benefits are generally subject to the same transaction fees as other premium payments but may be treated differently for other purposes (e.g., certain death benefit minimums). Optional benefits are not available for all ages (or may terminate at certain ages) and underwriting classifications. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time, unless previously elected.
  For more information on optional benefits and other limitations under the policy, please refer to “Other benefits,” and “Suicide and certain misstatements” in this prospectus.
TAXES
Tax Implications   You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the policy. There is no additional tax benefit to the investor if the policy is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties.
    For more information on tax implications relating to policy investments, please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

7


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation   Some financial professionals may receive compensation for selling the policy to you, both in the form of commissions or in the form of contribution-based compensation. Financial professionals may also receive additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). This conflict of interest may influence the financial professional to recommend this policy over another investment.
    For more information on investment professional compensation, please refer to “Distribution of the policies” in this prospectus.
Exchanges   Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new policy in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your policy if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both policies, that it is preferable to purchase the new policy, rather than continue to own your current policy.
    For more information on exchanges, please refer to the paragraph titled “Section 1035 exchanges of policies” under “How you can pay for and contribute to your policy” in this prospectus, as well as the section titled “Future policy exchanges” in this prospectus.

 

8


Overview of the policy

 

 

 

The following summaries provide a brief overview of the more significant aspects of the policy. We provide more complete and detailed information in the subsequent sections of this prospectus and in the statement of additional information and the policy contract.

 

Brief Description of the Policy

 

Incentive Life® ‘06 is a form of variable life insurance the primary purpose of which is to provide a death benefit which is paid upon the death of the insured person. The Policy provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option, and/or (ii) one or more of the Portfolios, which are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs.

 

Some policy forms, features and/or riders described in this prospectus may be subject to state variations or may not be available in all states. Some policy forms, features, and/or Portfolios described in this prospectus may not be available through all brokers. The form number for this policy is 05-200. A state and/or other code may follow the form number. Your policy’s form number is located in the lower left-hand corner of the first page of your policy.

 

Premiums

 

The policy offers flexibility in paying premiums. With certain exceptions, you choose the timing and the amount of premium payments. Payment of insufficient premiums may result in a lapse of the policy.

 

A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In your application, you

may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage), but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

You can allocate your Policy’s value to the Portfolios or to the guaranteed interest option. Additional information on the available Portfolios are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. The guaranteed interest option pays a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically with a 2.0% minimum.

 

 

9


Contract Features

 

Types of Death Benefit If the insured dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. You may choose from two types of death benefit options. You may change from one death benefit type to another, subject to limitations, and charges may apply. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B:

 

  Option A: The Policy’s face amount on the date of the insured’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the Policy’s face amount.

 

  Option B: The face amount plus the Policy’s “account value” on the date of the insured’s death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including Portfolio investment performance, charges and expenses, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your Policy’s account value.

 

There is also an alternative higher death benefit paid in certain circumstances. For additional detail regarding the calculation and payment of death benefits see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus.

 

Loans – You may borrow money from your Policy, subject to certain limitations. Interest charges will apply.

 

Withdrawals – Subject to certain conditions, you may withdraw a part of your Policy’s cash surrender value without surrendering the Policy.

 

Surrendering the Policy – A Policy may be surrendered for its net cash surrender value while the insured is living. Tax penalties may apply.

 

Riders – You may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits under the Policy, which may require additional charges. These optional insurance benefits are referenced herein as “riders” to the Policy. You may be eligible for the following riders that we charge for:

 

  Children’s Term Insurance Rider: This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days and 18 years old.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver Rider: This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver Rider: This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders, which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.
  Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider: This rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.

 

These benefits will be automatically added at no charge to eligible policies:

 

  Accounting Benefit Endorsement: This endorsement refunds or waives all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period. The Accounting Benefit Endorsement is no longer applicable.

 

  Living Benefits Rider: This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider).

 

  Loan Extension Endorsement: Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.”

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee: This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider: If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Depending on when your Policy was purchased, certain variations may apply which differ from the information contained in this section. In addition, depending on where your Policy was issued, certain features or benefits may not be available or vary from the Policy’s features and benefits described in this prospectus.

 

 

10


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Policy. Please refer to your Policy’s information pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Policy, surrender or make withdrawals from the Policy, or transfer cash value between Portfolios.

 

Transaction Fees
Charge   When Charge is Deducted    Amount Deducted
Premium charge   From each premium    6% of each premium(1)
Surrender (turning in) of your policy during its first 10 years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount(3)   Upon surrender   

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount or per $1,000 of requested base policy face amount increase:(2)

 

Highest: $47.91

 

Lowest: $10.96

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

  Upon surrender    Representative: $19.21(4)
Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount   Effective date of the decrease    A pro rata portion of the charge that would apply to a full surrender at the time of the decrease
Transfers among investment options   Upon transfer    $25 per transfer(5)(7)
Exercise of option to receive a “living benefit”   At the time of the transaction    $250

Special Services Charges

•   Wire Transfer Charge(6)

•   Express Mail Charge(6)

•   Policy Illustration Charge(7)

 

•   Duplicate Policy Charge(8)

•   Policy History Charge(8)(9)

•   Charge for Returned Payments(8)

 

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

  

 

Current and Maximum Charge: $90

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current Charge: $0

Maximum Charge: $25

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current and Maximum Charge: $50

Current and Maximum Charge: $25

 

(1)

Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. If your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount.

(2)

If your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(3)

The surrender charge attributable to an increase in your policy’s face amount is in addition to any remaining surrender charge attributable to the policy’s initial face amount.

(4)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class.

(5)

No charge, however, will ever apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service as discussed in this prospectus.

(6)

Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

(7)

We do not currently charge this fee, but reserve the right to in the future.

(8)

The charge for this service must be paid using funds outside of your policy. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

(9)

The charge for this service may be less depending on the policy history you request. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

 

11


The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the policy, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

 

Periodic Charges Other Than Annual Portfolio Company Expenses
Charge    When Charge is Deducted        Amount Deducted
Base Contract Charge:
Administration charge(1)    Monthly  

(1)  Policy Year

     1

     2+

  Amount deducted

$20

$15

     plus  
        

(2)  Charge per $1,000 of the initial
base policy face amount and any
requested base policy face
amount increase that exceeds
the highest previous face
amount:

 

    Highest: $0.30

    Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly  

    Representative: $0.07(4)

Cost of Insurance(1)(2)    Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for
which we are at risk(3):

 

Highest: $83.34

Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue, in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly   Representative: $0.14(5)

Mortality and expense risk charge

   Monthly  

PolicyYear

  Annual % of your value

in our variable

investment options

        

1-10

11+

  1.00%

0.50%

Loan interest spread(6)

   On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)     1% of loan amount
Optional Benefit Charges:    While rider is in effect     
Children’s Term Insurance    Monthly       Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:
$0.50
Disability deduction waiver    Monthly       Percentage of all other monthly charges:

 

Highest: 132%

 

Lowest: 7%

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly       Representative: 12%(5)
Disability premium waiver(8)
(Initial base policy face amount)
   Monthly       Charge for disability premium waiver per
$1,000 of benefit for which such rider is
purchased(7) :

 

Highest: $0.69

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly       Representative: $0.07(5)

 

12


Optional Benefit Charges:
Disability premium waiver
(Children’s Term Insurance)
   Monthly           Charge for disability premium waiver per
$1,000 of benefit for which such rider is
purchased(7) :

 

Highest: $0.03

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative
investor (male age 35 at issue in the
preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly           Representative: $0.01(5)
Disability premium waiver
(Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider)
   Monthly           Charge for disability premium waiver per
$1,000 of benefit for which such rider is
purchased(7) :

 

Highest: $0.02

Lowest: $0.0009

Charge for a Representative
investor (male age 35 at issue
in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly           Representative: $0.003(5)
Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider    Monthly           Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which
we are at risk(9) :

 

Highest: $1.18

Lowest: $0.08

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly           Representative: $0.22(10)
(1)

Not applicable after the insured person reaches age 100.

(2)

Insured persons who present particular health, occupational or vocational risks may be charged other additional charges as specified in their policies.

(3)

Our amount “at risk” is the difference between the amount of death benefit and the policy account value as of the deduction date.

(4)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class.

(5)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in the first policy year for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class.

(6)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit.

(7)

Amount charged equals the sum of disability premium waiver rider charges corresponding to the base policy, any children’s term insurance and/or any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider that you have added to your policy and to any base policy face amount increases.

(8)

The monthly charges corresponding to the base policy will be adjusted proportionately to any face amount reduction made at your request or resulting from a partial withdrawal under death benefit Option A.

(9)

Our amount “at risk” for this rider is the long-term care specified amount minus your policy account value, but not less than zero.

(10)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred non-tobacco user risk class.

 

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Policy. A complete list of Portfolios available under the Policy, including their annual expenses, may be found in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”.

 

Annual Portfolio Company Expenses      Minimum        Maximum
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses before the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio asset, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fee, and other expenses)(1)        0.57      2.60%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements(1)        0.54      2.26%

 

(1)

“Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2025, (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2025. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

You bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a Portfolio that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using. These fees and expenses are reflected in the Portfolio’s net asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the Portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Trust prospectus for that Portfolio.

 

13


1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

 

 

 

Incentive Life® ‘06 is a variable life insurance policy that provides you with flexible premium payment plans and benefits to meet your specific needs. The basic terms of the policy require you to make certain payments in return for life insurance coverage. The payments you can make and the coverage you can receive under this “base policy” are described below.

 

Riders to your base policy can increase the benefits you receive and affect the amounts you pay in certain circumstances. Available riders are listed in “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Risks of investing in a policy

 

The policy is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. Some of the principal risks of investing in a policy are as follows:

 

  If the investment options you choose perform poorly, you could lose some or all of the premiums you pay.

 

  If the investment options you choose do not make enough money to pay for the policy charges, except to the extent provided by any five-year no lapse guarantee, paid-up death benefit guarantee or loan extension feature you may have, you could have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating.

 

  If any policy loan and any accrued loan interest either equals or exceeds the policy account value, your policy will terminate subject to the policy’s Grace Period provision and any loan extension endorsement you may have.

 

  If you take a policy loan or a partial withdrawal you may decrease the net policy account value, cash surrender value and/or death benefit and may risk the loss of the no lapse guarantee.

 

  There may be adverse tax consequences associated with taking a policy loan or making a partial withdrawal from your policy.

 

  We can increase, without your consent and subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, any charge that you currently pay at less than the maximum amount. We will not increase any charge beyond the highest maximum noted in “Fee Tables”.

 

  You may have to pay a surrender charge and there may be adverse tax consequences if you wish to discontinue some or all of your insurance coverage under a policy.

 

  Partial withdrawals from your policy are available only after the first policy year and must be at least $500 and no more than the net cash surrender value. Under certain circumstances, we will automatically reduce your policy’s face amount as a result of a partial withdrawal.

 

Your policy permits other transactions that also have risks. These and other risks and benefits of investing in a policy are discussed in detail throughout this prospectus.

 

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each investment option may be found in the Trust prospectus for that investment option.

 

How the Incentive Life® ‘06 variable life insurance policy is available

 

Incentive Life® ‘06 was primarily intended for purchasers other than retirement plans. However, we do not place limitations on its use. Please see “Tax information” for more information. Incentive Life® ‘06 was available for issue ages 0 to 85.

 

 

14


2. The Company

 

 

 

Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the policy.

    

 

 

15


How to reach us

 

To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that we provide in connection with your policy or the Portfolios, you may communicate with our Administrative Office as listed below for the purposes described. Please refer to “Telephone and Internet requests” for effective dates for processing telephone, Internet and fax requests, in this prospectus.

 

By mail:

 

At the Post Office Box for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

P.O. Box 1047

Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047

 

By express delivery only:

 

At the Street Address for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

8501 IBM Drive, Suite 150

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-4333

1-704-341-7000 (for express delivery purposes only)

 

By Phone:

 

Monday through Thursday, 8:30 am to 7:00 pm and Friday, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm, Eastern Time: 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

By e-mail:

 

life-service@equitable.com

 

By fax:

 

1-855-268-6378

 

By Internet:

 

You may register for online account access at www.equitable.com. Our website provides access to account information and customer service. After registering, you can view account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and find answers to common questions.

 

Required Forms. We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

request for our automatic transfer service (our dollar cost averaging service);

 

(2)

request for our asset rebalancing service;

 

(3)

transfers among Investment options (if submitted by e-mail);

 

(4)

designation of new policy owner(s); and

 

(5)

designation of new beneficiary(ies).

Other Requests.  We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following:

 

(a)

policy surrenders;

 

(b)

transfers among investment options (not submitted by e-mail);

 

(c)

changes in allocation percentages for premiums and deductions; and

 

(d)

electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment options and/or change your address (1) by phone (2) over the Internet, through www.equitable.com or (3) by writing our Administrative Office. For more information about transaction requests you can make by phone or over the Internet, see “How to make transfers” and “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed over the Internet.

 

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to these services if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” (See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters.”)

 

Formal Requirements.  Except for properly authorized telephone or Internet transactions, any notice or request that does not use our standard form must be in writing. It must be dated and signed by you and should also specify your name, title (if applicable), the insured person’s name (if different), your policy number and adequate details about the notice you wish to give or other action you wish us to take. We may require you to return your policy to us before we make certain policy changes that you may request.

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the owner or any other person that our procedures permit to exercise the right or privilege in question. If there are joint owners all must sign. Any irrevocable beneficiary or assignee that we have on our records also must sign certain types of requests.

 

You should send all requests, notices and payments to our Administrative Office at the addresses specified above. We will also accept requests and notices by fax at the above number, if we believe them to be genuine. We reserve the right, however, to require an original signature before acting on any faxed item. You must send premium payments after the first one to our Administrative Office at the above addresses; except that you should send any premiums for which we have billed you to the address on the billing notice.

 

eDelivery

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

 

16


About our Separate Account FP

 

Each variable investment option is a part (or “subaccount”) of our Separate Account FP. We established Separate Account FP under special provisions of the New York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable life insurance policies. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in Separate Account FP and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our policies. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account FP that represent our investments in Separate Account FP or that represent fees and charges under the policies that we have earned. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against Separate Account FP reflect its own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets.

 

Separate Account FP is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or Separate Account FP. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of Separate Account FP on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) of Separate Account FP available under Incentive Life® ‘06 invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust. Separate Account FP immediately reinvests all dividends and other distributions it receives from a Portfolio in additional shares of that class in that Portfolio.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company’s separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable life insurance and/or annuity products, and to separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. EQ Advisors Trust and also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our policy owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our policy owners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

 

Your voting privileges

 

Voting of Portfolio shares.  As the legal owner of any Portfolio shares that support a variable investment option, we will attend (and have the right to vote at) any meeting of shareholders of the Portfolio (or the Trusts). To satisfy currently-applicable legal requirements, however, we will give you the opportunity to tell us how to vote the number of each Portfolio’s shares that are attributable to your policy. The

number of full and fractional votes you are entitled to will be determined by dividing the policy account value (minus any policy indebtedness) allocable to an investment option by the net asset value per unit for the Portfolio underlying that investment option. We will vote shares attributable to policies for which we receive no instructions in the same proportion as the instructions we do receive from all policies that participate in our Separate Account FP (discussed below). With respect to any Portfolio shares that we are entitled to vote directly (because we do not hold them in a separate account or because they are not attributable to policies), we will vote in proportion to the instructions we have received from all holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance policies who are using that Portfolio. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of policy owners may control the outcome of a vote.

 

Under current legal requirements, we may disregard the voting instructions we receive from policy owners only in certain narrow circumstances prescribed by SEC regulations. If we do, we will advise you of the reasons in the next annual or semiannual report we send to you.

 

Voting as policy owner.  In addition to being able to instruct voting of Portfolio shares as discussed above, policy owners that use our variable investment options may in a few instances be called upon to vote on matters that are not the subject of a shareholder vote being taken by any Portfolio. If so, you will have one vote for each $100 of policy account value in any such option; and we will vote our interest in Separate Account FP in the same proportion as the instructions we receive from holders of Incentive Life® ‘06 and other policies that Separate Account FP supports.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for each Trust, or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request. For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

 

17


3. Portfolios of the Trusts

 

 

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), is an affiliate of the Company and serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust. For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” indicates the sub-adviser(s) for each Portfolio, if any. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” also shows the currently available Portfolios.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”) (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, receives advisory fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administration fees in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolios. As such, it may be more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company, the Distributors or our other affiliates may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for providing certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

 

As a policy owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company or its affiliates may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the “EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer policy owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors, an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to policy owners and/or suggest that policy owners consider whether allocating some or all of their account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your policy. Please see “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high.

 

The EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy.”

 

Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your account value and

 

18


provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, that invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the volatility management strategy. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your account value in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies.

 

Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

  (a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

  (b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Information regarding each Portfolio, including (i) its name; (ii) its type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.); (iii) its investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable; (iv) current expenses; and (v) performance is available in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. Separate prospectuses that contain more detailed information about the Portfolios have been issued by their respective Trusts.

 

You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. The prospectuses for the Trusts contain this and other important information about the Portfolios. The prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of the Trust prospectuses you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146666.

 

19


4. Determining your policy’s value

 

 

 

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

 

Premium payments. We call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.” The amount we require as your first premium varies depending on the specifics of your policy and the insured person. Each subsequent premium payment must be at least $50, although we can increase this minimum if we give you advance notice. Otherwise, with a few exceptions mentioned below, you can make premium payments at any time and in any amount.

 

Section 1035 exchanges of policies. If we approve, you may contribute to an Incentive Life® ‘06 policy through an assignment and exchange of another life insurance policy with a cash surrender value pursuant to a valid exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). If such other policy is subject to a policy loan, we may permit you to carry over all or a portion of such loan to the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy, subject to our administrative rules then in effect. In this case, we will treat any cash paid, plus any loaned amount carried over to the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy, as premium received in consideration of our issuing the policy. If we allow you to carry over all or a portion of any such outstanding loan, then we will hold amounts securing such loan in the same manner as the collateral for any other policy loan, and your policy also will be subject to all our other rules regarding loans (see “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus).

 

 

You can generally pay premiums at such times and in such amounts as you like before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday, so long as you don’t exceed certain limits determined by the federal income tax laws applicable to life insurance.

 

 

Limits on premium payments. The federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to the amount of your policy’s insurance coverage). Also, if your premium payments exceed certain other amounts specified under the Internal Revenue Code, your policy will become a “modified endowment contract,” which may subject you to additional taxes and penalties on any distributions from your policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. We may return any premium payments to you that would exceed those limits.

 

You can ask your financial professional to provide you with an Illustration of Policy Benefits that shows you the amount of premiums you can pay, based on various assumptions, without exceeding these tax law limits. The tax law limits can change as a result of certain changes you make to your

policy. For example, a reduction in the face amount of your policy may reduce the amount of premiums that you can pay and may impact whether your policy is a modified endowment contract.

 

If at any time your policy account value is high enough that the “alternative higher death benefit” discussed in this section would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

Planned periodic premiums. Page 3 of your policy will specify a “planned periodic premium.” This is the amount that you request us to bill you. You may request a different “planned periodic payment” amount at any time. However, payment of these or any other specific amounts of premiums is not mandatory. You need to pay only the amount of premiums (if any) necessary to keep your policy from lapsing and terminating as discussed below.

 

Premium Payment Plans

 

The following premium payment plans are available:

 

Direct billing is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The Company will send premium reminder notices approximately 25 days before the due date based on the mode chosen, i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

 

Military allotment billing is available on monthly mode only.

 

Salary allotment is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The minimum case requirement for new salary allotment billing units is five lives.

 

Systematic billing is available on monthly and quarterly modes. Under systematic billing, the policy owner may specify the day of the month on which the premiums should be deducted from their account (draft date). The premium payment plan and/or mode may be changed.

 

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

 

Policy “lapse” and termination. Your policy will lapse (also referred to in your policy as “default”) if your “net policy account value” is not enough to pay your policy’s monthly charges when due unless:

 

  you have paid sufficient premiums to maintain the five-year no-lapse guarantee, the guarantee is still in effect and any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value (see “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate during the first five years” below);
 

 

20


  you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider (see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus);

 

  you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee and it remains in effect and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value. (see “You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee” below); or

 

  your policy has an outstanding loan that would qualify for “loan extension.”

 

(“Policy account value” and “net policy account value” are explained under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

We will mail a notice to you at your last known address if your policy lapses. You will have a 61-day grace period to pay at least an amount prescribed in your policy which would be enough to keep your policy in force for approximately three months (without regard to investment performance). You may not make any transfers or request any other policy changes during a grace period. If we do not receive your payment by the end of the grace period, your policy (and all riders to the policy) will terminate without value and all coverage under your policy will cease. We will mail an additional notice to you if your policy terminates.

 

 

Your policy will terminate if you don’t pay enough premiums (i) to pay the charges we deduct or (ii) to maintain the five-year no-lapse guarantee that can keep your policy from terminating. However, we will first send you a notice and give you the opportunity to pay any shortfall.

 

 

You may owe taxes if your policy terminates while you have a loan outstanding, even though you receive no additional money from your policy at that time. See “Tax information,” in this prospectus.

 

Restoring a terminated policy. To have your policy “restored” (put back in force), you must apply within six months after the date of termination. In some states, you may have a longer period of time. You must also (i) present evidence of insurability satisfactory to us and (ii) pay at least the amount of premium that we require. The amount of payment will not be more than an amount sufficient to cover total monthly deductions for 3 months, calculated from the effective date of restoration, and the premium charge. We will determine the amount of this required payment as if no interest or investment performance were credited to or charged against your policy account. Your policy contains additional information about the minimum amount of this premium and about the values and terms of the policy after it is restored and the effective date of such restoration. You may only restore your policy if it has terminated without value. You may not restore a policy that was given up for its net cash surrender value. The five-year no-lapse guarantee will not be restored after the policy terminates.

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate during the first five years

 

You can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for the first five policy years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth on page 3 of your policy. We call this guarantee against termination our “no lapse guarantee.” In some states, this guarantee may be referred to by a different name.

 

Your policy will not terminate, even if your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay your monthly charges, as long as:

 

  You have satisfied the “guarantee premium test” (discussed in “guarantee premium test for the five-year no lapse guarantee” under “More information about policy benefits” in this prospectus); and

 

  Any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value.

 

There is no extra charge for this guarantee.

 

 

If you pay at least certain prescribed amounts of premiums, and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest do not exceed the policy account value, your policy will not lapse during the first five policy years, even if the value in your policy becomes insufficient to pay the monthly charges.

 

 

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Provided certain requirements are met and subject to our approval, you may elect to take advantage of our paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is 99 or less. If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we may reduce your base policy’s face amount. Thereafter, your policy will not lapse so long as the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. Also, if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion. The guaranteed interest option will also be available; however, we will limit the amount that may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option at any time. Our paid up death benefit guarantee is not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider at any time.

 

The guarantee will terminate if (i) at any time following the election, the sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest, exceeds your policy account value, or (ii) you request that we terminate the election. For more information about the circumstances under which you can elect the paid up death benefit, the possible reduction in face amount after this guarantee is elected (including the possible imposition of surrender charges upon such reduction), restrictions on allocating your policy account value and other effects of this guarantee on your policy, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

 

21


You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider

 

In states where approved, an optional rider may be added to your policy at issue that provides an acceleration of the policy’s death benefit in the form of monthly payments if the insured becomes chronically ill and is receiving qualifying long-term care services. This is our Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The monthly rate for this rider varies based on the individual characteristics of the insured and the benefit percentage you select. You can terminate this rider after your first policy year. For more information about this rider, see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Investment options within your policy

 

Except as set forth in the next sentence, we will initially put all unloaned amounts which you have allocated to variable investment options into such options on the later of the business day that we receive the full minimum initial premium or the register date (the “Investment Start Date”).

 

In those states that require us to return your premium without adjustment for investment performance within a certain number of days (see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days,” in this prospectus), we will initially put all amounts which you have allocated to the variable investment options into our EQ/Money Market investment option. In this case, on the first business day following the twentieth day after your policy is issued, we will reallocate that investment in accordance with your premium allocation instructions then in effect. For policies issued in these states, the “Allocation Date” is the first business day following the twentieth day after your policy is issued. For all other policies, the Allocation Date is the Investment Start Date.

 

You give such allocation instructions in your application to purchase a policy. You can change the premium allocation percentages at any time, but this will not affect any prior allocations. The allocation percentages that you specify must always be in whole numbers and total exactly 100%.

 

The policy is between you and the Company. The policy is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your policy. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the policy, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the policy. If your policy is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), your financial professional is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your policy. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

You can choose among variable investment options.

 

 

Variable investment options.  The available variable investment options are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to these as “Investment Funds.”) The investment results you will achieve in any one of these options will depend on the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio that shares the same name as that option. That Portfolio follows investment practices, policies and objectives that are appropriate to the variable investment option you have chosen. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

The advisers who make the investment decisions for each Portfolio are set forth in this prospectus under “Portfolios of the Trusts.”

 

You will find other important information about each Portfolio in the separate prospectuses for each Trust, including a comprehensive discussion of the risks of investing in each Portfolio. To obtain copies of Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146666. We may add or delete variable investment options or Portfolios at any time.

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, your choice of variable investment options will be limited to the EQ Allocation investment options, or those investment options we are then making available under the rider (see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits”).

 

Guaranteed interest option.  You can also allocate some or all of your policy’s value to our guaranteed interest option. We, in turn, invest such amounts as part of our general assets. Periodically, we declare a fixed rate of interest (2% minimum) on amounts that you allocate to our guaranteed interest option. We credit and compound the interest daily at an effective annual rate that equals the declared rate. The rates we are declaring on existing policies at any time may differ from the rates we are then declaring for newly issued policies. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we will restrict the amount of the policy account value that can be transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option. For more information on these restrictions, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

 

We will pay at least 2% annual interest on our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

 

22


Your policy account value

 

As set forth in this prospectus, we deduct certain charges from each premium payment you make. We credit the rest of each premium payment to your “policy account value.” You instruct us to allocate your policy account value to one or more of the policy’s investment options indicated in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” of this prospectus.

 

Your policy account value is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than in (iii)), and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the variable investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. Your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) and (ii) above, plus any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. (Your policy and other supplemental material may refer to the account that holds the amounts in (ii) and (iii) above as our “Guaranteed Interest Account.”) Your policy account value is subject to certain charges discussed in ”More information about policy expenses” in this prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value will be credited with the same net returns as are achieved by the Portfolios that you select and interest credited on amounts in the guaranteed interest option, and is reduced by the amount of charges we deduct under the policy.

 

 

Your policy’s value in our variable investment options. We invest the policy account value that you have allocated to any variable investment option in shares of the corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.”

 

The number of your units in any variable investment option does not change, absent an event or transaction under your policy that involves moving assets into or out of that option. Whenever any amount is withdrawn or otherwise deducted from one of your policy’s variable investment options, we “redeem” (cancel) the number of units that has a value equal to that amount. This can happen, for example, when all or a portion of monthly deductions and transaction-based charges are allocated to that option, or when loans, transfers, withdrawals and surrenders are made from that option. Similarly, you “purchase” additional units having the same value as the amount of any premium, loan repayment, or transfer that you allocate to that option.

 

The value of each unit will increase or decrease each business day, as though you had invested in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly (and reinvested all dividends and distributions from the Portfolio in additional Portfolio shares). On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to your policy under that option,

multiplied by that day’s value for one such unit. The mortality and expense risk charge mentioned in this prospectus is calculated as a percentage of the value you have in the variable investment options and deducted monthly from your policy account based on your deduction allocations.

 

Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option. Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option includes: (i) any amounts that have been allocated to that option, based on your request (excluding loaned amounts), and (ii) any “restricted” amounts that we hold in that option as a result of your election to receive a living benefit. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. We credit all of such amounts with interest at rates we declare from time to time. We guarantee that these rates will not be less than a 2% effective annual rate.

 

Amounts may be allocated to or removed from your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option for the same purposes as described in this prospectus for the variable investment options. We credit your policy with a number of dollars in that option that equals any amount that is being allocated to it. Similarly, if amounts are being removed from your guaranteed interest option for any reason, we reduce the amount you have credited to that option on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

 

23


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

 

 

 

Transfers you can make

 

 

You can transfer among our variable investment options and into our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

After your policy’s Allocation Date, you can transfer amounts from one investment option to another. Unless the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, there are no restrictions on transfers into the guaranteed interest option. However, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option and among our variable investment options are more limited. Currently, the total of all transfers you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in an investment option, even if it is less than $500. We reserve the right to lower this $500 limit upon written notice to you. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers among variable investment options and transfers out of the guaranteed interest option as described in your policy, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

Certain transfer restrictions apply if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits.” If your policy is placed on loan extension, we will transfer any remaining policy account value in the variable investment options to the guaranteed interest option. No transfers from the guaranteed interest option are permitted thereafter.

 

Please see “Investment options within your policy” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Current unrestricted transfers out of the guaranteed interest option.   We are relaxing our policy rules so that, beginning on the business day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, you may transfer any amount of unloaned policy account value out of the guaranteed interest option to any other investment option until further notice. If we decide to change our limitations on transfers out of the guaranteed interest option, we will provide you with notice of at least 30 days.

 

See the “How to make transfers” section below on how you can request a transfer. In general, transfers take effect on the date the request is received. However, any written, telephone, Internet or facsimile transaction requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) take effect the next business day.

 

Please note that the ability to make unrestricted transfers from the guaranteed interest option does not apply to any amounts that we are holding as collateral for a policy loan or as “restricted” amounts as a result of your election to receive a living benefit, if available under your policy. Finally, there

may be a charge for making this transfer. Please see ”Fee Table” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus for more information about charges for this transfer.

 

If the policy is on loan extension, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option are not permitted.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  We reserve the right to limit access to the services described below if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing” (see “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters”).

 

How to make transfers

 

Internet transfers. Generally, you can make transfers over the Internet if you are the owner of the policy. You may do this by visiting our www.equitable.com website and registering for online account access. This service may not always be available. The restrictions relating to transfers are described below.

 

Online transfers.  You can make online transfers by following one of two procedures:

 

  For individually owned policies for which you are the owner, by logging onto our website, described under “By Internet” in “How to reach us” in this prospectus; or

 

  For corporation and trust owned policies, we require a special authorization form to obtain access. The form is available on our website www.equitable.com or by contacting our Administrative Office.

 

For more information, see “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). If you are unable to reach us via our website, you should send a written transfer request to our Administrative Office.

 

Transfers through our Administrative Office.  You may submit a written request for a transfer to our Administrative Office. We require a written request for jointly owned policies.

 

Our automatic transfer service

 

We offer an automatic transfer service. This service allows you to gradually allocate amounts to the variable investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the variable investment options you select. This will cause you to purchase more units if the unit’s value is low, and fewer units if the unit’s value is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per unit over the long term.

 

 

24


 

Using the automatic transfer service does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

Our automatic transfer service (also referred to as our “dollar cost averaging service”) enables you to make automatic monthly transfers from the EQ/Money Market option to our other variable investment options. You may elect the automatic transfer service with your policy application or at any later time (provided you are not using the asset rebalancing service described below). At least $5,000 must be allocated to the EQ/Money Market option to begin using the automatic transfer service. You can choose up to eight other variable investment options to receive the automatic transfers, but each transfer to each option must be at least $50.

 

This service terminates when the EQ/Money Market option is depleted. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. You can also cancel the automatic transfer service at any time by sending a written request to our Administrative Office. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our automatic transfer service.

 

Our asset rebalancing service

 

You may wish us to periodically redistribute the amounts you have in our variable investment options so that the relative amount of your policy account value in each variable option is restored to an asset allocation that you select. You can accomplish this automatically through our asset rebalancing service. The rebalancing may be at quarterly, semiannual, or annual intervals.

 

You may specify asset allocation percentages for all available variable investment options up to a maximum of 50. The allocation percentage you specify for each variable investment option selected must be at least 2% (whole percentages only) of the total value you hold under the variable investment options, and the sum of the percentages must equal 100%. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service (discussed above).

 

You may request the asset rebalancing service in your policy application or at any later time by completing our enrollment form. At any time, you may also terminate the rebalancing program or make changes to your allocations under the program. Once enrolled in the rebalancing service, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the service. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our asset rebalancing service will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your rebalancing service. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing

service (or termination of your enrollment in the service) must be in writing and sent to our Administrative Office.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our asset rebalancing service. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. The guaranteed interest option is not an available investment option with the asset rebalancing service.

    

 

 

25


6. Accessing your money

 

 

 

About your life insurance benefit

 

As long as your policy is in force, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary or beneficiaries once we receive at our Administrative Office satisfactory proof of the Insured’s death. The death benefit is determined as of the date of death and generally paid within 7 days after proof of death and any other required documents are received.

 

Your policy’s face amount. In your application to buy an Incentive Life® ‘06 policy, you tell us how much insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person. We call this the “face amount” of the base policy. $100,000 is the minimum amount of coverage you can request.

 

 

If the insured person dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B. (See “Your options for receiving policy proceeds” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.)

 

 

Your policy’s “death benefit” options. In your policy application, you also choose whether the basic amount (or “benefit”) we will pay if the insured person dies is:

 

  Option A — The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy face amount;

 

— or —

 

  Option B — The face amount plus the “policy account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of the death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy account value.

 

Your “policy account value” is the total amount that at any time is earning interest for you or being credited with investment gains and losses under your policy. (Policy account value is discussed in more detail under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

Under Option B, your policy’s death benefit will tend to be higher than under Option A, assuming the same policy face amount and policy account value. As a result, the monthly insurance charge we deduct will also be higher to compensate us for our additional risk. If you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy has been placed on loan extension, the death benefit option will be Option A and must remain Option A thereafter.

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

 

Your policy is designed to always provide a minimum level of insurance protection relative to your policy account value, in part to meet the Code’s definition of “life insurance.”

 

We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. This alternative death benefit is computed by multiplying your policy account value on the insured person’s date of death by a percentage specified in your policy. The percentage depends on the insured person’s age. Representative percentages are as follows:

 

 

If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected.

 

 

Age:*   40 and under     45     50     55     60     65  
%:       250%       215%       185%       150%       130%       120%  
Age:       70        75-90      91     92     93     94-Over  
%:       115%       105%       104%       103%       102%       101%  
*

For the then-current policy year.

 

This higher alternative death benefit exposes us to greater insurance risk than the regular Option A and B death benefits. Because the cost of insurance charges we make under your policy are based in part on the amount of our risk, you will pay more cost of insurance charges for any periods during which the higher alternative death benefit is the operative one.

 

The alternative higher death benefit is a component of the Option A and Option B death benefits that will be paid (if higher) in order for the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy to satisfy the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In general, for a policy to be treated as a life insurance contract under the Code, it must pass one of two tests, the cash value accumulation test or the guideline premium/cash value corridor test. Only the guideline premium/cash value corridor test applies to the Incentive Life® ‘06 policy. Under the guideline premium requirement, the sum of the premiums paid under the policy may not at any time exceed the greater of the guideline single premium or the sum of the guideline level premiums, for the benefits promised under the policy. Under the cash value corridor requirement, the death benefit at any time must be equal to or greater than the applicable percentage of policy account value specified in Section 7702(c) of the Code. We apply these principles to both Option A and Option B death benefits.

 

The operative period for the higher alternative death benefit is determined in connection with the requirements of the Code. The calculation of the death benefit is built into the

 

 

26


monthly calculation of the cost of insurance charge, which is based on the net amount at risk. The need for the higher alternative death benefit is assessed on each monthly anniversary date, and on the death of the insured. Each policy owner receives an annual statement showing various policy values. The annual statement shows the death benefit amount as of the policy anniversary, and that amount would reflect the alternative higher death benefit amount, if applicable at that time. This annual statement also reflects the monthly cost of insurance charge for the policy year, reflecting a higher net amount at risk in those months when the higher alternative death benefit is in effect.

 

Other adjustments to death benefit.  We will increase the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any other benefits we owe upon the insured person’s death under any optional riders which are in effect.

 

We will reduce the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest, as well as any amount of monthly charges under the policy that remain unpaid because the insured person died during a grace period. We also reduce the death benefit if we have already paid part of it under a Living Benefits Rider. We reduce it by the amount of the living benefits payment plus interest. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. Under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, any monthly benefit payments will be treated as a lien against the death benefit and reduce your death benefit.

 

Death benefit if your policy is on loan extension.  Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.” Availability of this feature is subject to certain terms and conditions, including that you must have had your policy in force at least 20 years. If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit payable under the policy will be determined differently. For more information on loan extension, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money.”

 

 

Subject to certain restrictions you can request a change in your death benefit option.

 

 

Change of death benefit option.  If you change from Option A to Option B, we automatically reduce your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. We may refuse this change if the policy’s face amount would be reduced below $100,000. Changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 80, if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect or your policy is on loan extension. Also, changes from Option A to Option B may cause certain policy benefits to be unavailable.

 

If you change from Option B to Option A, we automatically increase your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. You can request a change from Option B to

Option A any time after the second policy year and before the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 100th birthday.

 

If the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in death benefit option, we will determine the new base policy face amount somewhat differently from the general procedures described above.

 

We will not deduct or establish any amount of surrender charge as a result of a change in death benefit option. You may not change the death benefit option under your policy while the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect. Please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus, to learn about certain possible income tax consequences that may result from a change in death benefit option, including the effect of an automatic increase or decrease in face amount.

 

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

 

After the first policy year while this policy is in force, you may request an increase in life insurance coverage under your policy. You may request a decrease in your policy’s face amount any time after the second year of your policy but before the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 100. The requested increase or decrease must be at least $10,000. Please refer to “Tax information” for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of changing the face amount of your policy.

 

We can refuse or limit any requested increase or decrease. We will not approve any increase or decrease if (i) we are at that time being required to waive charges or pay premiums under any optional disability waiver rider that is part of the policy; (ii) the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect; or (iii) your policy is on loan extension. Also, we will not approve a face amount increase if the insured person has reached age 81 or you have elected the accounting benefit endorsement. Moreover, we will not approve a face amount increase while the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect. We will not accept a request for a face amount decrease while you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

Certain policy changes, including increases and decreases in your insurance coverage, may also affect the guarantee premiums under the policy.

 

The following additional conditions also apply:

 

Face amount increases.  We treat an increase in face amount in many respects as if it were the issuance of a new policy. For example, you must submit satisfactory evidence that the insured person still meets our requirements for coverage. Also, we establish additional amounts of surrender charge and guarantee premiums under your policy for the face amount increase, reflecting the additional amount of coverage.

 

In most states, you can cancel the face amount increase within 10 days after you receive a new policy page showing the increase. If you cancel, we will reverse any charges attributable

 

 

27


to the increase and recalculate all values under your policy to what they would have been had the increase not taken place.

 

The monthly cost of insurance charge we make for the amount of the increase will be based on the underwriting classification of the insured person when the original policy was issued, provided the insured qualifies for the same or better underwriting classification. An additional ten-year surrender charge and an additional administrative charge will apply to the face amount that exceeds the highest previous face amount. If the insured qualifies for a less favorable underwriting classification than the base policy, we may offer to issue a separate policy based on the rating class for the increase. See “More information about policy charges.”

 

Face amount decreases. You may not reduce the face amount below the minimum we required for new policies. Nor will we permit a decrease that would cause your policy to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of life insurance. Guarantee premiums, as well as our monthly deductions for the cost of insurance coverage, will generally decrease from the time you reduce the face amount.

 

If you reduce the face amount during the first 10 years of your policy, or during the first 10 years after a face amount increase you have requested, we will deduct all or part of the remaining surrender charge from your policy account. Assuming you have not previously changed the face amount, the amount of the surrender charge we will deduct will be determined by dividing the amount of the decrease by the initial face amount and multiplying that fraction by the total amount of surrender charge that still remains applicable to your policy. We deduct the charge from the same investment options as if it were part of a regular monthly deduction under your policy.

 

In some cases, we may have to make a distribution to you from your policy at the time we decrease your policy’s face amount or change your death benefit option. This may be necessary in order to preserve your policy’s status as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also be required to make such distribution to you in the future on account of a prior decrease in face amount or change in death benefit option. The distribution may be taxable.

 

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

 

Beneficiary of death benefit. You designate your policy’s beneficiary in your policy application. You can change the beneficiary at any other time during the insured person’s life. If no beneficiary is living when the insured person dies, we will pay the death benefit proceeds in equal shares to the insured person’s surviving children. If there are no surviving children, we will instead pay the insured person’s estate.

 

Payment of death benefit. We will pay any death benefit in a single sum. If the beneficiary is a natural person (i.e., not an entity such as a corporation) and so elects, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the “Access Account”, which is a draft account that works in certain respects like an

interest-bearing checking account. In that case, we will send the beneficiary a draftbook, and the beneficiary will have immediate access to the proceeds by writing a draft for all or part of the amount of the death benefit proceeds. The Company will retain the funds until a draft is presented for payment. Interest on the Access Account is earned from the date we establish the account until the account is closed by your beneficiary or by us if the account balance falls below the minimum balance requirement, which is currently $1,000. The Access Account is part of the Company’s general account and is subject to the claims of our creditors. We will receive any investment earnings during the period such amounts remain in the general account. The Access Account is not a bank account or a checking account and it is not insured by the FDIC. Funds held by insurance companies in the general account are guaranteed by the respective state guaranty association.

 

A beneficiary residing outside of the U.S., however, cannot elect the Access Account. If the beneficiary is a trust that has two or fewer trustees, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the Access Account.

 

If a financial professional has assisted the beneficiary in preparing the documents that are required for payment of the death benefit and the beneficiary so elects, we will send the Access Account checkbook or check to the financial professional within the periods specified for death benefit payments under “When we pay policy proceeds,” in this prospectus. Our financial professionals will take reasonable steps to arrange for prompt delivery to the beneficiary.

 

Accessing your money

 

You can access the money in your policy in different ways. You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy account value and any applicable surrender charges, less any outstanding loans (plus accrued loan interest) and less any amounts restricted following your receipt of a living benefits payment before the policy year in which the insured reaches age 75 (100% thereafter). We will charge interest on the amount of the loan. See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

You can also make a partial withdrawal of $500 or more of your net cash surrender value (defined in this prospectus under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value”) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the younger insured’s 100th birthday. Partial withdrawals are not permitted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. See “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Finally, you can surrender (turn in) your policy for its net cash surrender value at any time. See “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus. See “Tax information” in this prospectus, for the tax treatment of the various ways in which you can access your money.

 

 

28


Borrowing from your policy

 

You may borrow up to 90% of the cash surrender value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest before the policy year in which the insured reaches age 75 (100% thereafter). In your policy, the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy. However, the amount you can borrow will be reduced by any amount that we hold on a “restricted” basis following your receipt of a terminal illness living benefits payment, as well as by any other loans (and accrued loan interest) you have outstanding and reduced for any monthly payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. See “More information about policy features and benefits: Other benefits: Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in this prospectus. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” below. The minimum loan amount generally is $500.

 

 

You can use policy loans to obtain funds from your policy without surrender charges or, in most cases, paying current income taxes. However, the borrowed amount is no longer credited with the investment results of any of our investment options under the policy.

 

 

When you take a policy loan, we remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment. We hold this loan collateral under the same terms and conditions as apply to amounts supporting our guaranteed interest option, with several exceptions:

 

  you cannot make transfers or withdrawals of the collateral;

 

  we expect to credit different rates of interest to loan collateral than we credit under our guaranteed interest option;

 

  we do not count the collateral when we compute our customer loyalty credit; and

 

  the collateral is not available to pay policy charges.

 

When you request a loan, you should tell us how much of the loan collateral you wish to have taken from any amounts you have in each of our investment options. If you do not give us directions (or if we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in the same proportion as we are taking monthly deductions for charges. If that is not possible, we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect and you do not give us directions or the directions cannot be followed due to insufficient funds (or we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

Loan interest we charge.  The interest we charge on a policy loan accrues daily at an adjustable interest rate. We determine the rate at the beginning of each year of your policy and that rate applies to all policy loans that are outstanding at any time during the year. The maximum rate is the greater of (a) 3% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published in Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. (If that average is no longer published, we will use another average, as the policy provides.) Currently, the loan interest rate is 3% for the first ten policy years and 2% thereafter. We will notify you of the current loan interest rate when you apply for a loan and annually on the annual report, and will notify you in advance of any rate increase.

 

Loan interest payments are due on each policy anniversary. If not paid when due, we automatically add the interest as a new policy loan.

 

Interest that we credit on loan collateral.  Under our current rules, the annual interest rate we credit on your loan collateral during any of your policy’s first ten years will be 1% less than the rate we are then charging you for policy loan interest, and, beginning in the policy’s 11th year, equal to the loan interest rate. The elimination of the rate differential is not guaranteed, however. Accordingly, we have discretion to increase the rate differential for any period, including under policies that are already in force (and may have an outstanding loan). We do guarantee that the annual rate of interest credited on your loan collateral will never be less than 2% and that the differential will not exceed 1%.

 

We credit interest on your loan collateral daily. On each anniversary of your policy (or when your policy loan is fully repaid) we transfer that interest to your policy’s investment options in the same proportions as if it were a premium payment. If your policy is on loan extension, we transfer the interest to the unloaned guaranteed interest option. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we transfer the interest to the investment options in accordance with your allocation instructions on record.

 

Effects of a policy loan.  If not repaid, the aggregate amount of the outstanding loan and any accrued loan interest will reduce your cash surrender value and your life insurance benefit that might otherwise be payable. We will deduct any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest from your policy’s proceeds if you do not pay it back. Also, a loan can reduce the length of time that your insurance remains in force, because the amount we set aside as loan collateral cannot be used to pay charges as they become due. A loan can also cause any paid up death benefit guarantee to terminate or may cause the five-year guarantee against lapse to become unavailable.

 

A policy loan, repaid or not, has a permanent effect on your cash surrender value and death benefit. This results because the investment results of each investment option apply only to the amounts remaining in such investment options. The longer the loan is outstanding, the greater the effect on your cash surrender value is likely to be.

 

 

29


Even if a loan is not taxable when made, it may later become taxable, for example, upon termination or surrender. A policy loan can affect your policy account value and death benefit, even if you have repaid the loan. See “Tax information” below for a discussion of the tax consequences of a policy loan.

 

Paying off your loan.  You can repay all or part of your loan at any time. We normally assume that payments you send us are premium payments. Therefore, you must submit instructions with your payment indicating that it is a loan repayment. If you send us more than all of the loan principal and interest you owe, we will treat the excess as a premium payment. Any payment received while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, the policy is on loan extension or you are receiving monthly payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider will be applied as a loan repayment (or refunded if it is in excess of the loan amount and outstanding interest).

 

When you send us a loan repayment, we will transfer an amount equal to such repayment from your loan collateral back to the investment options under your policy. First we will restore any amounts that, before being designated as loan collateral, had been in the guaranteed interest option under your policy. We will allocate any additional repayments among the investment options as you instruct; or, if you don’t instruct us, in the same proportion as if they were premium payments.

 

If you are to receive monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, a pro rata portion of the loan and accrued loan interest to that date will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment as a loan repayment. This will reduce the monthly payment otherwise payable to you under the rider.

 

If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, any loan repayment allocated to the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount so that the value in the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option does not exceed 25% of the amount that you have in your unloaned policy account value. Any portion of the loan repayment that we cannot allocate to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated to the variable investment options in proportion to any amounts that you specified for that particular loan repayment. If you did not specify, we will allocate that portion of the loan repayment in proportion to the paid up death benefit guarantee allocation percentages for the variable investment options on record.

 

Loan extension

 

Loan extension will protect against lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances. There is no additional charge for the loan extension feature. Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

  The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;

 

  The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

 

  You have selected Death Benefit Option A;

 

  You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  The policy is not in a grace period; and

 

  No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

When a policy goes on loan extension, all of the following will apply:

 

  We will collect monthly deductions due under the policy up to the amount in the unloaned policy account value.

 

  Any policy account value that is invested in our variable investment options will automatically be transferred to our guaranteed interest option; and no transfers out of the guaranteed interest option may thereafter be made into any of our variable investment options.

 

  Loan interest will continue to accrue and we will send you a notice of any loan interest due on or about each policy anniversary. If the loan interest is not paid when due, it will be added to the outstanding loan balance.

 

  No additional loans or partial withdrawals may be requested.

 

  No changes in face amount or death benefit option may be requested.

 

  No additional premium payments will be accepted. Any payments received will be applied as loan repayments. If a loan repayment is made, the repaid amount will become part of the unloaned guaranteed interest option. Any payment in excess of the outstanding loan balance will be refunded to you.

 

  All additional benefit riders and endorsements will terminate, including the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

  No future allocations or transfers to the investment options will be accepted.

 

  The paid up death benefit guarantee if applicable, may not be elected.

 

  The policy will not thereafter lapse for any reason.

 

On the policy anniversary when the insured attains age 75 and if such policy has been in force for 20 years, and each month thereafter, we will determine whether the policy is on loan extension. You will be sent a letter explaining the transactions that are allowed and prohibited while a policy is on loan extension. Once a policy is on loan extension, it will remain on loan extension during the lifetime of the insured unless the policy is surrendered.

 

 

30


If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit under the policy is the greatest of (a), (b) and (c):

 

(a)

The greater of the policy account value or the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest on the date of the insured’s death, multiplied by a percentage shown in your policy;

 

(b)

The outstanding loan and accrued loan interest, plus $10,000; or

 

(c)

The base policy face amount on the date of death.

 

The net death benefit that will be payable upon the insured’s death is the death benefit as described above, less the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Other than as outlined above, all terms and conditions of your policy will continue to apply as if your policy is not on loan extension. If your policy is on loan extension, due to an absence of Internal Revenue Service guidance on such features, there is some uncertainty as to how the tax law might be applied in the future. For example, it is possible that in such circumstances, some or the entire outstanding loan could be treated as a distribution from the policy.

 

Example: A representative insured age 80, selected death benefit Option A and has had the policy for more than 20 years. She has a policy loan and the net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions now due. She has not received payment under the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. According, the loan extension endorsement will keep her policy from lapsing and any loan interest not paid will be added to the outstanding loan.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy

 

You may make a partial withdrawal of your net cash surrender value (defined below) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s attained age 100, provided the paid up death benefit guarantee is not in effect, the policy is not on loan extension and you are not receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The request must be for at least $500, however, and we have discretion to decline any request. If you do not tell us from which investment options you wish us to take the withdrawal, we will use the same allocation that then applies for the monthly deductions we make for charges; and, if that is not possible, we will take the withdrawal from all of your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If you elected the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, a partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal amount. We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal.

 

 

You can withdraw all or part of your policy’s net cash surrender value, although you may incur tax consequences by doing so.

 

Effect of partial withdrawals on insurance coverage.  If the Option A death benefit is in effect, a partial withdrawal results in a dollar-for-dollar automatic reduction in the policy’s face amount (and, hence, an equal reduction in the Option A death benefit). We will not permit a partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below $100,000, or that would cause the policy to no longer be treated as life insurance for federal income tax purposes.

 

If death benefit Option B is in effect, a partial withdrawal reduces the death benefit on a dollar for dollar basis, but does not affect the face amount.

 

The result is different, however, during any time when the alternative death benefit (discussed in this prospectus) would be higher than the Option A or B death benefit you have selected. In that case, a partial withdrawal will cause the death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal. A partial withdrawal reduces the amount of your premium payments that counts toward maintaining the five-year no-lapse guarantee. A partial withdrawal may increase the chance that your policy could lapse because of insufficient value to pay policy charges as they fall due or failure to pass the guarantee premium test for the five-year no-lapse guarantee.

 

You should refer to “Tax information” below, for information about possible tax consequences of partial withdrawals and any associated reduction in policy benefits. Also, partial withdrawals are not permitted while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. Please see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits.”

 

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

 

Upon written request satisfactory to us, you can surrender (give us back) your policy for its “net cash surrender value” at any time. The net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. The surrender charge is described in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.

 

Please refer to “Tax information” below for the possible tax consequences of surrendering your policy.

 

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this

 

 

31


Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you declined the Living Benefits Rider at issue and later elected it, you were subject to a $100 administrative charge. In addition, we would have evaluated the insurance risk at that time and we may have declined to issue the rider.

 

If you receive a living benefit on account of terminal illness, the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider for chronic illness benefits, if elected, will terminate and no further benefits will be payable under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider charges will also stop. In addition, once you receive a living benefit, you cannot elect the paid up death benefit guarantee and your policy cannot be placed on loan extension. We will deduct the amount of any living benefit we have paid, plus interest (as specified in the rider), from the death benefit proceeds that become payable under the policy if and when the insured person dies. (In your policy we refer to this as a “lien” we establish against your policy.)

 

When we pay a living benefit, we automatically transfer a pro rata portion of your policy’s net cash surrender value to the policy’s guaranteed interest option. This amount, together with the interest we charge thereon, will be “restricted”— that is, it will not be available for any loans, transfers or partial withdrawals that you may wish to make. In addition, it may not be used to satisfy the charges we deduct from your policy’s value. We also will deduct these restricted amounts from any subsequent surrender proceeds that we pay.

 

The receipt of a living benefits payment may qualify for exclusion from income tax. See “Tax information” below. Receipt of a living benefits payment may affect your eligibility for certain government benefits or entitlements.

 

 

You can arrange to receive a “living benefit” if the insured person becomes terminally ill.

 

Example: Policy owner is age 55 and has been diagnosed with cancer. He is not expected to live longer than 12 months and submits a claim for living benefits under a policy with a $200,000 face amount. The cash surrender value of the policy is currently $50,000. He has a policy loan (including accrued interest) of $25,000 outstanding on the policy, so his net death benefit is $175,000 ($200,000 - $25,000) and his net cash surrender value is $25,000 ($50,000 - $25,000).

 

The maximum living benefits payment available is the lesser of $500,000 and 75% of his $175,000 net death benefit ($131,250). Policy owner requests half of this amount, or $65,625, on his claim and receives a lump sum payment of $65,375 (after a claim processing fee of $250 is assessed). Policy owner dies 10 months after filing his claim for living benefits. His wife as the beneficiary on his policy receives $128,372. This death claim payment and other policy values are calculated as follows:

Before Payment of Living Benefits:  
Policy Loan Outstanding    $ 25,000  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Living Benefits Payment Requested    $ 65,625  
Net Amount Minus $250 Processing Fee    $ 65,375  

 

Immediately After Payment of Living Benefits  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Lien Outstanding    $ 65,625  
Death Benefit Net of the Policy Loan and Lien    $ 109,375  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Initial Lien against Cash Value [65,625 x (25,000/175,000)]1    $ 9,375  
Cash Surrender Value Net of Policy Loan and Lien    $ 15,625  
1

The lien resulting from the Living Benefit payment is equal to the amount of Living Benefit plus accrued interest plus additional amounts, if any, that are advanced to keep the policy in force. The amount of cash value net of existing policy loans, in excess of a specified percentage (which will not be greater than 100%) of the lien, is available for additional policy loans or partial withdrawals. The specified percentage is equal to the net cash value divided by the net death benefit. The net cash value is the cash value minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The net death benefit is the death benefit minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Ten Months Later:  
Lien    $ 65,625  
Interest on Lien2    $ 2,852  
Lien Plus Interest    $ 68,477  
Policy Loan    $ 25,000  
Interest on Policy Loan2    $ 1,037  
Policy Loan Plus Interest    $ 26,037  
Death Benefit Net of Policy Loan and Lien [200,000 – $68,477 – $26,037]    $ 105,486  
2.

Assumes a hypothetical 8% annual rate for the outstanding policy loan and the Lien. For policies with cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the higher of (a) the maximum adjustable policy loan interest rate based on the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment or (b) the policy guaranteed cash value interest rate plus 1% per year.* The interest rate accrued on the portion of the Lien that is allocated to the policy cash value will not be more than the policy loan interest rate.

*

For policies without cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment.

 

The “Published Monthly Average” means the Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto. If such averages are no longer published, we will use such other averages as may be established by regulation by the insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in which this policy is delivered.

 

 

32


7. Tax information

 

 

 

This discussion is based on current federal income tax law and interpretations. It assumes that the policy owner is a natural person who is a U.S. citizen and resident and has an insurable interest in the insured. The tax effects on corporate taxpayers, non-U.S. residents or non-U.S. citizens may be different. This discussion is general in nature, and should not be considered tax advice, for which you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

 

An Incentive Life® ‘06 policy will be treated as “life insurance” for federal income tax purposes (a) if it meets the definition of life insurance under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and (b) as long as the investments made by the underlying Portfolios satisfy certain investment diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code. The following discussion assumes that the policies meet these requirements and, therefore, that generally:

 

  the death benefit received by the beneficiary under your policy will not be subject to federal income tax; and

 

  increases in your policy account value as a result of interest or investment experience will not be subject to federal income tax, unless and until there is a distribution from your policy, such as a surrender, a partial withdrawal, loan or a payment to you.

 

The IRS, however, could disagree with our position such that certain tax consequences could be other than as described. If it is subsequently determined that a policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict policy transactions in order to do so. There may also be different tax consequences if you assign your policy, transfer an interest therein or designate a new owner. See “Assigning your policy” in this prospectus. See also special rules below for “Business and employer owned policies,” and for the discussion of insurable interest under “Other information.”

 

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

 

The federal income tax consequences of a distribution from your policy depend on whether your policy is a “modified endowment contract” (sometimes also referred to as a “MEC”). In all cases, however, the character of any income described below as being taxable to the recipient will be ordinary income (as opposed to capital gain).

 

Testing for modified endowment contract status.  Your policy will be a “modified endowment contract” if, at any time during the first seven years of your policy, you have paid a cumulative

amount of premiums that exceeds the cumulative seven-pay limit. The cumulative seven-pay limit is the amount of premiums that you would have paid by that time under a similar fixed-benefit insurance policy that was designed (based on certain assumptions mandated under the Code) to provide for paid up future benefits after the payment of seven equal annual premiums. (“Paid up” means that no future premiums would be required.) This is called the “seven-pay” test.

 

Whenever there is a “material change” under a policy, the policy will generally be (a) treated as a new contract for purposes of determining whether the policy is a modified endowment contract and (b) subjected to a new seven-pay period and a new seven-pay limit. The new seven-pay limit would be determined taking into account, under a prescribed formula, the policy account value at the time of such change. A materially changed policy would be considered a modified endowment contract if it failed to satisfy the new seven-pay limit at any time during the new seven-pay period. A material change for these purposes could occur as a result of a change in death benefit option, a requested increase in the policy’s face amount or selection of additional rider benefits or certain other changes.

 

If your policy’s benefits are reduced during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change), the seven-pay limit will be redetermined based on the reduced level of benefits and applied retroactively for purposes of the seven-pay test. (Such a reduction in benefits could include, for example, a requested decrease in face amount, the termination of additional benefits under a rider or, in some cases, a partial withdrawal.) If the premiums previously paid during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change) are greater than the recalculated (lower) seven-pay limit, the policy will become a modified endowment contract.

 

A life insurance policy that you receive in exchange for a modified endowment contract will also be considered a modified endowment contract.

 

In addition to the above premium limits for testing for modified endowment status, federal income tax rules must be complied with in order for it to qualify as life insurance. Changes made to your policy, for example, a decrease in face amount (including any decrease that may occur as a result of a partial withdrawal), a change in death benefit option, or other decrease in benefits may impact the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid, as well as the maximum amount of policy account value that may be maintained under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take current or future action in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts to you that may be includible as income. See “Changes we can make” in this prospectus.

 

 

33


Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is not a modified endowment contract.  As long as your policy remains in force as a non-modified endowment contract, policy loans will generally be treated as indebtedness, and no part of the loan proceeds will be subject to current federal income tax. Interest on the loan will generally not be tax deductible, although interest credited on loan collateral may become taxable under the rules below if distributed. However, there is some uncertainty as to the federal tax treatment of policy loans with a small or no spread between the interest rate charged and the interest rate credited on the amount loaned. You should consult a qualified tax adviser as to the federal tax treatment of such loans. Also, see below for taxation of loans upon surrender or termination of your policy.

 

If you make a partial withdrawal after the first 15 years of your policy, the proceeds will not be subject to federal income tax except to the extent such proceeds exceed your “basis” in your policy. (Your basis generally will equal the premiums you have paid, less the amount of any previous distributions from your policy that were not taxable.) During the first 15 years, however, the proceeds from a partial withdrawal could be subject to federal income tax, under a complex formula, to the extent that your policy account value exceeds your basis.

 

Upon full surrender, any amount by which the proceeds we pay (including amounts we use to discharge any policy loan and unpaid loan interest) exceed your basis in the policy will be subject to federal income tax. In addition, if a policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then-outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution and could be subject to tax under the foregoing rules. Finally, if you make an assignment of rights or benefits under your policy, you may be deemed to have received a distribution from your policy, all or part of which may be taxable.

 

Policy loans.  Policy loans can cause taxable income upon the termination of a policy with no cash payout. In the case of a surrender, the loan amount is taken into account in determining any taxable amount and such income can also exceed the payment received. These events can occur from potential situations which include: (1) amount of outstanding policy debt (loans taken plus unpaid interest amounts added to the outstanding loan) at or near the maximum loan value; (2) unfavorable investment results affecting your policy account value; (3) increasing monthly policy charges due to increasing attained ages of the insured; (4) high or increasing amount of insurance risk, depending on death benefit option and changing account value; and (5) increasing policy loan rates if an adjustable policy loan rate is in effect.

 

Ideally a policy loan will be paid from income tax free death benefit proceeds if your policy is kept in force until the death of the insured. To avoid policy terminations that may give rise to significant income tax liability, you may need to make substantial premium payments or loan repayments to keep your policy in force.

You can reduce the likelihood that these situations will occur by considering these risks before taking a policy loan. If you take a policy loan, you should monitor the status of your policy with your financial representative and your tax advisor at least annually, and take appropriate preventative action. As indicated above, in the case of a policy that is a modified endowment contract (“MEC”), any loan will be treated as a distribution when made, and thus may be taxable at such time.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is a modified endowment contract.  Any distribution from your policy will be taxed on an “income-first” basis if your policy is a modified endowment contract. Distributions for this purpose include a loan (including any increase in the loan amount to pay interest on an existing loan or an assignment or a pledge to secure a loan) or withdrawal. Any such distributions will be considered taxable income to you to the extent your policy account value exceeds your basis in the policy. (For modified endowment contracts, your basis is similar to the basis described above for other policies, except that it also would be increased by the amount of any prior loan under your policy that was considered taxable income to you.)

 

For purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distribution, all modified endowment contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) to the same owner (excluding certain qualified plans) during any calendar year are treated as if they were a single contract.

 

A 10% penalty tax also will apply to the taxable portion of most distributions from a policy that is a modified endowment contract. The penalty tax will not, however, apply to (i) taxpayers whose actual age is at least 5912, (ii) distributions in the case of a disability (as defined in the Code) or (iii) distributions received as part of a series of substantially equal periodic annuity payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary. The exceptions generally do not apply to life insurance policies owned by corporations or other entities.

 

If your policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution (to the extent the loan was not previously treated as such) and could be subject to tax, including the 10% penalty tax, as described above. In addition, upon a full surrender, any excess of the proceeds we pay (including any amounts we use to discharge any loan) over your basis in the policy, will be subject to federal income tax and, unless an exception applies, the 10% penalty tax.

 

Distributions that occur during a year of your policy in which it becomes a modified endowment contract, and during any subsequent years, will be taxed as described in the four preceding paragraphs. In addition, distributions from a policy within two years before it becomes a modified endowment contract also will be subject to tax in this manner. This means that a distribution made from a policy that is not a modified

 

 

34


endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract. So, for example, if a policy has been collaterally assigned as security for a loan and the policy subsequently becomes a MEC there could be a taxable deemed distribution even though the policy owner has not received any payment from us.

 

Policy changes.  Changes made to a life insurance policy, for example, a decrease in benefits, a death benefit option change, or the termination or restoration of a terminated policy, may have other effects on your policy, including impacting the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take action in order to assure your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts that may be includable as income. This action may be required under the tax law even though the policy may not be sufficiently funded to keep it in force for a desired duration. In some cases, premium payments for a policy year could be limited to the amount needed to keep the policy in force until the end of the policy year. You should carefully go over the implications of any policy changes with your advisor before making a change.

 

Restoration of a terminated policy.  For tax purposes, some restorations of a policy that terminated after a grace period may be treated as the purchase of a new policy. Since tax laws and regulations and their application may have changed by such time, there can be no assurance that we can reinstate the policy to qualify as life insurance under future tax rules.

 

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

 

Living Benefits Rider.  Amounts received under an insurance policy on the life of an individual who is terminally ill, as defined by the tax law, are generally excludable from gross income as an accelerated death benefit. We believe that the benefits provided under our Living Benefits Rider meet the tax law’s definition of terminally ill and can qualify for this income tax exclusion.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  Benefits received under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. The benefits are intended to qualify for exclusion from income subject to the limitations of the Code with respect to a particular insured person. However, receipt of these benefits may be taxable in part. Generally income exclusion for all payments from all sources with respect to an insured person will be limited to the higher of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) per day limit or actual costs incurred by the taxpayer on behalf of the insured person.

 

Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider may be considered distributions for income tax purposes, and may be

taxable to the owner to the extent not considered a nontaxable return of premiums paid for the life insurance policy. See above for tax treatment of distributions to you. Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are generally not considered deductible for income tax purposes. The Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code.

 

Any adjustments made to your policy death benefit, face amount and other values as a result of Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider benefits paid will also generally cause us to make adjustments with respect to your policy under federal income tax rules for testing premiums paid, your tax basis in your policy, your overall premium limits and the seven-pay period and seven-pay limit for testing modified endowment contract status.

 

Under either rider,  if the owner and the insured person are not the same, the exclusion for accelerated death benefits for terminal illness or a chronic illness does not apply if the owner (taxpayer) has an insurable interest with respect to the life of the insured person by reason of the insured person being an officer, employee or director of the taxpayer or by reason of the insured person being financially interested in any trade or business carried on by the taxpayer. Also, if the owner and insured person are not the same, other tax considerations may also arise in connection with a transfer of benefits received to the insured person, for example, gift taxes in personal settings, compensation income in the employment context and inclusion of life insurance policy proceeds for estate tax purposes in certain trust owned situations. Under certain conditions, a gift tax exclusion may be available for certain amounts paid on behalf of a donee to the provider of medical care.

 

Business and employer owned policies

 

Any employer owned life insurance arrangement on an employee or director as well as any corporate, trade, or business use of a policy should be carefully reviewed by your tax advisor with attention to the rules discussed below. Also, careful consideration should be given to any other rules that may apply, including other possible pending or recently enacted legislative proposals.

 

Requirements for income tax free death benefits.  Federal tax law imposes additional requirements for employer owned life insurance policies. The provisions can have broad application for contract owners engaged in a trade or business, or certain related persons. These requirements include detailed notice and consent rules, annual tax reporting and recordkeeping requirements on the employer and limitations on those employees (including directors) who can be insured under the life insurance policy. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements will result in death benefits in excess of premiums paid by the owner being includible in the owner’s income upon the death of the insured employee. Notice and consent requirements must be satisfied before the issuance of the life insurance

 

 

35


policy or a material change to an existing life insurance policy, otherwise benefits may lose their tax favored treatment.

 

The rules generally apply to life insurance policies issued after August 17, 2006. Note, however, that material increases in the death benefit or other material changes will generally cause an existing policy to be treated as a new policy and thus subject to the new requirements. The term “material” has not yet been fully defined but is expected to not include automatic increases in death benefits in order to maintain compliance with the life insurance policy tax qualification rules under the Code. An exception for certain tax-free exchanges of life insurance policies pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code may be available but is not clearly defined.

 

Limitations on interest deductibility for business owned life insurance.  Ownership of a policy by a trade or business can limit the amount of any interest on business borrowings that the entity otherwise could deduct for federal income tax purposes, even though such business borrowings may be unrelated to the policy. To avoid the limit, the insured person must be an officer, director, employee or 20% owner of the trade or business entity when coverage on that person commences.

 

The limit does not generally apply for policies owned by natural persons (even if those persons are conducting a trade or business as sole proprietorships), unless a trade or business entity that is not a sole proprietorship is a direct or indirect beneficiary under the policy. Entities commonly have such a beneficial interest, for example, in so-called “split-dollar” arrangements. If the trade or business entity has such an interest in a policy, it will be treated the same as if it owned the policy for purposes of the limit on deducting interest on unrelated business income.

 

The limit generally applies only to policies issued after June 8, 1997 in taxable years ending after such date. However, for this purpose, any material change in a policy will be treated as the issuance of a new policy.

 

In cases where the above-discussed limit on deductibility applies, the non-deductible portion of unrelated interest on business loans is determined by multiplying the total amount of such interest by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the policy’s average account value (excluding amounts we are holding to secure any policy loans) for the year in question, and the denominator is the average for the year of the aggregate tax bases of all the entity’s other assets. The above limitation is in addition to rules limiting interest deductions on policy loans against business-owned life insurance. Special rules apply to insurance company owners of policies which may be more restrictive.

 

Uses of policy which may be scrutinized. The IRS may view certain uses of life insurance policies as a tax shelter or as an abusive transaction. Please consult your tax advisor for the most up-to-date information as to IRS “Recognized Abusive and Listed Transactions” and how they may affect your policy.

Requirement that we diversify investments

 

Under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department has issued regulations that implement investment diversification requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations would disqualify your policy as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Code. If this were to occur, you would be subject to federal income tax on any income and gains under the policy and the death benefit proceeds would lose their income tax-free status. These consequences would continue for the period of the disqualification and for subsequent periods. Through the Portfolios, we intend to comply with the applicable diversification requirements, though no assurances can be given in this regard.

 

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

 

If the policy’s owner is the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includable in the owner’s estate for purposes of federal estate tax. If the owner is not the insured person, and the owner dies before the insured person, the value of the policy would be includable in the owner’s estate. If the owner is neither the insured person nor the beneficiary, the owner will be considered to have made a gift to the beneficiary of the death benefit proceeds when they become payable.

 

In general, a person will not owe estate or gift taxes until gifts made by such person, plus that person’s taxable estate, total at least $10 million (this statutory amount is to be indexed for inflation after 2010). A portability rule generally permits a surviving spouse to elect to carry over the unused portion of the deceased spouse’s exclusion amount.

 

Certain amounts may be deductible or excludable, such as gifts and bequests to a person’s spouse or charitable institutions, as well as for certain gifts per recipient per year ($18,000 for 2024, indexed for inflation).

 

As a general rule, if you make a “transfer” to a person two or more generations younger than you, a generation-skipping tax may be payable. Generation-skipping transactions would include, for example, a case where a grandparent “skips” his or her children and names his or her grandchildren as a policy’s beneficiaries. In that case, the generation-skipping “transfer” would be deemed to occur when the insurance proceeds are paid. The generation-skipping tax rates are similar to the maximum estate tax rates in effect at the time. Individuals are generally allowed an aggregate generation-skipping tax exemption of the same amount discussed above for estate and gift taxes, but without portability.

 

The particular situation of each policy owner, insured person or beneficiary will determine how ownership or receipt of policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes, as well as state and local estate, inheritance and other taxes. Because these rules are complex, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser for specific information, especially where benefits are passing to younger generations.

 

 

36


If this policy is used with estate and gift tax planning in mind, you should consult with your tax advisor as to the most up-to-date information as to federal estate, gift and generation skipping tax rules.

 

Pension and profit-sharing plans

 

There are special limits on the amount of insurance that may be purchased by a trust or other entity that forms part of a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403 of the Code. In addition, the federal income tax consequences will be different from those described in this prospectus. These rules are complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

 

Complex rules may also apply when a policy is held by an employer or a trust, or acquired by an employee, in connection with the provision of other employee benefits. Employees may have imputed income for the value of any economic benefit provided by the employer. There may be other tax implications, as well. It is possible that certain split-dollar arrangements may be considered to be a form of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, which broadens the definition of deferred compensation plans, and subjects such plans to new requirements. Further, certain split-dollar arrangements may come within the rules for business- and employer-owned policies. Among other issues, policy owners must consider whether the policy was applied for by or issued to a person having an insurable interest under applicable state law and with the insured person’s consent. The lack of an insurable interest or consent may, among other things, affect the qualification of the policy as life insurance for federal income tax purposes and the right of the beneficiary to receive a death benefit.

 

If this policy is being or was purchased pursuant to a split-dollar arrangement, you should also consult your tax advisor for advice concerning the effect of the following guidance. In 2002 the IRS issued Notice 2002-8 concerning the taxation of split-dollar life insurance arrangements as well as regulations in both 2002 and 2003. They provide for taxation under one of two mutually exclusive regimes depending upon the structure of the arrangement. These are a loan regime and an economic benefit regime. Transition and grandfathering rules, among other items, should be carefully reviewed when considering such arrangements. A material modification to an existing arrangement may result in a change in tax treatment. In addition, public corporations (generally publicly-traded or publicly-reporting companies) and their subsidiaries should consider the possible implications on split-dollar arrangements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which generally prohibit certain direct or indirect loans to executive officers or directors. At least some split-dollar arrangements could be deemed to involve loans within the purview of that section.

ERISA

 

Employers and employer-created trusts may be subject to reporting, disclosure and fiduciary obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. There may also be other implications. You should consult a qualified legal advisor.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

 

The 3.8% tax on certain unearned income of taxpayers whose adjusted incomes exceed certain thresholds applies to all or part of a taxpayer’s NII. As currently interpreted under IRS guidelines, NII includes the taxable portion of an annuitized payment from a life insurance contract. It has not been defined to include taxable amounts from partial withdrawals, surrenders or lapses of life insurance policies subject to loans. You should consult your tax advisor as to the applicability of this tax to you.

 

Our taxes

 

The operations of our separate accounts are reported in our federal income tax return. Separate account investment income and capital gains, however, are, for tax purposes, reflected in our variable life insurance policy reserves. Currently we pay no taxes on such income and gains and impose no charge for such taxes. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for taxes incurred by us that are allocable to the policies.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate accounts. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA.  In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to life insurance policies, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to life insurance policy ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, we may be required to report policy values and other information for certain policyholders. For this reason, we and

 

 

37


our affiliates intend to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding.  Generally, unless you provide us with a satisfactory written election to the contrary prior to the distribution, we are required to withhold income tax from any proceeds we distribute as part of a taxable transaction under your policy. If you do not wish us to withhold tax from the payment, or if we do not withhold enough, you may have to pay later, and you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules. In some cases, where generation skipping taxes may apply, we may also be required to withhold for such taxes unless we are provided satisfactory notification that no such taxes are due. States may also require us to withhold tax on distributions to you and may not always follow federal rules.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction. For Puerto Rico and other jurisdictions, income is considered U.S.-source income. We anticipate requiring owners or beneficiaries in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

 

The U.S. Congress frequently considers legislation that, if enacted, could change the tax treatment of life insurance policies or increase the taxes we pay in connection with such policies. This could include special rules for tax-exempt entities as well as for corporate or business use of policies. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a life insurance policy. Legislative proposals could make sweeping changes to many longstanding tax rules, including certain tax benefits currently available to newly purchased cash value life insurance policies. Proposals have been considered to eliminate some or all taxable expenditures or tax preferences together with some lowering of tax rates. We cannot predict what if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted or what type of grandfathering will be allowed for existing life insurance policies. In addition, the Treasury Department may amend existing regulations, issue regulations on the qualification of life insurance and modified endowment contracts, or adopt new or clarifying interpretations of existing law. Some areas of possible future guidance include new rules for testing for policies issued on a special risk class basis. As a

result, there are areas of some uncertainty even under current laws, such that future tax consequences of a policy could be other than as described herein.

 

State and local tax law or, if you are not a U.S. citizen and resident, foreign tax law, may also affect the tax consequences to you, the insured person or your beneficiary, and are subject to change or change in interpretation. Any changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations could have a retroactive effect both on our taxes and on the way your policy is taxed or the tax benefit of life insurance policies.

 

2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes

 

In addition to the other tax effects that an increase or decrease in benefits under your policy may have as discussed in this tax information section, several IRS Notices collectively provide special guidance concerning the mortality charge assumptions permitted for federal income tax testing purposes for certain changes made in 2009 or later to policies issued prior to 2009 based on 1980 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“1980 CSO”) mortality tables.

 

The Notices provide “safe harbor” guidance which would not require certain 2009 or later changes to cause tax testing to become subject to any prevailing mortality tables subsequent to the 1980 CSO mortality tables. This safe harbor guidance covers certain changes that are pursuant to the terms of the policy, including the addition or removal of a rider and an increase or decrease in the death benefit. If we determine that a transaction would cause your policy to lose its ability to be tax tested under the 1980 CSO mortality tables under which your policy operates, we intend to refuse such 2009 or later transactions which might otherwise have been available under your policy, subject to our rules then in effect. We would take such action to help assure that your policy can continue to qualify as life insurance for federal tax testing under the 1980 CSO mortality tables. Accordingly, requests for substitution of the insured will not be permitted in the absence of further guidance. There can be no assurance as to whether such guidance will be provided or what any such guidance may provide.

 

Other information

 

There are a number of tax benefits associated with variable life insurance policies. For tax benefits to be available, the policy owner must have an insurable interest in the life of the insured under applicable state laws. Requirements may vary by state. A failure can, among other consequences, cause the policy owner to lose anticipated favorable federal tax treatment generally afforded life insurance.

 

For tax benefits to continue, the policy must continue to qualify as life insurance. We reserve the right to restrict transactions that we determine would cause your policy to fail to qualify as life insurance under federal tax law. In addition to other requirements, federal tax law requires that the insurer, and not the policy owner, have control of the underlying investment assets for the policy to qualify as life insurance.

 

 

38


You may make transfers among Portfolios of the Separate Account, but you may not direct the investments each Portfolio makes. If the IRS were to conclude that you, as the investor, have control over these investments, then the policy would no longer qualify as life insurance. You would be treated as the owner of separate account assets and be currently taxed on any income or gain the assets generate.

 

The IRS has provided some guidance on investor control, but many issues remain unclear. One such issue is whether a policy owner can have too much investor control if the variable life policy offers a large number of investment options in which to invest policy account values and/or the ability to make frequent transfers available under the policy. We do not know if the IRS will provide any further guidance on the issue. If guidance is provided, we do not know if it would apply retroactively to policies already in force.

 

We believe that our variable life policies do not give policy owners investment control over the investments underlying the various investment options; however, the IRS could disagree with our position. The IRS could seek to treat policy owners with a large number of investment options and/or the ability to freely transfer among investment options as the owners of the underlying Portfolio’s shares. Accordingly, we reserve the right to modify your policy as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner of your policy’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

    

 

 

39


8. More information about policy features and benefits

 

 

 

In addition to the standard death benefit(s) associated with your Policy, other standard and/or optional benefits may also be available to you. The following table summarizes information about those benefits. Information about the fees associated with each benefit included in the table may be found in the “Fee Table.”

 

Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Accounting Benefit Endorsement (no longer applicable; for informational purposes only)

   This endorsement refunds or waives all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within a limited time period.    Optional   

•   Currently, the Account Benefit Endorsement will be offered where the following conditions are met:

•   The policies are Corporately Owned including endorsement split dollar, or split dollar cases that are collaterally assigned to the company;

•   The Minimum Initial Premium (MIP) under each policy is remitted by the employer;

•   The persons proposed to be insured are deemed highly compensated by us; and

•   The aggregate first-year annualized planned periodic premium (PPP) is at least $150,000 if 3 or more policies are issued, each on the life of a different insured or at least $500,000 if less than 3 policies are issued.

•   All eligible policies will include the endorsement unless we receive disclosure from the client that they are declining the rider.

•   No face amount increases are allowed for policies with this endorsement.

Children’s Term Insurance Rider

  

Provides term insurance

on the lives of the

insured’s children,

stepchildren and legally

adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years.

   Optional   

•   The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55.

•   The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider

   Waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

•   Insured must be disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

 

40


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Disability Premium Waiver

  

Pays the specified premium or waives the

monthly charges for the

base policy and any additional benefit riders,

which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value,

subject to certain conditions.

   Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The insured must be totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Living Benefits Rider

   Enables you to receive a portion of the policy’s death benefit (with certain exclusions), if the insured person has a terminal illness.    Optional   

•   Subject to underwriting guidelines and state availability, automatically included at issue unless declined. If elected after issue, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction and was subject to underwriting (no longer permitted).

•   The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000.

Loan Extension Endorsement

   Protects against the lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances.    Standard   

•   Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

•   The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;

•   The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

•   You have selected death benefit Option A;

•   You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

•   The policy is not in a grace period; and

•   No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

41


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

  

Provides for the

acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.

   Optional   

•   Benefits are payable once we receive:

•   A written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care;

•   Proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and

•   Written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us.

•   This rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 calendar days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person.

•   The monthly rate charged for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected and whether you selected the rider with or without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Maximum total benefit under the Policy depends on which death benefit option you pick, and the Acceleration Percentage of the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

•   While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted.

No-Lapse Guarantee

  

Generally guarantees that your policy will not terminate for a number of years.

   Standard   

•   Subject to the payment of certain specified amounts of premiums.

•   Guarantee will terminate if the amount of your outstanding policy loans and accrued loan interest is greater than your policy account value.

•   Subject to certain conditions, provides a guarantee against policy lapse for 15 years for issue ages 0-70, and grades down to 5 years for issue ages 80 and over.

 

42


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee

   Provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.    Optional   

•   Subject to certain requirements, you may elect to take advantage of this benefit at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is less than 100.

•   If you elect this benefit, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion.

•   Death benefit option must be Option A

•   Not available if you received benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time.

•   Not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Election of this benefit will terminate any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider subject to any Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected.

•   This benefit will terminate if:

•   The sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest exceeds your policy account value;

•   We make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit; or

•   You request that we terminate the election.

Substitution of Insured Person Rider (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

   Permits you to request after, the policy’s second year, that a new insured person replace the existing one.    Standard   

•   Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000, unless it is issued as a result of an Option to Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy.

•   Upon making this change, any no-lapse guarantee and the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate.

 

43


Guarantee premium test for the five-year no-lapse guarantee

 

We offer a guarantee against policy lapse that depends on your having paid specified amounts of premiums. We refer to this guarantee as our “five-year no-lapse guarantee” and you can read more about it in “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

 

Guarantee premium test. If your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, we check to see if the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) at least equals the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for the five-year no-lapse guarantee and guarantee premiums for any optional riders that are then available under your policy. If it does, your policy will not lapse, provided that any policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value, and provided that the guarantee is still in effect.

 

Guarantee premiums. The amount of the guarantee premiums for the five-year no-lapse guarantee is set forth in your policy on a monthly basis. The guarantee premiums are actuarially determined at policy issuance and depend on the age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person, as well as the amount of the coverage and additional features you select. The guarantee premiums may change if, for example, the face amount of the policy or the long-term care specified amount changes, or a rider is eliminated, or if there is a change in the insured person’s risk characteristics. We will send you a new policy page showing any change in your guarantee premiums. Any change will be prospective only, and no change will extend the no-lapse guarantee period beyond the first five policy years.

 

Paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Subject to our approval, you may elect the paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year. This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments. Also, this benefit may be attractive to you if you are concerned about the impact of poor future investment performance or increases in policy charges on your policy’s death benefit and potential policy lapse. You may elect this benefit provided:

 

  the insured’s attained age is not more than 99;

 

  you have death benefit “Option A” in effect (see “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus);

 

  we are not paying policy premiums or waiving monthly charges under the terms of a disability waiver rider and you have not received any payment under a Living Benefits Rider or the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  the policy is not in default or in a grace period as of the effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

  the policy account value after the deduction of any proportionate surrender charge would not be less than
   

any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest;

 

  the policy is not on loan extension. (For more information about loan extension, see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus);

 

  the election would not reduce the face amount (see below) below $100,000;

 

  no current or future distribution from the policy will be required to maintain its qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

  You agree to reallocate your fund values to the guaranteed interest option and the EQ Allocation investment options. We reserve the right to change the investment options available to you under the paid up death benefit guarantee. (See “Restrictions on allocations and transfers,” below).

 

The effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee will be the beginning of the policy month that next follows the date we approve your request. On the effective date of this guarantee, all additional benefit riders and endorsements will automatically terminate including the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The policy’s net cash surrender value after the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect will equal the policy account value, less any applicable surrender charges and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The policy death benefit will be Option A. We will continue to deduct policy charges from your policy account value. As explained below, electing the paid up death benefit guarantee may reduce your policy’s face amount, which in turn may result in the deduction of a surrender charge. You can request a personalized illustration that will show you how your policy face amount could be reduced and values could be affected by electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

Possible reduction of face amount. The face amount of your policy after this guarantee is elected is the lesser of (a) the face amount immediately before the election or (b) the policy account value on the effective date of the election divided by a factor based on the then age of the insured person. The factors are set forth in your policy. As a general matter, the factors change as the insured person ages so that, if your policy account value stayed the same, the result of the calculation under clause (b) above would be lower the longer your policy is in force. We will decline your election if the new face amount would be less than $100,000.

 

If electing the paid up death benefit guarantee causes a reduction in face amount, we will deduct the same portion of any remaining surrender charge as we would have deducted if you had requested that decrease directly (rather than electing the paid up death benefit guarantee). (See ”More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.) In certain cases, a reduction in face amount may cause a policy to become a modified endowment contract. See “Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals and full surrender)” under “Tax Information.”

 

 

44


Restrictions on allocations and transfers. While the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, you will be restricted as to the investment options available to you under the policy and the amounts that can be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. Currently, you would be able to allocate up to 25% of your unloaned policy account value to the guaranteed interest option. The remainder of your unloaned policy account value must be allocated among the EQ Allocation investment options. (See Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for the listing of EQ Allocation investment options.) When you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we require that you provide us with new allocation instructions. In the absence of these instructions, we will be unable to process your request.

 

Also, transfers from one or more of our EQ Allocation investment options into the guaranteed interest option would not be permitted if such transfer would cause the value of your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. Loan repayments allocated to your guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount that would not cause the value in your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. If the value in your guaranteed interest option already exceeds 25% of your total unloaned policy account value (including the repayment), no portion of the repayment will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. Any portion of the loan repayment that is not allocated to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated in proportion to the loan repayment amounts for the variable investment options you have specified. If we do not have instructions, we will use the allocation percentages for the variable investment options you specified when you elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or the most recent instructions we have on record. These restrictions would be lifted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is terminated.

 

Other effects of this guarantee. After you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee, you may request a policy loan, make a loan repayment or transfer policy account value among the guaranteed interest option and variable investment options, subject to our rules then in effect. The following transactions, however, are not permitted when this guarantee is in effect:

 

  premium payments

 

  partial withdrawals

 

  changes to the policy’s face amount or death benefit option

 

  any change that would cause the policy to lose its current or future qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code or require a current or future distribution from the policy to avoid such disqualification. (See “Tax treatment of distributions to you” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

 

Termination of this guarantee. You may terminate the paid up death benefit guarantee by written request to our Administrative Office. If terminated, the policy face amount will not change. However, premiums may be

required to keep the policy from lapsing. If the guarantee terminates due to an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest exceeding the policy account value, a payment will be required to keep the policy and the guarantee in force pursuant to the policy’s grace period provision. If the guarantee terminates for any reason, it cannot be restored at a later date.

 

Example: Policy owner age 35 has death benefit Option A, no loans and no riders. After the fourth policy year, the owner elects the paid up death benefit guarantee assuming the requirements for the election are met. The face amount is adjusted to an amount that can be supported by the Net Cash Value and the death benefit is locked in and guaranteed for life regardless of investment performance.

 

Other benefits

 

You may be eligible for other optional benefits we currently make available by rider.

 

  Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider — Described below.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver — This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company’s and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue, at age 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. Monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver — This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges from the policy account value, if that amount is greater, if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday for the Company’s affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company’s and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue at 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. The specified premium is paid or monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived, whichever is greater, until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

 

45


  Children’s Term Insurance Rider — This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years. The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55. The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

 

Example: Policy owner age 50 elects this rider for $10,000 of coverage on a child age 10. A fee of $5.00 per month ($0.50 x 10,000) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. If child dies at age 17, $10,000 will be paid to the beneficiary.

 

We add the following benefits automatically at no charge to each eligible policy:

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider — Based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. See “You can change your policy’s insured person” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy”.

 

  Living Benefits Rider — See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” under “Accessing your money”.

 

  Accounting Benefit Endorsement — The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information provided below regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement — See “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits”.

 

  Loan Extension Endorsement (See “Loan extension” under “Accessing your money.”)

 

The Company or your financial professional can provide you with more information about these riders. Some of these benefits may be selected only at the time your policy is issued. Some benefits are not available in combination with others or may not be available in your state. The riders provide additional terms, conditions and limitations, and we will furnish samples of them to you on request. We can add, delete, or modify the riders we are making available, at any time before they become effective as part of your policy.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of deleting riders or changing the death benefits under a rider.

 

Accounting benefit endorsement

 

The Accounting Benefit Endorsement no longer applies. Information regarding this endorsement is provided for informational purposes only.

Subject to the conditions discussed below and state availability, the Company offered an endorsement to your policy (the “Endorsement”) that refunded or waived all or a portion of certain policy charges if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value within the first five policy years.

 

Under our current rules, the Endorsement was offered where the following conditions were met:

 

  policies were corporately owned, e.g., by endorsement “split-dollar” or collaterally assigned “split dollar;”

 

  the persons proposed to be insured were deemed by us to be “highly compensated” individuals;

 

  the minimum initial premium under each policy was remitted to the Company by the employer; and

 

  the aggregate annualized first year planned periodic premium was at least $150,000 if a minimum of three policies is issued, each on the life of a different insured person, and at least $500,000 if less than three policies are issued.

 

Eligible cases were issued with the accounting benefit endorsement unless the policy owner requested us in writing to not include the Endorsement.

 

The Endorsement reduces the difference between the premiums paid for the policy and the amount we will pay you if the policy is surrendered in its early years. This, in turn, is expected to reduce any charge against the employer’s earnings when the employer accounts for the policy under generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Policy owners must rely on the advice of their own accountants, however, to determine how the purchase of a policy, as modified by the Endorsement, will affect their GAAP financial statements.

 

The Endorsement works by refunding all or a portion of the deductions from premiums and waiving all or a portion of the surrender charges, if the policy is surrendered in its early years. The percentage of charges refunded or waived under the Endorsement are as follows:

 

Surrender In Policy

Year

   Percent Of Premium
Deduction Refunded*
   Percent Of Surrender
Charges Waived
1    100%    100%
2    67%    80%
3    33%    60%
4    0%    40%
5    0%    20%
6 and later    0%    0%
*

The mortality and expense risks charge and other monthly charges are not refunded.

 

For example, if a policy subject to the Endorsement were surrendered in its second policy year, we would refund:

 

  67% of the charges that had been deducted from premiums (i.e., the premium charge); and

 

  80% of the amount of surrender charges that we otherwise would have imposed for the surrender.
 

 

46


Once the Endorsement terminates at the end of the fifth policy year, however, there will be no refund of prior deductions from premiums, and the full amount of the surrender charges otherwise payable under the policy will be assessed upon surrender. The Endorsement operates only if the policy is surrendered in full. There is no waiver of surrender charges or refund of premium deductions if the policy terminates after a grace period or if the face amount is reduced, nor is there a refund of prior premium deductions for partial withdrawals. The Endorsement does not affect the amount available for borrowing or withdrawing from your policy nor does it affect the calculations to determine whether your policy will lapse or terminate. The Endorsement may affect, however, the calculations to determine whether your policy satisfies the definition of “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code. In some cases, this may result in the payment of a higher death benefit in the first three policy years where it is necessary to satisfy tax law requirements.

 

Face amount increases are not available while this endorsement is in effect. We offer products designed specifically for this marketplace. You can contact us to find out more about any other the Company insurance policy.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider(1)

 

In states where approved, an optional rider could be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.(2) Benefits accelerated under this rider will be treated as a lien against policy values. While this rider is in force, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes are not permitted.

 

An individual qualifies as “chronically ill” if they have been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as being unable to perform (without substantial assistance from another person) at least two activities of daily living for a period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity; or requiring substantial supervision to protect such individual from threats to health and safety due to cognitive impairment.

 

Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services pursuant to a written plan of care; 2) proof that the “elimination period”, as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. We require recertification every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification to continue monthly benefit payments, otherwise, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

 

(1)

In the state of Massachusetts, this benefit will be called the Accelerated Death Benefit for Chronic Illness Rider.

(2)

For a more complete description of the terms used in this section and conditions of this rider, please consult your rider policy form.

The monthly rate for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected. See “More information about policy charges”, for more information on the charges we deduct for this rider.

 

If the net policy account value is insufficient to cover the total monthly deductions for the base policy and any riders while benefits under this rider are being paid, we will not lapse the policy. When monthly benefits under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are being paid, we will waive the monthly charge for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. See “Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under the policy with the applicable rider” in this prospectus for more information.

 

We will pay up to the long-term care specified amount for qualified long-term care services for the insured person for the duration of a period of coverage. The initial long-term care specified amount is equal to the face amount of the base policy at issue. This amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions and will be reduced at the end of a period of coverage to reflect benefits paid during that period of coverage. Any request for a decrease in the policy face amount will reduce the current long-term care specified amount to an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the new policy face amount; or (b) the long-term care specified amount immediately prior to the face amount decrease. Any partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal. The maximum monthly benefit in either case will then be equal to the new long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage.

 

The maximum monthly benefit is the maximum amount an affiliated company or we will pay in a month for qualified long-term care services for the insured person. The maximum monthly benefit payment amount that you can purchase from the Company and its affiliates is limited to $50,000 per month, per insured person. Affiliates include Equitable Financial Life and Annuity Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and U.S. Financial Life Insurance. The maximum monthly benefit is equal to the long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage that you have selected. This amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions. See below for maximum monthly payment limitations.

 

Each month, we will pay the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which may be applied to repay an outstanding policy loan) for qualified long-term care services for the insured person. The monthly benefit payment is equal to the lesser of:

 

1.

the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or

 

2.

the monthly equivalent of 200% (100% in the State of New York) of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. (We reserve the right to increase this percentage.)

 

When benefits are paid under this rider, we establish an accumulated benefit lien. This accumulated benefit lien

 

 

47


amount will equal the cumulative amount of rider benefits paid (including any loan repayments) during a period of coverage, accumulated at 0% interest. We subtract the accumulated benefit lien amount from the base policy death benefit if the insured person dies before the end of a period of coverage. For the purposes of determining the cash surrender value of this policy, the unloaned policy account value, and surrender charge (if applicable) will be reduced pro rata for the portion of the policy face amount that we have accelerated to date. However, the unloaned Policy Account Value will not be reduced by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

• Elimination period. The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Except as described below, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied, and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The elimination period can be satisfied by any combination of days of care in a qualified long-term care facility or qualified days of home health care. The days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24-month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

 

Furthermore, and solely at our discretion, we may deem the elimination period to be satisfied if the insured person provides proof of care from a U.S. licensed health care provider for at least 60 service days (approximately 5 days a week) within a consecutive period of 90 days starting on the first day on which such services are first provided.

 

You can request retroactive payment of benefits for the elimination period if a U.S. licensed health care practitioner provides written certification that the insured person is chronically ill and is expected to require qualified long-term care services for the remainder of the insured person’s life, once the elimination period and all other eligibility requirements have been satisfied. The amount of any such retroactive payment will be deducted from the maximum total benefit.

 

• Period of coverage. The period of coverage is the period of time during which the insured person receives services that are covered under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider and for which benefits are payable. This begins on the first day of covered services received after the end of the elimination period. A period of coverage will end on the earliest of the following dates:

 

1.

the date we receive the notice of release which must be sent to us when the insured person is no longer receiving qualified long-term care services;

 

2.

the date we determine you are no longer eligible to receive benefits in accordance with the terms of this rider;

3.

the date when you request that we terminate benefit payments under this rider;

 

4.

the date the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the current long-term care specified amount;

 

5.

the date you surrender the policy;

 

6.

the date we make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider (for terminal illness); or

 

7.

the date of death of the insured person.

 

During a period of coverage:

 

1.

Partial withdrawals, face amount decreases and premium payments are not permitted.

 

2.

Each monthly benefit payment will increase the accumulated benefit lien amount by the amount of the payment; this amount will be treated as a lien against the policy values.

 

3.

If there is an outstanding policy loan at the time we make a benefit payment, an amount equal to a percentage of the loan and accrued loan interest will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment and used as a loan repayment and will reduce the amount otherwise payable to you. This percentage will equal the monthly benefit payment divided by the portion of the long-term care specified amount that we have not accelerated to date.

 

4.

The loan extension and paid up death benefit guarantee endorsements will no longer be applicable at any time once benefits are paid under this rider.

 

After a period of coverage ends:

 

1.

The face amount of the policy and the long-term care specified amount are reduced by the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

2.

The unloaned policy account value will be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount, but not by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

3.

Any applicable surrender charges will be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

4.

The maximum monthly benefit will not be reduced.

 

5.

Any actual premium fund and no lapse guarantee premium fund values that are used by us to determine whether a guarantee against policy lapse is in effect will also be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

6.

Any remaining balance for an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest will not be reduced.

 

7.

The accumulated benefit lien amount is reset to zero.

 

The reduction in your policy account value will reduce your unloaned value in the guaranteed interest option and your values in the variable investment options in accordance with your monthly deduction allocation percentages then in effect. If we cannot make the reduction in this way, we will make the reduction based on the proportion that your unloaned values in the guaranteed interest option and your values in the variable investment options bear to the total unloaned value in your policy account.

 

 

48


After the period of coverage has ended, we will provide you with notice of the adjusted values.

 

If the entire long-term care specified amount has been paid out during the period of coverage, this rider will terminate and the policy may terminate.

 

 Rider termination. This rider will terminate, and no further benefits will be payable (except as provided under the “Extension of Benefits” provision of this rider), on the earliest of the following:

 

1.

at any time after the first policy year, on the next monthly anniversary on or following the date we receive your written request to terminate this rider;

 

2.

upon termination or surrender of the policy;

 

3.

the date of the insured person’s death;

 

4.

the date when the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the current long-term care specified amount;

 

5.

the effective date of the election of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

6.

the date you request payment under a Living Benefits Rider due to terminal illness of the insured person (whether or not monthly benefit payments are being made as of such date);

 

7.

the date the policy goes on loan extension; or

 

8.

on the date that a new insured person is substituted for the original insured person under the terms of any substitution of insured rider. (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

 

If this rider does not terminate, it will remain in force as long as the policy remains in force. This rider may be restored after termination if certain qualifications for restoration of rider benefits are met.

 

 Extension of benefits. If this policy lapses before the current long-term care specified amount has been paid out, while the insured person is confined in a long-term care facility, benefits for that confinement may be payable provided that the confinement began while this rider was in force. Benefits may continue until the earliest of the following dates: (a) the date the insured person is discharged from such confinement; (b) the date when the current long-term care specified amount has been paid; or (c) the date of death of the insured person. If benefits are payable under this provision, there will be no death benefit payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries named in the base policy.

 

For tax information concerning the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, see “Tax Treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider” in this prospectus.

 

Customer loyalty credit

 

We provide a customer loyalty credit for policies that have been in force for more than 8 years. This is added to your

policy account value each month. The dollar amount of the credit is a percentage of the total amount you then have in your policy account, but excluding any value we are holding as collateral for any policy loans. The credit begins in the policy’s 9th year. The percentage credit is currently at an annual rate as described in the chart below depending upon the issue age of the insured as follows:

 

Issue

Age

  25 &
younger
  26   27   28   29   30   31   32   33   34     
    .25%   .245%   .24%   .235%   .23%   .225%   .22%   .215%   .21%   .205%    

Issue

Age

  35   36   37   38   39   40   41   42   43   44   45 &
older
    .20%   .195%   .19%   .185%   .18%   .175%   .17%   .165%   .16%   .155%   .15%

This credit is not guaranteed.

 

Variations among Incentive Life® ‘06 policies

 

Time periods and other terms and conditions described in this prospectus may vary due to legal requirements in your state. These variations will be reflected in your policy.

 

The Company also may vary or waive the charges (including surrender charges) and other terms of Incentive Life® ‘06 where special circumstances (including certain policy exchanges) result in sales or administrative expenses or mortality risks that are different from those normally associated with Incentive Life® ‘06. We will make such variations only in accordance with uniform rules that we establish.

 

The Company or your financial professional can advise you about any variations that may apply to your policy.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

This is provided for informational purposes only. Since these policies are no longer available to new purchasers, this cancellation provision is no longer applicable.

 

You may cancel your policy by returning the policy along with a properly signed and completed written request for cancellation to our Administrative Office or, in some states, to the agent who sold it to you, by the 10th day after you receive it (or such longer period as required under state law). Your coverage will terminate as of the business day we receive your request at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request).

 

In most states, we will refund the premiums that were paid, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. In other states, we will refund the policy account value calculated as of the date the policy was returned, plus any charges that were deducted from premiums that were paid and from the policy account value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Your policy will set forth the length of your “free look” period.

 

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to surrender your policy, rather than cancel it. Please see “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value,” in this prospectus. Surrendering your policy may yield results different than canceling your policy, including a greater potential for taxable income. In some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your contributions to the policy. Please see “Tax information,” in this prospectus for possible consequences of cancelling your policy.

 

 

49


9. More information about policy charges

 

 

 

How we allocate charges among your investment options

 

In your application for a policy, you tell us from which investment options you want us to take the policy’s monthly deductions as they fall due. You can change these instructions at any time. If we cannot deduct the charge as your most current instructions direct, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each.

 

Changes in charges

 

We reserve the right in the future to (1) make a charge for certain taxes or reserves set aside for taxes (see “Our taxes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) that might be imposed on us; (2) make a charge for the operating expenses of our variable investment options (including, without limitation, SEC registration fees and related legal counsel fees and auditing fees); or (3) change our other current policy charges (in no event will they exceed the maximum charges guaranteed in your policy).

 

Any changes that we make in our current charges or charge rates will be on a basis that is equitable to all policy holders of a given class, and will be determined based on reasonable assumptions as to expenses, mortality, policy and contract claims, taxes, investment income and lapses. Any changes in charges may apply to then in force policies, as well as to new policies. You will be notified in writing of any changes in charges under your policy.

 

Deducting policy charges

 

Purposes of policy charges. The charges under the policies are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the policies. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the policies. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the policies exceed our total costs in connection with the policies, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss. In addition to the charges described below, there are also charges at the Portfolio level, which are described in the prospectuses of the Portfolios in which the funds invest. For additional information on all policy charges, see ”Fee Table” and “More information about policy charges.”

 

Transaction charges

 

On the first day of each policy month, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below (see “Periodic charges” below). In addition, charges may be deducted for

transactions such as premium payments, policy surrenders, requested decreases in face amount, or transfers among investment options.

 

Premium charge. We deduct an amount not to exceed 6% from each premium payment you send us. Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. The premium charge is designed in part to defray sales and tax expenses we incur that are based on premium payments.

 

Surrender charges. If you give up this policy for its net cash surrender value before the end of the tenth policy year, or within the first ten years after a face amount increase over the previous highest base policy face amount, we will subtract a surrender charge from your policy account value. The surrender charge in the first policy month of each policy year is shown in your policy. The initial surrender charge will be between $10.96 and $47.91 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount, or base policy face amount increase. The surrender charge declines uniformly in equal monthly amounts within each policy year until it reaches zero in the twelfth month of policy year ten. The initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. In addition, if your policy includes the accounting benefit endorsement, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Accounting benefit endorsement” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). Changes in the base policy face amount resulting from a change in death benefit option will not be considered in computing the previous highest face amount.

 

The surrender charges are contingent deferred sales charges. They are contingent because you only pay them if you surrender your policy for its net cash surrender value (or request a reduction in its face amount, as described below). They are deferred because we do not deduct them from your premiums. Because the surrender charges are contingent and deferred, the amount we collect in a policy year is not related to actual expenses for that year.

 

The surrender charges assessed in connection with giving up this policy or with reductions in policy face amount are intended, in part, to compensate us for the fact that it takes us time to make a profit on your policy, and if you give up or

 

 

50


reduce the face amount of your policy in its early years, we do not have the time to recoup our costs.

 

Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount. If there is a requested base policy face amount reduction within the first ten policy years or within ten years following a face amount increase, or the paid up death benefit guarantee is elected for a reduced amount during a surrender charge period, a proportionate surrender charge will be deducted from your policy account value.

 

Assuming you have not previously changed the base policy face amount, a proportionate surrender charge will be determined by dividing the amount of the reduction in base policy face amount by the initial base policy face amount of insurance, and then multiplying that fraction by the surrender charge immediately before the reduction. The proportionate surrender charge will not exceed the unloaned policy account value at the time of the reduction. If a proportionate surrender charge is made, the remaining surrender charge will be reduced proportionately. We will not deduct a proportionate surrender charge if the reduction resulted from a change in death benefit option or a partial withdrawal.

 

If there have been prior increases in face amount, the decrease will be deemed to cancel, first, each increase in reverse chronological order (beginning with the most recent) and then the initial face amount. We will deduct from your policy account value any surrender charge that is associated with any portion of the face amount that is thus deemed to be canceled.

 

Transfers among investment options. Although we do not currently charge for transfers among investment options, we reserve the right to make a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer of amounts among your investment options. The transfer charge, if any, is deducted from the amounts transferred from your policy’s value in the variable investment options and in our guaranteed interest option based on the proportion that the amount transferred from each variable investment option and from our guaranteed interest option bears to the total amount being transferred. Any such charge would be, in part, to compensate us for our expenses in administering transfers. The charge will never apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automated transfer service or asset rebalancing service.

 

Adding a Living Benefits Rider (no longer permitted). If you elected the Living Benefits Rider after the policy was issued, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction. This fee was designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Exercise of option to receive a terminal illness “living benefit.” If you elect to receive a terminal illness “living benefit,” we will deduct up to $250 from any living benefit we pay. This fee is designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

Special services charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. For certain services, we will deduct from your policy account value any withdrawal charge that applies and the charge for the special service. Please note that we may discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

 

Wire transfer charge. We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge. We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Policy illustration charge. We do not charge for illustrations. We reserve the right to charge in the future.

 

Duplicate policy charge. We charge $35 for providing a copy of your policy. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Policy history charge. We charge a maximum of $50 for providing you a history of policy transactions. If you request a policy history of less than 5 years from the date of your request, there is no charge. If you request a policy history of more than 5 years but less than 10 years from the date of your request, the current charge is $25. For policy histories of 10 years or more, the charge is $50. For all policy histories, we reserve the right to charge a maximum of $50. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Charge for returned payments. For each payment you make in connection with your policy is returned for insufficient funds, we will charge a maximum of $25.

 

Periodic charges

 

On the first day of each month of the policy, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below.

 

Administrative charge. In the first policy year, we deduct $20 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. In all subsequent policy years (but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100), we currently deduct $10 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this latter amount in the future, although it will never exceed $15. In addition, we deduct between $0.06 and $0.30 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount and any face amount increase at the beginning of each policy month in the first ten policy years and any 10 year period following a face amount increase. The administrative charge is intended, in part, to compensate us for the costs involved in administering the policy.

 

 

51


Cost of insurance charge.  The cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured and the policy year. The monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000. Our amount at risk (also described in your policy as “net amount at risk”) on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy. A greater amount at risk, or a higher cost of insurance rate, will result in a higher monthly charge. The cost of insurance rates are intended, in part, to compensate us for the cost of providing insurance to you under your policy.

 

Generally, the cost of insurance rate increases from one policy year to the next. This happens automatically because of the insured person’s increasing age.

 

On a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.06 and $83.34 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under your policy from your policy account value each month (but not beyond the policy anniversary date when the insured person is attained age 100). As the amount for which we are at risk at any time is the death benefit (calculated as of that time) minus your policy account value at that time, changes in your policy account value resulting from the performance of your investment options can affect your amount at risk, and as a result, your cost of insurance. Our cost of insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed the maximum rates specified in your policy. For most insured persons at most ages, our current (non-guaranteed) rates are lower than the maximum rates. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® ‘06 policies for insureds who are age 18 or above are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary SB Smoker and NB Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life® ‘06 policies for insureds who are under age 18 are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Table B. For all other policies, for insureds who are age 18 or above, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Smoker and Non-Smoker Mortality Tables. For insureds who are under age 18, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male and Female Mortality Tables.

 

Our cost of insurance rates will generally be lower (except for gender-neutral policies and in connection with certain employee benefit plans) if the insured person is a female than if a male. They also will generally be lower for non-tobacco users than tobacco users and lower for persons that have other highly favorable health characteristics, as compared to those that do not. On the other hand, insured persons who present particular health, occupational

or avocational risks may be charged higher cost of insurance rates and other additional charges as specified in their policies. In addition, the current rates also vary depending on the duration of the policy (i.e., the length of time since the policy was issued).

 

For policies issued at ages 0–17, an insured person’s cost of insurance rate is not based on that person’s status as a tobacco user or non-tobacco user. Effective with the policy anniversary when that insured person reaches attained age 18, non-tobacco user cost of insurance rates will be charged for that person. That insured person may also be eligible for a more favorable rating, subject to our underwriting rules.

 

We offer lower rates for non-tobacco users only if they are at least age 18. You may generally ask us to review the tobacco habits of an insured person issue age 18 or over in order to change the charge from tobacco user rates to non-tobacco user rates. The change, if approved, may result in lower future cost of insurance rates beginning on the effective date of the change to non-tobacco user rates.

 

The change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include criteria other than tobacco use status as well as a definition of tobacco use different from that applicable at the time this policy was issued.

 

Similarly, after the first policy year, you may request us to review the insured person’s rating to see if they qualify for a reduction in future cost of insurance rates. Any such change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include various criteria.

 

For information concerning possible limitations on any changes, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

The change in rates, if approved, will take effect at the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows the date we approve your request. This change may have adverse tax consequences.

 

Mortality and expense risk charge.  We will collect a monthly charge for mortality and expense risk. We are committed to fulfilling our obligations under the policy and providing service to you over the lifetime of your policy. Despite the uncertainty of future events, we guarantee that monthly administrative and cost of insurance deductions from your policy account value will never be greater than the maximum amounts shown in your policy. In making this guarantee, we assume the mortality risk that insured persons (as a group) will live for shorter periods than we estimated. When this happens, we have to pay a greater amount of death benefit than we expected to pay in relation to the cost of insurance charges we received. We also assume the expense risks that the cost of issuing and administering policies will be greater than we expected. This charge is designed, in part, to compensate us for taking these risks.

 

We deduct a monthly charge at an annual rate of 0.85% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options during

 

 

52


the first 8 policy years, with no charge in policy year 9 and thereafter. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge in the future, although it will never exceed 1.00% during policy years 1–10, and 0.50% during policy years 11 and later. This charge will be calculated at the beginning of each policy month as a percentage of the amount of the policy account that is then allocated to the variable investment options.

 

Loan interest spread.  We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit. The current loan interest spread is 1% during policy years 1-10 and 0% for years 11 and later. The loan interest spread will not exceed 1%. We deduct this charge on each policy anniversary date, or on loan termination, if earlier. For more information on how this charge is deducted, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. As with any loan, the interest we charge on the loans is intended, in part, to compensate us for the time value of the money we are lending and the risk that you will not repay the loan.

 

Optional rider charges

 

If you elected the following riders, the following charges, which are designed to offset the cost of their respective riders, are deducted from your policy account value, on the first day of each month of the policy. The costs of each of the riders below are designed, in part, to compensate us for the additional insurance risk we take on in providing each of these riders and the administrative costs involved in administering them:

 

Children’s term insurance.  If you chose this rider, we deduct $0.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. However, we will continue to charge you for the rider, even after all of your children, stepchildren and legally adopted children have reached age 25 (when a child’s coverage under the rider terminates), unless you notify us in writing that you wish to cancel this rider.

 

Disability deduction waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. This amount is between 7% and 132% of all the other monthly charges (including charges for other riders elected) deducted from your policy account value on a guaranteed basis. The current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Disability premium waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.02 and $0.69 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount. We will establish a similar charge for requested base policy face amount increases. If you also select certain of the other optional riders available under your policy, we will deduct

additional amounts from your policy account value per $1,000 of rider benefit amount each month while both the other rider and this rider are in effect. If you choose the children’s term insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.01 and $0.03. If you choose the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, we will deduct an amount between $0.0009 and $0.02. These amounts are in addition to the charges for the riders themselves.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  If you chose this rider on a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.08 and $1.18 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 100 while the rider is in effect, but not when rider benefits are being paid. The amount at risk for this rider is the long-term care specified amount minus your policy account value, but not less than zero. The current monthly charges to this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees.

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively, the “underlying portfolios”). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

    

 

 

53


10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

 

 

 

This section provides further detail about certain subjects that are addressed in the previous pages. The following discussion generally does not repeat the information already contained in those pages.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your policy will occur. Other portions of this prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Date of receipt.  Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we usually mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

 

Business day.  Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. We compute unit values for our variable investment options as of the end of each business day.

 

Payments you make.  The following are reflected in your policy as of the date we receive them in complete and proper form:

 

  premium payments received after the policy’s investment start date (discussed below)

 

  loan repayments and interest payments

 

Requests you make.  The following transactions occur as of the date we receive your request in complete and proper form:

 

  withdrawals

 

  tax withholding elections

 

  face amount decreases that result from a withdrawal

 

  changes of allocation percentages for premium payments or monthly deductions
  surrenders

 

  changes of owner

 

  changes of beneficiary

 

  transfers from a variable investment option to the guaranteed interest option

 

  changes in form of death benefit payment

 

  loans

 

  transfers among variable investment options

 

  assignments

 

  termination of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

The following transactions occur on your policy’s next monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we approve your request:

 

  changes in face amount

 

  election of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

  changes in death benefit option

 

  restoration of terminated policies

 

  termination of any additional benefit riders you have elected

 

Automatic transfer service.  Transfers pursuant to our automatic transfer service (dollar-cost averaging) occur as of the first day of each policy month. If you request the automatic transfer service in your original policy application, the first transfer will occur as of the first day of the second policy month after your policy’s initial Allocation Date. If you request this service at any later time, we make the first such transfer as of your policy’s first monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we receive your request.

 

Asset rebalancing service.  If you request the asset rebalancing service, the first redistribution will be on the date you specify or the date we receive your request, if later. However, no rebalancing will occur before your policy’s Allocation Date. Subsequent periodic rebalancings occur quarterly, semiannually or annually, as you have requested.

 

Delay in certain cases.  We may delay allocating any payment you make to our variable investment options, or any transfer, for the same reasons stated in “Delay of variable investment option proceeds” in this prospectus. We may also delay such transactions for any other legally permitted purpose.

 

Prices applicable to policy transactions.  If a transaction will increase or decrease the amount you have in a variable

 

 

54


investment option as of a certain date, we process the transaction using the unit values for that option computed as of that day’s close of business, unless that day is not a business day. In that case, we use unit values computed as of the next business day’s close.

 

Effect of death or surrender.  You may not make any surrender or partial withdrawal request after the insured person has died. Also, all insurance coverage ends on the date as of which we process any request for a surrender.

 

Policy issuance

 

Register date.  When we issue a policy, we assign it a “register date,” which will be shown in the policy. We measure the months, years, and anniversaries of your policy from your policy’s register date.

 

  If you submit the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional at the time you sign the application and before the policy is issued, and we issue the policy as it was applied for, then the register date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I of the policy application or (b) the date a medical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

  If we do not receive your full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different basis than you applied for, the register date initially will appear on your policy as the date the policy is issued; however, we will move the register date to the date we deliver the policy provided we received your full minimum initial premium. This will ensure that premiums and charges will commence on the same date as your insurance coverage. If your policy was delivered on the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, we will move the register date to the 1st of the following month. This could change the current interest rate for the guaranteed interest option.

 

We may also permit an earlier than customary register date (a) for employer-sponsored cases, to accommodate a common register date for all employees or (b) to provide a younger age at issue. (A younger age at issue reduces the monthly charges that we deduct under a policy.) The charges and deductions commence as of the register date, even when we have permitted an early register date. We may also permit policy owners to delay a register date (up to three months) in employer-sponsored cases.

 

Investment start date.  This is the date your investment first begins to earn a return for you. Generally, this is the register date. Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account. If we move your register date as described in the second bullet under “Policy issuance,” above, we will also move your investment start date and/or interest crediting date to coincide with the register date.

 

Commencement of insurance coverage.  You must give the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional on or before the day the policy is delivered to you. No insurance under your policy will take effect unless (1) the

insured person is still living at the time such payment and delivery are completed and (2) the information in the application continues to be true and complete, without material change, as of the time of such payment. If you submit the full minimum initial premium with your application, we may, subject to certain conditions, provide a limited amount of temporary insurance on the proposed insured person. You may request and review a copy of our temporary insurance agreement for more information about the terms and conditions of that coverage.

 

Non-issuance.  If, after considering your application, we decide not to issue a policy, we will refund any premium you have paid, without interest.

 

Age; age at issue.  Unless the context in this prospectus requires otherwise, we consider the insured person’s “age” during any policy year to be his or her age on his or her birthday nearest to the beginning of that policy year. For example, the insured person’s age for the first policy year (“age at issue”) is that person’s age on whichever birthday is closer to (i.e., before or after) the policy’s register date.

 

Ways to make premium and loan payments

 

Payment options.  Premiums or loan payments generally must be paid by check drawn on a U.S. bank in U.S. dollars and made payable to “Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company” (for subsequent contributions please write your policy number on the check).

 

We prefer that you make each payment to us with a single check drawn on your business or personal bank account. Cash and travelers’ checks, or any payments in foreign currency, are not acceptable. We will accept third-party checks payable to someone other than the Company and endorsed over to the Company only (1) as a direct payment from a qualified retirement plan or (2) if they are made out to a trustee who owns the policy and endorses the entire check (without any refund) as a payment to the policy.

 

Assigning your policy

 

You may assign (transfer) your rights in a policy to someone else as collateral for a loan, to effect a change of ownership or for some other reason, if we agree. Collateral assignments may also sometimes be used in connection with dividing the benefits of the policy under a split-dollar arrangement, which will also have its own tax consequences. A copy of the assignment must be forwarded to our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for any payment we make or any action we take before we receive notice of the assignment or for the validity of the assignment. An absolute assignment is a change of ownership.

 

Certain transfers for value may subject you to income tax and penalties and cause the death benefit to lose its income-tax free treatment. Further, a gift of a policy that has a loan outstanding may be treated as part gift and part transfer for value, which could result in both gift tax and income tax consequences. The IRS issued regulations in

 

 

55


both 2002 and 2003 concerning split-dollar arrangements, including policies subject to collateral assignments. The regulations provide both new and interim guidance as to the taxation of such arrangements. These regulations address taxation issues in connection with arrangements which are compensatory in nature, involve a shareholder and corporation, or a donor and donee. See also discussion under “Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs” and “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes” in the “Tax information” section of this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a transfer or assignment.

 

You can change your policy’s insured person

 

Note: Notwithstanding the information further below, based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. The following information, therefore, does not apply, absent IRS guidance that would permit such changes.

 

After the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. This requires that you provide us with adequate evidence that the proposed new insured person meets our requirements for insurance. Other requirements are outlined in your policy.

 

Upon making this change, the monthly insurance charges we deduct will be based on the new insured person’s insurance risk characteristics. In addition, any no lapse guarantee and Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate. It may also affect the face amount that a policy will have if you subsequently elect the paid up death benefit guarantee. The change of insured person will not, however, affect the surrender charge computation for the amount of coverage that is then in force.

 

Substituting the insured person is a taxable event and may, depending upon individual circumstances, have other tax consequences as well. For example, the change could cause the policy to be a “modified endowment contract” or to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance,” or in some cases require that we also distribute certain amounts to you from the policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to substituting the insured person. As a condition to substituting the insured person we may require you to sign a form acknowledging the potential tax consequences. In no event, however, will we permit a change that we believe causes your policy to fail the definition of life insurance or causes the policy to lose its ability to be tested under the 1980 CSO table. See “2009 or later increases in benefits or coverage, addition of riders, or certain other policy changes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. Also, if the paid up death benefit

guarantee is in effect or your policy is on loan extension, you may not request to substitute the insured person.

 

Requirements for surrender requests

 

Your surrender request must include the policy number, your name, your taxpayer identification number, the name of the insured person, and the address where proceeds should be mailed. The request must be signed by you, as the owner, and by any joint owner, collateral assignee or irrevocable beneficiary. We may also require you to complete specific tax forms, or provide a representation that your policy is not being exchanged for another life or annuity contract.

 

 

Gender-neutral policies

 

Congress and various states have from time to time considered legislation that would require insurance rates to be the same for males and females. In addition, employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with counsel, the impact of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 on the purchase of Incentive Life® ‘06 in connection with an employment-related insurance or benefit plan. In a 1983 decision, the United States Supreme Court held that, under Title VII, optional annuity benefits under a deferred compensation plan could not vary on the basis of sex.

 

There will be no distinctions based on sex in the cost of insurance rates for Incentive Life® ‘06 policies sold in Montana. We will also make such gender-neutral policies available on request in connection with certain employee benefit plans. Cost of insurance rates applicable to a gender-neutral policy will not be greater than the comparable male rates under a gender specific Incentive Life® ‘06 policy.

 

Future policy exchanges

 

We may at some future time, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable law, allow the current owner of this policy to exchange it for a universal life policy we are then offering. The exchange may or may not be advantageous to you, based on all of the circumstances, including a comparison of contractual terms and conditions and charges and deductions. We will provide additional information upon request at such time as exchanges may be permitted.

 

Broker transaction authority

 

After your policy has been issued, we may accept transfer requests and changes to your premium allocation instructions or fund transfers by telephone, mail, facsimile or electronically, and requests for our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service in writing, by mail or facsimile, from your financial professional, provided that we have your prior written authorization to do so on file. Accordingly, the Company will rely on the stated identity of the person placing instructions as authorized to do so on your behalf. The Company will not be liable for any claim, loss, liability or expenses that may arise out of such instructions. The Company will continue to rely on

 

 

56


this authorization until it receives your written notification at its processing office that you have withdrawn this authorization. The Company may change or terminate telephone or electronic or overnight mail transfer procedures at any time without prior notice and restrict facsimile, internet, telephone and other electronic transfer services because of disruptive transfer activity. The Company may terminate any such authorization at any time without prior notice.

    

 

 

57


11. More information about other matters

 

 

 

About the general account

 

This policy is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a policy’s account value or any guaranteed benefits with which the policy was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the policy owner for the policy’s account value and such guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the policy are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular policy or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the policies in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The policy is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

Transfers of your policy account value

 

Transfers not implemented.  If a request cannot be fully administered, only the part that is in good order will be processed. Any part of the request that cannot be processed will be denied and an explanation will be provided to you.

This could occur, for example, where the request does not comply with our transfer limitations, or where you request transfer of an amount greater than that currently allocated to an investment option.

 

Similarly, the automatic transfer service will terminate immediately if: (1) your amount in the EQ/Money Market option is insufficient to cover the automatic transfer amount; (2) your policy is in a grace period; (3) we receive notice of the insured person’s death; or (4) you have either elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. Similarly, the asset rebalancing program will terminate if either (2), (3) or (4) occurs.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  You should note that the policy is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The policy is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small-and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values

 

 

58


occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small-and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all policy owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of EQ Advisors Trust (the “affiliated trust”), as well as investment options with underlying portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated trust obtains from us policy owner trading activity. The affiliated trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a policy is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the policy owner explaining that the Company has a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the policy owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the policy, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected policy. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all policy owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our policy owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review policy owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

 

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by policy owners. As of the date of this prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the policy owner.

 

Policy owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, policy owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some policy owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some policy owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Telephone and Internet requests

 

If you are a properly authorized person, you may make transfers between investment options over the Internet as described in this prospectus in “How to make transfers” under “Transferring your money among our investment options.”

 

Also, you may make the following additional types of requests by calling the number under “By Phone:” in “How to reach us” from a touch-tone phone, if the policy is individually owned and you are the owner, or through www.equitable.com if you are the individual owner:

 

  changes of premium allocation percentages

 

  changes of address

 

  request forms and statements

 

  enroll for electronic delivery and view statements/documents online

 

  to pay your premium or make a loan repayment

 

For security purposes, all telephone requests are automatically tape-recorded and are invalid if the information given is incomplete or any portion of the request is inaudible. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

 

59


If you wish to enroll through www.equitable.com, you must first agree to the terms and conditions set forth in our www.equitable.com Online Usage Agreement, which you can find at our website. We will send you a confirmation letter by first class mail. Additionally, you will be required to use a password and protect it from unauthorized use. We will provide subsequent written confirmation of any transactions. We will assume that all instructions received through www.equitable.com are given by you; however, we reserve the right to refuse to process any transaction and/or block access to www.equitable.com if we have reason to believe the instructions given are unauthorized.

 

If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of telephone or Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following telephone or Internet instructions that we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to refuse to process any telephone or Internet transactions if we have reason to believe that the request compromises the general security and/or integrity of our automated systems (see discussion of “Disruptive transfer activity” above).

 

Any telephone, Internet or fax transaction request that is not completed by the close of a business day (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will be processed as of the next business day. During times of extreme market activity, or for other reasons, you may be unable to contact us to make a telephone or Internet request. If this occurs, you should submit a written transaction request to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue telephone or Internet transactions, or modify the procedures and conditions for such transactions, without notifying you, at any time.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business

from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

 

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable life insurance product business. Because our variable life insurance product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and

 

 

60


other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe storms affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue policies and process policy transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing policies and processing of other policy-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your policy to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your policy due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

Suicide and certain misstatements

 

If an insured person commits suicide within certain time periods, the amount of death benefit we pay will be limited as described in the policy. Also, if an application misstated the age or gender of an insured person, we will adjust the amount of any death benefit (and certain rider benefits), as described in the policy (or rider).

 

When we pay policy proceeds

 

General.  We will generally pay any death benefit, surrender, withdrawal, or loan within seven days after we receive the request and any other required items.

 

Clearance of checks.  We reserve the right to defer payment of that portion of your policy account value that is attributable to a premium payment or loan repayment made by check for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

Delay of guaranteed interest option proceeds.  We also have the right to defer payment or transfers of amounts out of our guaranteed interest option for up to six months. If we delay more than 30 days in paying you such amounts, we will pay interest of at least 3% per year from the date we receive your request.

 

Delay of variable investment option proceeds.  We reserve the right to defer payment of any death benefit, transfer, loan or other distribution that is derived from a variable investment option if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings) or trading on that exchange is restricted; (b) the SEC has declared that an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to fairly determine the policy account value; or (c) the law permits the delay for the protection of owners. If we need to defer calculation of values for any of the foregoing reasons, all delayed transactions will be processed at the next available unit values.

 

Delay to challenge coverage.  We may challenge the validity of your insurance policy or any rider based on any material misstatements in an application you have made to us. We cannot make such challenges, however, beyond certain time limits set forth in the policy or rider. If the insured person dies within one of these limits, we may delay payment of any proceeds until we decide whether to challenge the policy.

 

Changes we can make

 

In addition to any of the other changes described in this prospectus, we have the right to modify how we or Separate Account FP operate. For example, we have the right to:

 

  combine two or more variable investment options or withdraw assets relating to Incentive Life® ‘06 from one investment option and put them into another;

 

  end the registration of, or re-register, Separate Account FP under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  operate Separate Account FP under the direction of a “committee” or discharge such a committee at any time;

 

  restrict or eliminate any voting rights or privileges of policy owners (or other persons) that affect Separate Account FP;

 

  operate Separate Account FP, or one or more of the variable investment options, in any other form the law allows. This includes any form that allows us to make direct investments, in which case we may charge Separate Account FP an advisory fee. We may make any legal investments we wish for Separate Account FP. In addition, we may disapprove any change in investment advisers or in investment policy unless a law or regulation provides differently.

 

If we take any action that results in a material change in the underlying investments of a variable investment option, we will notify you to the extent required by law. We may, for example, cause the variable investment option to invest in a mutual fund other than, or in addition to, the Trusts. If you then wish to transfer the amount you have in that option to another investment option, you may do so.

 

We may make any changes in the policy or its riders, require additional premium payments, or make

 

 

61


distributions from the policy to the extent we deem necessary to ensure that your policy qualifies or continues to qualify as life insurance for tax purposes. Any such change will apply uniformly to all policies that are affected. We will give you written notice of such changes. Subject to all applicable legal requirements, we also may make other changes in the policies that do not reduce any net cash surrender value, death benefit, policy account value, or other accrued rights or benefits.

 

Whether to make any of the above discussed changes is generally within our discretion, although some such changes might require us to obtain regulatory or policy owner approval. Whether regulatory or policy owner approval is required would depend on the nature of the change and, in many cases, the manner in which the change is implemented. You should not assume, therefore, that you necessarily will have an opportunity to approve or disapprove any such changes. We will, of course, comply with applicable legal requirements, including notice to or approval by policy owners where required in particular cases.

 

It is not possible to foresee all of the circumstances under which we may find it necessary or appropriate to exercise our right to make changes. Such circumstances could, however, include changes in law, or interpretations thereof; changes in financial or investment market conditions; changes in accepted methods of conducting operations in the relevant market; or a desire to achieve material operating economies or efficiencies.

 

Reports we will send you

 

Shortly after the end of each year of your policy, we will send you a report that includes information about your policy’s current death benefit, policy account value, cash surrender value (i.e., policy account value minus any current surrender charge), policy loans, policy transactions and amounts of charges deducted. We will send you individual notices to confirm your premium payments, loan repayments, transfers and certain other policy transactions. Please promptly review all statements and confirmations and notify us immediately at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) if there are any errors.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

The policies are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account FP. The offering of the policies is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other the Company life and annuity products we issue.

 

The policies are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The policies are also sold by

financial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

 

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on policies sold. The Company may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its policies, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of this prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your policy. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the policy and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the policy, see “Risk/benefit summary: Charges and expenses you will pay” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

As used below, the “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount and Distributor, among other factors.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation.  The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on premium payments made on the policies sold through Equitable Advisors (“premium-based compensation”). The premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 8.5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 11% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the premium-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. Your Equitable Advisors financial professional will receive premium-based compensation in combination with ongoing annual compensation based on a percentage of the account value of the policy sold (“asset-based compensation”). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both premium-based and asset-based compensation could, over time, exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of premiums alone. The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. When a policy is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information

 

 

62


about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described immediately below.

 

Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their policy.

 

Equitable Advisor’s financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s policies and policies offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Differential compensation.  In an effort to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our policy than it pays for the sale of a policy or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same policy. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different policy types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company’s policies. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company’s policies than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and premium-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s policies and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our policy over a policy or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors

financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because of differences in compensation among products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

 

Equitable Distributors Compensation.  The Company pays premium-based and asset-based compensation (together “compensation”) to Equitable Distributors. Premium-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s policies sold through Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Asset-based compensation is paid based on the unloaned account value of policies sold through certain of Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 120% of the premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 2.8% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two through ten, and 2% thereafter. Asset-based compensation up to 0.15% in policy years 6-10 and up to 0.10% in policy years 11 and later may also be paid. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays a portion of the compensation it receives to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. The compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

These payments above also include compensation to cover operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers.  Equitable Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the policy owner. Payments may be based

 

 

63


on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value attributable to policies sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. Equitable Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our policies exclusively.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2023) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $875.00 to $4,074,340.13. The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

AAG Capital Inc., AE Financial Services, LLC, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, American Portfolios Financial Services, Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC, Avantax Investment Services, Inc., Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC, Cadaret Grant & Company Inc., Cambridge Investment Research, Capital Investment Group Inc., Centaurus Financial, Inc., Cetera Financial Group, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Citizens Securities, Inc., Commonwealth Financial Network, Copper Financial Network, LLC, CUSO Financial Services, L.P., EF Legacy Securities, LLC, Equity Services Inc., Farmers Financial Solution LLC, First Horizon Advisors, Inc., Galt Financial Group, Inc., Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Gradient Securities, LLC, Grove Point Investments, LLC, Halo Securities LLC, Harbour Investments, Inc., Independent Financial Group LLC, James T. Borello & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, JP Morgan Securities, LLC, Kestra Investment Services LLC, Key Investment Services LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., Lincoln Investment Planning, Lion Street Financial LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Madison Avenue Securities, LLC, MML Investors Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Mutual of Omaha Investor Services Inc., Next Financial Group, Inc., OneAmerica Securities Inc., Osaic Inc., Osaic Institutions Inc., Park Avenue Securities, LLC, PFS Investments, Inc., PHX Financial, Inc., PlanMember Securities Corp., PNC Investments, LLC, Principal Securities, Inc., Pruco Securities, LLC, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc.,

Raymond James & Associates Inc., RBC Capital Markets LLC, Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Service Inc., The Huntington Investment Company, The Leaders Group, Inc., TransAmerica Financial Advisors, UBS Financial Services Inc., US Bancorp Investments, Inc., Valmark Securities Inc., Voya Financial Advisors, Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Western International Securities Inc., World Equity Group Inc.

 

Legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a policy owner’s interest in Separate Account FP, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate Account FP, our ability to meet our obligations under the policies, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with Separate Account FP.

 

 

64


12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

 

 

 

The financial statements of Separate Account FP, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS.

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance for the policies only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies. You may request an SAI by writing to our Administrative Office or by calling 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative.

    

 

 

65


13. Personalized illustrations

 

 

 

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

Personalized illustrations.  Illustrations are intended to show how different fees, charges and rates of return can affect the values available under a policy. Illustrations can be based upon some of the characteristics of the insured person under your policy as well as some other policy feature choices you make such as the face amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts and assumed rates of return (within limits). This type of illustration is called a personalized illustration. No illustration will ever show you the actual values available under your policy at any given point in time. This is because many factors affect these values including: (i) the insured person’s characteristics; (ii) policy features you choose; (iii) actual premium payments you make; (iv) loans or withdrawals you make; and (v) actual rates of return (including the actual fees and expenses) of the underlying portfolios in which your cash value is invested. Each personalized illustration is accompanied by an explanation of the assumptions on which that illustration is based. Because, as discussed below, these assumptions may differ considerably, you should carefully review all of the disclosure that accompanies each illustration.

 

Different kinds of illustrations.  Personalized illustrations can reflect the investment management fees and expenses incurred in 2023 (or expected to be incurred in 2024, if such amount is expected to be higher) of the available underlying portfolios in different ways. An arithmetic illustration uses the straight average of all of the available underlying portfolios’ investment management fees and expenses. A weighted illustration computes the average of investment management fees and expenses based upon the aggregate assets in the Portfolios at the end of 2023. You may request a weighted illustration that computes the average of investment management fees and expenses of all portfolios. If you request, a weighted illustration can also illustrate an assumed percentage allocation of policy account values among the available underlying portfolios. A fund specific illustration uses only the investment management fees and expenses of a specific underlying portfolio. When reviewing a weighted or fund specific illustration you should keep in mind that the values shown may be higher than the values shown in other illustrations because the fees and expenses that are assumed may be lower than those assumed in other illustrations. You may also request a personalized illustration of the guaranteed interest option.

 

The effect of the expense limitation arrangements. Personalized illustrations reflect the expense limitation arrangements that are in effect with respect to certain of the Portfolios. If these fees and expenses were not reduced to reflect the expense limitation arrangements, the values in the personalized illustrations would be lower.

    

 

 

66


Appendix: Investment options available under the policy

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the Policy. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146666. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) or by sending an email request to EquitableFunds@dfinsolutions.com. If you exercise the paid up death benefit guarantee, you may only invest in the Portfolio Companies listed in the designated table below.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Portfolio Companies, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your policy may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each variable investment option’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

          Current
Expenses
   

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE  

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Specialty

 

1290 VT Convertible Securities — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.90 %^      13.73     9.37     6.84

Fixed Income

 

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — EIMG; DoubleLine Capital LP

    0.91 %^      6.60     0.72      

Equity

 

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

    0.95 %^      5.49     10.25     7.23

Specialty

 

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.29 %^      9.53     4.22     3.39

Equity

 

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.06     21.04     12.82     7.94

Equity

 

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

    1.17 %^      5.79     12.69      

Equity

 

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

    1.10 %^      16.49     11.53     8.52

Equity

 

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.92     27.50     15.12     11.32

Equity

 

EQ/2000 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.84     15.99     8.76     6.15

Equity

 

EQ/400 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.85 %^      15.44     11.32     8.11

Equity

 

EQ/500 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.81     25.27     14.21     10.71

Equity

 

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.93     17.70     10.59     7.78

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Aggressive Allocation — EIMG

    1.18     18.37     10.23     7.07

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

    1.25 %^      14.15     7.70     5.27

Equity

 

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

    1.00 %^      5.98     10.88      

Equity

 

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

    0.97 %^      22.98     14.97     11.34

Equity

 

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.00 %^      45.91     15.78     10.70

 

67


          Current
Expenses
   

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE  

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

 

EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.67 %^      25.13     14.45     10.79

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Conservative Allocation — EIMG

    1.00 %^      8.02     2.60     2.15

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    0.85 %^      10.86     4.76     3.57

Fixed Income

 

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      4.51     1.02     1.11

Fixed Income

 

EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    0.93 %^      4.51     1.94     1.60

Equity

 

EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.54 %^      25.57     15.03     11.37

Equity

 

EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC

    0.87 %^      31.38     16.55      

Equity

 

EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.87 %^      12.13     13.88      

Equity

 

EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.10 %^      21.37     9.74     6.29

Equity

 

EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

    1.09 %^      11.22     12.97      

Fixed Income

 

EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      3.87     0.39     0.56

Equity

 

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.06     16.85     7.96     3.55

Equity

 

EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.72 %^      19.04     8.10     3.69

Equity

 

EQ/International Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.87     16.86     7.32     3.27

Equity

 

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP

    1.03     18.52     7.60     3.02

Equity

 

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.00 %^      12.01     13.18     8.70

Specialty

 

EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.16     10.08     5.45      

Equity

 

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC

    1.05     17.01     13.08     7.62

Equity

 

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96 %^      46.33     12.84     11.28

Equity

 

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96     10.90     14.17     10.12

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.90     23.98     14.26     10.58

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.73     41.54     18.63     14.02

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.88     38.97     16.20     12.47

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.74     10.71     10.15     7.66

Equity

 

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.87     14.01     10.78     7.82

Equity

 

EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC

    1.35 %^      21.68     5.11      

Equity

 

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    1.05 %^      43.89     15.66     13.24

Equity

 

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      14.52     9.28     6.12

Equity

 

EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.15 %^      17.37     8.29      

 

68


          Current
Expenses
   

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE  

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

 

EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      22.32     13.41      

Specialty

 

EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.14     54.10     17.38      

Equity

 

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.65 %^      15.77     11.88     8.54

Equity

 

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.97     13.19     10.36     7.21

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Moderate Allocation — EIMG

    1.11     12.31     5.76     4.17

Asset Allocation

 

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation — EIMG

    1.13     15.36     8.10     5.67

Cash/Cash Equivalent

 

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation

    0.69     4.47     1.48     0.90

Equity

 

EQ/Morgan Stanley Small Cap Growth — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.

    1.15 %^      34.45     15.17      

Fixed Income

 

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    2.26 %^      3.53     3.13      

Fixed Income

 

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.87 %^      5.63     1.11      

Fixed Income

 

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.88 %^      5.56     1.61     1.25

Fixed Income

 

EQ/Quality Bond PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.86     4.35     0.51     0.84

Equity

 

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.64     16.72     10.06     7.01

Equity

 

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

    0.92     19.52     10.06     6.90

Specialty

 

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.19 %^      5.99     3.78      

Asset Allocation

 

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

    1.10 %^      9.86     7.20     4.77

Equity

 

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    1.00     38.29     15.92     12.48

Fixed Income

 

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.87 %^      5.15     0.63     1.21

Specialty

 

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.24 %^      49.53     19.07     16.18

Asset Allocation

 

Target 2025 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      13.58     7.42     5.42

Asset Allocation

 

Target 2035 Allocation — EIMG

    1.09     16.56     9.12     6.47

Asset Allocation

 

Target 2045 Allocation — EIMG

    1.08     18.11     10.15     7.12

Asset Allocation

 

Target 2055 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      19.82     11.22      
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†”. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

*

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

69


Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

         

Current

Expenses

   

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE  

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

 

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.16 %^      15.79     8.03     5.51

Equity

 

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.07 %^      15.67     8.37     4.43

Equity

 

Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.74     18.37     14.50     9.99

Equity

 

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.82     14.80     12.17     7.86

Equity

 

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

    0.91 %^      12.75     11.06     7.04

Equity

 

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.19     14.14     10.32     6.45

Equity

 

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.20     16.26     12.14     6.28

Fixed Income

 

Macquarie VIP High Income Series(1) — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

    0.96     11.95     4.46     3.70

Equity

 

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    1.03 %^      18.66     13.27     10.00

Equity

 

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    0.98 %^      23.70     16.39     12.44

Specialty

 

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    1.58 %^      -7.93     8.46     -0.90

Equity

 

T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio - II — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    0.99     9.31     10.92     7.57

Equity

 

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

    1.35 %^      12.62     4.22     2.32

Fixed Income

 

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.75 %^      2.88     -2.13     -0.66

Specialty

 

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund — Van Eck Associates Corporation

    1.36     -3.84     10.34     -1.26
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1)

This is the variable investment option’s new name. The variable investment option’s former name is Delaware Ivy VIP High Income which may continue to be used in certain documents for a period of time after the date of this prospectus.

 

Allowable EQ Allocation Investment Options:

 

If you exercise the paid up death benefit guarantee, in addition to the Guaranteed Interest Option, investment options are limited to the following (the “EQ Allocation Investment Options”):

 

EQ/Aggressive Allocation

EQ/Conservative Allocation

EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation

 

EQ/Moderate Allocation

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation

 

70


Appendix: States where certain policy features and/or benefits are not available or vary

 

 

 

The following information is a summary of the states where certain policies or certain features and/or benefits are either not available as of the date of this prospectus or vary from the policy’s features and benefits as previously described in this prospectus. Certain features and/or benefits may have been approved in your state after your policy was issued and cannot be added. Please contact your financial professional for more information about availability in your state.

 

States where certain policy features and/or benefits are not available or vary:

 

State   Features and benefits   Availability or variation
California   See “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”   For any policy that goes on claim on or after January 1, 2020, at least 30 days before the first monthly benefit payment, we will provide you with additional information as required by California law, including an option to cancel the payment before the scheduled payment date. The scheduled payment date will be on the next monthly anniversary that is at least 30 days after the date all required documentation is received by us, including proof that the elimination period has been satisfied, if applicable.
    See “When we pay policy proceeds” in “More information about other matters”   If you were issued a policy in California that includes the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and you request a loan or partial withdrawal on or after January 1, 2020, additional information about the potential effects of the loan or partial withdrawal on the policy will be provided to you as required by California law. The request for the loan or withdrawal will not be honored until we receive an acknowledgement from the policyowner for this information.

 

71

Appendix: States where certain policy features and/or benefits are not available or vary


Requesting more information

 

 

 

 

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated May 1, 2024, is incorporated into this prospectus by reference and is available upon request, free of charge, by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative. You may also request one by writing to our operations center at P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, NC 28201-1047. The SAI includes additional information about the registrant. You can make inquiries about your policy and request personalized illustrations by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), or asking your financial professional.

You may visit the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov to view the SAI and other information (including other parts of a registration statement) that relates to the Separate Account and the policies. You can also review and copy information about the Separate Account, including the SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may have to pay a duplicating fee. To find out more about the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

 

 

 

C000024623  
  #538779


EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

 

Statement of Additional Information

dated May 1, 2024

 

  COIL Institutional SeriesSM
  COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162)
  Equitable AdvantageSM
  Incentive Life®
  Incentive Life® ‘02
  Incentive Life® ‘06
  Incentive Life Legacy®
  Incentive Life Legacy® II
  IncentiveLife Legacy® III
  Incentive Life Optimizer®
  Incentive Life Optimizer® II
  IncentiveLife Optimizer® III
  Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy
  VUL Incentive Life ProtectSM
  VUL Legacy®
  VUL Optimizer®
  VUL Survivorship
 

 

Flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”) with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the related prospectus, dated May 1, 2024. Each prospectus provides detailed information concerning the policy and the variable investment options, as well as the guaranteed interest option, that fund the policy. Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Company’s Separate Account FP. Separate Account FP’s predecessor was established on April 19, 1985 by our then wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company. We established our Separate Account FP under New York Law on September 21, 1995. When Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company merged into AXA Equitable (now known as Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company), as of January 1, 1997, our Separate Account FP succeeded to all the assets, liabilities and operations of its predecessor. The guaranteed interest option is part of the Company’s general account. Definitions of special terms used in the SAI are found in the prospectus.

 

A copy of the prospectuses are available free of charge by writing the Administrative Office (P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047), by calling toll free, 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), by sending an email request to lifeservice@equitable.com or by contacting your financial professional.

 

The Company

 

We are Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, and “us”), (until 2020, known as AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company), a New York stock life insurance corporation. We have been doing business since 1859. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under your policy.

Ways we pay policy proceeds

 

The payee for death benefit or other policy proceeds (e.g., upon surrenders) may name a successor to receive any amounts that we still owe following the payee’s death. Otherwise, we will pay any such amounts to the payee’s estate.

 

We must approve any payment arrangements that involve a payee who is not a natural person (for example, a corporation) or a payee who is a fiduciary. Also, the details of all payment arrangements will be subject to our rules at the time the arrangements are selected and take effect.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

Equitable Advisors distributes these policies pursuant to a selling agreement, dated as of May 1, 1994, as amended, between Equitable Advisors and the Company. The Company paid Equitable Advisors as the distributors of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $528,625,217 in 2023, $628,586,635 in 2022 and $633,967,608 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Advisors retained $253,096,170, $286,917,091 and $282,627,531, respectively.

 

Under a distribution agreement between Equitable Distributors and the Company and certain of the Company’s separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, the Company paid Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) as the distributor of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $383,966,142 in 2023, $535,080,397 in 2022 and $589,621,128 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) retained $0, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

 

 

 
  #558026


Underwriting a policy

 

The underwriting of a policy determines: (1) whether the policy application will be approved or disapproved; and (2) into what premium class the insured should be placed. Risk factors that are considered for these determinations are: (i) the insured’s age; (ii) whether the insured uses tobacco or not; and (iii) the admitted medical history of the insured. Many other factors make up the overall evaluation of an individual’s assessment for insurance, but all of these items are determined through the questions asked during the application process.

 

For COIL Institutional SeriesSM, COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162), Equitable AdvantageSM, VUL Legacy®, VUL Optimizer® and VUL Survivorship policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2017 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life Legacy®, Incentive Life Legacy® II, IncentiveLife Legacy® III, Incentive Life Optimizer®, Incentive Life Optimizer® II, IncentiveLife Optimizer® III and Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life®, Incentive Life® ‘02 and Incentive Life® ‘06 policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

Insurance regulation that applies to the Company

 

We are regulated and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations in every state where we sell policies. We submit annual reports on our operations and finances to insurance officials in all of these states. The officials are responsible for reviewing our reports to see that we are financially sound. Such regulation, however, does not guarantee or provide absolute assurance of our soundness.

 

Custodian

 

The Company is the custodian for shares of the Trusts owned by Separate Account FP. The Company’s principal offices are located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105.

 

Independent registered public accounting firm

 

The (i) financial statements of each of the variable investment options of Separate Account FP as of December 31, 2023 and for each of the periods indicated therein and the (ii) consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for each of the three years in the period ended

December 31, 2023 incorporated in this Statement of Additional Information by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS/A (for Separate Account FP) and Form N-VPFS/A (for Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company) have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides independent audit services and certain other non-audit services to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as permitted by the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company’s Form 10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

Financial statements

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company incorporated by reference should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies.

 

 

2


Incentive Life Optimizer®

 

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2024

 

 

 

An individual flexible premium variable and index-linked life insurance policy issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “Equitable Financial”, “we”, “our” and “us”), formerly AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

Variable and index-linked life insurance policies are complex investment vehicles and you should speak with a financial professional about policy features, benefits, risks and fees and whether the policy is appropriate for you based on your financial situation and objectives.

 

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable life insurance, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

 

Please read this prospectus and keep it for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any other action under a policy. This prospectus supersedes all prior prospectuses and supplements. Also, you should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the Portfolios.

 

 

 

This prospectus describes the Incentive Life Optimizer® policy, but is not itself a policy. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the policy’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the policy’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the policy are changed after the date of this prospectus in accordance with the policy, those changes will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements. To make this prospectus easier to read, we sometimes use different words than the policy. The Company or your financial professional can provide any further explanation about your policy.

 

This policy is no longer sold. This prospectus is for current policy owners only. You should note that your policy features and charges, and your investment options, may vary depending on the state and/or the date on which you purchased your policy. For more information about the particular options, features and charges applicable to you, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

For information about income, estate and gift taxes in connection with life insurance policies as well as possible estate and gift tax consequences, please see the Tax information section in this prospectus, including the information under “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes.”

The Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) gives you the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period, although you could also experience a negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest.

 

What is Incentive Life Optimizer®?

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), (ii) an investment option we refer to as the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available, which is described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus and/or (iii) one or more of the variable investment options set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

 

 

One of the investment options that may be available to you under your policy is the Market Stabilizer Option®. If you are interested in allocating amounts to the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus, which contains additional information relating to the MSO. If you did not receive an MSO prospectus and wish to obtain one, please call us at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704- 341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

 

 

Amounts that you allocate under your policy to any of the variable investment options are invested in a corresponding “Portfolio” that is part of one of the trusts (the “Trusts”), which are mutual funds. Please see Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for more information about the Portfolios and the Trusts. Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend on those of the related Portfolio. Any gains will generally be tax deferred and the life insurance benefits we pay if the policy’s insured person dies will generally be income tax free.

 

Other choices you have. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs. For example, subject to our rules, you can (1) choose when and how much you contribute (as “premiums”) to your policy, (2) pay certain premium amounts to guarantee that your insurance coverage will continue for at least a certain number of policy

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The policies are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal.

 

#545006/AA & ADL


years, regardless of investment performance, (3) borrow or withdraw amounts you have accumulated, (4) choose between two life insurance death benefit options, (5) increase or decrease the amount of insurance coverage, (6) elect to receive an insurance benefit if the insured person becomes terminally ill, and (7) obtain certain optional benefits that we offer by “riders” to your policy.

 

Other policies.  We offer a variety of fixed and variable life insurance policies which offer policy features, including investment options, that are different from those offered by this prospectus. Not every policy or feature is offered through your financial professional. Replacing existing insurance with another policy may not be to your advantage. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

    

 


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

 

Definitions of Key Terms

     5  

Important information you should consider about the IL Optimizer® variable life insurance policy

     7  

Overview of the policy

     10  

Fee Table

     12  
  
1. Principal risks of investing in the policy      16  

Risks of investing in a policy

     16  

How the Incentive Life Optimizer® variable life insurance policy is available

     16  
  
2. The Company      17  

How to reach us

     18  

About our Separate Account FP

     19  

Your voting privileges

     19  

About the Trusts

     19  
  
3. Portfolios of the Trusts      20  
  
4. Determining your policy’s value      22  

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

     22  

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

     23  

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

     23  

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

     24  

You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider

     24  

Investment options within your policy

     24  

Your policy account value

     25  
  

5. Transferring your money among our investment options

     27  

Transfers you can make

     27  

How to make transfers

     27  

Our automatic transfer service

     28  

Our asset rebalancing service

     28  
 

 

 

“Financial professional” means the registered representative of either Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN) or an unaffiliated broker dealer which has entered into a selling agreement with Equitable Distributors, LLC who is offering you this policy.

 

When we address the reader of this prospectus with words such as “you” and “your,” we mean the person who has the right or responsibility that this prospectus is discussing at that point. This is usually the policy’s

owner. If a policy has more than one owner, all owners must join in the exercise of any rights an owner has under the policy, and the word “owner” therefore refers to all owners.

 

When we use the word “state,” we also mean any other local jurisdiction whose laws or regulations affect a policy.

 

 

3


6. Accessing your money

     29  

About your life insurance benefit

     29  

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

     29  

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

     30  

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

     31  

Accessing your money

     31  

Borrowing from your policy

     32  

Loan extension (for guideline premium test policies only)

     33  

Making withdrawals from your policy

     34  

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

     35  

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

     35  
  

7. Tax information

     37  

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

     37  

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

     37  

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

     39  

Business and employer owned policies

     39  

Requirement that we diversify investments

     40  

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

     40  

Pension and profit-sharing plans

     41  

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

     41  

ERISA

     41  

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

     41  

Our taxes

     41  

Tax withholding and information reporting

     41  

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

     42  
  

8. More information about policy features and benefits

     44  

Guarantee premium test for the no-lapse guarantee

     47  

Paid up death benefit guarantee

     48  

Other benefits

     49  

Customer loyalty credit

     53  

Variations among Incentive Life Optimizer® policies

     53  

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

     53  
  

9. More information about policy charges

     54  

How we allocate charges among your investment options

     54  

Changes in charges

     54  

Deducting policy charges

     54  

Charges that the Trusts deduct

     58  
  

10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

     59  

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

     59  

Policy issuance

     60  

Ways to make premium and loan payments

     60  

Assigning your policy

     60  

You can change your policy’s insured person

     61  

Requirements for surrender requests

     61  

Gender-neutral policies

     61  

Future policy exchanges

     61  

Broker transaction authority

     61  
  

11. More information about other matters

     63  

About our general account

     63  

Transfers of your policy account value

     63  

Telephone and Internet requests

     64  

COVID-19

     65  

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

     65  

Suicide and certain misstatements

     66  

When we pay policy proceeds

     66  

Changes we can make

     66  

Reports we will send you

     67  

Distribution of the policies

     67  

Legal proceedings

     69  
  

12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

     70  
  

13. Personalized illustrations

     71  

Illustrations of policy benefits

     71  
  
Appendices         

Investment options available under the policy

     72  

State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

     77  
  

Requesting more information

Statement of Additional Information

        
 

 

4


Definitions of Key Terms

 

 

 

Alternative Death Benefit — the alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic death benefit option you have selected.

 

Amount at Risk — our amount at risk on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy.

 

Beneficiary — the person or entity you designate to receive the death benefit payable at the death of the Insured.

 

Business Day — is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Premium payments will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your premium payment, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

Cash Surrender Value — the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy.

 

Company — refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the Company.

 

Cost of Insurance Charge — the monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000.

 

Cost of Insurance Rates — the cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit — a customer loyalty credit is provided for policies that have been in force for eight years, and the amount of your credit depends on your age at policy issuance. This is added to your policy account value each month.

Face Amount — represents the amount of insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person.

 

Guaranteed Interest Account — is a fixed account that is part of our General Account, also referred to as the Guaranteed Interest Option (“GIO”).

 

Guarantee Premium — you can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth in your policy.

 

Insured — the person on whose life we base this policy.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider — subject to our eligibility requirements, this is an optional rider that may be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.

 

Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) — the MSO is an optional rider that provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index subject to a possible negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

Net Cash Surrender Value — the net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. If you have transferred policy amounts to the MSO, please refer to the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for information about how we determine the net cash surrender value of that portion of your policy account value.

 

Net Policy Account Value — your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (excluding any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken) and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your net policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

 

5


No-Lapse Guarantee — a rider we offer for no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Owner — the owner of the policy. “You” or “your” refers to the owner.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — the paid up death benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments subject to certain restrictions.

 

Policy — the policy with any attached application(s), any riders, and any endorsements.

 

Policy Account Value — your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

Premium Payments — we call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.”

 

Register Date — your policy’s “register date” will be shown in your policy and is the date from which we measure the months, years and anniversaries of your policy. Your register date is determined as described in “Policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Segment Maturity Date — the date on which a Segment Term is completed and the index-linked rate of return for that Segment is applied to a segment account value.

 

Segment Maturity Value — this is the segment account value adjusted by the index-linked rate of return for that Segment.

 

Segment Start Date — the Segment Start Date is the day on which a Segment is created.

 

Segment Term — the duration of a Segment. The Segment Term for each Segment begins on its Segment Start Date and ends on its Segment Maturity Date approximately one year later. We are currently only offering Segment Terms of approximately one year. We may offer different durations in the future.

 

 

6


Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life Optimizer® policy (the “policy”):

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal from your policy, however, if you surrender the policy in its first ten years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount, you will be subject to a surrender charge of up to 4.610% of face amount. For example, if you surrender your policy in the first year and the policy face amount was $100,000, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $4,610.

 

There is an MSO Early Distribution Adjustment on amounts withdrawn before segment maturity which could result in up to a 75% loss of Segment Account Value. See MSO prospectus for more information. For more information on the impacts of withdrawals, please refer to “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus. For more information on surrender charges, please refer to “Deducting policy charges” in this prospectus.

   
Transaction Charges  

In addition to surrender charges, you may be subject to other transaction charges, including charges on each premium paid under the policy, charges in connection with requests to decrease your policy’s face amount, transfer fees, and other special service charges (e.g., wire transfer charges, express mail charges, policy illustration charges, duplicate policy charges, policy history charges, and charges for returned payments).

 

For more information on transaction charges, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

   
Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)  

In addition to transaction charges, an investment in the policy is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses, including fees and expenses covering the cost of insurance under the policy, administration and mortality risks, loan charges, MSO and the cost of optional benefits available under the policy. Such fees and expenses may be based on characteristics of the insured (e.g., age, sex, risk class and particular health, occupational or vocational risks). You should view the information pages of your policy for rates applicable to your policy.

 

You will also bear expenses associated with the variable investment options that you invest in (the “Portfolios”) under the policy, as shown in the following table:

    Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
  Portfolios    0.57%    2.60%
  Portfolio expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses and may change from year to year. For more information on ongoing fees and expenses, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus and Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” which is part of this prospectus.
RISKS
Risk of Loss   You may lose money by investing in the policy.
Not a Short-Term Investment   The policy is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis. Consequently, you should not use the policy as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. Because of the long-term nature of the policy, you should consider whether purchasing the Policy is consistent with the purpose for which it is being considered.
   
Risks Associated with Investment Options  

An investment in the policy is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Portfolios available under the policy and the MSO and the guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), each of which has its own unique risks. You should review the Portfolios’ prospectuses, the MSO prospectus and the “Guaranteed Interest Option” section in “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Portfolio prospectuses are available at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146667.

 

For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

7


Insurance Company Risks   An investment in the policy is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any policy obligations (including under the GIO), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available at https://equitable.com/about-us/financial-strength-ratings. More information about the Company’s general account can be found in “About our general account” in this prospectus.
Policy Lapse  

Death benefits will not be paid if the policy has lapsed. Your policy may lapse if, due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest, your net policy account value does not cover policy charges. If your policy provides for a no-lapse guarantee, you may have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating. If your policy lapses, you will be notified in writing and given an opportunity to make additional payments to reinstate your policy.

 

For more information on how to prevent your policy from lapsing, please refer to “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

RESTRICTIONS
Investments  

You may allocate your premiums to any of the Portfolios set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” (unless you exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee in which case you are limited to certain investment options as provided in said appendix). We reserve the right to remove or substitute Portfolios as investment options under the policy.

 

Currently, the total of all transfers of variable investment options you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in a single Portfolio, even if it is less than $500. We may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO, if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information, please refer to “Restrictions on allocations and transfers” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

There may be restrictions on transfers into and out of the MSO. For more information see the MSO prospectus.

 

We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). Only written transfer requests submitted to our Administrative Office may be processed for Policies that are jointly owned or assigned. We reserve the right to limit Policy transfers if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.”

 

For more information please refer to “Variable investment options” and “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.

Optional Benefits  

As a policy owner, you may be able to obtain extra benefits, which may require additional charges. These optional benefits are described in what is known as a “rider” to the policy.

 

Optional benefits may be subject to additional charges and payments made under these benefits are generally subject to the same transaction fees as other premium payments but may be treated differently for other purposes (e.g., certain death benefit minimums). Optional benefits are not available for all ages (or may terminate at certain ages) and underwriting classifications. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time, unless previously elected.

 

For more information on optional benefits and other limitations under the policy, please refer to “Other benefits,” and “Suicide and certain misstatements” in this prospectus.

TAXES
Tax Implications  

You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the policy. There is no additional tax benefit to the investor if the policy is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax and may be subject to tax penalties.

 

For more information on tax implications relating to policy investments, please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

8


CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation  

Some financial professionals may receive compensation for selling the policy to you, both in the form of commissions or in the form of contribution-based compensation. Financial professionals may also receive additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). This conflict of interest may influence the financial professional to recommend this policy over another investment.

 

For more information on investment professional compensation, please refer to “Distribution of the policies” in this prospectus.

Exchanges  

Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new policy in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your policy if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both policies, that it is preferable to purchase the new policy, rather than continue to own your current policy.

 

For more information on exchanges, please refer to the paragraph titled “Section 1035 exchanges of policies” under “How you can pay for and contribute to your policy” in this prospectus, as well as the section titled “Future policy exchanges” in this prospectus.

 

9


Overview of the policy

 

 

 

The following summaries provide a brief overview of the more significant aspects of the policy. We provide more complete and detailed information in the subsequent sections of this prospectus and in the statement of additional information and the policy contract.

 

Brief Description of the Policy

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® is a form of variable life insurance the primary purpose of which is to provide a death benefit which is paid upon the death of the insured person. The Policy provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our GIO, (ii) an investment option we refer to as the MSO, and/or (iii) one or more of the Portfolios, which are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs.

 

Some policy forms, features and/or riders described in this prospectus may be subject to state variations or may not be available in all states. Some policy forms, features, and/or Portfolios described in this prospectus may not be available through all brokers. The form number for this policy is 08-200. A state and/or other code may follow the form number. Your policy’s form number is located in the lower left-hand corner of the first page of your policy.

 

Premiums

 

The policy offers flexibility in paying premiums. With certain exceptions, you choose the timing and the amount of premium payments. Payment of insufficient premiums may result in a lapse of the policy.

 

A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of

premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage), but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

You can allocate your Policy’s value to the Portfolios or to the guaranteed interest option. Additional information on the available Portfolios are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. The guaranteed interest option pays a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically with a 2.0% minimum. The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index subject to the possibility of negative returns and significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Different procedures and additional restrictions on withdrawals, loans, surrender and right to cancel apply to the MSO. For additional information see the MSO prospectus.

 

Policy Features

 

Types of Death Benefit – If the insured dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. You may choose from two types of death benefit options. You may change from one death benefit type to another, subject to limitations, and charges may apply. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B:

 

  Option A: The Policy’s face amount on the date of the insured’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the Policy’s face amount.

 

  Option B: The face amount plus the Policy’s “account value” on the date of the insured’s death. Under this option, the amount of death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including Portfolio investment performance, charges and expenses, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your Policy’s account value.
 

 

10


There is also an alternative higher death benefit paid in certain circumstances. For additional detail regarding the calculation and payment of death benefits see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus.

 

Loans – You may borrow money from your Policy, subject to certain limitations. Interest charges will apply.

 

Withdrawals – Subject to certain conditions, you may withdraw a part of your Policy’s cash surrender value without surrendering the Policy.

 

Surrendering the Policy – A Policy may be surrendered for its net cash surrender value while the insured is living. Tax penalties may apply.

 

Riders – You may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits under the Policy, which may require additional charges. These optional insurance benefits are referenced herein as “riders” to the Policy. You may be eligible for the following riders that we charge for:

 

  Cash Value Plus Rider: This rider may reduce or waive the surrender charge if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value in the first eight policy years and allow for a refund of a portion of the premium charge upon surrender within the first three policy years.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance Rider: This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days and 18 years old.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver Rider: This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday.

 

  Disability Waiver of Premium or Monthly Deductions Rider: This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders, which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Waiver of Premium or Monthly Deductions Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.

 

  Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider: This rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.

 

  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider: This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

In addition, the following benefits may be added at no charge:

 

  Living Benefits Rider: This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider).

 

  Loan Extension Endorsement: Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.”

 

  No-Lapse Guarantee: This provision provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee: This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider: If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Depending on when your Policy was purchased, certain variations may apply which differ from the information contained in this section. In addition, depending on where your Policy was issued, certain features or benefits may not be available or vary from the Policy’s features and benefits described in this prospectus.

 

 

11


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the Policy. Please refer to your Policy’s information pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the Policy, surrender or make withdrawals from the Policy, or transfer cash value between Portfolios.

 

Transaction Fees
Charge(1)   When Charge is Deducted    Amount Deducted
Premium charge   From each premium    6% of each premium(2)
Surrender (turning in) of your policy during its first 10 years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount.(3)(5)   Upon surrender   

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount or per $1,000 of requested base policy face amount increase:(4)

Highest: $46.10

Lowest: $8.90

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class)

  Upon surrender    Representative: $16.87(6)
Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount(3)   Effective date of the decrease    A pro rata portion of the charge that would apply to a full surrender at the time of the decrease.
MSO Early Distribution Adjustment   On surrender or other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date    Up to 75% of Segment Account Value(12)
Transfer among investment options   Upon transfer    $25 per transfer(7)(11)

Special Services Charges

•   Wire Transfer Charge(8)

•   Express Mail Charge(8)

•   Policy Illustration Charge(11)

•   Duplicate Policy Charge(9)

•   Policy History Charge(9)(10)

•   Charge for Returned Payments(9)

 

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

  

 

Current and Maximum Charge: $90

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current Charge: $0

Maximum Charge: $25

Current and Maximum Charge: $35

Current and Maximum Charge: $50

Current and Maximum Charge: $25

 

(1)

For more information about some of these charges, see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus. The illustrations of Policy Benefits that your financial professional will provide will show the impact of the actual current and guaranteed maximum rates, if applicable, of the following policy charges, based on various assumptions (except for the loan interest spread, where we use current rates in all cases).

(2)

Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. If your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, a portion of the premium charge will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years.

(3)

Since the charges may vary based on individual characteristics of the insured, these charges may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. In particular, the initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(4)

If your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, the surrender charges may be reduced (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(5)

The surrender charge attributable to an increase in your policy’s face amount is in addition to any remaining surrender charge attributable to the policy’s initial face amount.

(6)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class.

(7)

No charge, however, will ever apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service as discussed in this prospectus.

(8)

Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

(9)

The charge for this service must be paid using funds outside of your policy. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

 

12


(10)

The charge for this service may be less depending on the policy history you request. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges” for more information.

(11)

We do not currently charge this fee, but reserve the right to in the future.

(12)

The actual amount of Early Distribution Adjustment is determined by a formula that depends on, among other things, how a specified widely published stock market index has performed since the Segment Start Date. The maximum amount of the adjustment would occur if there is a total distribution at a time when that index had declined to zero. Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for more information about the index and Early Distribution Adjustment.

 

The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the policy, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

 

Periodic Charges Other Than Annual Portfolio Company Expenses
Charge   When Charge is Deducted   Amount Deducted
Base Contract Charge:                    
Administration charge(1)(3)   Monthly   (1)Policy Year   Amount deducted
    1   $15(4)
    2+   $10(4)
      plus
       

(2) Charge per $1,000 of the initial base policy face amount and any requested base policy face amount increase that exceeds the highest previous face amount:

 

Policy Years 1-10 (and any 10 year period following a face amount increase):

 

    Highest: $0.30

    Lowest: $0.06

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly       Representative: $0.07(2)
Cost of insurance charge(1)(3)(5)   Monthly  

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk(6):

Highest: $83.34

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly   Representative: $0.09(7)
Mortality and expense risk charge   Monthly    

Annual % of your value in our variable

    Policy Year   investment options
    1-10   1.00%
        11+   0.50%
Loan interest spread(8)   On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)   1% of loan amount
Optional Benefit Charges:                    
Children’s Term Insurance   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount: $0.50
Disability Deduction Waiver(1)   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Percentage of all other monthly charges:

Highest: 132%

Lowest: 7%

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: 12%(7)

 

13


Optional Benefit Charges:   When Charge is Deducted   Amount Deducted

Disability Premium Waiver(1)(10)

(Initial base policy face amount)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge for Disability premium waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

Highest: $0.60

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.07(7)

Disability Premium Waiver

(Children’s Term Insurance)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge for Disability premium waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

Highest: $0.03

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.01(7)

Disability Premium Waiver

(Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge for Disability premium waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

Highest: $0.02

Lowest: $0.0009

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.003(7)

Disability Premium Waiver

(Option to Purchase Additional Insurance)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge for Disability premium waiver per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased(9):

Highest: $0.07

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class in the first policy year)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.03(7)
Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider(1)   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk(11):

Highest: $1.18

Lowest: $0.08

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.22(12)

Market Stabilizer Option®

(MSO)(13)

 

MSO Variable Index Benefit Charge

  On the MSO Segment Start Date   0.75% of the amount being transferred from the MSO Holding Account to an MSO Segment

MSO Variable Index Segment Account Charge

  At the beginning of each policy month during the MSO Segment Term   1.65% calculated as an annual % of your Segment Account Value(14)

MSO Loan Spread(15) for Amounts of Policy Loans Allocated to MSO Segment

  On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)   5% (2% for New York and Oregon)

 

14


Optional Benefit Charges:   When Charge is Deducted   Amount Deducted
Option to Purchase Additional Insurance(1)   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)  

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

Highest: $0.17

Lowest: $0.04

Charge for a Representative investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   Representative: $0.16(12)

Exercise of option to receive a “Living Benefit”

  At the time of the transaction   $250
(1)

Since the charges may vary based on individual characteristics of the insured, these charges may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. In particular, the initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(2)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class.

(3)

Not applicable after the insured person reaches age 100.

(4)

Not applicable if the minimum face amount stated in your policy is $10,000. Please see “Your policy’s face amount” under “About your life insurance benefit” in “Principal risks of investing in the policy” in this prospectus.

(5)

Insured persons who present particular health, occupational or vocational risks may be charged other additional charges as specified in their policies.

(6)

Our amount “at risk” is the difference between the amount of death benefit and the policy account value as of the deduction date.

(7)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in the first policy year for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class.

(8)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit.

(9)

Amount charged equals the sum of disability premium waiver rider charges corresponding to the base policy, any children’s term insurance, option to purchase additional insurance and/or any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider that you have added to your policy and to any base policy face amount increases.

(10)

The monthly charges corresponding to the base policy will be adjusted proportionately to any face amount reduction made at your request or resulting from a partial withdrawal under death benefit Option A.

(11)

Our amount “at risk” for this rider is the long-term care specified amount minus your policy account value, but not less than zero.

(12)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred plus non-tobacco user risk class.

(13)

Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for information about the MSO and related charges and deductions, as well as the meaning of special terms that are relevant to the MSO (such as “Segment,” “Segment Term,” “Segment Start Date,” “Segment Account Value” and “Early Distribution Adjustment”).

(14)

Currently we deduct this charge at a 0.65% annual rate, rather than at the maximum rate shown.

(15)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The “spread” is the difference between the interest rate we charge you on a policy loan and the interest rate we credit to you on the amount of your policy account value that we hold as collateral for the loan. Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the Policy. A complete list of Portfolios available under the Policy, including their annual expenses, may be found in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”.

 

Annual Portfolio Company Expenses      Minimum        Maximum
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses before the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio asset, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fee, and other expenses)(1)        0.57%        2.60%

Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements(1)

 

       0.54%        2.26%
(1)

“Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2025, (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2025. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

You bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a Portfolio that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using. These fees and expenses are reflected in the Portfolio’s net asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the Portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Trust prospectus for that Portfolio.

 

15


1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

 

 

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® is a variable life insurance policy that provides you with flexible premium payment plans and benefits to meet your specific needs. The basic terms of the policy require you to make certain payments in return for life insurance coverage. The payments you can make and the coverage you can receive under this “base policy” are described below.

 

Riders to your base policy can increase the benefits you receive and affect the amounts you pay in certain circumstances. Available riders are listed in “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Risks of investing in a policy

 

The policy is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. Some of the principal risks of investing in a policy are as follows:

 

  If the investment options you choose perform poorly, you could lose some or all of the premiums you pay.

 

  If the investment options you choose do not make enough money to pay for the policy charges, except to the extent provided by any no lapse guarantee, paid up death benefit guarantee or loan extension feature you may have, you could have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating.

 

  If any policy loan and any accrued loan interest either equals or exceeds the policy account value, your policy will terminate subject to the policy’s Grace Period provision and any loan extension endorsement you may have.

 

  If you take a policy loan or a partial withdrawal you may decrease the net policy account value, cash surrender value and/or death benefit and may risk the loss of the no lapse guarantee.

 

  There are unique risks associated with the MSO including loss of principal and previously credited interest up to 75% of Segment Account Value and adjustments in account value if amounts are withdrawn prior to the end of a Segment Term.

 

  We can increase, without your consent and subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, any charge that you currently pay at less than the maximum amount. We will not increase any charge beyond the highest maximum noted in the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

 

  You may have to pay a surrender charge and there may be adverse tax consequences if you wish to discontinue some or all of your insurance coverage under a policy.
  Partial withdrawals from your policy are available only after the first policy year and must be at least $500 and no more than the net cash surrender value. Under certain circumstances, we will automatically reduce your policy’s face amount as a result of a partial withdrawal.

 

Your policy permits other transactions that also have risks. These and other risks and benefits of investing in a policy are discussed in detail throughout this prospectus.

 

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each investment option may be found in the Trust prospectus for that investment option.

 

How the Incentive Life Optimizer® variable life insurance policy is available

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® is primarily intended for purchasers other than retirement plans. However, we do not place limitations on its use. Please see “Tax information” for more information. Incentive Life Optimizer® is available for issue ages 0 to 85.

 

 

16


2. The Company

 

 

Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the policy.

    

 

 

17


How to reach us

 

To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that we provide in connection with your policy or the Portfolios, you may communicate with our Administrative Office as listed below for the purposes described. Please refer to “Telephone and Internet requests” for effective dates for processing telephone, Internet and fax requests, in this prospectus.

 

By mail:

 

At the Post Office Box for our Administrative Office:

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

P.O. Box 1047

Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047

 

By express delivery only:

 

At the Street Address for our Administrative Office:

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

8501 IBM Drive, Suite 150

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-4333

1-704-341-7000 (for express delivery purposes only)

 

By Phone:

 

Monday through Thursday, 8:30 am to 7:00 pm and Friday, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm, Eastern Time: 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

By e-mail:

 

life-service@equitable.com

 

By fax:

 

1-855-268-6378

 

By Internet:

 

You may register for online account access at www.equitable.com. Our website provides access to account information and customer service. After registering, you can view account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and find answers to common questions.

 

Required Forms.  We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

request for our automatic transfer service (our dollar cost averaging service);

 

(2)

request for our asset rebalancing service;

 

(3)

transfers among investment options (if submitted by e-mail);

 

(4)

designation of new policy owner(s); and

 

(5)

designation of new beneficiary(ies).

 

Other Requests.  We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following:

(a)

policy surrenders;

 

(b)

transfers among investment options (not submitted by e-mail);

 

(c)

changes in allocation percentages for premiums and deductions; and

 

(d)

electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment options and/or change your address (1) by phone, (2) over the Internet, through www.equitable.com or (3) by writing our Administrative Office. For more information about transaction requests you can make by phone or over the Internet, see“How to make transfers” and “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed over the Internet.

 

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to these services if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” (See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters.”)

 

Formal Requirements.  Except for properly authorized telephone or Internet transactions, any notice or request that does not use our standard form must be in writing. It must be dated and signed by you and should also specify your name, title (if applicable), the insured person’s name (if different), your policy number and adequate details about the notice you wish to give or other action you wish us to take. We may require you to return your policy to us before we make certain policy changes that you may request.

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the owner or any other person that our procedures permit to exercise the right or privilege in question. If there are joint owners all must sign. Any irrevocable beneficiary or assignee that we have on our records also must sign certain types of requests.

 

You should send all requests, notices and payments to our Administrative Office at the addresses specified above. We will also accept requests and notices by fax at the above number, if we believe them to be genuine. We reserve the right, however, to require an original signature before acting on any faxed item. You must send premium payments after the first one to our Administrative Office at the above addresses; except that you should send any premiums for which we have billed you to the address on the billing notice.

 

eDelivery

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

 

18


About our Separate Account FP

 

Each variable investment option is a part (or “subaccount”) of our Separate Account FP. We established Separate Account FP under special provisions of the New York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable life insurance policies. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in Separate Account FP and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our policies. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account FP that represent our investments in Separate Account FP or that represent fees and charges under the policies that we have earned. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against Separate Account FP reflect its own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets.

 

Separate Account FP is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or Separate Account FP. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of Separate Account FP on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) of Separate Account FP available under Incentive Life Optimizer® invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust. Separate Account FP immediately reinvests all dividends and other distributions it receives from a Portfolio in additional shares of that class in that Portfolio.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company’s separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable life insurance and/or annuity products, and to separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. EQ Advisors Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our policy owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our policy owners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

 

Your voting privileges

 

Voting of Portfolio shares.  As the legal owner of any Portfolio shares that support a variable investment option, we will attend (and have the right to vote at) any meeting of shareholders of the Portfolio (or the Trusts). To satisfy currently-applicable legal requirements, however, we will give you the opportunity to tell us how to vote the number of each

Portfolio’s shares that are attributable to your policy. The number of full and fractional votes you are entitled to will be determined by dividing the policy account value (minus any policy indebtedness) allocable to an investment option by the net asset value per unit for the Portfolio underlying that investment option. We will vote shares attributable to policies for which we receive no instructions in the same proportion as the instructions we do receive from all policies that participate in our Separate Account FP (discussed below). With respect to any Portfolio shares that we are entitled to vote directly (because we do not hold them in a separate account or because they are not attributable to policies), we will vote in proportion to the instructions we have received from all holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance policies who are using that Portfolio. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of policy owners may control the outcome of a vote.

 

Under current legal requirements, we may disregard the voting instructions we receive from policy owners only in certain narrow circumstances prescribed by SEC regulations. If we do, we will advise you of the reasons in the next annual or semiannual report we send to you.

 

Voting as policy owner.  In addition to being able to instruct voting of Portfolio shares as discussed above, policy owners that use our variable investment options may in a few instances be called upon to vote on matters that are not the subject of a shareholder vote being taken by any Portfolio. If so, you will have one vote for each $100 of policy account value in any such option; and we will vote our interest in Separate Account FP in the same proportion as the instructions we receive from holders of Incentive Life Optimizer® and other policies that Separate Account FP supports.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for each Trust, or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request.

 

 

19


3. Portfolios of the Trusts

 

 

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), is an affiliate of the Company and serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust. For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” indicates the sub-adviser(s) for each Portfolio, if any. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” also shows the currently available Portfolios.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”) (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, receives advisory fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administration fees in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolios. As such, it may be more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company, the Distributors or our other affiliates may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for providing certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

 

As a policy owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company or its affiliates may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the ”EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer policy owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors, an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to policy owners and/or suggest that policy owners consider whether allocating some or all of their account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your policy. Please see “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high.

 

The EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy.”

 

20


Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your account value and provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, that invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the volatility management strategy. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your account value in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies.

 

Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

  (a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

  (b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Information regarding each Portfolio, including (i) its name; (ii) its type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.); (iii) its investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable; (iv) current expenses; and (v) performance is available in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. Separate prospectuses that contain more detailed information about the Portfolios have been issued by their respective Trusts.

 

You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. The prospectuses for the Trusts contain this and other important information about the Portfolios. The prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of Trust prospectuses you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146667.

 

21


4. Determining your policy’s value

 

 

 

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

 

Premium payments.  We call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.” The amount we require as your first premium varies depending on the specifics of your policy and the insured person. Each subsequent premium payment must be at least $50, although we can increase this minimum if we give you advance notice. Otherwise, with a few exceptions mentioned below, you can make premium payments at any time and in any amount.

 

Section 1035 exchanges of policies.  If we approve, you may contribute to an Incentive Life Optimizer® policy through an assignment and exchange of another life insurance policy with a cash surrender value pursuant to a valid exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). If such other policy is subject to a policy loan, we may permit you to carry over all or a portion of such loan to the Incentive Life Optimizer® policy, subject to our administrative rules then in effect. In this case, we will treat any cash paid, plus any loaned amount carried over to the Incentive Life Optimizer® policy, as premium received in consideration of our issuing the policy. If we allow you to carry over all or a portion of any such outstanding loan, then we will hold amounts securing such loan in the same manner as the collateral for any other policy loan, and your policy also will be subject to all our other rules regarding loans (see “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus).

 

 

You can generally pay premiums at such times and in such amounts as you like before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday, so long as you don’t exceed certain limits determined by the federal income tax laws applicable to life insurance.

 

 

Your choice of a life insurance qualification test and limits on premium payments.  A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under Section 7702 of the Code. In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life

insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage) but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value (as defined under “Determining your policy’s value,” in this prospectus) is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

Regardless of which life insurance qualification test you choose, if your premium payments exceed certain other amounts specified under the Code, your policy will become a “modified endowment contract,” which may subject you to additional taxes and penalties on any distributions from your policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. We may return any premium payments that would cause your policy to become a modified endowment contract if we have not received a satisfactory modified endowment contract acknowledgment from you.

 

You can ask your financial professional to provide you with an illustration of Policy Benefits that shows you the amount of premiums you can pay, based on various assumptions, without exceeding applicable tax law limits. The tax law limits can change as a result of certain changes you make to your policy. For example, a reduction in the face amount of your policy may reduce the amount of premiums that you can pay and may impact whether your policy is a modified endowment contract.

 

You should discuss your choice of life insurance qualification test and possible limitations on policy premiums with your financial professional and tax advisor before purchasing the policy.

 

Premium Payment Plans The following premium payment plans are available:

 

Direct billing is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The Company will send premium reminder notices approximately 25 days before the due date based on the mode chosen, i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

 

Military allotment billing is available on monthly mode only.

 

Salary allotment is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The minimum case requirement for new salary allotment billing units is five lives.

 

 

22


Systematic billing is available on monthly and quarterly modes. Under systematic billing, the policy owner may specify the day of the month on which the premiums should be deducted from their account (draft date). The premium payment plan and/or mode may be changed.

 

Planned periodic premiums. Page 3 of your policy will specify a “planned periodic premium.” This is the amount that you request us to bill you. You may request a different “planned periodic payment” amount at any time. However, payment of these or any other specific amounts of premiums is not mandatory. You need to pay only the amount of premiums (if any) necessary to keep your policy from lapsing and terminating as discussed below.

 

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

 

Policy “lapse” and termination. Your policy will lapse (also referred to in your policy as “default”) if your “net policy account value” is not enough to pay your policy’s monthly charges when due unless:

 

  you have paid sufficient premiums to maintain the no-lapse guarantee, the guarantee is still in effect and any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value (see “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” below);

 

  you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider (see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus);

 

  you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee and it remains in effect and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value. (see “You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee” below); or

 

  your policy has an outstanding loan that would qualify for “loan extension.”

 

(“Policy account value” and “net policy account value” are explained under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

We will mail a notice to you at your last known address if your policy lapses. You will have a 61-day grace period to pay at least an amount prescribed in your policy which would be enough to keep your policy in force for approximately three months (without regard to investment performance). You may not make any transfers or request any other policy changes during a grace period. If we do not receive your payment by the end of the grace period, your policy (and all riders to the policy) will terminate without value and all coverage under your policy will cease. We will mail an additional notice to you if your policy terminates.

 

 

Your policy will terminate if you don’t pay enough premiums (i) to pay the charges we deduct or (ii) to maintain the no-lapse guarantee that can keep your policy from terminating. However, we will first send you a notice and give you the opportunity to pay any shortfall.

 

You may owe taxes if your policy terminates while you have a loan outstanding, even though you receive no additional money from your policy at that time. See “Tax information,” in this prospectus.

 

Restoring a terminated policy. To have your policy “restored” (put back in force), you must apply within six months after the date of termination. In some states, you may have a longer period of time. You must also (i) present evidence of insurability satisfactory to us and (ii) pay at least the amount of premium that we require. The amount of payment will not be more than an amount sufficient to cover total monthly deductions for 3 months, calculated from the effective date of restoration, and the premium charge. We will determine the amount of this required payment as if no interest or investment performance were credited to or charged against your policy account. Your policy contains additional information about the minimum amount of this premium and about the values and terms of the policy after it is restored and the effective date of such restoration. You may only restore your policy if it has terminated without value. You may not restore a policy that was given up for its net cash surrender value. The no-lapse guarantee will not be restored after the policy terminates.

 

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

 

You can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth on page 3 of your policy. We call this guarantee against termination our “no-lapse guarantee.” The length of your policy’s guarantee period will range from 5 to 20 years depending on the insured’s age when we issue the policy. Under the No Lapse Guarantee provision, the policy is guaranteed not to lapse during a no lapse guarantee period of 20 years for issue ages 0-55, the number of years to attained age 75 for issue ages 56-69, and 5 years for issue ages 70 and over. In some states, this guarantee may be referred to by a different name.

 

Your policy will not terminate, even if your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay your monthly charges, as long as:

 

  You have satisfied the “guarantee premium test” (discussed in “guarantee premium test for the no-lapse guarantee” under “More information about policy benefits” in this prospectus); and

 

  Any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value.

 

There is no extra charge for this guarantee.

 

 

If you pay at least certain prescribed amounts of premiums, and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest do not exceed the policy account value, your policy will not lapse for a number of years, even if the value in your policy becomes insufficient to pay the monthly charges.

 

 

 

23


You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Provided certain requirements are met and subject to our approval, you may elect to take advantage of our paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is 99 or less. If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we may reduce your base policy’s face amount. Thereafter, your policy will not lapse so long as the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. Also, if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion. The guaranteed interest option will also be available; however, we will limit the amount that may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option at any time. Our paid up death benefit guarantee is not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider at any time.

 

The guarantee will terminate if (i) at any time following the election, the sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest, exceeds your policy account value, or (ii) you request that we terminate the election. For more information about the circumstances under which you can elect the paid up death benefit, the possible reduction in face amount after this guarantee is elected (including the possible imposition of surrender charges upon such reduction), restrictions on allocating your policy account value and other effects of this guarantee on your policy, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider

 

In states where approved and subject to our eligibility requirements, the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider may be added to your policy at issue that provides an acceleration of the policy’s death benefit in the form of monthly payments if the insured becomes chronically ill and is receiving qualifying long-term care services. If you are purchasing this policy through an option to purchase additional insurance under another policy, or a conversion from a term life policy or term rider, you cannot add the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. You can add this rider to policies with a face amount of at least $100,000 which are not issued as a result of an option to purchase additional insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or term rider. The monthly rate for this rider varies based on the individual characteristics of the insured and the benefit percentage you select. You can terminate this rider after your first policy year. For more information about this rider, see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Investment options within your policy

 

Except as set forth in the next paragraph, we will initially put all unloaned amounts which you have allocated to variable investment options into such options on the later of the business day that we receive the full minimum initial premium at

our Administrative Office or the register date of your policy (the “Investment Start Date”). Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account. See “Policy issuance” in “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

In those states that require us to return your premium without adjustment for investment performance within a certain number of days (see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days,” in this prospectus), we will initially put all amounts which you have allocated to the variable investment options into our EQ/Money Market investment option as of the later of the Investment Start Date and the issue date for twenty calendar days (the “Money Market Lock-in Period”). However, if we have not received all necessary requirements for your policy as of the Issue Date, the Money Market Lock-In Period will begin on the date we receive all necessary requirements to put the policy in force at our Administrative Office. On the first business day following the Money Market Lock-in Period, we will re-allocate that investment in accordance with your premium allocation instructions then in effect. For policies issued in these states, the “Allocation Date” is the first business day following the Money Market Lock-in Period. For all other policies, the Allocation Date is the Investment Start Date, and there is no automatic initial allocation to the EQ/Money Market investment option.

 

You give such allocation instructions in your application to purchase a policy. You can change the premium allocation percentages at any time, but this will not affect any prior allocations. The allocation percentages that you specify must always be in whole numbers and total exactly 100%.

 

The policy is between you and the Company. The policy is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your policy. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the policy, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the policy. If your policy is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), your financial professional is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your policy. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

 

You can choose among variable investment options.

 

 

Variable investment options. The available variable investment options are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to these as “Investment Funds.”) The investment results you will achieve in any one of these options will depend on the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio that shares the

 

 

24


same name as that option. That Portfolio follows investment practices, policies and objectives that are appropriate to the variable investment option you have chosen. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

The advisers who make the investment decisions for each Portfolio are set forth in this prospectus under “Portfolios of the Trusts.”

 

You will find other important information about each Portfolio in the separate prospectuses for each Trust, including a comprehensive discussion of the risks of investing in each Portfolio. To obtain copies of Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146667. We may add or delete variable investment options or Portfolios at any time.

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, your choice of variable investment options will be limited to the EQ Allocation investment options, or those investment options we are then making available under the rider (see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits”).

 

Guaranteed interest option. You can also allocate some or all of your policy’s value to our guaranteed interest option. We, in turn, invest such amounts as part of our general assets. Periodically, we declare a fixed rate of interest (2% minimum) on amounts that you allocate to our guaranteed interest option. We credit and compound the interest daily at an effective annual rate that equals the declared rate. The rates we are declaring on existing policies at any time may differ from the rates we are then declaring for newly issued policies. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we will restrict the amount of the policy account value that can be transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option. For more information on these restrictions, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

 

We will pay at least 2% annual interest on our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

Market Stabilizer Option®. The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period. The S&P 500 Price Return Index includes 500 companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy, capturing 75% coverage of U.S. equities. The S&P 500 Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index. Any amount that you decide to invest in the MSO is allocated to

a “Segment”, each of which has a specific start date and a limited duration. On the final day of the Segment, the index-linked return associated with that Segment will be applied to your Segment Account Value (as defined in the MSO Prospectus), and may be positive, zero or negative. Please be aware that the possibility of a negative return on this investment at the end of a Segment Term could result in a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

Your policy account value

 

As set forth in this prospectus, we deduct certain charges from each premium payment you make. We credit the rest of each premium payment to your “policy account value.” You instruct us to allocate your policy account value to one or more of the policy’s investment options indicated in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy account value is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than in (iii)), and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the variable investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. Your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) and (ii) above, plus any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. (Your policy and other supplemental material may refer to the account that holds the amounts in (ii) and (iii) above as our “Guaranteed Interest Account.”) Your policy account value is subject to certain charges discussed in “Risk/benefit summary: Charges and expenses you will pay “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value will be credited with the net returns achieved by the Portfolios that you select and interest credited on amounts in the guaranteed interest option, and is reduced by the amount of charges we deduct under the policy.

 

 

Your policy’s value in our variable investment options. We invest the policy account value that you have allocated to any variable investment option in shares of the corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.”

 

The number of your units in any variable investment option does not change, absent an event or transaction under your policy that involves moving assets into or out of that option. Whenever any amount is withdrawn or otherwise deducted from one of your policy’s variable investment options, we “redeem” (cancel) the number of units that has a value equal to that amount. This can happen, for example, when all or a portion of monthly deductions and transaction-based

 

 

25


charges are allocated to that option, or when loans, transfers, withdrawals and surrenders are made from that option. Similarly, you “purchase” additional units having the same value as the amount of any premium (after deduction of any premium charge), loan repayment, or transfer that you allocate to that option.

 

The value of each unit will increase or decrease each business day, as though you had invested in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly (and reinvested all dividends and distributions from the Portfolio in additional Portfolio shares). On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to your policy under that option, multiplied by that day’s value for one such unit. The mortality and expense risk charge mentioned in this prospectus is calculated as a percentage of the value you have in the variable investment options and deducted monthly from your policy account based on your deduction allocations unless the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information on how we allocate charges, see “How we allocate charges among your investment options” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option.  Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option includes: (i) any amounts that have been allocated to that option, based on your request, and (ii) any “restricted” amounts that we hold in that option as a result of your election to receive a living benefit. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. We credit all of such amounts with interest at rates we declare from time to time. We guarantee that these rates will not be less than a 2% effective annual rate.

 

Amounts may be allocated to or removed from your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option for the same purposes as described in this prospectus for the variable investment options. We credit your policy with a number of dollars in that option that equals any amount that is being allocated to it. Similarly, if amounts are being removed from your guaranteed interest option for any reason, we reduce the amount you have credited to that option on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

    

 

 

26


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

 

 

 

Transfers you can make

 

 

You can transfer among our variable investment options and into our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

After your policy’s Allocation Date, you can transfer amounts from one investment option to another. Unless the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, there are no restrictions on transfers into the guaranteed interest option. However, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option and among our variable investment options are more limited. Currently, the total of all transfers you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in an investment option, even if it is less than $500. We reserve the right to lower this $500 limit upon written notice to you. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers among variable investment options and transfers out of the guaranteed interest option as described in your policy, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

Certain transfer restrictions apply if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits.” If your policy is placed on loan extension, we will transfer any remaining policy account value in the variable investment options to the guaranteed interest option. No transfers from the guaranteed interest option are permitted thereafter.

 

Please see “Investment options within your policy” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Current unrestricted transfers out of the guaranteed interest option.  We are relaxing our policy rules so that, beginning on the business day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, you may transfer any amount of unloaned policy account value out of the guaranteed interest option to any other investment option until further notice. If we decide to change our limitations on transfers out of the guaranteed interest option, we will provide you with notice of at least 30 days.

 

See the “How to make transfers” section below on how you can request a transfer. In general, transfers take effect on the date the request is received. However, any written, telephone, Internet or facsimile transaction requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) take effect the next business day.

 

Please note that the ability to make unrestricted transfers from the guaranteed interest option does not apply to any amounts that we are holding as collateral for a policy loan or as “restricted” amounts as a result of your election to receive a living benefit, if available under your policy. In addition, if you elect to transfer account value to the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available under your policy, there must

be sufficient funds remaining in the guaranteed interest option to cover the Charge Reserve Amount. Finally, there may be a charge for making this transfer. Please see “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus for more information about charges for this transfer.

 

If the policy is on loan extension, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option are not permitted.

 

Transfers into and out of the MSO  If you elect to transfer account value to the MSO, there must be sufficient funds remaining in the guaranteed interest option to cover the Charge Reserve Amount (as defined in the MSO Prospectus). There are also additional restrictions that may apply. For more information about transfers into and out of the MSO, see “Transfers” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  We reserve the right to limit access to the services described below if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing” (see “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters”).

 

How to make transfers

 

Internet transfers.  Generally, you can make transfers over the Internet if you are the owner of the policy. You may do this by visiting our www.equitable.com website and registering for online account access. This service may not always be available. The restrictions relating to transfers are described below.

 

Online transfers.  You can make online transfers by following one of two procedures:

 

  For individually owned policies for which you are the owner, by logging onto our website, described under “By Internet” in “How to reach us” in this prospectus; or

 

  For corporation and trust owned policies, we require a special authorization form to obtain access. The form is available on our website www.equitable.com or by contacting our Administrative Office.

 

For more information, see “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). If you are unable to reach us via our website, you should send a written transfer request to our Administrative Office.

 

Transfers through our Administrative Office.  You may submit a written request for a transfer to our Administrative Office. We require a written request for jointly owned policies.

 

 

27


Our automatic transfer service

 

We offer an automatic transfer service. This service allows you to gradually allocate amounts to the variable investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the variable investment options you select. This will cause you to purchase more units if the unit’s value is low, and fewer units if the unit’s value is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per unit over the long term.

 

 

Using the automatic transfer service does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

Our automatic transfer service (also referred to as our “dollar cost averaging service”) enables you to make automatic monthly transfers from the EQ/Money Market option to our other variable investment options. You may elect the automatic transfer service with your policy application or at any later time (provided you are not using the asset rebalancing service described below). At least $5,000 must be allocated to the EQ/Money Market option to begin using the automatic transfer service. You can choose up to eight other variable investment options to receive the automatic transfers, but each transfer to each option must be at least $50.

 

This service terminates when the EQ/Money Market option is depleted. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. You can also cancel the automatic transfer service at any time by sending a written request to our Administrative Office. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our automatic transfer service.

 

Our asset rebalancing service

 

You may wish us to periodically redistribute the amounts you have in our variable investment options so that the relative amount of your policy account value in each variable option is restored to an asset allocation that you select. You can accomplish this automatically through our asset rebalancing service. The rebalancing may be at quarterly, semiannual, or annual intervals.

 

You may specify asset allocation percentages for all available variable investment options up to a maximum of 50. The allocation percentage you specify for each variable investment option selected must be at least 2% (whole percentages only) of the total value you hold under the variable investment options, and the sum of the percentages must equal 100%. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service (discussed above).

 

You may request the asset rebalancing service in your policy application or at any later time by completing our enrollment form. At any time, you may also terminate the rebalancing program or make changes to your allocations

under the program. Once enrolled in the rebalancing service, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the service. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our asset rebalancing service will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your rebalancing service. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing service (or termination of your enrollment in the service) must be in writing and sent to our Administrative Office.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our asset rebalancing service. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. Certain investment options, such as the guaranteed interest option, are not available investment options with the asset rebalancing service.

 

 

28


6. Accessing your money

 

 

 

About your life insurance benefit

 

As long as your policy is in force, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary or beneficiaries once we receive at our Administrative Office satisfactory proof of the Insured’s death. The death benefit is determined as of the date of death and generally paid within 7 days after proof of death and any other required documents are received. For information on the commencement of insurance coverage, please see “Policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy’s face amount. In your application to buy an Incentive Life Optimizer® policy, you tell us how much insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person. We call this the “face amount” of the base policy. Generally, $100,000 is the minimum amount of coverage you can request. If you have elected the Cash Value Plus Rider, the minimum face amount is $1 million. If you are exercising the option to purchase additional insurance under another policy, or a conversion from certain term life policies or term riders, the minimum face amount is $25,000. For: 1) policies that exceed our disability deduction waiver or disability premium waiver maximum coverage limit 2) face amount increases issued on a less favorable underwriting basis than the base policy 3) policy owners of certain discontinued variable life products where a requested increase in coverage involves the issuance of an additional variable life policy or 4) face amount increases on a 1980 CSO product issued on a less favorable underwriting basis than the base policy, the minimum face amount is $10,000.

 

 

If the insured person dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B. (See “Your options for receiving policy proceeds” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.)

 

 

Your policy’s “death benefit” options. In your policy application, you also choose whether the basic amount (or “benefit”) we will pay if the insured person dies is:

 

  Option A — The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy face amount;

 

- or -

 

  Option B — The face amount plus the “policy account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of the death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy account value.

Your “policy account value” is the total amount that at any time is earning interest for you or being credited with investment gains and losses under your policy. (Policy account value is discussed in more detail under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

Under Option B, your policy’s death benefit will tend to be higher than under Option A, assuming the same policy face amount and policy account value. As a result, the monthly insurance charge we deduct will also be higher to compensate us for our additional risk. If you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy has been placed on loan extension, the death benefit option will be Option A and must remain Option A thereafter.

 

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

 

Your policy is designed to always provide a minimum level of insurance protection relative to your policy account value, in part to meet the Code’s definition of “life insurance.”

 

We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. The alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. For the guideline premium test, this alternative death benefit is computed by multiplying your policy account value on the insured person’s date of death by a percentage specified in your policy. Representative percentages are as follows:

 

 

If the value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected.

 

 

Age:*   40 and under   45   50   55   60   65
%:   250%   215%   185%   150%   130%   120%
Age:   70   75-90   91   92   93   94-Over     
%:   115%   105%   104%   103%   102%   101%    
*

For the then-current policy year.

 

For the cash value accumulation test, the alternate death benefit is the greater of the minimum death benefit as determined under the Code under this test or 101% of the policy account value. The death benefit must be large enough to ensure that the policy’s cash surrender value (as computed under section 7702 of the Code) is never larger than the net single premium needed to fund future policy benefits. The net single premium varies based upon the insured’s age, sex and risk class and is calculated using an interest rate of 4% and mortality charges based upon the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

 

29


These higher alternative death benefits expose us to greater insurance risk than the regular Option A and B death benefit. Because the cost of insurance charges we make under your policy are based in part on the amount of our risk, you will pay more cost of insurance charges for any periods during which a higher alternative death benefit is the operative one.

 

The operative period for the higher alternative death benefit is determined in connection with the requirements of the Code. The calculation of the death benefit is built into the monthly calculation of the cost of insurance charge, which is based on the net amount at risk. The need for the higher alternative death benefit is assessed on each monthly anniversary date, and on the death of the insured. Each policy owner receives an annual statement showing various policy values. The annual statement shows the death benefit amount as of the policy anniversary, and that amount would reflect the alternative higher death benefit amount, if applicable at that time. This annual statement also reflects the monthly cost of insurance charge for the policy year, reflecting a higher net amount at risk in those months when the higher alternative death benefit is in effect.

 

Other adjustments to death benefit.  We will increase the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any other benefits we owe upon the insured person’s death under any optional riders which are in effect.

 

We will reduce the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest, as well as any amount of monthly charges under the policy that remain unpaid because the insured person died during a grace period. We also reduce the death benefit if we have already paid part of it under a Living Benefits Rider. We reduce it by the amount of the living benefits payment plus interest. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” in this prospectus. Under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, any monthly benefit payments will be treated as a lien against the death benefit and reduce your death benefit.

 

Death benefit if your policy is on loan extension.  Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.” Availability of this feature is subject to certain terms and conditions, including that you must have elected the guideline premium test and have had your policy in force for at least 20 years. If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit payable under the policy will be determined differently. For more information on loan extension, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money.”

 

 

Subject to certain restrictions you can request a change in your death benefit option.

 

 

Change of death benefit option.  If you change from Option A to Option B, we automatically reduce your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. We may refuse this change

if the policy’s face amount would be reduced below the minimum stated in your policy. Changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 80, if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect or your policy is on loan extension. Also, changes from Option A to Option B may cause certain policy benefits to be unavailable.

 

If you change from Option B to Option A, we automatically increase your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. You can request a change from Option B to Option A any time after the second policy year and before the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 100th birthday.

 

If the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in death benefit option, we will determine the new base policy face amount somewhat differently from the general procedures described above. See “Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases” in this section.

 

We will not deduct or establish any amount of surrender charge as a result of a change in death benefit option. You may not change the death benefit option under your policy while the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect. Please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus, to learn about certain possible income tax consequences that may result from a change in death benefit option, including the effect of an automatic increase or decrease in face amount.

 

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

 

After the first policy year, only until the maximum issue age, while this policy is in force, you may request an increase in life insurance coverage under your policy. You may request a decrease in your policy’s face amount any time after the second year of your policy but before the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 100. The requested increase or decrease must be at least $10,000. Please refer to “Tax information” for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of changing the face amount of your policy.

 

We can refuse or limit any requested increase or decrease. We will not approve any increase or decrease if (i) we are at that time being required to waive charges or pay premiums under any optional disability waiver rider that is part of the policy; (ii) the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect; or (iii) your policy is on loan extension. Also, we will not approve a face amount increase if the insured person has reached age 81. Moreover, we will not approve a face amount increase while the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider or Cash Value Plus Rider is in effect. We will not accept a request for a face amount decrease while you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

Certain policy changes, including increases and decreases in your insurance coverage, may also affect the guarantee premiums under the policy.

 

 

30


The following additional conditions also apply:

 

Face amount increases.  We treat an increase in face amount in many respects as if it were the issuance of a new policy. For example, you must submit satisfactory evidence that the insured person still meets our requirements for coverage. Also, we establish additional amounts of surrender charge and guarantee premiums under your policy for the face amount increase, reflecting the additional amount of coverage.

 

In most states, you can cancel the face amount increase within 10 days after you receive a new policy page showing the increase. If you cancel, we will reverse any charges attributable to the increase and recalculate all values under your policy to what they would have been had the increase not taken place.

 

The monthly cost of insurance charge we make for the amount of the increase will be based on the underwriting classification of the insured person when the original policy was issued, provided the insured qualifies for the same underwriting classification. An additional ten-year surrender charge and an additional administrative charge will apply to the face amount that exceeds the highest previous face amount. If the insured qualifies for a less favorable underwriting classification than the base policy, we may offer to issue a separate policy based on the rating class for the increase. See “Risk/benefit summary: Charges and expenses you will pay.”

 

Face amount decreases.  You may not reduce the face amount below the minimum stated in your policy. Nor will we permit a decrease that would cause your policy to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of life insurance. Guarantee premiums, as well as our monthly deductions for the cost of insurance coverage, will generally decrease from the time you reduce the face amount.

 

If you reduce the face amount during the first 10 years of your policy, or during the first 10 years after a face amount increase you have requested, we will deduct all or part of the remaining surrender charge from your policy account. Assuming you have not previously changed the face amount, the amount of the surrender charge we will deduct will be determined by dividing the amount of the decrease by the initial face amount and multiplying that fraction by the total amount of surrender charge that still remains applicable to your policy. We deduct the charge from the same investment options as if it were part of a regular monthly deduction under your policy.

 

In some cases, we may have to make a distribution to you from your policy at the time we decrease your policy’s face amount or change your death benefit option. This may be necessary in order to preserve your policy’s status as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also be required to make such distribution to you in the future on account of a prior decrease in face amount or change in death benefit option. The distribution may be taxable.

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

 

Beneficiary of death benefit.  You designate your policy’s beneficiary in your policy application. You can change the beneficiary at any other time during the insured person’s life. If no beneficiary is living when the insured person dies, we will pay the death benefit proceeds in equal shares to the insured person’s surviving children. If there are no surviving children, we will instead pay the insured person’s estate.

 

Payment of death benefit.  We will pay any death benefit in a single sum. If the beneficiary is a natural person (i.e., not an entity such as a corporation or a trust) and so elects, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the “Access Account”, which is a draft account that works in certain respects like an interest-bearing checking account. In that case, we will send the beneficiary a draftbook, and the beneficiary will have immediate access to the proceeds by writing a draft for all or part of the amount of the death benefit proceeds. The Company will retain the funds until a draft is presented for payment. Interest on the Access Account is earned from the date we establish the account until the account is closed by your beneficiary or by us if the account balance falls below the minimum balance requirement, which is currently $1,000. The Access Account is part of the Company’s general account and is subject to the claims of our creditors. We will receive any investment earnings during the period such amounts remain in the general account. The Access Account is not a bank account or a checking account and it is not insured by the FDIC. Funds held by insurance companies in the general account are guaranteed by the respective state guaranty association.

 

A beneficiary residing outside the U.S., however, cannot elect the Access Account. If the beneficiary is a trust that has two or fewer trustees, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the Access Account.

 

If a financial professional has assisted the beneficiary in preparing the documents that are required for payment of the death benefit, we will send the Access Account checkbook or check to the financial professional within the periods specified for death benefit payments under “When we pay policy proceeds,” in this prospectus. Our financial professionals will take reasonable steps to arrange for prompt delivery to the beneficiary.

 

Accessing your money

 

You can access the money in your policy in different ways. You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy account value and any applicable surrender charges, less any outstanding loans (plus accrued loan interest) and less any amounts restricted following your receipt of a living benefits payment. We will charge interest on the amount of the loan. See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

You can also make a partial withdrawal of $500 or more of your net cash surrender value (defined in this prospectus under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender

 

 

31


value”) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 100th birthday. Partial withdrawals are not permitted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. See “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus for more information

 

Finally, you can surrender (turn in) your policy for its net cash surrender value at any time. See “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus. See “Tax information” in this prospectus, for the tax treatment of the various ways in which you can access your money.

 

Borrowing from your policy

 

You may borrow up to 90% of the cash surrender value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest before the policy year in which the insured reaches age 75 (100% thereafter). In your policy, the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy. However, the amount you can borrow will be reduced by any amount that we hold on a “restricted” basis following your receipt of a terminal illness living benefits payment, as well as by any other loans (and accrued loan interest) you have outstanding and reduced for any monthly payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. See “More information about policy features and benefits: Other benefits: Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in this prospectus. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” below. The minimum loan amount generally is $500.

 

 

You can use policy loans to obtain funds from your policy without surrender charges or, in most cases, paying current income taxes. However, the borrowed amount is no longer credited with the investment results of any of our investment options under the policy.

 

 

When you take a policy loan, we remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment. We hold this loan collateral under the same terms and conditions as apply to amounts supporting our guaranteed interest option, with several exceptions:

 

  you cannot make transfers or withdrawals of the collateral;

 

  we expect to credit different rates of interest to loan collateral than we credit under our guaranteed interest option;

 

  we do not count the collateral when we compute our customer loyalty credit; and

 

  the collateral is not available to pay policy charges.

 

When you request a loan, you should tell us how much of the loan collateral you wish to have taken from any amounts you have in each of our investment options. If you do not give us directions (or if we are making the loan automatically

to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in the same proportion as we are taking monthly deductions for charges. If that is not possible, we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect and you do not give us directions or the directions cannot be followed due to insufficient funds (or we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

 

Loan interest we charge.  The interest we charge on a policy loan accrues daily at an adjustable interest rate. We determine the rate at the beginning of each year of your policy and that rate applies to all policy loans that are outstanding at any time during the year. The maximum rate is the greater of (a) 3% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published in Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. (If that average is no longer published, we will use another average, as the policy provides.) Currently, the loan interest rate is 3% for the first ten policy years and 2% thereafter. We will notify you of the current loan interest rate when you apply for a loan and annually on the annual report, and will notify you in advance of any rate increase.

 

Loan interest payments are due on each policy anniversary. If not paid when due, we automatically add the interest as a new policy loan.

 

Interest that we credit on loan collateral.  Under our current rules, the annual interest rate we credit on your loan collateral during any of your policy’s first ten years will be 1% less than the rate we are then charging you for policy loan interest, and, beginning in the policy’s 11th year, equal to the loan interest rate. The elimination of the rate differential is not guaranteed, however. Accordingly, we have discretion to increase the rate differential for any period, including under policies that are already in force (and may have an outstanding loan). We do guarantee that the annual rate of interest credited on your loan collateral will never be less than 2% and that the differential will not exceed 1%.

 

We credit interest on your loan collateral daily. On each anniversary of your policy (or when your policy loan is fully repaid) we transfer that interest to your policy’s investment options in the same proportions as if it were a premium payment. If your policy is on loan extension, we transfer the interest to the unloaned guaranteed interest option. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we transfer the interest to the investment options in accordance with your allocation instructions on record.

 

Effects of a policy loan.  If not repaid, the aggregate amount of the outstanding loan and any accrued loan interest will reduce your cash surrender value and your life insurance benefit that might otherwise be payable. We will deduct any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest from your policy’s proceeds if you do not pay it back. Also, a loan can reduce the length of time that your insurance remains in force, because the amount we set aside as loan collateral

 

 

32


cannot be used to pay charges as they become due. A loan can also cause any paid up death benefit guarantee to terminate or may cause the no-lapse guarantee to become unavailable.

 

A policy loan, repaid or not, has a permanent effect on your cash surrender value and death benefit. This results because the investment results of each investment option apply only to the amounts remaining in such investment options. The longer the loan is outstanding, the greater the effect on your cash surrender value is likely to be.

 

Even if a loan is not taxable when made, it may later become taxable, for example, upon termination or surrender. A policy loan can affect your policy account value and death benefit, even if you have repaid the loan. See “Tax information” below for a discussion of the tax consequences of a policy loan.

 

Paying off your loan.  You can repay all or part of your loan at any time. We normally assume that payments you send us are premium payments. Therefore, you must submit instructions with your payment indicating that it is a loan repayment. If you send us more than all of the loan principal and interest you owe, we will treat the excess as a premium payment. Any payment received while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, the policy is on loan extension or you are receiving monthly payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider will be applied as a loan repayment (or refunded if it is in excess of the loan amount and outstanding interest).

 

When you send us a loan repayment, we will transfer an amount equal to such repayment from your loan collateral back to the investment options under your policy. First we will restore any amounts that, before being designated as loan collateral, had been in the guaranteed interest option under your policy. We will allocate any additional repayments among the investment options as you instruct; or, if you don’t instruct us, in the same proportion as if they were premium payments.

 

If you are to receive monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, a pro rata portion of the loan and accrued loan interest to that date will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment as a loan repayment. This will reduce the monthly payment otherwise payable to you under the rider.

 

If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, any loan repayment allocated to the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount so that the value in the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option does not exceed 25% of the amount that you have in your unloaned policy account value. Any portion of the loan repayment that we cannot allocate to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated to the variable investment options in proportion to any amounts that you specified for that particular loan repayment. If you did not specify, we will allocate that portion of the loan repayment in proportion to the paid up death benefit guarantee allocation percentages for the variable investment options on record.

Loan extension (for guideline premium test policies only)

 

Loan extension will protect against lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances. There is no additional charge for the loan extension feature. Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

 

  The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;

 

  The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

 

  You have selected Death Benefit Option A;

 

  You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  The policy is not in a grace period; and

 

  No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

When a policy goes on loan extension, all of the following will apply:

 

  We will collect monthly deductions due under the policy up to the amount in the unloaned policy account value.

 

  Any policy account value that is invested in our variable investment options will automatically be transferred to our guaranteed interest option; and no transfers out of the guaranteed interest option may thereafter be made into any of our variable investment options.

 

  Loan interest will continue to accrue and we will send you a notice of any loan interest due on or about each policy anniversary. If the loan interest is not paid when due, it will be added to the outstanding loan balance.

 

  No additional loans or partial withdrawals may be requested.

 

  No changes in face amount or death benefit option may be requested.

 

  No additional premium payments will be accepted. Any payments received will be applied as loan repayments. If a loan repayment is made, the repaid amount will become part of the unloaned guaranteed interest option. Any payment in excess of the outstanding loan balance will be refunded to you.

 

  All additional benefit riders and endorsements will terminate, including the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

  No future allocations or transfers to the investment options will be accepted.

 

 

 

33


  The paid up death benefit guarantee if applicable, may not be elected.

 

  The policy will not thereafter lapse for any reason.

 

On the policy anniversary when the insured attains age 75 and if such policy has been in force for 20 years, and each month thereafter, we will determine whether the policy is on loan extension. You will be sent a letter explaining the transactions that are allowed and prohibited while a policy is on loan extension. Once a policy is on loan extension, it will remain on loan extension during the lifetime of the insured unless the policy is surrendered.

 

If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit under the policy is the greatest of (a), (b) and (c):

 

(a)

The greater of the policy account value or the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest on the date of the insured’s death, multiplied by a percentage shown in your policy;

 

(b)

The outstanding loan and accrued loan interest, plus $10,000; or

 

(c)

The base policy face amount on the date of death.

 

The net death benefit that will be payable upon the insured’s death is the death benefit as described above, less the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Example: A representative insured age 80, selected death benefit Option A and has had the policy for more than 20 years. She has a policy loan and the net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions now due. She has not received payment under the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Accordingly, the loan extension endorsement will keep her policy from lapsing and any loan interest not paid will be added to the outstanding loan.

 

Other than as outlined above, all terms and conditions of your policy will continue to apply as if your policy is not on loan extension. If your policy is on loan extension, due to an absence of Internal Revenue Service guidance on such features, there is some uncertainty as to how the tax law might be applied in the future. For example, it is possible that in such circumstances, some or the entire outstanding loan could be treated as a distribution from the policy.

 

Borrowing from your policy when you allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to take a loan from your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Loans” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy

 

You may make a partial withdrawal of your net cash surrender value (defined below) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s attained age 100, provided the paid up death

benefit guarantee is not in effect, the policy is not on loan extension and you are not receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The request must be for at least $500, however, and we have discretion to decline any request. If you do not tell us from which investment options you wish us to take the withdrawal, we will use the same allocation that then applies for the monthly deductions we make for charges; and, if that is not possible, we will take the withdrawal from all of your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If you elected the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, a partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal amount. We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal.

 

 

You can withdraw all or part of your policy’s net cash surrender value, although you may incur tax consequences by doing so.

 

 

Effect of partial withdrawals on insurance coverage.  If the Option A death benefit is in effect, a partial withdrawal results in a dollar-for-dollar automatic reduction in the policy’s face amount (and, hence, an equal reduction in the Option A death benefit). We will not permit a partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below the minimum stated in your policy, or that would cause the policy to no longer be treated as life insurance for federal income tax purposes.

 

If death benefit Option B is in effect, a partial withdrawal reduces the death benefit on a dollar for dollar basis, but does not affect the face amount.

 

The result is different, however, during any time when the alternative death benefit (discussed in this prospectus) would be higher than the Option A or B death benefit you have selected. In that case, a partial withdrawal will cause the death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal. A partial withdrawal reduces the amount of your premium payments that counts toward maintaining the no-lapse guarantee. A partial withdrawal may increase the chance that your policy could lapse because of insufficient value to pay policy charges as they fall due or failure to pass the guarantee premium test for the no-lapse guarantee.

 

You should refer to “Tax information” below, for information about possible tax consequences of partial withdrawals and any associated reduction in policy benefits. Also, partial withdrawals are not permitted while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. Please see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits.”

 

Making withdrawals from your policy if you have allocated to the MSO  If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to take a withdrawal from your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Withdrawals” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

 

34


Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

 

Upon written request satisfactory to us, you can surrender (give us back) your policy for its “net cash surrender value” at any time. The net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. The surrender charge is described in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.

 

Please refer to “Tax information” below for the possible tax consequences of surrendering your policy.

 

Surrendering your policy if you have allocated to the MSO If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to surrender your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Cash Surrender Value, Net Cash Surrender Value and Loan Value” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option®” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider if you apply for a face amount of at least $100,000 unless it is issued as a result of an option to purchase additional insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or term rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits pay- able under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you declined the Living Benefits Rider at issue and later elected it, you were subject to a $100 administrative charge. In addition, we would have evaluated the insurance risk at that time and we may have declined to issue the rider.

 

If you receive a living benefit on account of terminal illness, the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider for chronic illness benefits, if elected, will terminate and no further benefits will be payable under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider charges will also stop. In addition, once you receive a living benefit, you cannot elect the paid up death benefit guarantee and your policy cannot be placed on loan extension. We will deduct the amount of any living benefit we have paid, plus interest (as specified in the rider), from the death benefit proceeds that become payable under the policy if and when the insured person dies. (In your policy we refer to this as a “lien” we establish against your policy.)

When we pay a living benefit, we automatically transfer a pro rata portion of your policy’s net cash surrender value to the policy’s guaranteed interest option. This amount, together with the interest we charge thereon, will be “restricted”— that is, it will not be available for any loans, transfers or partial withdrawals that you may wish to make. In addition, it may not be used to satisfy the charges we deduct from your policy’s value. We also will deduct these restricted amounts from any subsequent surrender proceeds that we pay.

 

The receipt of a living benefits payment may qualify for exclusion from income tax. See “Tax information” below. Receipt of a living benefits payment may affect your eligibility for certain government benefits or entitlements.

 

 

You can arrange to receive a “living benefit” if the insured person becomes terminally ill.

 

 

Example: Policy owner is age 55 and has been diagnosed with cancer. He is not expected to live longer than 12 months and submits a claim for living benefits under a policy with a $200,000 face amount. The cash surrender value of the policy is currently $50,000. He has a policy loan (including accrued interest) of $25,000 outstanding on the policy, so his net death benefit is $175,000 ($200,000 - $25,000) and his net cash surrender value is $25,000 ($50,000 - $25,000).

 

The maximum living benefits payment available is the lesser of $500,000 and 75% of his $175,000 net death benefit ($131,250). Policy owner requests half of this amount, or $65,625, on his claim and receives a lump sum payment of $65,375 (after a claim processing fee of $250 is assessed). Policy owner dies 10 months after filing his claim for living benefits. His wife as the beneficiary on his policy receives $128,372. This death claim payment and other policy values are calculated as follows:

 

Before Payment of Living Benefits:  
Policy Loan Outstanding    $ 25,000  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Living Benefits Payment Requested    $ 65,625  
Net Amount Minus $250 Processing Fee    $ 65,375  

 

Immediately After Payment of Living Benefits  
Net Death Benefit    $ 175,000  
Lien Outstanding    $ 65,625  
Death Benefit Net of the Policy Loan and Lien    $ 109,375  
Net Cash Surrender Value    $ 25,000  
Initial Lien against Cash Value [65,625 x (25,000/175,000)]1    $ 9,375  
Cash Surrender Value Net of Policy Loan and Lien    $ 15,625  
1

The lien resulting from the living benefits payment is equal to the amount of living benefits plus accrued interest plus additional amounts, if any, that are advanced to keep the policy in force. The amount of cash value net of existing policy loans, in excess of a specified

 

 

35


  percentage (which will not be greater than 100%) of the lien, is available for additional policy loans or partial withdrawals. The specified percentage is equal to the net cash value divided by the net death benefit. The net cash value is the cash value minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The net death benefit is the death benefit minus any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Ten Months Later:  
Lien    $ 65,625  
Interest on Lien2    $ 2,852  
Lien Plus Interest    $ 68,477  
Policy Loan    $ 25,000  
Interest on Policy Loan2    $ 1,037  
Policy Loan Plus Interest    $ 26,037  
Death Benefit Net of Policy Loan and Lien [200,000 – $68,477 – $26,037]    $ 105,486  
2.

Assumes a hypothetical 8% annual rate for the outstanding policy loan and the Lien. For policies with cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the higher of (a) the maximum adjustable policy loan interest rate based on the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment or (b) the policy guaranteed cash value interest rate plus 1% per year.* The interest rate accrued on the portion of the Lien that is allocated to the policy cash value will not be more than the policy loan interest rate.

*

For policies without cash values, the actual interest rate for the Lien at the time the living benefits payment is made will not exceed the greater of: (i) the 90-Day Treasury Bill or (ii) the “Published Monthly Average,” as defined below, for the calendar month that ends two months before the date of application for the living benefits payment.

 

The “Published Monthly Average” means the Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Average – Monthly Average Corporates published by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto. If such averages are no longer published, we will use such other averages as may be established by regulation by the insurance supervisory official of the jurisdiction in which this policy is delivered.

    

 

 

36


7. Tax information

 

 

 

This discussion is based on current federal income tax law and interpretations. It assumes that the policy owner is a natural person who is a U.S. citizen and resident and has an insurable interest in the insured. The tax effects on corporate taxpayers, non-U.S. residents or non-U.S. citizens may be different. This discussion is general in nature, and should not be considered tax advice, for which you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

 

An Incentive Life Optimizer® policy will be treated as “life insurance” for federal income tax purposes (a) if it meets the definition of life insurance under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and (b) as long as the investments made by the underlying Portfolios satisfy certain investment diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code. The following discussion assumes that the policies meet these requirements and, therefore, that generally:

 

  the death benefit received by the beneficiary under your policy will not be subject to federal income tax; and

 

  increases in your policy account value as a result of interest or investment experience will not be subject to federal income tax, unless and until there is a distribution from your policy, such as a surrender, a partial withdrawal, loan or a payment to you.

 

The IRS, however, could disagree with our position such that certain tax consequences could be other than as described. If it is subsequently determined that a policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict policy transactions in order to do so. There may also be different tax consequences if you assign your policy, transfer an interest therein or designate a new owner. See “Assigning your policy” in this prospectus. See also special rules below for “Business and employer owned policies,” and for the discussion of insurable interest under “Other information.”

 

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

 

The federal income tax consequences of a distribution from your policy depend on whether your policy is a “modified endowment contract” (sometimes also referred to as a “MEC”). In all cases, however, the character of any income described below as being taxable to the recipient will be ordinary income (as opposed to capital gain).

 

Testing for modified endowment contract status. Your policy will be a “modified endowment contract” if, at any time during the first seven years of your policy, you have paid a cumulative amount of premiums that exceeds the cumulative seven-pay limit. The cumulative seven-pay limit is the amount of premiums that you would have paid by that time

under a similar fixed-benefit insurance policy that was designed (based on certain assumptions mandated under the Code) to provide for paid up future benefits after the payment of seven equal annual premiums. (Paid up means that no future premiums would be required.) This is called the “seven-pay” test.

 

Whenever there is a “material change” under a policy, the policy will generally be (a) treated as a new contract for purposes of determining whether the policy is a modified endowment contract and (b) subjected to a new seven-pay period and a new seven-pay limit. The new seven-pay limit would be determined taking into account, under a prescribed formula, the policy account value at the time of such change. A materially changed policy would be considered a modified endowment contract if it failed to satisfy the new seven-pay limit at any time during the new seven-pay period. A “material change” for these purposes could occur as a result of a change in death benefit option, a requested increase in the policy’s face amount or certain other changes.

 

If your policy’s benefits are reduced during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change), the seven-pay limit will be redetermined based on the reduced level of benefits and applied retroactively for purposes of the seven-pay test. (Such a reduction in benefits could include, for example, a requested decrease in face amount, the termination of additional benefits under a rider or, in some cases, a partial withdrawal or a change in death benefit option.) If the premiums previously paid during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change) are greater than the recalculated (lower) seven-pay limit, the policy will become a modified endowment contract.

 

A life insurance policy that you receive in exchange for a modified endowment contract will also be considered a modified endowment contract.

 

In addition to the above premium limits for testing for modified endowment status, federal income tax rules must be complied with in order for it to qualify as life insurance. Changes made to your policy, for example, a decrease in face amount (including any decrease that may occur as a result of a partial withdrawal), a change in death benefit option, or other decrease in benefits may impact the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid, as well as the maximum amount of policy account value that may be maintained under the policy. We may also be required to provide a higher death benefit notwithstanding the decrease in face amount in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance. Under either test, in some cases, this may cause us to take current or future action in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts to you that may be includible as income. See “Changes we can make” in this prospectus.

 

 

37


Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is not a modified endowment contract.  As long as your policy remains in force as a non-modified endowment contract, policy loans will generally be treated as indebtedness, and no part of the loan proceeds will be subject to current federal income tax. Interest on the loan will generally not be tax deductible, although interest credited on loan collateral may become taxable under the rules below if distributed. However, there is some uncertainty as to the federal tax treatment of policy loans with a small or no spread between the interest rate charged and the interest rate credited on the amount loaned. You should consult a qualified tax adviser as to the federal tax treatment of such loans. Also, see below for taxation of loans upon surrender or termination of your policy.

 

If you make a partial withdrawal after the first 15 years of your policy, the proceeds will not be subject to federal income tax except to the extent such proceeds exceed your “basis” in your policy. (Your basis generally will equal the premiums you have paid, less the amount of any previous distributions from your policy that were not taxable.) During the first 15 years, however, the proceeds from a partial withdrawal could be subject to federal income tax, under a complex formula, to the extent that your policy account value exceeds your basis.

 

Upon full surrender, any amount by which the proceeds we pay (including amounts we use to discharge any policy loan and unpaid loan interest) exceed your basis in the policy will be subject to federal income tax. In addition, if a policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then-outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution and could be subject to tax under the foregoing rules. Finally, if you make an assignment of rights or benefits under your policy, you may be deemed to have received a distribution from your policy, all or part of which may be taxable.

 

Policy loans.  Policy loans can cause taxable income upon the termination of a policy with no cash payout. In the case of a surrender, the loan amount is taken into account in determining any taxable amount and such income can also exceed the payment received. These events can occur from potential situations which include: (1) amount of outstanding policy debt (loans taken plus unpaid interest amounts added to the outstanding loan) at or near the maximum loan value; (2) unfavorable investment results affecting your policy account value; (3) increasing monthly policy charges due to increasing attained ages of the insured; (4) high or increasing amount of insurance risk, depending on death benefit option and changing account value; and (5) increasing policy loan rates if an adjustable policy loan rate is in effect.

 

Ideally a policy loan will be paid from income tax free death benefit proceeds if your policy is kept in force until the death of the insured. To avoid policy terminations that may give rise to significant income tax liability, you may need to make substantial premium payments or loan repayments to keep your policy in force.

You can reduce the likelihood that these situations will occur by considering these risks before taking a policy loan. If you take a policy loan, you should monitor the status of your policy with your financial representative and your tax advisor at least annually, and take appropriate preventative action. As indicated above, in the case of a policy that is a modified endowment contract (“MEC”), any loan will be treated as a distribution when made, and thus may be taxable at such time.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is a modified endowment contract.  Any distribution from your policy will be taxed on an “income-first” basis if your policy is a modified endowment contract. Distributions for this purpose include a loan (including any increase in the loan amount to pay interest on an existing loan or an assignment or a pledge to secure a loan) or withdrawal. Any such distributions will be considered taxable income to you to the extent your policy account value exceeds your basis in the policy. (For modified endowment contracts, your basis is similar to the basis described above for other policies, except that it also would be increased by the amount of any prior loan under your policy that was considered taxable income to you.)

 

For purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distribution, all modified endowment contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) to the same owner (excluding certain qualified plans) during any calendar year are treated as if they were a single contract.

 

A 10% penalty tax also will apply to the taxable portion of most distributions from a policy that is a modified endowment contract. The penalty tax will not, however, apply to (i) taxpayers whose actual age is at least 5912, (ii) distributions in the case of a disability (as defined in the Code) or (iii) distributions received as part of a series of substantially equal periodic annuity payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary. The exceptions generally do not apply to life insurance policies owned by corporations or other entities.

 

If your policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution (to the extent the loan was not previously treated as such) and could be subject to tax, including the 10% penalty tax, as described above. In addition, upon a full surrender, any excess of the proceeds we pay (including any amounts we use to discharge any loan) over your basis in the policy, will be subject to federal income tax and, unless an exception applies, the 10% penalty tax.

 

Distributions that occur during a year of your policy in which it becomes a modified endowment contract, and during any subsequent years, will be taxed as described in the four preceding paragraphs. In addition, distributions from a policy within two years before it becomes a modified endowment contract also will be subject to tax in this manner. This means that a distribution made from a policy that is

 

 

38


not a modified endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract. So, for example, if a policy has been collaterally assigned as security for a loan and the policy subsequently becomes a MEC there could be a taxable deemed distribution even though the policy owner has not received any payment from us.

 

Policy changes.  Changes made to a life insurance policy, for example, a decrease in benefits, a death benefit option change, or the termination or restoration of a terminated policy, may have other effects on your policy, including impacting the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take action in order to assure your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts that may be includable as income. This action may be required under the tax law even though the policy may not be sufficiently funded to keep it in force for a desired duration. In some cases, premium payments for a policy year could be limited to the amount needed to keep the policy in force until the end of the policy year. You should carefully go over the implications of any policy changes with your advisor before making a change.

 

Restoration of a terminated policy.  For tax purposes, some restorations of a policy that terminated after a grace period may be treated as the purchase of a new policy. Since tax laws and regulations and their application may have changed by such time, there can be no assurance that we can reinstate the policy to qualify as life insurance under future tax rules.

 

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

 

Living Benefits Rider.  Amounts received under an insurance policy on the life of an individual who is terminally ill, as defined by the tax law, are generally excludable from gross income as an accelerated death benefit. We believe that the benefits provided under our Living Benefits Rider meet the tax law’s definition of terminally ill and can qualify for this income tax exclusion.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  Benefits received under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. The benefits are intended to qualify for exclusion from income subject to the limitations of the Code with respect to a particular insured person. However, receipt of these benefits may be taxable in part. Generally income exclusion for all payments from all sources with respect to an insured person will be limited to the higher of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) per day limit or actual costs incurred by the taxpayer on behalf of the insured person. Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM

Rider may be considered distributions for income tax purposes, and may be taxable to the owner to the extent not considered a nontaxable return of premiums paid for the life insurance policy. See above for tax treatment of distributions to you. Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are generally not considered deductible for income tax purposes. The Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code.

 

Any adjustments made to your policy death benefit, face amount and other values as a result of Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider benefits paid will also generally cause us to make adjustments with respect to your policy under federal income tax rules for testing premiums paid, your tax basis in your policy, your overall premium limits and the seven-pay period and seven-pay limit for testing modified endowment contract status.

 

Under either rider,  if the owner and the insured person are not the same, the exclusion for accelerated death benefits for terminal illness or a chronic illness does not apply if the owner (taxpayer) has an insurable interest with respect to the life of the insured person by reason of the insured person being an officer, employee or director of the taxpayer or by reason of the insured person being financially interested in any trade or business carried on by the taxpayer. Also, if the owner and insured person are not the same, other tax considerations may also arise in connection with a transfer of benefits received to the insured person, for example, gift taxes in personal settings, compensation income in the employment context and inclusion of life insurance policy proceeds for estate tax purposes in certain trust owned situations. Under certain conditions, a gift tax exclusion may be available for certain amounts paid on behalf of a donee to the provider of medical care.

 

Business and employer owned policies

 

Any employer owned life insurance arrangement on an employee or director as well as any corporate, trade, or business use of a policy should be carefully reviewed by your tax advisor with attention to the rules discussed below. Also, careful consideration should be given to any other rules that may apply, including other possible pending or recently enacted legislative proposals.

 

Requirements for income tax free death benefits.  Federal tax law imposes additional requirements for employer owned life insurance policies. The provisions can have broad application for contract owners engaged in a trade or business or certain related persons. These requirements include detailed notice and consent rules, annual tax reporting and recordkeeping requirements on the employer and limitations on those employees (including directors) who can be insured under the life insurance policy. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements will result in death benefits in excess of premiums paid by the owner being includible in the owner’s income upon the death of the insured employee. Notice and consent requirements must be satisfied before

 

 

39


the issuance of the life insurance policy or a material change to an existing life insurance policy, otherwise benefits may lose their tax favored treatment.

 

The rules generally apply to life insurance policies issued after August 17, 2006. Note, however, that material increases in the death benefit or other material changes will generally cause an existing policy to be treated as a new policy and thus subject to the new requirements. The term “material” has not yet been fully defined but is expected to not include automatic increases in death benefits in order to maintain compliance with the life insurance policy tax qualification rules under the Code. An exception for certain tax-free exchanges of life insurance policies pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code may be available but is not clearly defined.

 

Limitations on interest deductibility for business owned life insurance.  Ownership of a policy by a trade or business can limit the amount of any interest on business borrowings that the entity otherwise could deduct for federal income tax purposes, even though such business borrowings may be unrelated to the policy. To avoid the limit, the insured person must be an officer, director, employee or 20% owner of the trade or business entity when coverage on that person commences.

 

The limit does not generally apply for policies owned by natural persons (even if those persons are conducting a trade or business as sole proprietorships), unless a trade or business entity that is not a sole proprietorship is a direct or indirect beneficiary under the policy. Entities commonly have such a beneficial interest, for example, in so-called “split-dollar” arrangements. If the trade or business entity has such an interest in a policy, it will be treated the same as if it owned the policy for purposes of the limit on deducting interest on unrelated business income.

 

The limit generally applies only to policies issued after June 8, 1997 in taxable years ending after such date. However, for this purpose, any material change in a policy will be treated as the issuance of a new policy.

 

In cases where the above-discussed limit on deductibility applies, the non-deductible portion of unrelated interest on business loans is determined by multiplying the total amount of such interest by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the policy’s average account value (excluding amounts we are holding to secure any policy loans) for the year in question, and the denominator is the average for the year of the aggregate tax bases of all the entity’s other assets. The above limitation is in addition to rules limiting interest deductions on policy loans against business-owned life insurance. Special rules apply to insurance company owners of policies which may be more restrictive.

 

Uses of policy which may be scrutinized.  The IRS may view certain uses of life insurance policies as a tax shelter or as an abusive transaction. Please consult your tax advisor for the most up-to-date information as to IRS “Recognized Abusive and Listed Transactions” and how they may affect your policy.

Requirement that we diversify investments

 

Under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department has issued regulations that implement investment diversification requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations would disqualify your policy as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Code. If this were to occur, you would be subject to federal income tax on any income and gains under the policy and the death benefit proceeds would lose their income tax-free status. These consequences would continue for the period of the disqualification and for subsequent periods. Through the Portfolios, we intend to comply with the applicable diversification requirements, though no assurances can be given in this regard.

 

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

 

If the policy’s owner is the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includable in the owner’s estate for purposes of federal estate tax. If the owner is not the insured person, and the owner dies before the insured person, the value of the policy would be includable in the owner’s estate. If the owner is neither the insured person nor the beneficiary, the owner will be considered to have made a gift to the beneficiary of the death benefit proceeds when they become payable.

 

In general, a person will not owe estate or gift taxes until gifts made by such person, plus that person’s taxable estate, total at least $10 million (this statutory amount is to be indexed for inflation after 2010). A portability rule generally permits a surviving spouse to elect to carry over the unused portion of the deceased spouse’s exclusion amount.

 

Certain amounts may be deductible or excludable, such as gifts and bequests to a person’s spouse or charitable institutions, as well as for certain gifts per recipient per year ($18,000 for 2024, indexed for inflation).

 

As a general rule, if you make a “transfer” to a person two or more generations younger than you, a generation-skipping tax may be payable. Generation-skipping transactions would include, for example, a case where a grandparent “skips” his or her children and names his or her grandchildren as a policy’s beneficiaries. In that case, the generation-skipping “transfer” would be deemed to occur when the insurance proceeds are paid. The generation-skipping tax rates are similar to the maximum estate tax rates in effect at the time. Individuals are generally allowed an aggregate generation-skipping tax exemption of the same amount discussed above for estate and gift taxes, but without portability.

 

The particular situation of each policy owner, insured person or beneficiary will determine how ownership or receipt of policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes, as well as state and local estate, inheritance and other taxes. Because these rules are complex, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser for specific information, especially where benefits are passing to younger generations.

 

 

40


If this policy is used with estate and gift tax planning in mind, you should consult with your tax advisor as to the most up-to-date information as to federal estate, gift and generation skipping tax rules.

 

Pension and profit-sharing plans

 

There are special limits on the amount of insurance that may be purchased by a trust or other entity that forms part of a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403 of the Code. In addition, the federal income tax consequences will be different from those described in this prospectus. These rules are complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

 

Complex rules may also apply when a policy is held by an employer or a trust, or acquired by an employee, in connection with the provision of other employee benefits. Employees may have imputed income for the value of any economic benefit provided by the employer. There may be other tax implications, as well. It is possible that certain split-dollar arrangements may be considered to be a form of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, which broadens the definition of deferred compensation plans, and subjects such plans to new requirements. Further, certain split-dollar arrangements may come within the rules for business- and employer-owned policies. Among other issues, policy owners must consider whether the policy was applied for by or issued to a person having an insurable interest under applicable state law and with the insured person’s consent. The lack of an insurable interest or consent may, among other things, affect the qualification of the policy as life insurance for federal income tax purposes and the right of the beneficiary to receive a death benefit.

 

If this policy is being or was purchased pursuant to a split-dollar arrangement, you should also consult your tax advisor for advice concerning the effect of the following guidance. In 2002 the IRS issued Notice 2002-8 concerning the taxation of split-dollar life insurance arrangements as well as regulations in both 2002 and 2003. They provide for taxation under one of two mutually exclusive regimes depending upon the structure of the arrangement. These are a loan regime and an economic benefit regime. Transition and grandfathering rules, among other items, should be carefully reviewed when considering such arrangements. A material modification to an existing arrangement may result in a change in tax treatment. In addition, public corporations (generally publicly-traded or publicly-reporting companies) and their subsidiaries should consider the possible implications on split-dollar arrangements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which generally prohibit certain direct or indirect loans to executive officers or directors. At least some split-dollar arrangements could be deemed to involve loans within the purview of that section.

 

ERISA

 

Employers and employer-created trusts may be subject to reporting, disclosure and fiduciary obligations under the

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. There may also be other implications. You should consult a qualified legal advisor.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

 

The 3.8% tax on certain unearned income of taxpayers whose adjusted incomes exceed certain thresholds applies to all or part of a taxpayer’s NII. As currently interpreted under IRS guidelines, NII includes the taxable portion of an annuitized payment from a life insurance contract. It has not been defined to include taxable amounts from partial withdrawals, surrenders or lapses of life insurance policies subject to loans. You should consult your tax advisor as to the applicability of this tax to you.

 

Our taxes

 

The operations of our separate accounts are reported in our federal income tax return. Separate account investment income and capital gains, however, are, for tax purposes, reflected in our variable life insurance policy reserves. Currently we pay no taxes on such income and gains and impose no charge for such taxes. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for taxes incurred by us that are allocable to the policies.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate accounts. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA.  In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to life insurance policies, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to life insurance policy ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, we may be required to report policy values and other information for certain policyholders. For this reason, we and our affiliates intend to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and

 

 

41


affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding. Generally, unless you provide us with a satisfactory written election to the contrary prior to the distribution, we are required to withhold income tax from any proceeds we distribute as part of a taxable transaction under your policy. If you do not wish us to withhold tax from the payment, or if we do not withhold enough, you may have to pay later, and you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules. In some cases, where generation skipping taxes may apply, we may also be required to withhold for such taxes unless we are provided satisfactory notification that no such taxes are due. States may also require us to withhold tax on distributions to you and may not always follow federal rules.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction. For Puerto Rico and other jurisdictions, income is considered U.S.-source income. We anticipate requiring owners or beneficiaries in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

 

The U.S. Congress frequently considers legislation that, if enacted, could change the tax treatment of life insurance policies or increase the taxes we pay in connection with such policies. This could include special rules for tax-exempt entities as well as for corporate or business use of policies. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a life insurance policy. Legislative proposals could make sweeping changes to many longstanding tax rules including certain tax benefits currently available to newly purchased cash value life insurance policies. Proposals have been considered to eliminate some or all taxable expenditures or tax preferences together with some lowering of tax rates. We cannot predict what if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted or what type of grandfathering will be allowed for existing life insurance policies. In addition, the Treasury Department may amend existing regulations, issue regulations on the qualification of life insurance and modified endowment contracts, or adopt new or clarifying interpretations of existing law. Some areas of possible future guidance include new rules for testing for policies issued on a special risk class basis. As a result, there

are areas of some uncertainty even under current laws, such that future tax consequences of a policy could be other than as described herein.

 

State and local tax law or, if you are not a U.S. citizen and resident, foreign tax law, may also affect the tax consequences to you, the insured person or your beneficiary, and are subject to change or change in interpretation. Any changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations could have a retroactive effect both on our taxes and on the way your policy is taxed or the tax benefit of life insurance policies.

 

The policies described in this Prospectus are tested for qualification as life insurance using the 2001 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“2001 CSO”) mortality tables. See “Cost of insurance charge” in this Prospectus. Due to updated State insurance laws and Federal income tax rules new life insurance policies using any mortality tables other than the 2017 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“2017 CSO”) mortality tables cannot be sold after December 31, 2019.

 

This change in prevailing mortality tables does not affect existing policies described in this Prospectus, as they were all purchased before January 1, 2020. The policies will continue to be tested for tax purposes using the 2001 CSO mortality tables. The IRS has issued guidance on changes made after December 31, 2019 to policies issued before 2020 which are tested using the 2001 CSO mortality tables. This IRS “safe harbor” guidance permits certain policy changes without losing the ability to use the 2001 CSO mortality tables for testing. If we determine that certain future changes to your policy would cause it to lose its ability to be tax tested under the 2001 CSO mortality tables, we intend to refuse such transactions which might have otherwise been available under your policy, subject to our rules then in effect. We would take such action to help assure that your policy can continue to qualify as life insurance for federal tax testing under the 2001 CSO mortality tables. Accordingly, requests for substitution of the insured will not be permitted in the absence of further guidance. There can be no assurance as to whether such guidance will be provided or what any such guidance may provide.

 

Other information

 

There are a number of tax benefits associated with variable life insurance policies. For tax benefits to be available, the policy owner must have an insurable interest in the life of the insured under applicable state laws. Requirements may vary by state. A failure can, among other consequences, cause the policy owner to lose anticipated favorable federal tax treatment generally afforded life insurance.

 

For tax benefits to continue, the policy must continue to qualify as life insurance. We reserve the right to restrict transactions that we determine would cause your policy to fail to qualify as life insurance under federal tax law. We also reserve the right to decline to make any change that may cause your policy to lose its ability to be tested for federal income tax purposes under the 2001 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

 

42


In addition to other requirements, federal tax law requires that the insurer, and not the policy owner, have control of the underlying investment assets for the policy to qualify as life insurance.

 

You may make transfers among Portfolios of the Separate Account, but you may not direct the investments each Portfolio makes. If the IRS were to conclude that you, as the investor, have control over these investments, then the policy would no longer qualify as life insurance. You would be treated as the owner of separate account assets and be currently taxed on any income or gain the assets generate.

 

The IRS has provided some guidance on investor control, but many issues remain unclear. One such issue is whether a policy owner can have too much investor control if the variable life policy offers a large number of investment options in which to invest policy account values and/or the ability to make frequent transfers available under the policy. We do not know if the IRS will provide any further guidance on the issue. If guidance is provided, we do not know if it would apply retroactively to policies already in force.

 

We believe that our variable life policies do not give policy owners investment control over the investments underlying the various investment options; however, the IRS could disagree with our position. The IRS could seek to treat policy owners with a large number of investment options and/or the ability to freely transfer among investment options as the owners of the underlying Portfolio’s shares. Accordingly, we reserve the right to modify your policy as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner of your policy’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

 

 

43


8. More information about policy features and benefits

 

 

 

In addition to the standard death benefit(s) associated with your Policy, other standard and/or optional benefits may also be available to you. The following table summarizes information about those benefits. Information about the fees associated with each benefit included in the table may be found in the “Fee Table.”

 

Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Cash Value Plus Rider

  

Allows for a reduction or

waiver of the surrender

charge if the policy is

surrendered for its net

cash surrender value,

subject to certain

conditions.

   Optional   

•   In order to elect this rider, the policy must have a minimum face amount of $1,000,000.

•   The waiver of surrender charges does not apply if the policy is being exchanged or replaced during the first eight policy years with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person, including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a proportionate surrender charge resulting from a face amount decrease.

•   There is no refund of the premium charge if during the first three policy years the policy terminates after a grace period, is being exchanged or replaced with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person, including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a face amount decrease.

Children’s Term Insurance Rider

  

Provides term insurance

on the lives of the

insured’s children,

stepchildren and legally

adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years.

   Optional   

•   The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55.

•   The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider

   Waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

•   Insured must be disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

 

44


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Disability Premium Waiver

  

Pays the specified premium or waives the

monthly charges for the

base policy and any additional benefit riders in effect, which may include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value,

subject to certain conditions.

   Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The insured must be totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Living Benefits Rider

   Enables you to receive a portion of the policy’s death benefit (with certain exclusions), if the insured person has a terminal illness.    Optional   

•   Subject to underwriting guidelines and state availability, automatically included at issue unless declined. If elected after issue, we deducted $100 from your Policy account value at the time of the transaction and was subject to underwriting (no longer permitted).

•   The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000.

Loan Extension Endorsement (for guideline premium test policies only)

   Protects against the lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances.    Standard   

•   Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

•   The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;

•   The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

•   You have selected death benefit Option A;

•   You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

•   The policy is not in a grace period; and

•   No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

45


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

  

Provides for the

acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.

   Optional   

•   Benefits are payable once we receive:

•   A written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care;

•   Proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and

•   Written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us.

•   This rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 calendar days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person.

•   The monthly rate charged for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected and whether you selected the rider with or without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Maximum total benefit under the Policy depends on which death benefit option you pick, and the Acceleration Percentage of the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

•   While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted.

No-Lapse Guarantee

   Generally guarantees that your policy will not terminate for a number of years.    Standard   

•   Subject to the payment of certain specified amounts of premiums.

•   Guarantee will terminate if the amount of your outstanding policy loans and accrued loan interest is greater than your policy account value.

•   Subject to certain conditions, provides a guarantee against policy lapse for 20 years for issue ages 0-55, the number of years to attained age 75 for issue ages 56-69, and 5 years for issue ages 70 and over.

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider

  

Allows you to purchase a

new Policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

   Optional   

•   The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000.

•   Issue ages are 0-37.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

 

46


Name of Benefit    Purpose    Is Benefit
Standard or
Optional
   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee

   Provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.    Optional   

•   Subject to certain requirements, you may elect to take advantage of this benefit at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is less than 100.

•   If you elect this benefit, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion.

•   Death benefit option must be Option A

•   Not available if you received benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time.

•   Not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Not available if your policy is in a grace period or if election would cause your policy to be overloaned.

•   Election of this benefit will terminate any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider subject to any Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected.

•   This benefit will terminate if:

•   The sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest exceeds your policy account value;

•   We make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit; or

•   You request that we terminate the election.

Substitution of Insured Person Rider (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

   Permits you to request after, the policy’s second year, that a new insured person replace the existing one.    Standard   

•   Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000, unless it is issued as a result of an Option to Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy.

•   Upon making this change, any no-lapse guarantee and the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate.

 

Guarantee premium test for the no-lapse guarantee

 

We offer a guarantee against policy lapse that depends on your having paid specified amounts of premiums. We refer to this guarantee as our “no-lapse guarantee” and you can read more about it in “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this Prospectus.

 

Guarantee premium test. If your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become

due, we check to see if the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) at least equals the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for the no-lapse guarantee and guarantee premiums for any optional riders that are then available under your policy. If it does, your policy will not lapse, provided that any policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value, and provided that the guarantee is still in effect.

 

 

47


Guarantee premiums. The amount of the guarantee premiums for the no-lapse guarantee is set forth in your policy on a monthly basis. The guarantee premiums are actuarially determined at policy issuance and depend on the age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person, as well as the amount of the coverage and additional features you select. The guarantee premiums may change if, for example, the face amount of the policy or the long-term care specified amount changes, or a rider is eliminated, or if there is a change in the insured person’s risk characteristics. We will send you a new policy page showing any change in your guarantee premiums. Any change will be prospective only, and no change will extend the no-lapse guarantee period beyond its original number of years.

 

Paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Subject to our approval, you may elect the paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year. This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments. Also, this benefit may be attractive to you if you are concerned about the impact of poor future investment performance or increases in policy charges on your policy’s death benefit and potential policy lapse. You may elect this benefit provided:

 

  the insured’s attained age is not more than 99;

 

  you have death benefit “Option A” in effect (see “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus);

 

  we are not paying policy premiums or waiving monthly charges under the terms of a disability waiver rider and you have not received any payment under a Living Benefits Rider or the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  the policy is not in default or in a grace period as of the effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

  the policy account value after the deduction of any proportionate surrender charge would not be less than any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest;

 

  the policy is not on loan extension. (For more information about loan extension, see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus;

 

  the election would not reduce the face amount (see below) below the minimum stated in your policy;

 

  no current or future distribution from the policy will be required to maintain its qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

  You agree to re-allocate your fund values to the guaranteed interest option and the EQ Allocation investment options. We reserve the right to change the investment options available to you under the paid up death benefit guarantee. (See “Restrictions on allocations and transfers,” below).

 

The effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee will be the beginning of the policy month that next follows the date we approve your request. On the effective date of this guarantee, all additional benefit riders and endorsements will

automatically terminate including the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The policy’s net cash surrender value after the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect will equal the policy account value, less any applicable surrender charges and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The policy death benefit will be Option A. We will continue to deduct policy charges from your policy account value. As explained below, electing the paid up death benefit guarantee may reduce your policy’s face amount, which in turn may result in the deduction of a surrender charge. You can request a personalized illustration that will show you how your policy face amount could be reduced and values could be affected by electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

Possible reduction of face amount. The face amount of your policy after this guarantee is elected is the lesser of (a) the face amount immediately before the election or (b) the policy account value on the effective date of the election divided by a factor based on the then age of the insured person. The factors are set forth in your policy. As a general matter, the factors change as the insured person ages so that, if your policy account value stayed the same, the result of the calculation under clause (b) above would be lower the longer your policy is in force. We will decline your election if the new face amount would be less than the minimum stated in your policy.

 

If electing the paid up death benefit guarantee causes a reduction in face amount, we will deduct the same portion of any remaining surrender charge as we would have deducted if you had requested that decrease directly (rather than electing the paid up death benefit guarantee). (See “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.) In certain cases, a reduction in face amount may cause a policy to become a modified endowment contract. See “Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals and full surrender)” under “Tax Information.”

 

Restrictions on allocations and transfers. While the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, you will be restricted as to the investment options available to you under the policy and the amounts that can be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. You will be able to allocate up to 25% of your unloaned policy account value to the guaranteed interest option. Currently, the remainder of your unloaned policy account value must be allocated among the EQ Allocation investment options. (See Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for the listing of EQ Allocation investment options.) When you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we require that you provide us with new allocation instructions. In the absence of these instructions, we will be unable to process your request.

 

Also, transfers from one or more of our EQ Allocation investment options into the guaranteed interest option will not be permitted if such transfer would cause the value of your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. Loan repayments allocated to your guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount that would not cause the value in your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. If the value in your guaranteed interest option already exceeds 25% of your total unloaned policy

 

 

48


account value (including the repayment), no portion of the repayment will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. Any portion of the loan repayment that is not allocated to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated in proportion to the loan repayment amounts for the variable investment options you have specified. If we do not have instructions, we will use the allocation percentages for the variable investment options you specified when you elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or the most recent instructions we have on record. These restrictions would be lifted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is terminated.

 

Other effects of this guarantee. After you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee, you may request a policy loan, make a loan repayment or transfer policy account value among the guaranteed interest option and variable investment options, subject to our rules then in effect. The following transactions, however, are not permitted when this guarantee is in effect:

 

  premium payments

 

  partial withdrawals

 

  changes to the policy’s face amount or death benefit option

 

  any change that would cause the policy to lose its current or future qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code or require a current or future distribution from the policy to avoid such disqualification. (See “Tax treatment of distributions to you” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

 

Termination of this guarantee. You may terminate the paid up death benefit guarantee by written request to our Administrative Office. If terminated, the policy face amount will not change. However, premiums may be required to keep the policy from lapsing. If the guarantee terminates due to an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest exceeding the policy account value, a payment will be required to keep the policy and the guarantee in force pursuant to the policy’s grace period provision. If the guarantee terminates for any reason, it cannot be restored at a later date.

 

Other benefits

 

You may have been eligible for the following other optional benefits we made available by rider:

 

  Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider — Described below.

 

  Cash Value Plus Rider — Described below.

 

Disability Deduction Waiver — This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue, at age 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. Monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver — This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges from the policy account value, if that amount is greater, if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue at 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. The specified premium is paid or monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived, whichever is greater, until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance — This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years. The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55. The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

 

Example: Policy owner age 50 elects this rider for $10,000 of coverage on a child age 10. A fee of $5.00 per month ($0.50 x 10,000) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. If child dies at age 17, $10,000 will be paid to the beneficiary.

 

  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance — This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability. The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000. Issue ages are 0–37. The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: A policy owner age 34 who elected this rider at issue purchases another policy with a face amount of $25,000 (which is the minimum for additional insurance). Charges for the rider will apply until the insured reaches age 40.

 

We add the following benefits automatically at no charge to each eligible policy:

 

 

Substitution of Insured Person Rider — Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000 unless it is issued as a result of an option to purchase additional insurance election or a conversion from a

 

 

49


   

term life policy, see “You can change your policy’s insured person” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy”.

 

We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

  Living Benefits Rider — See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit” under “Accessing your money”.

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement — See “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits.”

 

  Loan Extension Endorsement — See “Loan extension (for guideline premium test policies only)” under “Accessing your money.”

 

The Company or your financial professional can provide you with more information about these riders. Some of these benefits may be selected only at the time your policy is issued. Some benefits are not available in combination with others or may not be available in your state. The riders provide additional terms, conditions and limitations, and we will furnish samples of them to you on request. We can add, delete, or modify the riders we are making available, at any time before they become effective as part of your policy.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of deleting riders or changing the death benefits under a rider.

 

Cash Value Plus Rider

 

In states where approved, an optional rider may be elected at issue that reduces the surrender charge if the policy is surrendered for its Net Cash Surrender Value in the first eight policy years. In order to elect the rider, the policy must have a minimum face amount of $1 million and the initial annualized planned periodic premium must be at least $50,000. There is a one-time charge of $250 for the rider and the rider charge will be deducted in a lump sum from the initial net premium, after deduction of the premium charge.

 

The rider works by refunding all or a portion of the premium charge and waiving all or a portion of the surrender charge, if the policy is surrendered in full in its early years. The percentage of charges refunded or waived under the rider are as follows:

 

Surrender In Policy
Year
  Percent Of Premium
Charge Refunded*
  Percent Of Surrender
Charges Waived
1   100%   100%
2   80%   100%
3   33%   100%
4   0%   100%
5   0%   80%
6   0%   65%
Surrender In Policy
Year
  Percent Of Premium
Charge Refunded*
  Percent Of Surrender
Charges Waived
7   0%   45%
8   0%   25%
9 and later   0%   0%
*

The mortality and expense risk charge and other monthly charges are not refunded.

 

The reduction of the surrender charges does not apply if the policy is being exchanged or replaced during the first eight policy years with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a proportionate surrender charge resulting from a face amount decrease. There is no refund of the premium charge if during the first three policy years the policy terminates after a grace period, is being exchanged or replaced with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a face amount decrease.

 

Amounts available under the policy for loans and partial withdrawals continue to be calculated as if this rider was not part of the policy.

 

The premium load refund that would be applicable upon a complete surrender of the policy may increase the death benefit that is calculated when the claim is paid in the first 3 policy years in order for the policy to satisfy the definition of a “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code.

 

Rider termination. The rider will terminate on the earliest of the following dates: 1) The end of the eighth policy year; or 2) The date the policy ends without value at the end of the Grace Period or otherwise terminates.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider(1)

 

In states where approved and if you are applying for policy with a face amount of $100,000 or higher which is not issued as a result of an option to purchase additional insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy, an optional rider may be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.(2) Benefits accelerated under this rider will be treated as a lien against policy values. While this rider is in force, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes are not permitted.

 

An individual qualifies as “chronically ill” if they have been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as being unable to perform (without substantial assistance from another person) at least two activities of daily living for a period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity; or requiring substantial supervision to protect such individual from threats to health and safety due to cognitive impairment.

 

(1)

In the state of Massachusetts, this benefit will be called the Accelerated Death Benefit for Chronic Illness Rider.

(2)

For a more complete description of the terms used in this section and conditions of this rider, please consult your rider policy form.

 

 

50


Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services pursuant to a written plan of care; 2) proof that the “elimination period”, as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. We require recertification every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification to continue monthly benefit payments, otherwise, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

 

The monthly rate for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected. See “More information about policy charges”, for more information on the charges we deduct for this rider.

 

If the net policy account value is insufficient to cover the total monthly deductions for the base policy and any riders while benefits under this rider are being paid, we will not lapse the policy. When monthly benefits under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are being paid, we will waive the monthly charge for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

We will pay up to the long-term care specified amount for qualified long-term care services for the insured person for the duration of a period of coverage. The initial long-term care specified amount is equal to the face amount of the base policy at issue. This amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions and will be reduced at the end of a period of coverage to reflect benefits paid during that period of coverage. Any request for a decrease in the policy face amount will reduce the current long-term care specified amount to an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the new policy face amount; or (b) the long-term care specified amount immediately prior to the face amount decrease. Any partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal. The maximum monthly benefit in either case will then be equal to the new long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage.

 

The maximum monthly benefit is the maximum amount an affiliated company or we will pay in a month for qualified long-term care services for the insured person. The maximum monthly benefit payment amount that you can purchase from the Company and its affiliates is limited to $50,000 per month, per insured person. Affiliates include Equitable Financial Life and Annuity Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and U.S. Financial Life Insurance. The maximum monthly benefit is equal to the long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage that you have selected. This amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions. See below for maximum monthly payment limitations.

Each month, we will pay the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which may be applied to repay an outstanding policy loan) for qualified long-term care services for the insured person. The monthly benefit payment is equal to the lesser of:

 

1.

the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or

 

2.

the monthly equivalent of 200% (100% in the State of New York) of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act. (We reserve the right to increase this percentage.)

 

When benefits are paid under this rider, we establish an accumulated benefit lien. This accumulated benefit lien amount will equal the cumulative amount of rider benefits paid (including any loan repayments) during a period of coverage, accumulated at 0% interest. We subtract the accumulated benefit lien amount from the base policy death benefit if the insured person dies before the end of a period of coverage. For the purposes of determining the cash surrender value of this policy, the unloaned policy account value, and surrender charge (if applicable) will be reduced pro rata for the portion of the policy face amount that we have accelerated to date. However, the unloaned Policy Account Value will not be reduced by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

Elimination period. The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Except as described below, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied, and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The elimination period can be satisfied by any combination of days of care in a qualified long-term care facility or qualified days of home health care. The days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24-month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

 

Furthermore, and solely at our discretion, we may deem the elimination period to be satisfied if the insured person provides proof of care from a U.S. licensed health care provider for at least 60 service days (approximately 5 days a week) within a consecutive period of 90 days starting on the first day on which such services are first provided.

 

You can request retroactive payment of benefits for the elimination period if a U.S. licensed health care practitioner

 

 

51


provides written certification that the insured person is chronically ill and is expected to require qualified long-term care services for the remainder of the insured person’s life, once the elimination period and all other eligibility requirements have been satisfied. The amount of any such retroactive payment will be deducted from the maximum total benefit.

 

Period of coverage. The period of coverage is the period of time during which the insured person receives services that are covered under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider and for which benefits are payable. This begins on the first day of covered services received after the end of the elimination period. A period of coverage will end on the earliest of the following dates:

 

1.

the date we receive the notice of release which must be sent to us when the insured person is no longer receiving qualified long-term care services;

 

2.

the date we determine you are no longer eligible to receive benefits in accordance with the terms of this rider;

 

3.

the date when you request that we terminate benefit payments under this rider;

 

4.

the date the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the current long-term care specified amount;

 

5.

the date you surrender the policy;

 

6.

the date we make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider (for terminal illness); or

 

7.

the date of death of the insured person.

 

During a period of coverage:

 

1.

Partial withdrawals, face amount decreases and premium payments are not permitted.

 

2.

Each monthly benefit payment will increase the accumulated benefit lien amount by the amount of the payment; this amount will be treated as a lien against your policy values.

 

3.

If there is an outstanding policy loan at the time we make a benefit payment, an amount equal to a percentage of the loan and accrued loan interest will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment and used as a loan repayment and will reduce the amount otherwise payable to you. This percentage will equal the monthly benefit payment divided by the portion of the long-term care specified amount that we have not accelerated to date.

 

4.

The loan extension and paid up death benefit guarantee endorsements will no longer be applicable at any time once benefits are paid under this rider.

 

After a period of coverage ends:

 

1.

The face amount of the policy and the long-term care specified amount are reduced by the accumulated benefit lien amount.

2.

The unloaned policy account value will be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount, but not by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

3.

Any applicable surrender charges will be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

4.

The maximum monthly benefit will not be reduced.

 

5.

Any actual premium fund and no-lapse guarantee premium fund values that are used by us to determine whether a guarantee against policy lapse is in effect will also be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

6.

Any remaining balance for an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest will not be reduced.

 

7.

The accumulated benefit lien amount is reset to zero.

 

The reduction in your policy account value will reduce your unloaned value in the guaranteed interest option and your values in the variable investment options in accordance with your monthly deduction allocation percentages then in effect. If we cannot make the reduction in this way, we will make the reduction based on the proportion that your unloaned values in the guaranteed interest option and your values in the variable investment options bear to the total unloaned value in your policy account.

 

After the period of coverage has ended, we will provide you with notice of the adjusted values.

 

If the entire long-term care specified amount has been paid out during the period of coverage, this rider will terminate and the policy may terminate.

 

Rider termination. This rider will terminate, and no further benefits will be payable (except as provided under the “Extension of Benefits” provision of this rider), on the earliest of the following:

 

1.

at any time after the first policy year, on the next monthly anniversary on or following the date we receive your written request to terminate this rider;

 

2.

upon termination or surrender of the policy;

 

3. the date of the insured person’s death;

 

4. the date when the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the current long-term care specified amount;

 

5. the effective date of the election of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

6. the date you request payment under a Living Benefits Rider due to terminal illness of the insured person (whether or not monthly benefit payments are being made as of such date);

 

7. the date the policy goes on loan extension; or

 

8. on the date that a new insured person is substituted for the original insured person under the terms of any substitution of insured rider.

 

 

52


If this rider does not terminate, it will remain in force as long as the policy remains in force. This rider may be restored after termination if certain qualifications for restoration of rider benefits are met.

 

Extension of benefits. If this policy lapses before the current long-term care specified amount has been paid out, while the insured person is confined in a long-term care facility, benefits for that confinement may be payable provided that the confinement began while this rider was in force. Benefits may continue until the earliest of the following dates: (a) the date the insured person is discharged from such confinement; (b) the date when the current long-term care specified amount has been paid; or (c) the date of death of the insured person. If benefits are payable under this provision, there will be no death benefit payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries named in the base policy.

 

For tax information concerning the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, see “Tax Treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider” in this prospectus.

 

Customer loyalty credit

 

We provide a customer loyalty credit for policies that have been in force for more than 8 years. This is added to your policy account value each month. The dollar amount of the credit is a percentage of the total amount you then have in your policy account, but excluding any value we are holding as collateral for any policy loans.

 

The credit begins in the policy’s 9th year. The percentage credit is currently at an annual rate as described in the charts below depending upon the issue age of the insured, the policy duration and the level at which the policy is funded. If at the end of the first 7 policy years, the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) is less than 17 “target premiums” for issue ages 18 – 58 or less than 13 “target premiums” for issue ages 0 – 17 and issue ages 59 and above, the percentage credit will be as follows:

 

Issue

Age

  Duration    Credit
Amount
    Duration   Credit
Amount
 

 0 – 29

  Policy yrs
9 – 35
     0.25%     Policy yrs 36+     0.40%  

30 – 39

  Policy yrs
9 – 25
     0.20%     Policy yrs 26+     0.35%  

40 – 49

  Policy yrs
9 – 20
     0.15%     Policy yrs 21+     0.30%  

50 – 59

  Policy yrs
9 – 15
     0.15%     Policy yrs 16+     0.20%  

60 + 

  Policy yrs
9+
     0.15%              
Otherwise, the percentage credit will be as follows:

 

Issue

Age

  Duration    Credit
Amount
    Duration   Credit
Amount
 

 0 – 29

  Policy yrs
9 – 30
     0.25%     Policy yrs 31+     0.55%  

30 – 39

  Policy yrs
9 – 20
     0.25%     Policy yrs 21+     0.55%  

40 – 49

  Policy yrs
9 – 15
     0.25%     Policy yrs 16+     0.50%  

50 – 59

  Policy yrs
9 – 10
     0.25%     Policy yrs 11+     0.50%  

60 + 

  Policy yrs
9+
     0.25%              

The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount. The illustrations of Policy Benefits that your financial professional will provide will contain more information regarding the amount of premiums that must be paid in order for the higher percentage credit to be applicable to your policy.

 

This credit is not guaranteed.

 

Variations among Incentive Life Optimizer® policies

 

Time periods and other terms and conditions described in this prospectus may vary due to legal requirements in your state. These variations will be reflected in your policy.

 

The Company also may vary or waive the charges (including surrender charges) and other terms of Incentive Life Optimizer® where special circumstances (including certain policy exchanges) result in sales or administrative expenses or mortality risks that are different from those normally associated with Incentive Life Optimizer®. We will make such variations only in accordance with uniform rules that we establish.

 

The Company or your financial professional can advise you about any variations that may apply to your policy.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

This is provided for information purposes only. Since the contracts are no longer available to new purchasers, this cancellation provision is no longer applicable.

 

You may cancel your policy by returning the policy along with a properly signed and completed written request for cancellation to our Administrative Office or, in some states, to the agent who sold it to you, by the 10th day after you receive it (or such longer period as required under state law). Your coverage will terminate as of the business day we receive your request at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request).

 

In most states, we will refund the premiums that were paid, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. In other states, we will refund the policy account value calculated as of the business day we receive your request for cancellation at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request), plus any charges that were deducted from premiums that were paid and from the policy account value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. Your policy will set forth the specific terms of your “Right to Examine” the policy.

 

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to surrender your policy, rather than cancel it. Please see “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value,” in this prospectus. Surrendering your policy may yield results different than canceling your policy, including a greater potential for taxable income. In some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your contributions to the policy. Please see “Tax information,” in this prospectus for possible consequences of cancelling your policy.

 

 

53


9. More information about policy charges

 

 

 

How we allocate charges among your investment options

 

In your application for a policy, you tell us from which investment options you want us to take the policy’s monthly deductions as they fall due. You can change these instructions at any time. If we cannot deduct the charge as your most current instructions direct, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we will allocate the deduction among the investment options proportionately to your value in each.

 

Substantially different procedures apply, however, if you allocate any of your policy account value to a Segment under the MSO. In that case, for example, you will be required to maintain a certain amount of policy account value (the Charge Reserve Amount) in the policy’s Unloaned GIO. (You will not be subject to any Charge Reserve Amount requirement, however, at any time when none of your policy account value is invested in any Segment.) The Charge Reserve Amount at the beginning of any Segment Term is an estimated amount projected to be sufficient to cover monthly deductions under your policy (including, but not limited to, charges for the MSO and any optional riders) for the Segment Term.

 

While any of your policy account value is invested in any Segment, we will take all of your policy’s monthly deductions (including, but not limited to, the monthly deductions under the MSO and optional riders) solely from the Unloaned GIO, rather than from the investment options from which those charges otherwise might be deducted. If you have insufficient policy account value in the Unloaned GIO to pay a monthly deduction during any Segment Term, we will first take the balance of the deduction proportionately from values in the variable investment options, including any value in the MSO Holding Account but excluding any Segment Account Values. But, if insufficient policy account value remains in any such other investment options to cover the full balance of the monthly deduction, we will take the remainder of the monthly deduction proportionately, based on the current Segment Distribution Values, from any Segments in which you have account value invested. We will apply these procedures for allocating deductions for policy charges automatically at any time you have any amounts invested in a Segment, and no contrary instructions from you would apply during the Segment Term.

 

If we have to make any distribution from a Segment, including (among other things) to pay any surrender or loan proceeds or any charge deduction from a Segment, there will generally be negative consequences for you. Among other things, an Early Distribution Adjustment would apply, which

would usually reduce your policy values, in many cases substantially. In some cases, such an Early Distribution Adjustment may apply without any action on your part. This could happen, for example, if the Charge Reserve Amount and funds you have invested in investment options other than the MSO are insufficient to pay a monthly deduction (i) due to poor investment performance of those options or (ii) due to any permitted increases in charges that we have made above their current rates.

 

Please refer to the MSO Prospectus for detailed information about the above procedures.

 

Changes in charges

 

We reserve the right in the future to (1) make a charge for certain taxes or reserves set aside for taxes (see “Our taxes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) that might be imposed on us; (2) make a charge for the operating expenses of our variable investment options (including, without limitation, SEC registration fees and related legal counsel fees and auditing fees); or (3) change our other current policy charges (in no event will they exceed the maximum charges guaranteed in your policy).

 

Any changes that we make in our current charges or charge rates will be on a basis that is equitable to all policy owners of a given class, and will be determined based on reasonable assumptions as to expenses, mortality, policy and contract claims, taxes, investment income and lapses. Any changes in charges may apply to then in force policies, as well as to new policies. You will be notified in writing of any changes in charges under your policy.

 

Deducting policy charges

 

Purposes of policy charges.  The charges under the policies are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the policies. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the policies. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the policies exceed our total costs in connection with the policies, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss. In addition to the charges described below, there are also charges at the Portfolio level, which are described in the prospectuses of the Portfolios in which the funds invest. For additional information on all policy charges, see “Fee Table”.

 

Transaction charges

 

On the first day of each policy month, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below (see “Periodic charges” below). In addition, charges may be deducted for

 

 

54


transactions such as premium payments, policy surrenders, requested decreases in face amount, or transfers among investment options.

 

Premium charge.  We deduct an amount not to exceed 6% from each premium payment you send us. Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. In addition, if your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. The premium charge is designed in part to defray sales and tax expenses we incur that are based on premium payments.

 

Surrender charges.  If you give up this policy for its net cash surrender value before the end of the tenth policy year, or within the first ten years after a face amount increase over the previous highest base policy face amount, we will subtract a surrender charge from your policy account value. The surrender charge in the first policy month of each policy year is shown in your policy. The initial surrender charge will be between $8.90 and $46.10 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount, or base policy face amount increase. The surrender charge declines uniformly in equal monthly amounts within each policy year until it reaches zero in the twelfth month of policy year ten. The initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. In addition, if your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, the surrender charges are reduced (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). Changes in the base policy face amount resulting from a change in death benefit option will not be considered in computing the previous highest face amount.

 

The surrender charges are contingent deferred sales charges. They are contingent because you only pay them if you surrender your policy for its net cash surrender value (or request a reduction in its face amount, as described below). They are deferred because we do not deduct them from your premiums. Because the surrender charges are contingent and deferred, the amount we collect in a policy year is not related to actual expenses for that year.

 

The surrender charges assessed in connection with giving up this policy or with reductions in policy face amount are intended, in part, to compensate us for the fact that it takes us time to make a profit on your policy, and if you give up or reduce the face amount of your policy in its early years, we do not have the time to recoup our costs.

 

Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount.  If there is a requested base policy face amount reduction within the first ten policy years or within ten years following a face

amount increase, or the paid-up death benefit guarantee is elected for a reduced amount during a surrender charge period, a proportionate surrender charge will be deducted from your policy account value.

 

Assuming you have not previously changed the base policy face amount, a proportionate surrender charge will be determined by dividing the amount of the reduction in base policy face amount by the initial base policy face amount of insurance, and then multiplying that fraction by the surrender charge immediately before the reduction. The proportionate surrender charge will not exceed the unloaned policy account value at the time of the reduction. If a proportionate surrender charge is made, the remaining surrender charge will be reduced proportionately. We will not deduct a proportionate surrender charge if the reduction resulted from a change in death benefit option or a partial withdrawal.

 

If there have been prior increases in face amount, the decrease will be deemed to cancel, first, each increase in reverse chronological order (beginning with the most recent) and then the initial face amount. We will deduct from your policy account value any surrender charge that is associated with any portion of the face amount that is thus deemed to be canceled.

 

Transfers among investment options.  Although we do not currently charge for transfers among investment options, we reserve the right to make a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer of amounts among your investment options. The transfer charge, if any, is deducted from the amounts transferred from your policy’s value in the variable investment options and in our guaranteed interest option based on the proportion that the amount transferred from each variable investment option and from our guaranteed interest option bears to the total amount being transferred. Any such charge would be, in part, to compensate us for our expenses in administering transfers. The charge will never apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automated transfer service or asset rebalancing service.

 

Special services charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. For certain services, we will deduct from your policy account value any withdrawal charge that applies and the charge for the special service. Please note that we may discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

 

Wire transfer charge.  We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge.  We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

 

55


Policy illustration charge.  We do not charge for illustrations. We reserve the right to charge in the future.

 

Duplicate policy charge.  We charge $35 for providing a copy of your policy. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Policy history charge.  We charge a maximum of $50 for providing you a history of policy transactions. If you request a policy history of less than 5 years from the date of your request, there is no charge. If you request a policy history of more than 5 years but less than 10 years from the date of your request, the current charge is $25. For policy histories of 10 years or more, the charge is $50. For all policy histories, we reserve the right to charge a maximum of $50. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Charge for returned payments.  For each payment you make in connection with your policy is returned for insufficient funds, we will charge a maximum of $25.

 

Periodic charges

 

On the first day of each month of the policy, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below.

 

Administrative charge.  Generally, in the first policy year, we deduct $15 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. In all subsequent policy years (but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100), we deduct $10 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this latter amount in the future, although it will never exceed $10. However, the $15 monthly charge and the $10 monthly charge will not be applicable if the minimum face amount stated in your policy is $10,000. Please see “Your policy’s face amount” under “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus. In addition, we deduct between $0.06 and $0.30 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount and any face amount increase at the beginning of each policy month in the first ten policy years and any 10 year period following a face amount increase. The administrative charge is intended, in part, to compensate us for the costs involved in administering the policy.

 

Cost of insurance charge.  The cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured and the policy year. The monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000. Our amount at risk (also described in your policy as “net amount at risk”) on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy. A greater amount at risk, or a higher cost of insurance rate, will result in a higher monthly

charge. The cost of insurance rates are intended, in part, to compensate us for the cost of providing insurance to you under your policy.

 

Generally, the cost of insurance rate increases from one policy year to the next. This happens automatically because of the insured person’s increasing age.

 

On a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.02 and $83.34 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under your policy from your policy account value each month (but not beyond the policy anniversary date when the insured person is attained age 100). As the amount for which we are at risk at any time is the death benefit (calculated as of that time) minus your policy account value at that time, changes in your policy account value resulting from the performance of your investment options can affect your amount at risk, and as a result, your cost of insurance. Our cost of insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed the maximum rates specified in your policy. For most insured persons at most ages, our current (non-guaranteed) rates are lower than the maximum rates. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life Optimizer® policies for insureds who are age 18 or above are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary 80% Male, 20% Female, Smoker or Nonsmoker Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Table. The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life Optimizer® policies for insureds who are under age 18 are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary 80% Male, 20% Female Composite Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables. For all other policies, for insureds who are age 18 or above, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male or Female, Smoker or Nonsmoker Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables. For insureds who are under age 18, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male or Female Composite Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables.

 

Our cost of insurance rates will generally be lower (except for gender-neutral policies and in connection with certain employee benefit plans) if the insured person is a female than if a male. They also will generally be lower for non-tobacco users than tobacco users and lower for persons that have other highly favorable health characteristics, as compared to those that do not. On the other hand, insured persons who present particular health, occupational or avocational risks may be charged higher cost of insurance rates and other additional charges as specified in their policies. In addition, the current (non-guaranteed) rates also vary depending on the duration of the policy (i.e., the length of time since the policy was issued).

 

For policies issued at ages 0–17, an insured person’s cost of insurance rate is not based on that person’s status as a tobacco user or non-tobacco user. Effective with the policy

 

 

56


anniversary when that insured person reaches attained age 18, non-tobacco user cost of insurance rates will be charged for that person. That insured person may also be eligible for a more favorable rating, subject to our underwriting rules.

 

We offer lower rates for non-tobacco users only if they are at least age 18. You may generally ask us to review the tobacco habits of an insured person issue age 18 or over in order to change the charge from tobacco user rates to non-tobacco user rates. The change, if approved, may result in lower future cost of insurance rates beginning on the effective date of the change to non-tobacco user rates.

 

The change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include criteria other than tobacco use status as well as a definition of tobacco use different from that applicable at the time this policy was issued.

 

Similarly, after the first policy year, you may request us to review the insured person’s rating to see if they qualify for a reduction in future cost of insurance rates. Any such change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include various criteria.

 

For information concerning possible limitations on any changes, please see “Other information” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

The change in rates, if approved, will take effect at the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows the date we approve your request. This change may have adverse tax consequences.

 

For policies with a minimum stated face amount of $25,000 which are issued as a result of an option to purchase additional insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or rider, our cost of insurance rates also depend on how large the face amount is at the time we deduct the charge. Generally, under these circumstances, the current (non-guaranteed) cost of insurance rates are lower for face amounts of $100,000 and higher. For this purpose, however, we will take into account all face amount decreases, whatever their cause. Therefore, a decrease in face amount may cause your cost of insurance rates to go up.

 

Mortality and expense risk charge.  We will collect a monthly charge for mortality and expense risk. We are committed to fulfilling our obligations under the policy and providing service to you over the lifetime of your policy. Despite the uncertainty of future events, we guarantee that monthly administrative and cost of insurance deductions from your policy account value will never be greater than the maximum amounts shown in your policy. In making this guarantee, we assume the mortality risk that insured persons (as a group) will live for shorter periods than we estimated. When this happens, we have to pay a greater amount of death benefit than we expected to pay in relation to the cost of insurance charges we received. We also assume the expense risks that the cost of issuing and administering policies will be greater than we expected. This charge is designed, in part, to compensate us for taking these risks.

We currently deduct a monthly charge at an annual rate of 0.85% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options during the first 8 policy years, with no charge in policy year 9 and thereafter. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge in the future, although it will never exceed 1.00% during policy years 1-10, and 0.50% during policy years 11 and later. This charge will be calculated at the beginning of each policy month as a percentage of the amount of the policy account that is then allocated to the variable investment options.

 

Loan interest spread.  We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit. The loan interest spread will not exceed 1%. We deduct this charge on each policy anniversary date, or on loan termination, if earlier. For more information on how this charge is deducted, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. As with any loan, the interest we charge on the loans is intended, in part, to compensate us for the time value of the money we are lending and the risk that you will not repay the loan.

 

MSO Charges

 

There is a current percentage charge of 1.40% of any policy account value allocated to each Segment. We reserve the right to increase or decrease the charge although it will never exceed 2.40%. Of this percentage charge, 0.75% will be deducted on the Segment Start Date from the amount being transferred from the MSO Holding Account into the Segment as an up-front charge (“Variable Index Benefit Charge”), with the remaining 0.65% annual charge (of the current Segment Account Value) being deducted from the policy account on a monthly basis during the Segment Term (“Variable Index Segment Account Charge”).

 

An Early Distribution Adjustment will be applied on surrender or other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date. The maximum Early Distribution Adjustment is 75% of Segment Account Value.

 

Please refer to the MSO prospectus for more information about the MSO and related charges and deductions, as well as the meaning of special terms relevant to the MSO (such as “Segment”, “Segment Term”, “Segment Start Date” and “Early Distribution Adjustment”).

 

Optional rider charges

 

If you elected the following riders, the following charges, which are designed to offset the cost of their respective riders, are deducted from your policy account value, on the first day of each month of the policy (except for the Cash Value Plus Rider which has a one-time charge). The costs of each of the riders below are designed, in part, to compensate us for the additional insurance risk we take on in providing each of these riders and the administrative costs involved in administering them:

 

 

57


Children’s term insurance.  If you chose this rider, we deduct $0.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. However, we will continue to charge you for the rider, even after all of your children, stepchildren and legally adopted children have reached age 25 (when a child’s coverage under the rider terminates), unless you notify us in writing that you wish to cancel this rider.

 

Disability deduction waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. This amount is between 7% and 132% of all the other monthly charges (including charges for other riders elected) deducted from your policy account value on a guaranteed basis. The current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Disability premium waiver.  If you chose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.02 and $0.60 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount. We will establish a similar charge for requested base policy face amount increases. If you also select certain of the other optional riders available under your policy, we will deduct additional amounts from your policy account value per $1,000 of rider benefit amount each month while both the other rider and this rider are in effect. If you choose the option to purchase additional insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.02 and $0.07. If you choose the children’s term insurance, we will deduct an amount between $0.01 and $0.03. If you choose the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider, we will deduct an amount between $0.0009 and $0.02. These amounts are in addition to the charges for the riders themselves.

 

Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  If you chose this rider, on a guaranteed basis we may deduct between $0.08 and $1.18 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 100 while the rider is in effect, but not when rider benefits are being paid. The amount at risk for this rider is the long-term care specified amount minus your policy account value, but not less than zero. The current monthly charges for this rider are lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

Option to purchase additional insurance.  If you chose this rider, we deduct between $0.04 and $0.17 per $1,000 of the option to purchase additional insurance from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 40 while the rider is in effect.

 

Cash Value Plus Rider.  If you chose this rider, we deduct a one-time charge of $250 for the rider and the rider charge will be deducted in a lump sum from the initial net premium, after deduction of the premium charge.

Adding a Living Benefits Rider (no longer permitted).  If you elected the Living Benefits Rider after the policy was issued, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction. This fee was designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Exercise of option to receive a terminal illness “living benefit.”  If you elect to receive a terminal illness “living benefit,” we will deduct up to $250 from any living benefit we pay. This fee is designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees.

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively, the “underlying portfolios”). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

 

 

58


10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

 

 

 

This section provides further detail about certain subjects that are addressed in the previous pages. The following discussion generally does not repeat the information already contained in those pages.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your policy will occur. Other portions of this prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Date of receipt.  Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we usually mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

 

Business day.  Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. We compute unit values for our variable investment options as of the end of each business day.

 

Third party agreements.  If we have entered into a prior written agreement that authorizes your financial professional to submit transfer requests and/or changes to allocation instructions on your behalf, any such transfer request or change to allocation instructions will be considered received by us on the business day it arrives from your financial professional in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office, or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is of the type we accept by those means. We may terminate any such agreement at any time without prior notice.

 

Payments you make.  The following are reflected in your policy as of the date we receive them in complete and proper form:

 

  premium payments received after the policy’s investment start date (discussed below)

 

  loan repayments and interest payments

Requests you make.  The following transactions occur as of the date we receive your request in complete and proper form:

 

  withdrawals

 

  tax withholding elections

 

  face amount decreases that result from a withdrawal

 

  changes of allocation percentages for premium payments or monthly deductions

 

  surrenders

 

  changes of owner

 

  changes of beneficiary

 

  transfers from a variable investment option to the guaranteed interest option

 

  loans

 

  transfers among variable investment options

 

  assignments

 

  termination of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

The following transactions occur on your policy’s next monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we approve your request:

 

  changes in face amount

 

  election of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

  changes in death benefit option

 

  changes of insured person

 

  restoration of terminated policies

 

  termination of any additional benefit riders you have elected

 

Automatic transfer service.  Transfers pursuant to our automatic transfer service (dollar-cost averaging) occur as of the first day of each policy month. If you request the automatic transfer service in your original policy application, the first transfer will occur as of the first day of the second policy month after your policy’s initial Allocation Date. If you request this service at any later time, we make the first such transfer as of your policy’s first monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we receive your request.

 

Asset rebalancing service.  If you request the asset rebalancing service, the first redistribution will be on the date you specify or the date we receive your request, if later. However, no rebalancing will occur before your policy’s Allocation Date. Subsequent periodic rebalancings occur quarterly, semiannually or annually, as you have requested.

 

 

59


Delay in certain cases.  We may delay allocating any payment you make to our variable investment options, or any transfer, for the same reasons stated in “Delay of variable investment option proceeds” in this prospectus. We may also delay such transactions for any other legally permitted purpose.

 

Prices applicable to policy transactions.  If a transaction will increase or decrease the amount you have in a variable investment option as of a certain date, we process the transaction using the unit values for that option computed as of that day’s close of business, unless that day is not a business day. In that case, we use unit values computed as of the next business day’s close.

 

Effect of death or surrender.  You may not make any surrender or partial withdrawal request after the insured person has died. Also, all insurance coverage ends on the date as of which we process any request for a surrender.

 

Policy issuance

 

Register date.  When we issue a policy, we assign it a “register date,” which will be shown in the policy. We measure the months, years, and anniversaries of your policy from your policy’s register date.

 

  If you submit the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional at the time you sign the application and before the policy is issued, and we issue the policy as it was applied for, then the register date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I of the policy application or (b) the date a medical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

  If we do not receive your full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different basis than you applied for, the register date initially will appear on your policy as the date the policy is issued; however, we will move the register date to the date we deliver the policy provided we received your full minimum initial premium. This will ensure that premiums and charges will commence on the same date as your insurance coverage. If your policy was delivered on the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, we will move the register date to the 1st of the following month. We will determine the interest rate applicable to the guaranteed interest option based on the Register Date. This rate will be applied to funds allocated to the guaranteed interest option as of the date we receive the full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office.

 

We may also permit an earlier than customary register date (a) for employer-sponsored cases, to accommodate a common register date for all employees or (b) to provide a younger age at issue. (A younger age at issue reduces the monthly charges that we deduct under a policy.) The charges and deductions commence as of the register date, even when we have permitted an early register date. We may also permit policy owners to delay a register date (up to three months) in employer-sponsored cases.

Investment start date.  This is the business day your investment first begins to earn a return for you. Generally, this is the later of: (1) the business day we receive the full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office; and (2) the register date of your policy. Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account.

 

Commencement of insurance coverage.  You must give the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional on or before the day the policy and all amendments are delivered to you. No insurance under your policy will take effect unless (1) the insured person is still living at the time such payment and all delivery requirements are completed and (2) the information in the application continues to be true and complete, without material change, as of the date the policy and all amendments are delivered to you and all delivery requirements have been completed and the full minimum initial premium is paid. If you submit the full minimum initial premium with your application, we may, subject to certain conditions, provide a limited amount of temporary insurance on the proposed insured person. You may request and review a copy of our temporary insurance agreement for more information about the terms and conditions of that coverage.

 

Non-issuance.  If, after considering your application, we decide not to issue a policy, we will refund any premium you have paid, without interest.

 

Age; age at issue.  Unless the context in this prospectus requires otherwise, we consider the insured person’s “age” during any policy year to be his or her age on his or her birthday nearest to the beginning of that policy year. For example, the insured person’s age for the first policy year (“age at issue”) is that person’s age on whichever birthday is closer to (i.e., before or after) the policy’s register date.

 

Ways to make premium and loan payments

 

Payment options.  Premiums or loan payments generally must be paid by check drawn on a U.S. bank in U.S. dollars and made payable to “Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company” (for subsequent contributions please write your policy number on the check).

 

We prefer that you make each payment to us with a single check drawn on your business or personal bank account. Cash and travelers’ checks, or any payments in foreign currency, are not acceptable. We will accept third-party checks payable to someone other than the Company and endorsed over to the Company only (1) as a direct payment from a qualified retirement plan or (2) if they are made out to a trustee who owns the policy and endorses the entire check (without any refund) as a payment to the policy.

 

Assigning your policy

 

You may assign (transfer) your rights in a policy to someone else as collateral for a loan, to effect a change of ownership or for some other reason, if we agree. Collateral assignments may also sometimes be used in connection with dividing the benefits of the policy under a split-dollar arrangement, which will also have its own tax consequences. A copy of the

 

 

60


assignment must be forwarded to our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for any payment we make or any action we take before we receive notice of the assignment or for the validity of the assignment. An absolute assignment is a change of ownership.

 

Certain transfers for value may subject you to income tax and penalties and cause the death benefit to lose its income-tax free treatment. Further, a gift of a policy that has a loan outstanding may be treated as part gift and part transfer for value, which could result in both gift tax and income tax consequences. The IRS issued regulations in both 2002 and 2003 concerning split-dollar arrangements, including policies subject to collateral assignments. The regulations provide both new and interim guidance as to the taxation of such arrangements. These regulations address taxation issues in connection with arrangements which are compensatory in nature, involve a shareholder and corporation, or a donor and donee. See also discussion under “Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs” and “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes” in the “Tax information” section of this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a transfer or assignment.

 

You can change your policy’s insured person

 

Note: Notwithstanding the information further below, based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. The following information, therefore, does not apply, absent IRS guidance that would permit such changes.

 

If your policy has this substitution of insured person rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. This requires that you provide us with adequate evidence that the proposed new insured person meets our requirements for insurance. Other requirements are outlined in your policy.

 

Upon making this change, the monthly insurance charges we deduct will be based on the new insured person’s insurance risk characteristics. In addition, any no-lapse guarantee and Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate. It may also affect the face amount that a policy will have if you subsequently elect the paid up death benefit guarantee. The change of insured person will not, however, affect the surrender charge computation for the amount of coverage that is then in force.

 

Substituting the insured person is a taxable event and may, depending upon individual circumstances, have other tax consequences as well. For example, the change could cause the policy to be a “modified endowment contract” or to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance,” or in some cases require that we also distribute certain amounts to you from the policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to substituting the insured person. As a condition to substituting the insured person we may require you to sign a form acknowledging the

potential tax consequences. In no event, however, will we permit a change that we believe causes your policy to fail the definition of life insurance or causes the policy to lose its ability to be tested under the 2001 CSO tables. See “Other information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. Also, if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect or your policy is on loan extension, you may not request to substitute the insured person.

 

Requirements for surrender requests

 

Your surrender request must include the policy number, your name, your taxpayer identification number, the name of the insured person, and the address where proceeds should be mailed. The request must be signed by you, as the owner, and by any joint owner, collateral assignee or irrevocable beneficiary. We may also require you to complete specific tax forms, or provide a representation that your policy is not being exchanged for another life or annuity contract.

 

Gender-neutral policies

 

Congress and various states have from time to time considered legislation that would require insurance rates to be the same for males and females. In addition, employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with counsel, the impact of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 on the purchase of Incentive Life Optimizer® in connection with an employment-related insurance or benefit plan. In a 1983 decision, the United States Supreme Court held that, under Title VII, optional annuity benefits under a deferred compensation plan could not vary on the basis of sex.

 

There will be no distinctions based on sex in the cost of insurance rates for Incentive Life Optimizer® policies sold in Montana. We will also make such gender-neutral policies available on request in connection with certain employee benefit plans. Cost of insurance rates applicable to a gender-neutral policy will not be greater than the comparable male rates under a gender specific Incentive Life Optimizer® policy.

 

Future policy exchanges

 

We may at some future time, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable law, allow the current owner of this policy to exchange it for a universal life policy we are then offering. The exchange may or may not be advantageous to you, based on all of the circumstances, including a comparison of contractual terms and conditions and charges and deductions. We will provide additional information upon request at such time as exchanges may be permitted.

 

Broker transaction authority

 

After your policy has been issued, we may accept transfer requests and changes to your premium allocation instructions or fund transfers by telephone, mail, facsimile or electronically, and requests for automatic transfer service, asset rebalancing service and changes to the minimum growth cap rate for MSO in writing, by mail or facsimile, from your financial professional, provided that we have your

 

 

61


prior written authorization to do so on file. Accordingly, the Company will rely on the stated identity of the person placing instructions as authorized to do so on your behalf. The Company will not be liable for any claim, loss, liability or expenses that may arise out of such instructions. The Company will continue to rely on this authorization until it receives your written notification at its processing office that you have withdrawn this authorization. The Company may change or terminate telephone or electronic or overnight mail transfer procedures at any time without prior notice and restrict facsimile, internet, telephone and other electronic transfer services because of disruptive transfer activity. The Company may terminate any such authorization at any time without prior notice.

 

62


11. More information about other matters

 

 

 

About our general account

 

This policy is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a policy’s account value or any guaranteed benefits with which the policy was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the policy owner for the policy’s account value and such guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the policy are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular policy or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the policies in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The policy is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

Transfers of your policy account value

 

Transfers not implemented.  If a request cannot be fully administered, only the part that is in good order will be processed. Any part of the request that cannot be processed will be denied and an explanation will be provided to you. This could occur, for example, where the request does not comply with our transfer limitations, or where you request

transfer of an amount greater than that currently allocated to an investment option.

 

Similarly, the automatic transfer service will terminate immediately if: (1) your amount in the EQ/Money Market option is insufficient to cover the automatic transfer amount; (2) your policy is in a grace period; (3) we receive notice of the insured person’s death; or (4) you have either elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. Similarly, the asset rebalancing program will terminate if either (2), (3) or (4) occurs.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  You should note that the policy is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The policy is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be less liquid than

 

 

63


the market for securities of larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all policy owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of EQ Advisors Trust (the “affiliated trust”), as well as investment options with underlying portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated trust obtains from us policy owner trading activity. The affiliated trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a policy is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the policy owner explaining that the Company has a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the policy owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the policy, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected policy. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all policy owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

 

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our policy owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review policy owner trading activity. Each trust

reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

 

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by policy owners. As of the date of this prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the policy owner.

 

Policy owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, policy owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some policy owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some policy owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Telephone and Internet requests

 

If you are a properly authorized person, you may make transfers between investment options over the Internet as described in this prospectus in “How to make transfers” under “Transferring your money among our investment options.”

 

Also, you may make the following additional types of requests by calling the number under “By Phone:” in “How to reach us” from a touch-tone phone, if the policy is individually owned and you are the owner or through www.equitable.com if you are the individual owner:

 

  changes of premium allocation percentages

 

  changes of address

 

  request forms and statements

 

  enroll for electronic delivery and view statements/documents online

 

  to pay your premium or make a loan repayment

 

For security purposes, all telephone requests are automatically tape-recorded and are invalid if the information given is incomplete or any portion of the request is inaudible. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

If you wish to enroll through www.equitable.com, you must first agree to the terms and conditions set forth in our www.equitable.com Online Usage Agreement, which you

 

 

64


can find at our website. We will send you a confirmation letter by first class mail. Additionally, you will be required to use a password and protect it from unauthorized use. We will provide subsequent written confirmation of any transactions. We will assume that all instructions received through www.equitable.com are given by you; however, we reserve the right to refuse to process any transaction and/or block access to www.equitable.com if we have reason to believe the instructions given are unauthorized.

 

If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of telephone or Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following telephone or Internet instructions that we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to refuse to process any telephone or Internet transactions if we have reason to believe that the request compromises the general security and/or integrity of our automated systems (see discussion of “Disruptive transfer activity” above).

 

Any telephone, Internet or fax transaction request that is not completed by the close of a business day (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will be processed as of the next business day. During times of extreme market activity, or for other reasons, you may be unable to contact us to make a telephone or Internet request. If this occurs, you should submit a written transaction request to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue telephone or Internet transactions, or modify the procedures and conditions for such transactions, without notifying you, at any time.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but

not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effectively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

 

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable life insurance product business. Because our variable life insurance product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe storms

 

 

65


affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue policies and process policy transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing policies and processing of other policy-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your policy to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your policy due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

Suicide and certain misstatements

 

If an insured person commits suicide within certain time periods, the amount of death benefit we pay will be limited as described in the policy. Also, if an application misstated the age or gender of an insured person, we will adjust the amount of any death benefit (and certain rider benefits), as described in the policy (or rider).

 

When we pay policy proceeds

 

General.  We will generally pay any death benefit, surrender, withdrawal, or loan within seven days after we receive the request and any other required items.

 

Clearance of checks.  We reserve the right to defer payment of that portion of your policy account value that is attributable to a premium payment or loan repayment made by check for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

 

Delay of guaranteed interest option proceeds.  We also have the right to defer payment or transfers of amounts out of our guaranteed interest option for up to six months. If we delay more than 30 days in paying you such amounts, we will pay interest of at least 3% per year from the date we receive your request.

Delay of variable investment option proceeds.  We reserve the right to defer payment of any death benefit, transfer, loan or other distribution that is derived from a variable investment option if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings) or trading on that exchange is restricted; (b) the SEC has declared that an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to fairly determine the policy account value; or (c) the law permits the delay for the protection of owners. If we need to defer calculation of values for any of the foregoing reasons, all delayed transactions will be processed at the next available unit values.

 

Delay to challenge coverage.  We may challenge the validity of your insurance policy or any rider based on any material misstatements in an application you have made to us. We cannot make such challenges, however, beyond certain time limits set forth in the policy or rider. If the insured person dies within one of these limits, we may delay payment of any proceeds until we decide whether to challenge the policy.

 

Changes we can make

 

In addition to any of the other changes described in this prospectus, we have the right to modify how we or Separate Account FP operate. For example, we have the right to:

 

  combine two or more variable investment options or withdraw assets relating to Incentive Life Optimizer® from one investment option and put them into another;

 

  end the registration of, or re-register, Separate Account FP under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  operate Separate Account FP under the direction of a “committee” or discharge such a committee at any time;

 

  restrict or eliminate any voting rights or privileges of policy owners (or other persons) that affect Separate Account FP;

 

  operate Separate Account FP, or one or more of the variable investment options, in any other form the law allows. This includes any form that allows us to make direct investments, in which case we may charge Separate Account FP an advisory fee. We may make any legal investments we wish for Separate Account FP. In addition, we may disapprove any change in investment advisers or in investment policy unless a law or regulation provides differently.

 

If we take any action that results in a material change in the underlying investments of a variable investment option, we will notify you to the extent required by law. We may, for example, cause the variable investment option to invest in a mutual fund other than, or in addition to, the Trusts. If you then wish to transfer the amount you have in that option to another investment option, you may do so.

 

We may make any changes in the policy or its riders, require additional premium payments, or make distributions from the policy to the extent we deem necessary to ensure that your policy qualifies or continues to qualify as life insurance for tax purposes. Any such change will apply uniformly to all policies that are affected. We will give you written notice of such

 

 

66


changes. Subject to all applicable legal requirements, we also may make other changes in the policies that do not reduce any net cash surrender value, death benefit, policy account value, or other accrued rights or benefits.

 

Whether to make any of the above discussed changes is generally within our discretion, although some such changes might require us to obtain regulatory or policy owner approval. Whether regulatory or policy owner approval is required would depend on the nature of the change and, in many cases, the manner in which the change is implemented. You should not assume, therefore, that you necessarily will have an opportunity to approve or disapprove any such changes. We will, of course, comply with applicable legal requirements, including notice to or approval by policy owners where required in particular cases.

 

It is not possible to foresee all of the circumstances under which we may find it necessary or appropriate to exercise our right to make changes. Such circumstances could, however, include changes in law, or interpretations thereof; changes in financial or investment market conditions; changes in accepted methods of conducting operations in the relevant market; or a desire to achieve material operating economies or efficiencies.

 

Reports we will send you

 

Shortly after the end of each year of your policy, we will send you a report that includes information about your policy’s current death benefit, policy account value, cash surrender value (i.e., policy account value minus any current surrender charge), policy loans, policy transactions and amounts of charges deducted. We will send you individual notices to confirm your premium payments, loan repayments, transfers and certain other policy transactions. Please promptly review all statements and confirmations and notify us immediately at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) if there are any errors.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

The policies are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account FP. The offering of the policies is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other the Company life and annuity products we issue.

 

The policies are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The policies are also sold by financial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on policies sold. The Company may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its policies, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of this prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your policy. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the policy and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the policy, see “Fee Table” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

As used below, the “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount and Distributor, among other factors.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation.  The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on premium payments made on the policies sold through Equitable Advisors (“premium-based compensation”). The premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 8.5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 11% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two and later. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the premium-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. Your Equitable Advisors financial professional will receive premium-based compensation on a policy in combination with ongoing annual compensation based on a percentage of the unloaned account value of the policy sold (“asset-based compensation”). The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. When a policy is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described below.

 

Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their policy.

 

Equitable Advisor’s financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health

 

 

67


and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s policies and policies offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Differential compensation.  In an effort to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our policy than it pays for the sale of a policy or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same policy. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different policy types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company policies. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company’s policies than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and premium-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s policies and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our policy over a policy or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because of differences in compensation among products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

Equitable Distributors Compensation.  The Company pays premium-based and asset-based compensation (together “compensation”) to Equitable Distributors. Premium-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s policies sold through Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Asset-based compensation is paid based on the unloaned account value of policies sold through certain of Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 135% of the premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 2.8% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two through ten, and 2% thereafter. Asset-based compensation up to 0.15% in policy years 6-10 and up to 0.10% in policy years 11 and later may also be paid. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays a portion of the compensation it receives to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. The compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

These payments above also include compensation to cover operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers.  Equitable Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the policy owner. Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value attributable to policies sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. Equitable Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Distributors may increase the sales

 

 

68


compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our policies exclusively.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2023) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $875.00 to $4,074,340.13. The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

AAG Capital Inc., AE Financial Services, LLC, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, American Portfolios Financial Services, Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC, Avantax Investment Services, Inc., Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC, Cadaret Grant & Company Inc., Cambridge Investment Research, Capital Investment Group Inc., Centaurus Financial, Inc., Cetera Financial Group, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Citizens Securities, Inc., Commonwealth Financial Network, Copper Financial Network, LLC, CUSO Financial Services, L.P., EF Legacy Securities, LLC, Equity Services Inc., Farmers Financial Solution LLC, First Horizon Advisors, Inc., Galt Financial Group, Inc., Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Gradient Securities, LLC, Grove Point Investments, LLC, Halo Securities LLC, Harbour Investments, Inc., Independent Financial Group LLC, James T. Borello & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, JP Morgan Securities, LLC, Kestra Investment Services LLC, Key Investment Services LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., Lincoln Investment Planning, Lion Street Financial LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Madison Avenue Securities, LLC, MML Investors Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Mutual of Omaha Investor Services Inc., Next Financial Group, Inc., OneAmerica Securities Inc., Osaic Inc., Osaic Institutions Inc., Park Avenue Securities, LLC, PFS Investments, Inc., PHX Financial, Inc., PlanMember Securities Corp., PNC Investments, LLC, Principal Securities, Inc., Pruco Securities, LLC, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc., Raymond James & Associates Inc., RBC Capital Markets LLC, Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Service Inc., The Huntington Investment Company, The Leaders Group, Inc., TransAmerica Financial Advisors, UBS Financial Services Inc., US Bancorp Investments, Inc., Valmark Securities Inc., Voya Financial Advisors, Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Western International Securities Inc., World Equity Group Inc.

Legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a policy owner’s interest in Separate Account FP, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate Account FP, our ability to meet our obligations under the policies, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with Separate Account FP.

 

 

69


12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

 

 

 

The financial statements of Separate Account FP, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS.

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance for the policies only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies. You may request an SAI by writing to our Administrative Office or by calling 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative.

    

 

 

70


 

13. Personalized illustrations

 

 

 

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

Personalized illustrations.  Illustrations are intended to show how different fees, charges and rates of return can affect the values available under a policy. Illustrations can be based upon some of the characteristics of the insured person under your policy as well as some other policy feature choices you make such as the face amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts and assumed rates of return (within limits). This type of illustration is called a personalized illustration. No illustration will ever show you the actual values available under your policy at any given point in time. This is because many factors affect these values including: (i) the insured person’s characteristics; (ii) policy features you choose; (iii) actual premium payments you make; (iv) loans or withdrawals you make; and (v) actual rates of return (including the actual fees and expenses) of the underlying portfolios in which your cash value is invested. Each personalized illustration is accompanied by an explanation of the assumptions on which that illustration is based. Because, as discussed below, these assumptions may differ considerably, you should carefully review all of the disclosure that accompanies each illustration.

 

Different kinds of illustrations.  Personalized illustrations can reflect the investment management fees and expenses incurred in 2023 (or expected to be incurred in 2024, if such amount is expected to be higher) of the available underlying portfolios in different ways. An arithmetic illustration uses the straight average of all of the available underlying portfolios’ investment management fees and expenses. A weighted illustration computes the average of investment management fees and expenses based upon the aggregate assets in the Portfolios at the end of 2023. You may request a weighted illustration that computes the average of investment management fees and expenses of all portfolios. If you request, a weighted illustration can also illustrate an assumed percentage allocation of policy account values among the available underlying portfolios. A fund specific illustration uses only the investment management fees and expenses of a specific underlying portfolio. When reviewing a weighted or fund specific illustration you should keep in mind that the values shown may be higher than the values shown in other illustrations because the fees and expenses that are assumed may be lower than those assumed in other illustrations. You may also request a personalized illustration of the guaranteed interest option.

 

The effect of the expense limitation arrangements. Personalized illustrations reflect the expense limitation arrangements that are in effect with respect to certain of the Portfolios. If these fees and expenses were not reduced to reflect the expense limitation arrangements, the values in the personalized illustrations would be lower.

    

 

 

71


Appendix: Investment options available under the policy

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the Policy. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146667. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) or by sending an email request to EquitableFunds@dfinsolutions.com. If you exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee, you may only invest in the Portfolio Companies listed in the designated table below.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Portfolio Companies, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your policy may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each variable investment option’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Specialty

  

1290 VT Convertible Securities — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

     0.90 %^      13.73      9.37      6.84

Fixed Income

  

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — EIMG; DoubleLine Capital LP

     0.91 %^      6.60      0.72       

Equity

  

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

     0.95 %^      5.49      10.25      7.23

Specialty

  

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

     1.29 %^      9.53      4.22      3.39

Equity

  

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

     1.06     21.04      12.82      7.94

Equity

  

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

     1.17 %^      5.79      12.69       

Equity

  

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

     1.10 %^      16.49      11.53      8.52

Equity

  

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

     0.92     27.50      15.12      11.32

Equity

  

EQ/2000 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

     0.84     15.99      8.76      6.15

Equity

  

EQ/400 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

     0.85 %^      15.44      11.32      8.11

Equity

  

EQ/500 Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

     0.81     25.27      14.21      10.71

Equity

  

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

     0.93     17.70      10.59      7.78

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Aggressive Allocation — EIMG

     1.18     18.37      10.23      7.07

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

     1.25 %^      14.15      7.70      5.27

Equity

  

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

     1.00 %^      5.98      10.88       

 

72


TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

     0.97 %^      22.98      14.97      11.34

Equity

  

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

     1.00 %^      45.91      15.78      10.70

Equity

   EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.67 %^      25.13      14.45      10.79

Asset Allocation

   EQ/Conservative Allocation — EIMG      1.00 %^      8.02      2.60      2.15

Asset Allocation

   EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation — EIMG      0.85 %^      10.86      4.76      3.57

Fixed Income

   EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.      0.64 %^      4.51      1.02      1.11

Fixed Income

   EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.      0.93 %^      4.51      1.94      1.60

Equity

   EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.54 %^      25.57      15.03      11.37

Equity

   EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC      0.87 %^      31.38      16.55       

Equity

   EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.      0.87 %^      12.13      13.88       

Equity

   EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC      1.10 %^      21.37      9.74      6.29

Equity

   EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.      1.09 %^      11.22      12.97       

Fixed Income

   EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.      0.64 %^      3.87      0.39      0.56

Equity

   EQ/International Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC      1.06     16.85      7.96      3.55

Equity

   EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.72 %^      19.04      8.10      3.69

Equity

   EQ/International Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC      0.87     16.86      7.32      3.27

Equity

   EQ/International Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP      1.03     18.52      7.60      3.02

Equity

   EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.      1.00 %^      12.01      13.18      8.70

Specialty

   EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.      1.16     10.08      5.45       

Equity

   EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC      1.05     17.01      13.08      7.62

Equity

   EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.      0.96 %^      46.33      12.84      11.28

Equity

   EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.      0.96     10.90      14.17      10.12

 

73


TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Equity

   EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC      0.90     23.98      14.26      10.58

Equity

   EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.73     41.54      18.63      14.02

Equity

   EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC      0.88     38.97      16.20      12.47

Equity

   EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.74     10.71      10.15      7.66

Equity

   EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.87     14.01      10.78      7.82

Equity

   EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC      1.35 %^      21.68      5.11       

Equity

   EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.      1.05 %^      43.89      15.66      13.24

Equity

   EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management      1.10 %^      14.52      9.28      6.12

Equity

   EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management      1.15 %^      17.37      8.29       

Equity

   EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management      1.10 %^      22.32      13.41       

Specialty

   EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management      1.14     54.10      17.38       

Equity

   EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.      0.65 %^      15.77      11.88      8.54

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

     0.97     13.19      10.36      7.21

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate Allocation — EIMG

     1.11     12.31      5.76      4.17

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation — EIMG

     1.13     15.36      8.10      5.67

Cash/

Cash Equivalent

  

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation

     0.69     4.47      1.48      0.90

Equity

  

EQ/Morgan Stanley Small Cap Growth — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.

     1.15 %^      34.45      15.17       

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

     2.26 %^      3.53      3.13       

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

     0.87 %^      5.63      1.11       

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

     0.88 %^      5.56      1.61      1.25

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Quality Bond PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

     0.86     4.35      0.51      0.84

Equity

  

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

     0.64     16.72      10.06      7.01

 

74


TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

     0.92     19.52      10.06      6.90

Specialty

  

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management Company LLP

     1.19 %^      5.99      3.78       

Asset Allocation

  

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

     1.10 %^      9.86      7.20      4.77

Equity

  

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

     1.00     38.29      15.92      12.48

Fixed Income

  

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

     0.87 %^      5.15      0.63      1.21

Specialty

  

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

     1.24 %^      49.53      19.07      16.18

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2025 Allocation — EIMG

     1.10 %^      13.58      7.42      5.42

Asset Allocation

   Target 2035 Allocation — EIMG      1.09     16.56      9.12      6.47

Asset Allocation

   Target 2045 Allocation — EIMG      1.08     18.11      10.15      7.12

Asset Allocation

   Target 2055 Allocation — EIMG      1.10 %^      19.82      11.22       
^ 

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

 

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†“. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

* 

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

     1.16 %^      15.79      8.03      5.51

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

     1.07 %^      15.67      8.37      4.43

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

     0.74     18.37      14.50      9.99

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

     0.82     14.80      12.17      7.86

Equity

  

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

     0.91 %^      12.75      11.06      7.04

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

     1.19     14.14      10.32      6.45

 

75


TYPE

  

Portfolio Company – Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  

Current

Expenses

    Average Annual Total Returns
(as of 12/31/2023)
 
  1 year      5 year      10 year  

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

     1.20     16.26      12.14      6.28

Fixed Income

  

Macquarie VIP High Income Series(1) — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

     0.96     11.95      4.46      3.70

Equity

  

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

     1.03 %^      18.66      13.27      10.00

Equity

  

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

     0.98 %^      23.70      16.39      12.44

Specialty

  

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

     1.58 %^      -7.93      8.46      -0.90

Equity

  

T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio – II — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

     0.99     9.31      10.92      7.57

Equity

  

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

     1.35 %^      12.62      4.22      2.32

Fixed Income

  

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

     0.75 %^      2.88      -2.13      -0.66

Specialty

  

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund — Van Eck Associates Corporation

     1.36     -3.84      10.34      -1.26
^ 

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1) 

This is the variable investment option’s new name. The variable investment option’s former name is Delaware Ivy VIP High Income which may continue to be used in certain documents for a period of time after the date of this prospectus.

 

Allowable EQ Allocation Investment Options:

 

If you exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee, in addition to the Guaranteed Interest Option, investment options are limited to the following (the “EQ Allocation Investment Options”):

 

EQ/Aggressive Allocation   EQ/Moderate Allocation
EQ/Conservative Allocation   EQ/Moderate-Plus Allocation
EQ/Conservative-Plus Allocation    

 

76


Appendix: State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

 

 

 

The following information is a summary of the states where certain policies or certain features and/or benefits are either not available as of the date of this prospectus or vary from the policy’s features and benefits as previously described in this prospectus. Certain features and/or benefits may have been approved in your state after your policy was issued and cannot be added. Please contact your financial professional for more information about availability in your state.

 

States where certain policies features and/or benefits are not available or vary:

 

State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation
California   See “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

For any policy that goes on claim on or after January 1, 2020, at least 30 days before the first monthly benefit payment, we will provide you with additional information as required by California law, including

an option to cancel the payment before the scheduled payment date. The scheduled payment date will be on the next monthly anniversary that

is at least 30 days after the date all required documentation is received by us, including proof that the elimination period has been satisfied, if

applicable.

    See “When we pay policy proceeds” in “More information about other matters”   If you were issued a policy in California that includes the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and you request a loan or partial withdrawal on or after January 1, 2020, additional information about the potential effects of the loan or partial withdrawal on the policy will be provided to you as required by California law. The request for the loan or withdrawal will not be honored until we receive an acknowledgement from the policyowner for this information.

 

77


Requesting more information

 

 

 

 

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated May 1, 2024, is incorporated into this prospectus by reference and is available upon request, free of charge, by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative. You may also request one by writing to our operations center at P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, NC 28201-1047. The SAI includes additional information about the registrant. You can make inquiries about your policy and request personalized illustrations by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), or asking your financial professional.

 

You may visit the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov to view the SAI and other information (including other parts of a registration statement) that relates to the Separate Account and the policies. You can also review and copy information about the Separate Account, including the SAI, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may have to pay a duplicating fee. To find out more about the Public Reference Room, call the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.

 

 

 

 
C000066715   #545006


Incentive Life Optimizer® II

 

Prospectus dated May 1, 2024

 

 

 

An individual flexible premium variable and index-linked life insurance policy that was issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, ”Equitable Financial”, “we”, “our” and “us”), formerly AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

Variable and indexed-linked life insurance policies are complex investment vehicles and you should speak with a financial professional about policy features, benefits, risks and fees and whether the policy is appropriate for you based on your financial situation and objectives.

 

Additional information about certain investment products, including variable life insurance, has been prepared by the Securities and Exchange Commission’s staff and is available at Investor.gov.

 

 

Please read this prospectus and keep it for future reference. It contains important information that you should know before purchasing, or taking any other action under a policy. This prospectus supersedes all prior prospectuses and supplements. Also, you should read the prospectuses for each Trust, which contain important information about the Portfolios.

 

This Contract is no longer sold. New investors in the Contract were able to cancel their Contract within 10 days of receiving it without paying fees or penalties. In some states, this cancellation period may have been longer. In most states, we will refund the policy account value less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. In other states, we will refund the premiums that were paid, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. You should review this prospectus, or consult with your investment professional, for additional information about the specific cancellation terms that apply.

 

 

This prospectus describes the Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy, but is not itself a policy. This prospectus is a disclosure document and describes all of the policy’s material features, benefits, rights and obligations, as well as other information. The description of the policy’s material provisions in this prospectus is current as of the date of this prospectus. If certain material provisions under the policy are changed after the date of this prospectus in accordance with the policy, those changes will be described in a supplement to this prospectus. You should carefully read this prospectus in conjunction with any applicable supplements. Certain optional features and benefits described in this prospectus may not be available at the time you purchase the policy. We reserve the right to restrict availability of any optional feature or benefit. In addition, not all optional features and benefits may be available in combination with other optional features and benefits. To make this prospectus easier to read, we sometimes use different words than the policy. The Company or your financial professional can provide any further explanation about your policy.

This policy is no longer sold. This prospectus is for current policy owners only. You should note that your policy features and charges, and your investment options, may vary depending on the state and/or the date on which you purchased your policy. For more information about the particular options, features and charges applicable to you, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

For information about income, estate and gift taxes in connection with life insurance policies as well as possible estate and gift tax consequences, please see the Tax information section in this prospectus, including the information under “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes”.

 

The Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) gives you the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period, although you could also experience a negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest.

 

What is Incentive Life Optimizer® II?

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® II provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), (ii) an investment option we refer to as the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available, which is described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus and/or (iii) one or more variable investment options set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The MSO gives you the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period, although you could also experience a negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest.

 

 

One of the investment options that may be available to you under your policy is the Market Stabilizer Option®. If you are interested in allocating amounts to the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus, which contains additional information relating to the MSO. If you did not receive an MSO prospectus and wish to obtain one, please call us at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. The policies are not insured by the FDIC or any other agency. They are not deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not bank guaranteed. They are subject to investment risks and possible loss of principal.

 

 

#467764/AA & ADLL


Amounts that you allocate under your policy to any of the variable investment options are invested in a corresponding “Portfolio” that is part of one of the trusts (the “Trusts”), which are mutual funds. Please see Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for more detailed information about the Portfolios and the Trusts. Your investment results in a variable investment option will depend on those of the related Portfolio. Any gains will generally be tax deferred and the life insurance benefits we pay if the policy’s insured person dies will generally be income tax free. If you are the policy’s owner and the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includible in your estate for purposes of federal estate tax.

 

 

Please note that you will not be credited with any positive Index performance with respect to amounts that are removed from a Segment prior to the Segment Maturity Date. Even when the Index performance has been positive, such early removals will cause you to lose some principal. Please see “Early Distribution Adjustment” in this prospectus.

 

 

Other choices you have.  You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs. For example, subject to our rules, you can (1) choose when and how much you contribute (as “premiums”) to your policy, (2) pay certain premium amounts to guarantee that your insurance coverage will continue for at least a certain number of policy years, regardless of investment performance, (3) borrow or withdraw amounts you have accumulated, (4) choose between two life insurance death benefit options, (5) increase or decrease the amount of insurance coverage, (6) elect to receive an insurance benefit if the insured person becomes terminally ill, and (7) obtain certain optional benefits that we offer by “riders” to your policy.

 

Other policies.  We offer a variety of fixed and variable life insurance policies which offer policy features, including investment options, that are different from those offered by this prospectus. Not every policy or feature is offered through your financial professional. Replacing existing insurance with another policy may not be to your advantage. You can contact us to find out more about any other insurance policy.

 

    

 


Contents of this Prospectus

 

 

    

Definitions of Key Terms

   5

Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy (the “policy”):

   7

Overview of the policy

   10

Fee Table

   12
  

1. Principal Risks of Investing in the Policy

  

17

Risks of investing in a policy

   17

How the Incentive Life Optimizer® II variable life insurance policy is available

   17
  
2. The Company   

18

How to reach us

   19

About our Separate Account FP

   20

Your voting privileges

   20

About the Trusts

   20
  
3. Portfolios of the Trusts   

22

  

4. Determining your policy’s value

  

24

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

   24

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

   25

You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

   26

You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long-Term Care Servicessm Rider

   26

Investment options within your policy

   27

Your policy account value

   28

Customer Loyalty Credit

   29
 

 

 

“Financial professional” means the registered representative of either Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN) or an unaffiliated broker dealer which has entered into a selling agreement with Equitable Distributors, LLC who is offering you this policy.

 

When we address the reader of this prospectus with words such as “you” and “your,” we mean the person or persons having the right or responsibility that this prospectus is discussing at that point. This usually is the policy’s owner. If a policy has more than one owner, all owners must join in the exercise of any rights an owner has under the policy, and the word “owner” therefore refers to all owners.

When we use the word “state” we also mean any other local jurisdiction whose laws or regulations affect a policy.

 

 

 

3


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

  

31

Transfers you can make

   31

How to make transfers

   32

Our automatic transfer service

   32

Our asset rebalancing service

   32
  

6. Accessing your money

  

33

About your life insurance benefit

   33

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

   33

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

   34

Your options for receiving policy proceeds

   36

Accessing your money

   36

Borrowing from your policy

   36

Making withdrawals from your policy

   38

Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

   39
  

7. Tax information

  

40

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

   40

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

   40

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

   42

Business and employer owned policies

   42

Requirement that we diversify investments

   43

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

   43

Pension and profit-sharing plans

   44

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

   44

ERISA

   44

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

   44

Our taxes

   44

Tax withholding and information reporting

   44

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

   45
  

8. More information about policy features and benefits

   47

Other benefits

   52

Loan extension (for guideline premium test policies only)

   55

Variations among Incentive Life Optimizer® II policies

   61

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

   61
  

9. More information about policy charges

  

63

How we allocate charges among your investment options

   63

Changes in Charges

   63

Deducting policy charges

   63

Charges that the Trusts deduct

   67
  

10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

   68

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

   68

Policy issuance

   69

Ways to make premium and loan payments

   69

Assigning your policy

   70

You can change your policy’s insured person

   70

Requirements for surrender requests

   70

Gender-neutral policies

   70

Future policy exchanges

   71

Broker transaction authority

   71
  

11. More information about other matters

  

72

About our general account

   72

Transfers of your policy account value

   72

Telephone and Internet requests

   73

COVID-19

   74

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

   74

Suicide and certain misstatements

   75

When we pay policy proceeds

   75

Changes we can make

   75

Reports we will send you

   76

Distribution of the policies

   76

Legal proceedings

   78
  

12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

  

79

  

13. Personalized illustrations

   80

Illustrations of policy benefits

   80
  

Appendices

    

Investment options available under the policy

   81

Calculating the alternate death benefit

   86

Policy variations

   87

State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

   97
  

Requesting more information

Statement of Additional Information

    
 

 

4


Definitions of Key Terms

 

 

 

Alternative Death Benefit — the alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic death benefit option you have selected.

 

Amount at Risk — our amount at risk on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy.

 

Beneficiary — the person or entity you designate to receive the death benefit payable at the death of the Insured.

 

Business Day — is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. Premium payments will be applied and any other transaction requests will be processed when they are received along with all the required information unless another date applies as indicated below.

 

  If your premium payment, transfer or any other transaction request containing all the required information reaches us on any of the following, we will use the next business day:

 

 

on a non-business day;

 

 

after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a business day; or

 

 

after an early close of regular trading on the NYSE on a business day.

 

Cash Surrender Value — the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy.

 

Company — refers to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”). The terms “we”, “us”, and “our” are also used to identify the Company.

 

Cost of Insurance Charge — the monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000.

 

Cost of Insurance Rates — the cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year.

 

Customer Loyalty Credit — a customer loyalty credit is provided for policies that have been in force for more than 8 years. This is added to your policy account value each month.

Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee — the enhanced no lapse guarantee is an optional rider that may be elected at issue at no additional charge that provides a longer guarantee period than described below with a possible higher and/or longer premium requirement, provided that you allocate all of your policy account value to any of the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options.

 

Face Amount — represents the amount of insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person.

 

Guaranteed Interest Account — is a fixed account that is part of our General Account, also referred to as the Guaranteed Interest Option (GIO).

 

Guarantee Premium — you can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums” and they will be set forth in your policy.

 

Insured — the person on whose life we base this policy.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider — subject to our eligibility requirements, this is an optional rider that may be elected at issue that provides for the acceleration of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services.

 

Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) — the MSO is an optional rider that provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index, subject to a possible negative return and a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

Net Cash Surrender Value — the net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. If you have transferred policy amounts to the MSO, please refer to the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for information about how we determine the net cash surrender value of that portion of your policy account value.

 

Net Policy Account Value — your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (excluding any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken) and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding

 

 

5


loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your net policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

No-Lapse Guarantee — a rider we offer for no extra charge that provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

Owner — the owner of the policy. “You” or “your” refers to the owner.

 

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee — the paid up death benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments subject to certain restrictions.

 

Policy — the policy with any attached application(s), any riders, and any endorsements.

 

Policy Account Value — your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

Premium Payments — we call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.”

 

Register Date — your policy’s “register date” will be shown in your policy and is the date from which we measure the months, years and anniversaries of your policy. Your register date is determined as described in “Policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Segment Maturity Date — the date on which a Segment Term is completed and the index-linked rate of return for that Segment is applied to a segment account value.

 

Segment Maturity Value — this is the segment account value adjusted by the index-linked rate of return for that Segment.

 

Segment Start Date — the Segment Start Date is the day on which a Segment is created.

 

Segment Term — the duration of a Segment. The Segment Term for each Segment begins on its Segment Start Date and ends on its Segment Maturity Date approximately one year later. We are currently only offering Segment Terms of approximately one year. We may offer different durations in the future.

 

 

6


Important Information You Should Consider About the Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy (the “policy”):

 

FEES AND EXPENSES
Charges for Early Withdrawals  

We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal from your policy; however, if you surrender the policy in its first ten years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount, you will be subject to a surrender charge of up to 4.591% of face amount. For example, if you surrender your policy in the first year and the policy face amount was $100,000, you could pay a surrender charge of up to $4,591.

 

There is an MSO Early Distribution Adjustment on amounts withdrawn before segment maturity which could result in up to a 75% loss of Segment Account Value. See MSO prospectus for

more information. For more information on the impacts of withdrawals, please refer to “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus. For more information on surrender charges, please refer to “Deducting policy charges” in this prospectus.

Transaction Charges  

In addition to surrender charges, you may be subject to other transaction charges, including charges on each premium paid under the policy, charges in connection with requests to decrease your policy’s face amount, transfer fees, and other special service charges (e.g., wire transfer charges, express mail charges, policy illustration charges, duplicate policy charges, policy history charges, and charges for returned payments).

 

For more information on transaction charges, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus.

Ongoing Fees and Expenses (annual charges)  

In addition to surrender charges and transaction charges, an investment in the policy is subject to certain ongoing fees and expenses, including fees and expenses covering the cost of insurance under the policy, administration and mortality risks, MSO and loan charges, and the cost of optional benefits available under the policy. Such fees and expenses may be based on characteristics of the insured (e.g., age, sex, risk class and particular health, occupational or vocational risks). You should view the information pages of your policy for rates applicable to your policy.

 

You will also bear expenses associated with the variable investment options that you invest in (the “Portfolios”) under the policy, as shown in the following table:

    Annual Fee    Minimum    Maximum
  Portfolios    0.57%    2.60%
 

Portfolio expenses are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses and may change from year to year. For more information on ongoing fees and expenses, please refer to the “Fee Table” in this prospectus and Appendix:

“Investment options available under the policy”, which is part of this prospectus.

RISKS
Risk of Loss   You may lose money by investing in the policy.
Not a Short-Term Investment   The policy is not a short-term investment and is not appropriate for an investor who needs ready access to cash. The policy is designed to provide benefits on a long-term basis. Consequently, you should not use the policy as a short-term investment or savings vehicle. Because of the long-term nature of the policy, you should consider whether purchasing the policy is consistent with the purpose for which it is being considered.

 

7


RISKS
Risks Associated with Investment Options  

An investment in the policy is subject to the risk of poor investment performance and can vary depending on the performance of the Portfolios available under the policy, the Market Stabilizer Option (“MSO”) and the guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), each of which has its own unique risks. You should review the Portfolios’ prospectuses, the MSO prospectus and the “Guaranteed Interest Option” section in “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus. before making an investment decision. Portfolio prospectuses are available at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146668.

 

For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

   
Insurance Company Risks   An investment in the policy is subject to the risks related to the Company. Any policy obligations (including under the GIO), guarantees, or benefits are subject to the claims-paying ability of the Company. More information about the Company, including its financial strength ratings, is available at https://equitable.com/about-us/financial-strength-ratings. More information about the Company’s general account can be found in “About our general account” in this prospectus.
Policy Lapse  

Death benefits will not be paid if the policy has lapsed. Your policy may lapse if, due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest, your net policy account value will not cover policy charges. If your policy provides for a no-lapse guarantee, you may have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating. If your policy lapses, you will be notified in writing and given an opportunity to make additional payments to reinstate your policy.

 

For more information on how to prevent your policy from lapsing, please refer to “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” and “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” in this prospectus.

RESTRICTIONS
Investments  

You may allocate your premiums to any of the Portfolios set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” (unless you elect at issue the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or subsequently exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee in which case you are limited to certain investment options as provided in said Appendix), the GIO, or the MSO. We reserve the right to remove or substitute Portfolios as investment options under the policy.

 

Currently, the total of all transfers of variable investment options you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in a single Portfolio, even if it is less than $500.

 

We may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO if the current (non-guaranteed) interest crediting rate on the unloaned GIO is equal to the guaranteed minimum interest crediting rate of 2% (annual rate). We may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO, if the paid-up death benefit guarantee or the enhanced no lapse guarantee rider is in effect. For more information, please refer to “Restrictions on transfers into the guaranteed interest option” in “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.

 

There may be restrictions upon transfers into and out of the MSO. For more information, see the MSO prospectus.

 

We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). Only written transfer requests submitted to our Administrative Office may be processed for policies that are jointly owned or assigned. We reserve the right to limit policy transfers if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.”

 

For more information, please refer to “Variable investment options” and “Transfers you can make” in this prospectus.

 

8


RESTRICTIONS
Optional Benefits  

As a policy owner, you may be able to obtain extra benefits, which may require additional charges. These optional benefits are described in what is known as a “rider” to the policy.

 

Optional benefits may be subject to additional charges and payments made under these benefits are generally subject to the same transaction fees as other premium payments but may be treated differently for other purposes (e.g., certain death benefit minimums). Optional benefits are not available for all ages (or may terminate at certain ages) and underwriting classifications. We may stop offering an optional benefit at any time, unless previously elected.

 

For more information on optional benefits and other limitations under the policy, please refer to “Other benefits,” “Nonforfeiture Benefit” and “Suicide and certain misstatements” in this prospectus.

TAXES
Tax Implications  

You should consult with a tax professional to determine the tax implications of an investment in and payments received under the policy. There is no additional tax benefit to the investor if the policy is purchased through a tax-qualified plan or individual retirement account (IRA). Withdrawals will be subject to ordinary income tax, and may be subject to tax penalties.

 

For more information on tax implications relating to policy investments, please refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Investment Professional Compensation  

Investment professionals receive compensation for selling the policy to investors and may have a financial incentive to offer or recommend the policy over another investment.

 

For more information on investment professional compensation, please refer to “Distribution of the policies” in this prospectus.

   
Exchanges  

Some investment professionals may have a financial incentive to offer you a new policy in place of the one you already own. You should only exchange your policy if you determine, after comparing the features, fees, and risks of both policies, that it is preferable to purchase the new policy, rather than continue to own your current policy.

 

For more information on exchanges, please refer to the paragraph titled “Section 1035 exchanges of policies” under “How you can pay for and contribute to your policy” in this prospectus, as well as the section titled “Future policy exchanges” in this prospectus.

 

9


Overview of the policy

 

 

 

The following summaries provide a brief overview of the more significant aspects of the policy. We provide more complete and detailed information in the subsequent sections of this prospectus and in the statement of additional information and the policy contract.

 

Brief Description of the Policy

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® II is a form of variable life insurance, the primary purpose of which is to provide a death benefit which is paid upon the death of the insured person. The policy provides life insurance coverage, plus the opportunity for you to earn a return in (i) our guaranteed interest option (“GIO”), (ii) an index-linked investment option we refer to as the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available, which is described in a separate prospectus and/or (iii) one or more of the Portfolios, which are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. You have considerable flexibility to tailor the policy to meet your needs.

 

Some policy forms, features and/or riders described in this prospectus may be subject to state variations or may not be available in all states. See Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” for state availability and a description of all material variations to features and riders that differ from the description contained in this prospectus.

 

The form number for this policy is ICC10-100. A state and/or other code may follow the form number if your policy form number begins with 10-100. Your policy’s form number is located in the lower left hand corner of the first page of your policy.

 

Premiums

 

The policy offers flexibility in paying premiums. With certain exceptions, you choose the timing and the amount of premium payments. Payment of insufficient premiums may result in a lapse of the policy.

 

A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline

premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage) but increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value (as defined under “Determining your policy’s value,” in this prospectus) is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

You can allocate your policy’s value to the Portfolios, to the GIO or to the MSO, if available. Additional information on the available Portfolios are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”. The GIO pays a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically with a 2.0% minimum. The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index (the “Index”), subject to the possibility of negative returns and significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Different procedures and additional restrictions on withdrawals, loans, surrender and right to cancel apply to the MSO. For additional information, see the MSO prospectus.

 

Contract Features

 

Types of Death Benefit If the insured dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. You may choose from two types of death benefit options. You may change from one death benefit type to another, subject to limitations, and charges may apply. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B:

 

  Option A: The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy face amount.

 

  Option B: The face amount plus the “Policy account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of the death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy account value.
 

 

10


There is also an alternative higher death benefit paid in certain circumstances. For additional detail regarding the calculation and payment of death benefits see ”Accessing your money” and Appendix: “Calculating the alternate death benefit” in this prospectus.

 

Loans – You may borrow money from your policy, subject to certain limitations. Interest charges will apply.

 

Withdrawals – Subject to certain conditions, you may withdraw a part of your policy’s cash surrender value without surrendering the policy.

 

Surrendering the Policy – A policy may be surrendered for its net cash surrender value while the insured is living. Surrender charges and/or tax penalties may apply.

 

Riders – You may be able to obtain extra fixed benefits under the policy, which may require additional charges. These optional insurance benefits are referenced herein as “riders” to the policy.

 

You may be eligible for the following riders that we charge for:

 

  Cash Value Plus Rider: This rider may reduce or waive the surrender charge if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value in the first eight policy years and allow for a refund of a portion of the premium charge upon surrender in the early years of the policy.

 

  Children’s Term Insurance Rider: This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years old.

 

  Disability Deduction Waiver Rider: This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday.

 

  Disability Premium Waiver Rider: This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any additional benefit riders, which include the Children’s Term Insurance Rider, Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, the Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider, and the Disability Premium Waiver Rider from the policy account value, subject to certain conditions.

 

  Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider: This rider provides a longer guarantee period than provided under the policy’s No Lapse Guarantee, with a possible higher and/or longer premium requirement, provided that you allocate all of your policy account value to any of the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. The length of your policy’s guarantee period will range from 15 to 30 years, depending on the insured’s age when we issue the policy.
  Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider: This rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.

 

  Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider: This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.

 

In addition, the following benefit may be added at no charge:

 

  Charitable Legacy Rider: This rider provides an additional death benefit of 1% of the base policy face amount to the qualified charitable organization(s) chosen by the policy owner at no additional cost.

 

These benefits will be automatically added at no charge to eligible policies:

 

  Living Benefits Rider: This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider).

 

  Loan Extension Endorsement: Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.”

 

  No-Lapse Guarantee: This guarantee provides you with a guarantee against policy termination for a specific period of time.

 

  Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement: This feature provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.

 

  Substitution of Insured Person Rider: If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Depending on when your policy was purchased, certain variations may apply which differ from the information contained in this section. In addition, depending on where your policy was issued, certain features or benefits may not be available or vary from the policy’s features and benefits described in this prospectus. Please see Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” in this prospectus for more information.

 

 

11


Fee Table

 

 

 

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying, owning, and surrendering or making withdrawals from the policy. Please refer to your policy’s information pages for information about the specific fees you will pay each year based on the options you have elected.

 

The first table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay at the time that you buy the policy, surrender or make withdrawals from the policy, or transfer cash value between Portfolios.

 

Transaction Fees
Charge   When Charge is Deducted          Amount Deducted
Maximum Sales Charge Imposed on Premiums (Load)   Upon each premium payment         6% of each premium(1)
Surrender (turning in) of your policy during its first 10 years or the first 10 years after you have requested an increase in your policy’s face amount(2)(3)   Upon surrender        

Initial surrender charge per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount or per $1,000 of requested base policy face amount increase:(4)

 

Highest: $45.91

Lowest: $8.71

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

  Upon surrender         Representative: $16.62
Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount(2)   Effective date of the decrease         A pro rata portion of the charge that would apply to a full surrender at the time of the decrease.
MSO Early Distribution Adjustment   On surrender other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date         Up to 75% of Segment Account Value(10)
Transfer Fees   Upon transfer         $25 per transfer(5)(7)

Special Services Charges

•   Wire Transfer Charge(6)

•   Express Mail Charge(6)

•   Policy Illustration Charge(7)

•   Duplicate Policy Charge(8)

•   Policy History Charge(8)(9)

•   Charge for Returned Payments(8)

 

 

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

At the time of the transaction

       

 

Charge: $90

Charge: $35

Current Charge: $0

Maximum Charge: $25

Charge: $35

Maximum Charge: $50

Charge: $25

 

(1)

Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, and death benefit option, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. If your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, a portion of the premium charge will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years, subject to a cumulative premium-based cap on the rider benefits (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(2)

This charge varies based on individual characteristics of the insured, and for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider on the benefit percentage you choose and may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. In particular, the initial amount of the surrender charge depends on each insured’s specific characteristics. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(3)

The surrender charge attributable to each increase in your policy’s face amount is in addition to any remaining surrender charge attributable to the policy’s initial face amount.

(4)

If your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, the surrender charges may be reduced, subject to a cumulative premium-based cap on the rider benefits (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus).

(5)

No charge, however, will ever apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our GIO, or to any transfer pursuant to our automatic transfer service or asset rebalancing service as discussed in this prospectus. The transfer charge will not apply to amounts transferred into or out of the MSO. See the MSO prospectus for more information.

(6)

Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

(7)

We do not currently charge this fee, but reserve the right to in the future.

(8)

The charge for this service must be paid using funds outside of your policy. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More Information about policy charges” for more information.

 

12


(9)

The charge for this service may be less depending on the policy history you request. Please see “Deducting policy charges” under “More Information about policy charges” for more information.

(10)

The actual amount of an Early Distribution Adjustment is determined by a formula that depends on, among other things, how the Index has performed since the Segment Start Date. The maximum amount of the adjustment would occur if there is a total distribution at a time when the Index has declined to zero. For more information about the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus.

 

The next table describes the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically during the time that you own the policy, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

 

Periodic Charges Other Than Annual Portfolio Company Expenses
Charge   When Charge is Deducted    Amount Deducted
Base Contract Charge:     

Cost of Insurance(1)(2)(3)

Minimum and

Maximum Charge

  Monthly   

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk:(4)

 

Highest: $83.34

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly    Representative: $0.09(5)
Mortality and Expense Risk Fees   Monthly   

PolicyYear

  

Annual % of your value in our variable investment options and MSO(6)

              

  1-10

  11+

  

1.00%

0.50%

Administrative Expenses(1)(2)   Monthly   

(1)  Policy Year

  

Amount Deducted

              

    1

    2+

  

$15(7)

$10(7)

    

plus

 

  
    

(2)  Charge per $1,000 of the initial base policy face amount and any requested base policy face amount increase that exceeds the highest previous face amount:

        

    Highest: $0.34

    Lowest: $0.09

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

  Monthly   

    Representative: $0.11(8)

Loan Interest Spread(9)    On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)    1% of loan amount.
Optional Benefit Charges:
Charitable Legacy Rider    N/A    No additional charge.
Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider    N/A    No additional charge.
Children’s Term Insurance    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

$0.50

Disability Deduction Waiver(1)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Percentage of all other monthly charges:

 

Highest: 132%

Lowest: 7%

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)    Representative: 12%(5)

 

13


Optional Benefit Charges:
Disability Premium Waiver(1) (Initial base policy face amount(10))    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased:(11)

 

Highest: $0.60

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)    Representative: $0.06(5)
Disability Premium Waiver(1) (Children’s Term Insurance)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased:(11)

 

Highest: $0.03

Lowest: $0.01

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)    Representative: $0.01(5)
Disability Premium Waiver(1) (Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased:(11)

 

Highest: $0.02

Lowest: $0.0009

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)    Representative: $0.003(5)
Disability Premium Waiver(1) (Option To Purchase Additional Insurance)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of benefit for which such rider is purchased:(11)

 

Highest: $0.07

Lowest: $0.02

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)    Representative: $0.03(5)
Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider(1)(2)(12)    Monthly   

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk:(13)

 

With the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit:

 

Highest: $2.94

Lowest: $0.25

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly    Representative: $0.53(14)
Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider(1)(2)(12)    Monthly   

Without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit:

 

Highest: $2.67

Lowest: $0.22

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly    Representative: $0.49(14)

 

14


Optional Benefit Charges:

Market Stabilizer Option (“MSO”) Rider

 

MSO Variable Index Benefit Charge(15)

 

MSO Variable Index Segment Account Charge(15)

 

MSO Loan Interest Spread(9) for Amounts of Policy Loans Allocated to an MSO Segment

 

  

 

On Segment Start Date

 

At the beginning of each policy month during the Segment term

 

On each policy anniversary (or on loan termination, if earlier)

 

  

 

0.75%

 

1.65%(16)

 

2% for New York and Oregon policies

5% for all other policies

 

Option To Purchase Additional Insurance(1)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of rider benefit amount:

 

Highest: $0.17

Lowest: $0.04

Charge for a Representative Investor (male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class)

   Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Representative: $0.16(14)

Cash Value Plus Rider(18)    Monthly (while the rider is in effect)   

Charge per $1,000 of the initial base policy face amount:

 

$0.04

Exercising Living Benefits Rider    At the time of the transaction    $250
(1)

This charge varies based on individual characteristics of the insured, and for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider on the benefit percentage you choose and may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics. See “Deducting policy charges” under “More information about policy charges.”

(2)

Not applicable after the insured person reaches age 121.

(3)

Insured persons who present particular health, occupational or vocational risks may be charged other additional charges as specified in their policies.

(4)

Our amount “at risk” is the difference between the amount of death benefit and the policy account value as of the deduction date.

(5)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in the first policy year for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class.

(6)

For more information about the MSO, please refer to the separate MSO prospectus.

(7)

Not applicable if the minimum face amount stated in your policy is $10,000. Please see “Your policy’s face amount” under “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus.

(8)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue or at the time of a requested face amount increase, in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class.

(9)

We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account value we hold as collateral for the loan. The rate is the greater of (a) 3% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published by Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit, which will not exceed 1%. For more information on the maximum rate see “Borrowing from your policy — Loan interest we charge” in “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. However, for MSO Segments, the guaranteed maximum spread is higher as noted above. This spread is the maximum difference between the annual interest rate we credit and the annual loan interest rate we charge on the amount of any loan deducted from a Segment.

(10)

The monthly charges corresponding to the base policy will be adjusted proportionately to any face amount reduction made at your request or resulting from a partial withdrawal under death benefit Option A.

(11)

Amount charged equals the total sum of Disability Premium Waiver rider charges corresponding to the base policy, any Children’s Term Insurance, Option To Purchase Additional Insurance and/or any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider that you have added to your policy and to any base policy face amount increases.

(12)

This rider is not available if you elect the Cash Value Plus Rider.

(13)

Our amount “at risk” for this rider depends on the death benefit option selected under the policy. See “More information about policy features and benefits — Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in this prospectus.

(14)

This representative amount is the rate we guarantee in any policy year while the rider is in effect for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class.

(15)

These charges represent annual rates.

(16)

Currently we deduct this charge at an annual rate of 0.65%, rather than at the maximum rate shown.

(17)

This rider is not available if you elect the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information on the charge applicable under the prior version of this rider. This rider was available beginning May 2, 2011.

 

 

15


The next item shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the policy. A complete list of Portfolios available under the policy, including their annual expenses, may be found in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy”.

 

Annual Portfolio Company Expenses      Minimum        Maximum
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses before the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements (expenses that are deducted from Portfolio asset, including management fees, distribution and/or service (12b-1) fee, and other expenses)(1)        0.57%        2.60%
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses after the effect of Expense Limitation Arrangements(1)        0.54%        2.26%

 

(1)

“Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses” are for the year ended December 31, 2023, and may be based, in part, on estimated amounts of such expenses. Pursuant to a contract, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC has agreed to make payments or waive its management, administrative and other fees to limit the expenses of certain affiliated Portfolios through April 30, 2025, (“Expense Limitation Arrangement”) (unless the Trust’s Board of Trustees consents to an earlier revision or termination of this agreement). The Expense Limitation Arrangement may be terminated by Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC at any time after April 30, 2025. The Expense Limitation Arrangement does not apply to unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

You bear your proportionate share of all fees and expenses paid by a Portfolio that corresponds to any variable investment option you are using. These fees and expenses are reflected in the Portfolio’s net asset value each day. Therefore, they reduce the investment return of the Portfolio and the related variable investment option. Actual fees and expenses are likely to fluctuate from year to year. More detail concerning each Portfolio’s fees and expenses is contained in the Trust prospectus for that Portfolio.

 

16


1. Principal risks of investing in the policy

 

 

 

Risks of investing in a policy

 

The policy is unsuitable as a short-term savings vehicle. The policy may be appropriate if you have a long-term investment horizon and is not intended for short-term investment, and is therefore not appropriate for people who may need to make early or frequent withdrawals or who intend to engage in frequent trading. The principal risks of investing in a policy are as follows:

 

  If the investment options you choose perform poorly, you could lose some or all of the premiums you pay.

 

  If the investment options you choose do not make enough money to pay for the policy charges, except to the extent provided by any no lapse guarantee, paid up death benefit guarantee or loan extension feature you may have, you could have to pay more premiums to keep your policy from terminating.

 

  If any policy loan and any accrued loan interest either equals or exceeds the policy account value, your policy will terminate subject to the policy’s Grace Period provision and any Loan Extension Endorsement you may have.

 

  If you take a policy loan or a partial withdrawal you may decrease the net policy account value, cash surrender value and/or death benefit and may risk the loss of the no lapse guarantee.

 

  There are unique risks associated with the MSO including loss of principal and previously credited interest up to 75% of Segment Account Value and adjustments in account value if amounts are withdrawn prior to the end of a Segment Term.

 

  We can increase, without your consent and subject to any necessary regulatory approvals, any charge that you currently pay at less than the maximum amount. We will not increase any charge beyond the highest maximum noted in the tables in the “Fee Tables” in this prospectus.

 

  You may have to pay a surrender charge and there may be adverse tax consequences if you wish to discontinue some or all of your insurance coverage under a policy.

 

  Partial withdrawals from your policy are available only after the first policy year and must be at least $500 and no more than the net cash surrender value. Under certain circumstances, we will automatically reduce your policy’s face amount as a result of a partial withdrawal.

 

Your policy permits other transactions that also have risks. These and other risks and benefits of investing in a policy are discussed in detail throughout this prospectus.

A comprehensive discussion of the risks of each investment option may be found in the Trust prospectus for that investment option and in the MSO prospectus.

 

How the Incentive Life Optimizer® II variable life insurance policy is available

 

Incentive Life Optimizer® II is primarily intended for purchasers other than retirement plans. However, we do not place limitations on its use. Please see “Tax information” for more information. Incentive Life Optimizer® II is available for issue ages 0 to 85.

 

 

17


2. The Company

 

 

Equitable Financial is a New York stock life insurance corporation doing business since 1859 with its home office located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. We are an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc.

 

We are licensed to sell life insurance and annuities in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under the policy.

    

 

 

18


How to reach us

 

To obtain (1) any forms you need for communicating with us, (2) unit values and other values under your policy, and (3) any other information or materials that we provide in connection with your policy or the Portfolios, you may communicate with our Administrative Office as listed below for the purposes described. Please refer to “Telephone and Internet requests” for effective dates for processing telephone, Internet and fax requests, in this prospectus.

 

By mail:

 

At the Post Office Box for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

P.O. Box 1047

Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047

 

By express delivery only:

 

At the Street Address for our Administrative Office:

 

Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company — Life Operations Center

8501 IBM Drive, Suite 150

Charlotte, North Carolina 28262-4333

1-704-341-7000 (for express delivery purposes only)

 

By Phone:

 

Monday through Thursday, 8:30 am to 7:00 pm and Friday, 8:30 am to 5:30 pm, Eastern Time: 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.).

 

By e-mail:

 

life-service@equitable.com

 

By fax:

 

1-855-268-6378

 

By Internet:

 

You may register for online account access at www.equitable.com. Our website provides access to account information and customer service. After registering, you can view account details, perform certain transactions, print customer service forms and find answers to common questions.

 

Required Forms.  We require that the following types of communications be on specific forms we provide for that purpose:

 

(1)

request for our automatic transfer service (our dollar cost averaging service);

 

(2)

request for our asset rebalancing service;

 

(3)

transfers among investment options (if submitted by e-mail);

 

(4)

designation of new policy owner(s); and

 

(5)

designation of new beneficiary(ies).

Other Requests. We also have specific forms that we recommend you use for the following:

 

(a)

policy surrenders;

 

(b)

transfers among investment options (not submitted by e-mail);

 

(c)

changes in allocation percentages for premiums and deductions; and

 

(d)

electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

You can also change your allocation percentages, transfer among investment options and/or change your address (1) by phone (2) over the Internet, through www.equitable.com or (3) by writing our Administrative Office. For more information about transaction requests you can make by phone or over the Internet, see “How to make transfers” and “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. In the future, we may require that certain requests be completed over the Internet.

 

Certain methods of contacting us, such as by telephone or electronically, may be unavailable or delayed (for example our fax service may not be available at all times and/or we may be unavailable due to emergency closing). In addition, the level and type of service available may be restricted based on criteria established by us.

 

We reserve the right to limit access to these services if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing.” (See “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters.”)

 

Formal Requirements.  Except for properly authorized telephone or Internet transactions, any notice or request that does not use our standard form must be in writing. It must be dated and signed by you and should also specify your name, title (if applicable), the insured person’s name (if different), your policy number and adequate details about the notice you wish to give or other action you wish us to take. We may require you to return your policy to us before we make certain policy changes that you may request.

 

The proper person to sign forms, notices and requests would normally be the owner or any other person that our procedures permit to exercise the right or privilege in question. If there are joint owners all must sign. Any irrevocable beneficiary or assignee that we have on our records also must sign certain types of requests.

 

You should send all requests, notices and payments to our Administrative Office at the addresses specified above. We will also accept requests and notices by fax at the above number, if we believe them to be genuine. We reserve the right, however, to require an original signature before acting on any faxed item. You must send premium payments after the first one to our Administrative Office at the above addresses; except that you should send any premiums for which we have billed you to the address on the billing notice.

 

 

19


eDelivery

 

You can register to receive statements and other documents electronically. You can do so by visiting our website at www.equitable.com.

 

About our Separate Account FP

 

Each variable investment option is a part (or “subaccount”) of our Separate Account FP. We established Separate Account FP under special provisions of the New York Insurance Law. These provisions prevent creditors from any other business we conduct from reaching the assets we hold in our variable investment options for owners of our variable life insurance policies. We are the legal owner of all of the assets in Separate Account FP and may withdraw any amounts that exceed our reserves and other liabilities with respect to variable investment options under our policies. For example, we may withdraw amounts from Separate Account FP that represent our investments in Separate Account FP or that represent fees and charges under the policies that we have earned. Income, gains and losses credited to, or charged against Separate Account FP reflect its own investment experience and not the investment experience of the Company’s other assets.

 

Separate Account FP is registered with the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and is registered and classified under that act as a “unit investment trust.” The SEC, however, does not manage or supervise the Company or Separate Account FP. Although the Separate Account is registered, the SEC does not monitor the activity of Separate Account FP on a daily basis. The Company is not required to register, and is not registered, as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Each subaccount (variable investment option) of Separate Account FP available under Incentive Life Optimizer® II invests solely in the applicable class of shares issued by the corresponding Portfolio of the applicable Trust. Separate Account FP immediately reinvests all dividends and other distributions it receives from a Portfolio in additional shares of that class in that Portfolio.

 

The Trusts sell their shares to the Company separate accounts in connection with the Company’s variable life insurance and/or annuity products, and to separate accounts of insurance companies, both affiliated and unaffiliated with the Company. EQ Advisors Trust also sells its shares to the trustee of a qualified plan for the Company. We currently do not foresee any disadvantages to our policy owners arising out of these arrangements. However, the Board of Trustees or Directors of each Trust intends to monitor events to identify any material irreconcilable conflicts that may arise and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response. If we believe that a Board’s response insufficiently protects our policyowners, we will see to it that appropriate action is taken to do so.

Your voting privileges

 

Voting of Portfolio shares.  As the legal owner of any Portfolio shares that support a variable investment option, we will attend (and have the right to vote at) any meeting of shareholders of the Portfolio (or the Trusts). To satisfy currently-applicable legal requirements, however, we will give you the opportunity to tell us how to vote the number of each Portfolio’s shares that are attributable to your policy. The number of full and fractional votes you are entitled to will be determined by dividing the policy account value (minus any policy indebtedness) allocable to an investment option by the net asset value per unit for the Portfolio underlying that investment option. We will vote shares attributable to policies for which we receive no instructions in the same proportion as the instructions we do receive from all policies that participate in our Separate Account FP (discussed below). With respect to any Portfolio shares that we are entitled to vote directly (because we do not hold them in a separate account or because they are not attributable to policies), we will vote in proportion to the instructions we have received from all holders of variable annuity and variable life insurance policies who are using that Portfolio. One effect of proportional voting is that a small number of policy owners may control the outcome of a vote.

 

Under current legal requirements, we may disregard the voting instructions we receive from policy owners only in certain narrow circumstances prescribed by SEC regulations. If we do, we will advise you of the reasons in the next annual or semiannual report we send to you.

 

Voting as policy owner.  In addition to being able to instruct voting of Portfolio shares as discussed above, policy owners that use our variable investment options may in a few instances be called upon to vote on matters that are not the subject of a shareholder vote being taken by any Portfolio. If so, you will have one vote for each $100 of policy account value in any such option; and we will vote our interest in Separate Account FP in the same proportion as the instructions we receive from holders of Incentive Life Optimizer® II and other policies that Separate Account FP supports.

 

About the Trusts

 

The Trusts are registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. They are classified as “open-end management investment companies,” more commonly called mutual funds. Each Trust issues different shares relating to each Portfolio.

 

The Trusts do not impose sales charges or “loads” for buying and selling their shares. All dividends and other distributions on the Trusts’ shares are reinvested in full. The Board of Trustees of each Trust serves for the benefit of each Trust’s shareholders. The Board of Trustees may take many actions regarding the Portfolios (for example, the Board of Trustees can establish additional Portfolios or eliminate existing Portfolios; change Portfolio investment objectives; and change Portfolio investment policies and strategies). In accordance with applicable law, certain of these changes

 

 

20


may be implemented without a shareholder vote and, in certain instances, without advanced notice. More detailed information about certain actions subject to notice and shareholder vote for each Trust, and other information about the Portfolios, including portfolio investment objectives, policies, restrictions, risks, expenses, its Rule 12b-1 plan and other aspects of its operations, appears in the prospectuses for each Trust or in their respective SAIs, which are available upon request. For more information on the Portfolios, please refer to Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” in this prospectus.

    

 

 

21


3. Portfolios of the Trusts

 

 

 

We offer both affiliated and unaffiliated Trusts, which in turn offer one or more Portfolios. Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“Equitable IMG”), is an affiliate of the Company and serves as the investment adviser of the Portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust. For some affiliated Portfolios, Equitable IMG has entered into sub-advisory agreements with one or more other investment advisers (the “sub-advisers”) to carry out investment decisions for the Portfolios. As such, among other responsibilities, Equitable IMG oversees the activities of the sub-advisers with respect to the affiliated trust and is responsible for retaining or discontinuing the services of those sub-advisers. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” indicates the sub-adviser(s) for each Portfolio, if any. The chart in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” also shows the currently available Portfolios.

 

You should be aware that Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors, LLC (“Equitable Distributors”) (together, the “Distributors”) directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees from affiliated Portfolios for providing certain distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees will not exceed 0.25% of the Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The affiliated Portfolios’ sub-advisers and/or their affiliates may also contribute to the cost of expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the sub-advisers’ respective Portfolios. In addition, Equitable IMG, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, receives advisory fees and Equitable Investment Management, LLC, an affiliate of Equitable IMG, receives administration fees in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolios. As such, it may be more profitable for us to offer affiliated Portfolios than to offer unaffiliated Portfolios.

 

The Company, the Distributors or our other affiliates may directly or indirectly receive 12b-1 fees and additional payments from certain unaffiliated Portfolios, their advisers, sub-advisers, distributors or affiliates, for providing certain administrative, marketing, distribution and/or shareholder support services. These fees and payments range from 0% to 0.60% of the unaffiliated Portfolios’ average daily net assets. The Distributors may also receive payments from the advisers or sub-advisers of the unaffiliated Portfolios or their affiliates for providing certain distribution services, including expenses for sales meetings or seminar sponsorships that may relate to the contracts and/or the advisers’ respective Portfolios.

 

As a policy owner, you may bear the costs of some or all of these fees and payments through your indirect investment in the Portfolios. (See the Portfolios’ prospectuses for more information.) These fees and payments, as well as the Portfolios’ investment management fees and administrative expenses, will reduce the underlying Portfolios’ investment returns. The Company or its affiliates may profit from these fees and payments. The Company considers the availability of these fees and payment arrangements during the selection process for the underlying Portfolios. These fees and payment arrangements may create an incentive for us to select Portfolios (and classes of shares of Portfolios) that pay us higher amounts.

 

Some affiliated Portfolios invest in other affiliated Portfolios (the ”EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios”). The EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios offer policy owners a convenient opportunity to invest in other Portfolios that are managed and have been selected for inclusion in the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios by Equitable IMG. Equitable Advisors, an affiliated broker-dealer of the Company, may promote the benefits of such Portfolios to policy owners and/or suggest that policy owners consider whether allocating some or all of their account value to such Portfolios is consistent with their desired investment objectives. In doing so, the Company, and/or its affiliates, may be subject to conflicts of interest insofar as the Company may derive greater revenues from the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios than certain other Portfolios available to you under your policy. Please see “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

As described in more detail in the Portfolio prospectuses, the EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios may utilize a proprietary volatility management strategy developed by Equitable IMG (the “EQ volatility management strategy”) and, in addition, certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios may invest in affiliated Portfolios that utilize this strategy. The EQ volatility management strategy employs various volatility management techniques, such as the use of ETFs or futures and options, to reduce the Portfolio’s equity exposure during periods when certain market indicators indicate that market volatility is above specific thresholds set for the Portfolio. When market volatility is increasing above the specific thresholds set for a Portfolio utilizing the EQ volatility management strategy, the adviser of the Portfolio may reduce equity exposure. Although this strategy is intended to reduce the overall risk of investing in the Portfolio, it may not effectively protect the Portfolio from market declines and may increase its losses. Further, during such times, the Portfolio’s exposure to equity securities may be less than that of a traditional equity portfolio. This may limit the Portfolio’s participation in market gains and result in periods of underperformance, including those periods when the specified benchmark index is appreciating, but market volatility is high.

 

The EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Portfolios that utilize the EQ volatility management strategy (or, in the case of certain EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, invest in other Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy) are designed to reduce the overall volatility of your account value

 

22


and provide you with risk-adjusted returns over time. During rising markets, the EQ volatility management strategy, however, could result in your account value rising less than would have been the case had you been invested in a Portfolio that does not utilize the EQ volatility management strategy or, in the case of the EQ Fund of Fund Portfolios, that invest exclusively in other Portfolios that do not use the volatility management strategy. Conversely, investing in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy may be helpful in a declining market when high market volatility triggers a reduction in the investment option’s equity exposure because during these periods of high volatility, the risk of losses from investing in equity securities may increase. In these instances, your account value may decline less than would have been the case had you not been invested in investment options that use the EQ volatility management strategy.

 

Please see the underlying Portfolio prospectuses for more information in general, as well as more information about the EQ volatility management strategy. Please further note that certain other affiliated Portfolios, as well as unaffiliated Portfolios, may utilize volatility management techniques that differ from the EQ volatility management strategy. Such techniques could also impact your account value in the same manner described above. Please see the Portfolio prospectuses for more information about the Portfolios’ objective and strategies.

 

Portfolio allocations in certain of our variable annuity contracts with guaranteed benefits are subject to our Asset Transfer Program (ATP) feature. The ATP helps us manage our financial exposure in connection with providing certain guaranteed benefits, by using predetermined mathematical formulas to move account value between the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio (an investment option utilized solely by the ATP) and the other Portfolios offered under those contracts. You should be aware that operation of the predetermined mathematical formulas underpinning the ATP has the potential to adversely impact the Portfolios, including their performance, risk profile and expenses. This means that Portfolio investments in contracts with no ATP feature, such as yours, could still be adversely impacted. Particularly during times of high market volatility, if the ATP triggers substantial asset flows into and out of a Portfolio, it could have the following effects on all contract owners invested in that Portfolio:

 

  (a)

By requiring a Portfolio sub-adviser to buy and sell large amounts of securities at inopportune times, a Portfolio’s investment performance and the ability of the sub-adviser to fully implement the Portfolio’s investment strategy could be negatively affected; and

 

  (b)

By generating higher turnover in its securities or other assets than it would have experienced without being impacted by the ATP, a Portfolio could incur higher operating expense ratios and transaction costs than comparable funds. In addition, even Portfolios structured as funds-of-funds that are not available for investment by contract owners who are subject to the ATP could also be impacted by the ATP if those Portfolios invest in underlying funds that are themselves subject to significant asset turnover caused by the ATP. Because the ATP formulas generate unique results for each contract, not all contract owners who are subject to the ATP will be affected by operation of the ATP in the same way. On any particular day on which the ATP is activated, some contract owners may have a portion of their account value transferred to the EQ/Ultra Conservative Strategy Portfolio investment option and others may not. If the ATP causes significant transfers of total account value out of one or more Portfolios, any resulting negative effect on the performance of those Portfolios will be experienced to a greater extent by a contract owner (with or without the ATP) invested in those Portfolios whose account value was not subject to the transfers.

 

Information regarding each Portfolio, including (i) its name; (ii) its type (e.g., money market fund, bond fund, balanced fund, etc.); (iii) its investment adviser and subadviser(s), as applicable; (iv) current expenses; and (v) performance is available in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to the prospectus. Separate prospectuses that contain more detailed information about the Portfolios have been issued by their respective Trusts.

 

You should consider the investment objectives, risks, and charges and expenses of the Portfolios carefully before investing. The prospectuses for the Trusts contain this and other important information about the Portfolios. The prospectuses should be read carefully before investing. In order to obtain copies of the Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146668.

 

23


4. Determining your policy’s value

 

 

 

How you can pay for and contribute to your policy

 

Premium payments. We call the amounts you contribute to your policy “premiums” or “premium payments.” The amount we require as your first premium varies depending on the specifics of your policy and the insured person. Each subsequent premium payment must be at least $50, although we can increase this minimum if we give you advance notice. Otherwise, with a few exceptions mentioned below, you can make premium payments at any time and in any amount.

 

Section 1035 exchanges of policies. If we approve, you may contribute to an Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy through an assignment and exchange of another life insurance policy with a cash surrender value pursuant to a valid exchange under Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). If such other policy is subject to a policy loan, we may permit you to carry over all or a portion of such loan to the Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy, subject to our administrative rules then in effect. In this case, we will treat any cash paid, plus any loaned amount carried over to the Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy, as premium received in consideration of our issuing the policy. If we allow you to carry over all or a portion of any such outstanding loan, then we will hold amounts securing such loan in the same manner as the collateral for any other policy loan, and your policy also will be subject to all our other rules regarding loans (see “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus).

 

 

You can generally pay premiums at such times and in such amounts as you like before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 121st birthday, so long as you don’t exceed certain limits determined by the federal income tax laws applicable to life insurance.

 

 

Your choice of a life insurance qualification test and limits on premium payments. A policy must satisfy either of two testing methods to qualify as a life insurance contract for tax purposes under Section 7702 of the Code. In your application, you may choose either the guideline premium/cash value corridor test (“guideline premium test”) or the cash value accumulation test. If you do not choose a life insurance qualification test, your policy will be issued using the guideline premium test. Once your policy is issued, the qualification method cannot be changed.

 

The qualification method you choose will depend upon your objective in purchasing the policy. Generally, under the cash value accumulation test, you have the flexibility to pay more premiums in the earlier years than under the guideline premium test for the same face amount and still qualify as life insurance for federal income tax purposes. Under the guideline premium test, the federal tax law definition of “life insurance” limits your ability to pay certain high levels of premiums (relative to your policy’s insurance coverage) but

increases those limits over time. We will return any premium payments that exceed these limits.

 

You should note, however, that the alternative death benefit under the cash value accumulation test may be higher in earlier policy years than under the guideline premium test, which will result in higher charges. Under either test, if at any time your policy account value (as defined under “Determining your policy’s value,” in this prospectus) is high enough that the alternative higher death benefit would apply, we reserve the right to limit the amount of any premiums that you pay, unless the insured person provides us with evidence of insurability satisfactory to us.

 

Regardless of which life insurance qualification test you choose, if your premium payments exceed certain other amounts specified under the Code, your policy will become a “modified endowment contract,” which may subject you to additional taxes and penalties on any distributions from your policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. We may return any premium payments that would cause your policy to become a modified endowment contract if we have not received a satisfactory modified endowment contract acknowledgment from you.

 

You can ask your financial professional to provide you with an illustration of Policy Benefits that shows you the amount of premiums you can pay, based on various assumptions, without exceeding applicable tax law limits. The tax law limits can change as a result of certain changes you make to your policy. For example, a reduction in the face amount of your policy may reduce the amount of premiums that you can pay and may impact whether your policy is a modified endowment contract.

 

You should discuss your choice of life insurance qualification test and possible limitations on policy premiums with your financial professional and tax advisor before purchasing the policy.

 

Planned periodic premiums. Page 3 of your policy will specify a “planned periodic premium.” This is the amount that you request us to bill you. You may request a different “planned periodic payment” amount at any time. However, payment of these or any other specific amounts of premiums is not mandatory. You need to pay only the amount of premiums (if any) necessary to keep your policy from lapsing and terminating as discussed below.

 

Premium Payment Plans

 

The following premium payment plans are available:

 

Direct billing is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The Company will send premium reminder notices approximately 25 days before the due date based on the mode chosen, i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.

 

 

24


Military allotment billing is available on monthly mode only.

 

Salary allotment is available on monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual modes. The minimum case requirement for new salary allotment billing units is five lives.

 

Systematic billing is available on monthly and quarterly modes. Under systematic billing, the policy owner may specify the day of the month on which the premiums should be deducted from their account (draft date).

 

The premium payment plan and/or mode may be changed.

 

The minimum amount of premiums you must pay

 

Policy “lapse” and termination. Your policy will lapse (also referred to in your policy as “default”) if your “net policy account value” is not enough to pay your policy’s monthly charges due to insufficient premium payments, poor investment performance, withdrawals, unpaid loans or loan interest when due unless:

 

  you have paid sufficient premiums to maintain one of our available guarantees against termination, the guarantee is still in effect and any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value (see “You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date” below);

 

  you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider (see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus);

 

  you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee and it remains in effect and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value. (see “You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee” below); or

 

  your policy has an outstanding loan that would qualify for “loan extension.”

 

(“Policy account value” and “net policy account value” are explained under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

We will mail a notice to you at your last known address if your policy lapses. You will have a 61-day grace period to pay at least an amount prescribed in your policy which would be enough to keep your policy in force for approximately three months (without regard to investment performance). You may not make any transfers or request any other policy changes during a grace period. If we receive the requested amount before the end of the grace period, it will be treated as a loan repayment to the extent it is less than or equal to any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The remainder of the payment, if any, will be treated as a premium payment. If the guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect, we may limit you from allocating a portion of your payment to the guaranteed interest option as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Any such portion of the payment will be allocated

to the variable investment options in proportion to any payment amounts for the variable investment options that you have specified with that payment. Otherwise, any such portion of the payment will be allocated in proportion to the premium allocation percentages for the variable investment options then in effect. If you have not specified any payment amounts for the variable investment options and if there are no premium allocation percentages for any variable investment options then in effect, any such portion of the payment will be refunded to you except for any minimum amount necessary to keep the policy from terminating, which will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. If your policy account value is still insufficient to cover total monthly deductions, we will send a written notice that a new 61-day grace period has begun and request an additional payment. If we do not receive your payment by the end of the grace period, your policy (and all riders to the policy) will terminate without value and all coverage under your policy will cease. We will mail an additional notice to you if your policy terminates. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

If the insured person dies during a grace period, we will pay the death benefit, less any overdue charges (but not more than the guarantee premium amount required to maintain one of the available guarantees against termination), policy loans or liens and accrued loan or lien interest, to the beneficiary you have named.

 

 

Your policy will terminate if you don’t pay enough premiums (i) to pay the charges we deduct, or (ii) to maintain one of our no lapse guarantees that can keep your policy from terminating. However, we will first send you a notice and give you the opportunity to pay any shortfall.

 

 

You may owe taxes if your policy terminates while you have a loan outstanding, even though you receive no additional money from your policy at that time. See “Tax information,” in this prospectus.

 

Restoring a terminated policy. To have your policy “restored” (put back in force), you must apply within three years after the date of termination. You must also (i) present evidence of insurability satisfactory to us and (ii) pay at least the amount of premium that we require. The amount of payment will not be more than an amount sufficient to cover total monthly deductions for 3 months, calculated from the effective date of restoration, and the premium charge. We will determine the amount of this required payment as if no interest or investment performance were credited to or charged against your policy account. Your policy contains additional information about the minimum amount of this premium and about the values and terms of the policy after it is restored and the effective date of such restoration. You may only restore your policy if it has terminated without value. You may not restore a policy that was given up for its net cash surrender value. Any no-lapse guarantee also terminates and cannot be restored after the policy terminates.

 

 

25


You can guarantee that your policy will not terminate before a certain date

 

We offer a guarantee against policy lapse that depends on your having paid specified amounts of premiums. This is our No-Lapse Guarantee and you can read more about it in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus. We offer the No-Lapse Guarantee free of charge.

 

Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider. An optional rider may be elected at issue at no additional charge that provides a longer guarantee period than described above with a possible higher and/or longer premium requirement, provided that you allocate all of your policy account value to any of the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. The length of your policy’s guarantee period will range from 15 to 30 years, depending on the insured’s age when we issue the policy. Under the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider, the policy is guaranteed not to lapse during the enhanced no lapse guarantee period of 30 years for issue ages 0-55, or to age 85 for issue ages 56-70. For issue ages over 70, the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider is not available. You can terminate this rider at any time but it cannot be reinstated once terminated. For more information about this rider, see “Optional benefits you can add by rider” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

 

If you pay at least certain prescribed amounts of premiums, and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest do not exceed the policy account value, your policy will not lapse for a number of years, even if the value in your policy becomes insufficient to pay the monthly charges.

 

 

The Market Stabilizer Option® is not available if you elect the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider.

 

You can elect a paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Provided certain requirements are met, and subject to our approval, you may elect to take advantage of our paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is 120 or less. If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we may reduce your base policy’s face amount. Thereafter, your policy will not lapse so long as the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. Also, if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options (currently the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options) that we make available at our discretion. The guaranteed interest option will also be available; however, we will limit the amount that may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option at any time. If the policy guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect at the time you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, it will no longer apply while the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. The limitation amounts applicable under the paid up death benefit guarantee may permit you to allocate different amounts into the guaranteed interest option. Our paid up death benefit guarantee is not available if you received

benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time. Our paid up death benefit guarantee is not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit. Also, election of a paid up death benefit guarantee will terminate any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider subject to any Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected. Please also see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for policy and/or rider variations.

 

The guarantee will terminate if (i) at any time following the election, the sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest, exceeds your policy account value, (ii) if we make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit, or (iii) you request that we terminate the election. For more information about the circumstances under which you can elect the paid up death benefit, the possible reduction in face amount after this guarantee is elected (including the possible imposition of surrender charges upon such reduction), restrictions on allocating your policy account value and other effects of this guarantee on your policy, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

The Market Stabilizer Option® is not available while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect.

 

You can receive an accelerated death benefit under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

 

In states where approved and subject to our eligibility requirements, the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider may be added to your policy at issue that provides an acceleration of the policy’s death benefit in the form of monthly payments if the insured becomes chronically ill and is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care. The long-term care specified amount at issue must be at least $100,000. The monthly rate for this rider varies based on the individual characteristics of the insured and the benefit percentage you select and whether you select the rider with or without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. You can terminate this rider after your first policy year. For more information about this rider, see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus. Please also see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for rider variations.

 

You can receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider if you apply for a face amount of at least $100,000 unless it is issued as a result of an Option To Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or term rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000) of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this

 

 

26


Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you tell us that you do not wish to have the Living Benefits Rider added at issue, but you later ask to add it, there will be a $100 administrative charge. Also, we will need to evaluate the insurance risk at that time, and we may decline to issue the rider.

 

For more information about that rider, see “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Investment options within your policy

 

Except as set forth in the next paragraph, we will initially put all unloaned amounts which you have allocated to variable investment options into such options on the later of the business day that we receive the full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office or the register date of your policy (the “Investment Start Date”). Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account. See “Policy issuance” in “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

In those states that require us to return your premium without adjustment for investment performance within a certain number of days (see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days,” in this prospectus), we will initially put all amounts which you have allocated to the variable investment options into our EQ/Money Market investment option as of the later of the Investment Start Date and the issue date for 20 calendar days (the “Money Market Lock-in Period”). On the first business day following the Money Market Lock-in Period, we will reallocate that investment in accordance with your premium allocation instructions then in effect. For policies issued in these states, the “Allocation Date” is the first business day following the Money Market Lock-in Period. For all other policies, the Allocation Date is the Investment Start Date, and there is no automatic initial allocation to the EQ/Money Market investment option.

 

You give such allocation instructions in your application to purchase a policy. You can change the premium allocation percentages at any time, but this will not affect any prior allocations. The allocation percentages that you specify must always be in whole numbers and total exactly 100%.

 

However, if the policy guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect, we will limit you from allocating more than a specified percentage of any premium payment to the guaranteed interest option. Any portion of the premium payment in excess of the limitation amount will be allocated to the variable investment options in proportion to any premium payment amounts for the variable investment options that you have specified with that premium payment. Otherwise, the excess will be allocated in proportion to the premium allocation percentages for the variable investment options then in

effect. If you have not specified any premium payment amounts for the variable investment options and if there are no premium allocation percentages for any variable investment options then in effect, any portion of the premium payment in excess of the limitation amount will be refunded to you (except for any minimum amount necessary to keep the policy from terminating, which will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option). The specified percentage limitation on premium payments allocated to the guaranteed interest option can be changed at any time, but it will never be less than 5%. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

The policy is between you and the Company. The policy is not an investment advisory account, and the Company is not providing any investment advice or managing the allocations under your policy. In the absence of a specific written arrangement to the contrary, you, as the owner of the policy, have the sole authority to make investment allocations and other decisions under the policy. If your policy is sold by a financial professional of Equitable Advisors, LLC (Equitable Financial Advisors in MI and TN), (“Equitable Advisors”), your financial professional is acting as a broker-dealer registered representative, and is not authorized to act as an investment advisor or to manage the allocations under your policy. If your financial professional is a registered representative with a broker-dealer other than Equitable Advisors, you should speak with him/her regarding any different arrangements that may apply.

 

 

You can choose among variable investment options.

 

 

Variable investment options. The available variable investment options are listed in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” of this prospectus. (Your policy and other supplemental materials may refer to these as “Investment Funds.”) The investment results you will achieve in any one of these options will depend on the investment performance of the corresponding Portfolio that shares the same name as that option. That Portfolio follows investment practices, policies and objectives that are appropriate to the variable investment option you have chosen. You can lose your principal when investing in the variable investment options. In periods of poor market performance, the net return, after charges and expenses, may result in negative yields, including for the EQ/Money Market variable investment option.

 

The advisers who make the investment decisions for each Portfolio are set forth in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy.”

 

You will find other important information about each Portfolio in the separate prospectuses for each Trust, including a comprehensive discussion of the risks of investing in each Portfolio. To obtain copies of Trust prospectuses, you may call 1-877-522-5035 or go to www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146668. We may add or delete variable investment options or Portfolios at any time.

 

 

27


If you elect at issue the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or subsequently exercise the paid up death benefit guarantee, your choice of variable investment options will be limited to the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options, or those investment options we are then making available under the rider. Please see “Other benefits” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Guaranteed interest option.  You can also allocate some of your policy’s value to our guaranteed interest option. We, in turn, invest such amounts as part of our general assets. Periodically, we declare a fixed rate of interest (2% minimum) on amounts that you allocate to our guaranteed interest option. We credit and compound the interest daily at an effective annual rate that equals the declared rate. The rates we are declaring on existing policies at any time may differ from the rates we are then declaring for newly issued policies. (The guaranteed interest option is part of what your policy and other supplemental material may refer to as the “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

Upon advance notification, the Company has the right to implement the policy guaranteed interest option limitation. If the policy guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect, the Company has the right to limit you from allocating more than a specified percentage of your premium to the guaranteed interest option. We may also reject any transfer you request from the variable investment options to the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option if the transfer would result in the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option exceeding a specified percentage of the total unloaned policy account value. Finally, we may limit you from allocating more than a specified percentage of any additional loan repayment to the guaranteed interest option after you have repaid any loaned amounts that were taken from the guaranteed interest option. The specified percentage limitation on allocations of premium payments, additional loan repayments, and requested transfers to the guaranteed interest option can be changed at any time, but it will never be less than 5%.

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we will restrict the amount of the policy account value that can be transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option. The policy guaranteed interest option limitation will not apply while the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. The limitation amounts applicable under the paid up death benefit guarantee may permit you to allocate different amounts into the guaranteed interest option. If you elect the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider at issue, and while it remains in effect, you are required to allocate all of your policy account value to any of the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. Therefore, you may not allocate any amounts to the guaranteed interest option whether or not the guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect at that time. For more information on these restrictions, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” and “Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider” under “More information about policy features and benefits” and Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus.

 

We will pay at least 2% annual interest on our guaranteed interest option.

 

 

Market Stabilizer Option®.   The MSO rider, if available under your policy, provides you with the opportunity to earn interest that we will credit based in part on the performance of the S&P 500 Price Return Index excluding dividends, over approximately a one year period. The S&P 500 Price Return Index includes 500 companies in leading industries of the U.S. economy, capturing 75% coverage of U.S. equities. The S&P 500 Price Return Index does not include dividends declared by any of the companies included in this Index. Any amount that you decide to invest in the MSO is allocated to a “Segment,” each of which has a specific start date and a limited duration. On the final day of the Segment, the index-linked return associated with that Segment will be applied to your Segment Account Value (as defined in the MSO prospectus), and may be positive, zero or negative. Please be aware that the possibility of a negative return on this investment at the end of a Segment Term could result in a significant loss of principal and previously credited interest. Please see the Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus for more information.

 

 

Please note that you will not be credited with any positive Index performance with respect to amounts that are removed from a Segment prior to the Segment Maturity Date. Even when the Index performance has been positive, such early removals will cause you to lose some principal. Please see “Early Distribution Adjustment” in this prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value

 

As set forth in this prospectus, we deduct certain charges from each premium payment you make. We credit the rest of each premium payment to your “policy account value.” You instruct us to allocate your policy account value to one or more of the policy’s investment options indicated in Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” to this prospectus.

 

Your “policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option (other than amounts included in (iii)) and (iii) any amounts that we are holding to secure policy loans that you have taken (including any interest on those amounts which has not yet been allocated to the investment options). See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”) is also included in your policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

(Your policy and other supplemental material may refer to the account that holds the amounts in (ii) and (iii) above as

our “Guaranteed Interest Account.”)

 

Your “net policy account value” is the total of (i) your amounts in our variable investment options, (ii) your amounts in our guaranteed interest option and (iii) any interest credited on loaned amounts, minus any interest accrued on outstanding loans and minus any “restricted” amounts that we hold in the

 

 

28


guaranteed interest option as a result of any payment received under a Living Benefits Rider. The account value of any policy amounts transferred to the Market Stabilizer Option® is also included in your net policy account value, and is calculated as described in the separate Market Stabilizer Option® prospectus.

 

 

Your policy account value will be credited with the same net returns achieved by the Portfolios that you select and interest credited on amounts in the guaranteed interest option, and is reduced by the amount of charges we deduct under the policy.

 

 

Your policy’s value in our variable investment options. We invest the policy account value that you have allocated to any variable investment option in shares of the corresponding Portfolio. Your value in each variable investment option is measured by “units.”

 

The number of your units in any variable investment option does not change, absent an event or transaction under your policy that involves moving assets into or out of that option. Whenever any amount is withdrawn or otherwise deducted from one of your policy’s variable investment options, we “redeem” (cancel) the number of units that has a value equal to that amount. This can happen, for example, when all or a portion of monthly deductions and transaction-based charges are allocated to that option, or when loans, transfers, withdrawals and surrenders are made from that option. Similarly, you “purchase” additional units having the same value as the amount of any premium (after deduction of any premium charge), loan repayment, or transfer that you allocate to that option.

 

The value of each unit will increase or decrease each business day, as though you had invested in the corresponding Portfolio’s shares directly (and reinvested all dividends and distributions from the Portfolio in additional Portfolio shares). On any day, your value in any variable investment option equals the number of units credited to your policy under that option, multiplied by that day’s value for one such unit. The mortality and expense risk charge mentioned in this prospectus is calculated as a percentage of the value you have in the variable investment options and deducted monthly from your policy account based on your deduction allocations unless the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information on how we allocate charges, see “How we allocate charges among your investment options” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option. Your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option includes: (i) any amounts that have been allocated to that option, based on your request, and (ii) any “restricted” amounts that we hold in that option as a result of your election to receive a living benefit. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider,” in this prospectus. We credit all of such amounts with interest at rates we declare from time to time. We guarantee that these rates will not be less than a 2% effective annual rate. However, we reserve the right to limit the percentage of your premium that may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option, or to reject certain

requests to transfer amounts to the unloaned portion of your guaranteed interest option as described in greater detail throughout this prospectus. We may also limit the percentage of any additional loan repayments that may be allocated to the guaranteed interest option after you have repaid any loaned amounts that were taken from the guaranteed interest option. See “Guaranteed interest option” under “Investment options within your policy” in this prospectus and Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information on such limitation amounts.

 

Amounts may be allocated to or removed from your policy’s value in our guaranteed interest option for the same purposes as described in this prospectus for the variable investment options. We credit your policy with a number of dollars in that option that equals any amount that is being allocated to it. Similarly, if amounts are being removed from your guaranteed interest option for any reason, we reduce the amount you have credited to that option on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

If the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider was elected at issue and is in effect, we will not allow any amount of the policy account value to be transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option. In addition, if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we will restrict the amount of the policy account value that can be transferred or allocated to the guaranteed interest option.

 

Customer loyalty credit

 

We provide a customer loyalty credit for policies that have been in force for more than 8 years. This is added to your policy account value each month. The dollar amount of the credit is a percentage of the total amount you then have in your policy account, but excluding any value we are holding as collateral for any policy loans.

 

The credit begins in the policy’s 9th year. The percentage credit is currently at an annual rate as described in the charts below depending upon the issue age of the insured, the death benefit option you elected at issue, the policy duration and the level at which the policy is funded. If at the end of the first 7 policy years, the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) then: (i) if you elected at issue the death benefit Option A and is less than 16 “target premiums” for issue ages 18 – 58 or less than 12 “target premiums” for issue ages 0 – 17 and issue ages 59 and above, or (ii) if you elected at issue the death benefit Option B and is less than 13 “target premiums” for issue ages 18 – 58 or less than 11 “target premiums” for issue ages 0 – 17 and issue ages 59 and above the percentage credit will be as follows:

 

Issue

Age

  Duration   Credit
Amount
    Duration   Credit
Amount
 

 0 – 29

  Policy yrs 9 – 35     0.25%     Policy yrs 36+     0.40%  

30 – 39

  Policy yrs 9 – 25     0.20%     Policy yrs 26+     0.35%  

40 – 49

  Policy yrs 9 – 20     0.15%     Policy yrs 21+     0.30%  

50 – 59

  Policy yrs 9 – 15     0.15%     Policy yrs 16+     0.20%  

60 + 

  Policy yrs 9+     0.15%              
 

 

29


Otherwise, the percentage credit will be as follows:

 

Issue

Age

  Duration   Credit
Amount
    Duration   Credit
Amount
 

  0 – 29

  Policy yrs 9 – 27     0.25%     Policy yrs 28+     0.55%  

30 – 39

  Policy yrs 9 – 18     0.25%     Policy yrs 19+     0.55%  

40 – 49

  Policy yrs 9 – 14     0.30%     Policy yrs 15+     0.55%  

50 – 59

  Policy yrs 9 – 10     0.30%     Policy yrs 11+     0.55%  

60 +    

  Policy yrs 9+     0.30%              

 

The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s characteristics, as well as the death benefit option at issue and the policy’s face amount. The illustrations of Policy Benefits that your financial professional will provide will contain more information regarding the amount of premiums that must be paid in order for the higher percentage credit to be applicable to your policy.

 

This credit is not guaranteed.

    

 

30


5. Transferring your money among our investment options

 

 

 

Transfers you can make

 

 

You can transfer among our variable investment options and into our guaranteed interest option. However, certain restrictions may apply.

 

 

After your policy’s Allocation Date, you can transfer amounts from one investment option to another subject to certain restrictions discussed below. Currently, the total of all transfers you make on the same day must be at least $500; except that you may transfer your entire balance in an investment option, even if it is less than $500. We reserve the right to lower this $500 limit upon written notice to you. We also reserve the right to restrict transfers among variable investment options and transfers out of the guaranteed interest option as described in your policy, including limitations on the number, frequency, or dollar amount of transfers.

 

Certain transfer restrictions apply if the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. For more information, see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” and the “Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits.” If your policy is placed on loan extension, we will transfer any remaining policy account value in the variable investment options and the Segments in the MSO to the guaranteed interest option. No transfers from the guaranteed interest option are permitted thereafter.

 

Please see “Investment options within your policy” for more information about your role in managing your allocations.

 

Restrictions on transfers into the guaranteed interest option. Your policy may contain a GIA Limitation Endorsement indicating that the Company has the right to reject any transfer you request from the variable investment options to the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option if the transfer would result in the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option exceeding a specified percentage of the total unloaned policy account value. The Company will not exercise the right granted by this endorsement. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

After the first two policy years and if the attained age of the insured is less than 65, we may limit transfers you can make into the unloaned GIO if the current (non-guaranteed) interest crediting rate on the unloaned GIO is equal to the guaranteed minimum interest crediting rate of 2% (annual rate). In this instance, the maximum amount that may be transferred from the variable investment options to the unloaned GIO in a policy year is the greater of: (a) $500 and (b) 25% of the total amount in the variable investment options at the beginning of the policy year. If this amount is exceeded in any policy year during which the transfer limit becomes effective, additional transfers into the unloaned GIO will not be permitted during that policy year while the limit remains in effect.

Additionally, when the paid up death benefit guarantee is exercised, if the Enhanced No-Lapse Rider is in effect or if there are any Segments of the MSO in effect, restrictions and/or limitations may apply on transfers into the guaranteed interest option. For more information, please see “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.

 

Current unrestricted transfers out of the guaranteed interest option.  We are relaxing our policy rules so that, beginning on the business day after the Allocation Date and thereafter, you may transfer any amount of unloaned policy account value out of the guaranteed interest option to any other investment option until further notice. If we decide to change our limitations on transfers out of the guaranteed interest option, we will provide you with notice of at least 30 days.

 

See the “How to make transfers” section below on how you can request a transfer. In general, transfers take effect on the date the request is received. However, any written, telephone, Internet or facsimile transaction requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) take effect the next business day.

 

Please note that the ability to make unresticted transfers from the guaranteed interest option does not apply to any amounts that we are holding as collateral for a policy loan or as “restricted” amounts as a result of your election to receive a living benefit, if available under your policy. In addition, if you elect to transfer account value to the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”), if available under your policy, there must be sufficient funds remaining in the guaranteed interest option to cover the Charge Reserve Amount. Finally, there may be a charge for making this transfer. Please see “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus for more information about charges for this transfer.

 

If the policy is on loan extension, transfers out of the guaranteed interest option are not permitted.

 

Transfers under the Market Stabilizer Option® (“MSO”). Although, under the policy, we reserve the right to apply a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer among your investment options, there is no charge to transfer into and out of the MSO Holding Account and you can make a transfer at any time to or from the investment options available under your policy subject to any transfer restrictions within your policy. For more information, please refer to the MSO prospectus.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  We reserve the right to limit access to the services described below if we determine that you are engaged in a disruptive transfer activity, such as “market timing” (see “Disruptive transfer activity” in “More information about other matters”).

 

 

31


How to make transfers

 

Internet transfers.  Generally, you can make transfers over the Internet if you are the owner of the policy. You may do this by visiting our www.equitable.com website and registering for online account access. This service may not always be available. The restrictions relating to transfers are described below.

 

Online transfers.  You can make online transfers by following one of two procedures:

 

  For individually owned policies for which you are the owner, by logging onto our website, described under “By Internet” in “How to reach us” in this prospectus; or

 

  For corporation and trust owned policies, we require a special authorization form to obtain access. The form is available on our website www.equitable.com or by contacting our Administrative Office.

 

For more information, see “Telephone and Internet requests” in this prospectus. We allow only one request for transfers each day (although that request can cover multiple transfers). If you are unable to reach us via our website, you should send a written transfer request to our Administrative Office.

 

Transfers through our Administrative Office.  You may submit a written request for a transfer to our Administrative Office. We require a written request for jointly owned policies.

 

Our automatic transfer service

 

We offer an automatic transfer service. This service allows you to gradually allocate amounts to the variable investment options by periodically transferring approximately the same dollar amount to the variable investment options you select. This will cause you to purchase more units if the unit’s value is low, and fewer units if the unit’s value is high. Therefore, you may achieve a lower average cost per unit over the long-term.

 

 

Using the automatic transfer service does not guarantee that you will earn a profit or be protected against losses.

 

 

Our automatic transfer service (also referred to as our “dollar cost averaging service”) enables you to make automatic monthly transfers from the EQ/Money Market option to our other variable investment options and the MSO. You may elect the automatic transfer service with your policy application or at any later time (provided you are not using the asset rebalancing service described below). At least $5,000 must be allocated to the EQ/Money Market option to begin using the automatic transfer service. You can choose up to eight other variable investment options to receive the automatic transfers, but each transfer to each option must be at least $50.

 

This service terminates when the EQ/Money Market option is depleted. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is

placed on loan extension. You can also cancel the automatic transfer service at any time by sending a written request to our Administrative Office. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our automatic transfer service. This service is not available while the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider is in effect.

 

Our asset rebalancing service

 

You may wish us to periodically redistribute the amounts you have in our variable investment options so that the relative amount of your policy account value in each variable option is restored to an asset allocation that you select. You can accomplish this automatically through our asset rebalancing service. The rebalancing may be at quarterly, semiannual, or annual intervals.

 

You may specify asset allocation percentages for all available variable investment options (excluding the MSO up to a maximum of 50. The allocation percentage you specify for each variable investment option selected must be at least 2% (whole percentages only) of the total value you hold under the variable investment options, and the sum of the percentages must equal 100%. You may not simultaneously participate in the asset rebalancing service and the automatic transfer service (discussed above).

 

You may request the asset rebalancing service in your policy application or at any later time by completing our enrollment form. At any time, you may also terminate the rebalancing program or make changes to your allocations under the program. Once enrolled in the rebalancing service, it will remain in effect until you instruct us in writing to terminate the service. Requesting an investment option transfer while enrolled in our asset rebalancing service will not automatically change your allocation instructions for rebalancing your account value. This means that upon the next scheduled rebalancing, we will transfer amounts among your investment options pursuant to the allocation instructions previously on file for your rebalancing service. Changes to your allocation instructions for the rebalancing service (or termination of your enrollment in the service) must be in writing and sent to our Administrative Office.

 

We will not deduct a transfer charge for any transfer made in connection with our asset rebalancing service. Also, this service will automatically terminate if you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. Certain investment options, such as the guaranteed interest option, are not available investment options with the asset rebalancing service. This service is not available while the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider is in effect.

 

 

32


6. Accessing your money

 

 

About your life insurance benefit

 

As long as your policy is in force, we will pay the death benefit to your beneficiary or beneficiaries once we receive at our Administrative Office satisfactory proof of the Insured’s death. The death benefit is determined as of the date of death and generally paid within 7 days after proof of death and any other required documents are received. For more information on the commencement of insurance coverage, please see “Policy issuance” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy” in this prospectus.

 

Your policy’s face amount.  In your application to buy an Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy, you tell us how much insurance coverage you want on the life of the insured person. We call this the “face amount” of the base policy. Generally, $100,000 is the minimum amount of coverage you can request. If you have elected the Charitable Legacy Rider, the minimum face amount is $1 million. If you have elected the Cash Value Plus Rider, the minimum face amount is $250,000 per life when one or two policies are purchased on the lives of members of an insured group and $100,000 per life when policies are purchased on the lives of three or more members. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information on the prior version of this rider. If you are exercising the Option To Purchase Additional Insurance under another policy, or a conversion from certain term life policies or term riders, the minimum face amount is $25,000. For: 1) policies that exceed our Disability Deduction Waiver or Disability Premium Waiver maximum coverage limit; 2) face amount increases issued on a less favorable underwriting basis than the base policy; 3) policy owners of certain discontinued company variable life products where a requested increase in coverage involves the issuance of an additional variable life policy; or 4) face amount increases on a 1980 CSO product issued on a less favorable underwriting basis than the base policy; the minimum face amount is $10,000.

 

You can increase or decrease your insurance coverage

 

After the first policy year, only until the maximum issue age, while this policy is in force, you may request an increase in life insurance coverage under your policy. You may request a decrease in your policy’s face amount any time after the second year of your policy but before the policy year in which the insured person reaches age 121. The requested increase or decrease must be at least $10,000. Please refer to “Tax information” for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of changing the face amount of your policy.

 

We can refuse or limit any requested increase or decrease. We will not approve any increase or decrease if (i) we are at that time being required to waive charges or pay premiums under any optional disability waiver rider that is part of the

policy; (ii) the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect; or (iii) your policy is on loan extension. Also, we will not approve a face amount increase if (i) the insured person has reached the maximum issue age for a face amount increase as described in their policy (or age 71 if the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider is in effect); or (ii) while the Cash Value Plus Rider is in effect or, while the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect, unless coverage has been continued under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. Further, if the underwriting class for the insured person is changed after issue, the maximum age at which the insured person may apply for a face amount increase will be the maximum issue age for the underwriting class for the insured person at the time the increase is requested (which may be different than it was previously). We will not accept a request for a face amount decrease while you are receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

Certain policy changes, including increases and decreases in your insurance coverage, may also affect the guarantee premiums under the policy.

 

The following additional conditions also apply:

 

Face amount increases.  We treat an increase in face amount in many respects as if it were the issuance of a new policy. For example, you must submit satisfactory evidence that the insured person still meets our requirements for coverage. Also, we establish additional amounts of surrender charge and guarantee premiums under your policy for the face amount increase, reflecting the additional amount of coverage.

 

In most states, you can cancel the face amount increase within 10 days after you receive a new policy page showing the increase. If you cancel, we will reverse any charges attributable to the increase and recalculate all values under your policy to what they would have been had the increase not taken place.

 

The monthly cost of insurance charge we make for the amount of the increase will be based on the underwriting classification of the insured person when the original policy was issued, provided the insured qualifies for the same underwriting classification. An additional 10 year surrender charge and an additional administrative charge will apply to the face amount that exceeds the highest previous face amount. If the insured qualifies for a less favorable underwriting classification than the base policy, we may offer to issue a separate policy based on the rating class for the increase.

 

If you elect the MSO, the same conditions as described above for a face amount increase will apply while any Segment is in effect. However, the Charge Reserve Amount will be recalculated on the effective date of the requested face amount increase so that the amount in the Unloaned

 

 

33


GIO is sufficient to cover the estimated monthly deductions for the policy during the longest remaining Segment Term. If the Charge Reserve Amount requirement is not satisfied, the requested Face Amount Increase will be declined. For more information, please refer to the MSO prospectus.

 

Face amount decreases. You may not reduce the face amount below the minimum stated in your policy. Nor will we permit a decrease that would cause your policy to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of life insurance. Guarantee premiums, as well as our monthly deductions for the cost of insurance coverage, will generally decrease from the time you reduce the face amount.

 

If you reduce the face amount during the first 10 years of your policy, or during the first 10 years after a face amount increase you have requested, we will deduct all or part of the remaining surrender charge from your policy account. Assuming you have not previously changed the face amount, the amount of the surrender charge we will deduct will be determined by dividing the amount of the decrease by the initial face amount and multiplying that fraction by the total amount of surrender charge that still remains applicable to your policy. We deduct the charge from the same investment options as if it were part of a regular monthly deduction under your policy.

 

In some cases, we may have to make a distribution to you from your policy at the time we decrease your policy’s face amount or change your death benefit option. This may be necessary in order to preserve your policy’s status as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code. We may also be required to make such distribution to you in the future on account of a prior decrease in face amount or change in death benefit option. The distribution may be taxable.

 

 

If the insured person dies, we pay a life insurance benefit to the “beneficiary” you have named. The amount we pay depends on whether you have chosen death benefit Option A or death benefit Option B. (See “Your options for receiving policy proceeds” under “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus.)

 

 

Your policy’s “death benefit” options. In your policy application, you also choose whether the basic amount (or “benefit”) we will pay if the insured person dies is:

 

  Option A — The policy’s face amount on the date of the insured person’s death. The amount of this death benefit generally doesn’t change over time, unless you take any action that changes the policy face amount;

 

-or-

 

  Option B — The face amount plus the “policy account value” on the date of death. Under this option, the amount of the death benefit generally changes from day to day, because many factors (including investment performance, charges, premium payments and withdrawals) affect your policy account value.

 

Your “policy account value” is the total amount that at any time is earning interest for you or being credited with

investment gains and losses under your policy. (Policy account value is discussed in more detail under “Determining your policy’s value” in this prospectus.)

 

Under Option B, your policy’s death benefit will tend to be higher than under Option A, assuming the same policy face amount and policy account value. As a result, the monthly insurance charge we deduct will also be higher to compensate us for our additional risk. If you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy has been placed on loan extension, the death benefit option will be Option A and must remain Option A thereafter.

 

Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases

 

Your policy is designed to always provide a minimum level of insurance protection relative to your policy account value, in part to meet the Code’s definition of “life insurance.”

 

We will automatically pay an alternative death benefit if it is higher than the basic Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. The alternate higher death benefit is based upon the life insurance qualification test that you choose. For the guideline premium test, this alternative death benefit is computed by multiplying your policy account value on the insured person’s date of death by a percentage specified in your policy. Representative percentages are as follows:

 

 

If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected.

 

 

Age:*   40 and under   45   50   55   60   65
%:   250%   215%   185%   150%   130%   120%
Age:   70   75-90   91   92   93   94- Over
%:   115%   105%   104%   103%   102%   101%
*

For the then-current policy year.

 

For example, if the guideline premium test is selected, if the insured is age 65 at the time of death and has a policy with the face amount of $100,000, an account value of $85,000, and a death benefit percentage of 120%, then the death benefit under Option A is the alternative death benefit of $102,000 and the death benefit under Option B is the death benefit of $185,000. For more details regarding how we calculate that death benefit under Option A and Option B, please see Appendix: “Calculating the alternate death benefit” in this prospectus.

 

For the cash value accumulation test, the alternate death benefit is the greater of the minimum death benefit as determined under the Code under this test or 101% of the policy account value. The death benefit must be large enough to ensure that the policy’s cash surrender value (as computed under section 7702 of the Code) is never larger than the net single premium needed to fund future policy benefits. The net single premium varies based upon the insured’s age, sex and risk class and is calculated using an interest rate of 4% and mortality charges based upon the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

 

34


For example, if the cash value accumulation test is selected, if the insured is age 65 at the time of death and has a policy with the face amount of $100,000, an account value of $85,000, and a death benefit percentage of 185.7%, then the death benefit under Option A is the alternative death benefit of $157,845 and the death benefit under Option B is the death benefit of $185,000. For more details regarding how we calculate that death benefit under Option A and Option B, please see Appendix: “Calculating the alternate death benefit” in this prospectus.

 

These higher alternative death benefits expose us to greater insurance risk than the regular Option A and B death benefit. Because the cost of insurance charges we make under your policy are based in part on the amount of our risk, you will pay more cost of insurance charges for any periods during which a higher alternative death benefit is the operative one.

 

The operative period for the higher alternative death benefit is generally determined in connection with the requirements of the Code. The calculation of the death benefit is built into the monthly calculation of the cost of insurance charge, which is based on the net amount at risk. The need for the higher alternative death benefit is assessed on each monthly anniversary date, and on the death of the insured. Each policy owner receives an annual statement showing various policy values.

 

The annual statement shows the death benefit amount as of the policy anniversary, and that amount would reflect the alternative higher death benefit amount, if applicable at that time. This annual statement also reflects the monthly cost of insurance charge for the policy year, reflecting a higher net amount at risk in those months when the higher alternative death benefit is in effect.

 

Other adjustments to death benefit.  We will increase the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any other benefits we owe upon the insured person’s death under any optional riders which are in effect.

 

We will reduce the death benefit proceeds by the amount of any outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest, as well as any amount of monthly charges under the policy that remain unpaid because the insured person died during a grace period. We also reduce the death benefit if we have already paid part of it under a Living Benefits Rider. We reduce it by the amount of the living benefits payment plus interest. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider” in this prospectus. Under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, any monthly benefit payments will be treated as a lien against the death benefit and reduce your death benefit, unless benefits are being paid under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. Please see “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in this prospectus.

 

Death benefit if your policy is on loan extension.  Your policy offers an additional feature against policy termination due to an outstanding loan, called “loan extension.” Availability of this feature is subject to certain terms and conditions, including that you must have elected the guideline premium test

and have had your policy in force for at least 20 years. If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit payable under the policy will be determined differently. For more information on loan extension, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money.”

 

 

You can request a change in your death benefit option from Option B any time after the fifth year of the policy or from Option A any time after the second year of the policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 121st birthday.

 

 

Change of death benefit option.  If you change your death benefit option, we will adjust your policy’s face amount. The adjustment will be in the amount (up or down) necessary so that your death benefit amount immediately after the change is equal to your death benefit amount immediately before the change.

 

The following rules apply if the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is not higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in the death benefit option. If you change from Option B to Option A, we automatically increase your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. If you change from Option A to Option B, we will automatically reduce your base policy’s face amount by an amount equal to your policy account value at the time of the change. You can request a change from Option A to Option B any time after the second policy year or from Option B to Option A any time after the fifth policy year. Any request to change an Option must occur before the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 121st birthday.

 

If the alternative death benefit (referenced above) is higher than the base policy’s death benefit at the time of the change in death benefit option, we will determine the new base policy face amount somewhat differently from the general procedures described above. See “Alternative higher death benefit in certain cases” in this section.

 

We may refuse a change from Option A to Option B if the policy’s face amount would be reduced below $100,000. A change from Option A to Option B is not permitted (a) beyond the policy year in which the insured person reaches the attained age 120, (b) if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, or (c) your policy is on loan extension.

 

We will not deduct or establish any amount of surrender charge as a result of a change in death benefit option. You may not request a change of the death benefit option from Option A to Option B under the policy while the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect. You may request a change from Option B to Option A. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for rider variations. Please also refer to “Tax information” in this prospectus, to learn about certain possible income tax consequences that may result from a change in death benefit option, including the effect of an automatic increase or decrease in face amount.

 

 

35


Your options for receiving policy proceeds

 

Beneficiary of death benefit.  You designate your policy’s beneficiary in your policy application. You can change the beneficiary at any other time during the insured person’s life. If no beneficiary is living when the insured person dies, we will pay the death benefit proceeds in equal shares to the insured person’s surviving children. If there are no surviving children, we will instead pay the insured person’s estate.

 

Payment of death benefit.  We will pay any death benefit in a single sum. If the beneficiary is a natural person (i.e., not an entity such as a corporation or a trust) and so elects, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the “Access Account”, which is a draft account that works in certain respects like an interest-bearing checking account. In that case, we will send the beneficiary a draftbook, and the beneficiary will have immediate access to the proceeds by writing a draft for all or part of the amount of the death benefit proceeds. The Company will retain the funds until a draft is presented for payment. Interest on the Access Account is earned from the date we establish the account until the account is closed by your beneficiary or by us if the account balance falls below the minimum balance requirement, which is currently $1,000. The Access Account is part of the Company’s general account and is subject to the claims of our creditors. We will receive any investment earnings during the period such amounts remain in the general account. The Access Account is not a bank account or a checking account and it is not insured by the FDIC. Funds held by insurance companies in the general account are guaranteed by the respective state guaranty association.

 

A beneficiary residing outside the U.S., however, cannot elect the Access Account. If the beneficiary is a trust that has two or fewer trustees, death benefit proceeds can be paid through the Access Account.

 

If a financial professional has assisted the beneficiary in preparing the documents that are required for payment of the death benefit, we will send the Access Account checkbook or check to the financial professional within the periods specified for death benefit payments under “When we pay policy proceeds,” in this prospectus. Our financial professionals will take reasonable steps to arrange for prompt delivery to the beneficiary.

 

Accessing your money

 

You can access the money in your policy in different ways. You may borrow up to 90% of the difference between your policy account value and any applicable surrender charges, less any outstanding loans (plus accrued loan interest) and less any amounts restricted following your receipt of a living benefits payment. We will charge interest on the amount of the loan. See “Borrowing from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

You can also make a partial withdrawal of $500 or more of your net cash surrender value (defined in this prospectus under “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender

value”) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to the insured’s 121st birthday. Partial withdrawals are not permitted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. See “Making withdrawals from your policy” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Finally, you can surrender (turn in) your policy for its net cash surrender value at any time. See “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value” in this prospectus. See “Tax information” in this prospectus, for the tax treatment of the various ways in which you can access your money.

 

Borrowing from your policy

 

You may borrow up to 90% of the cash surrender value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest before the policy year in which the insured reaches age 75 (100% thereafter). In your policy, the cash surrender value is equal to the difference between your policy account value and any surrender charges that are in effect under your policy. However, the amount you can borrow will be reduced by any amount that we hold on a “restricted” basis following your receipt of a terminal illness living benefits payment, as well as by any other loans (and accrued loan interest) you have outstanding and reduced for any monthly payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. See “More information about policy features and benefits: Other benefits: Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in this prospectus. See “Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider” below. The minimum loan amount generally is $500.

 

 

You can use policy loans to obtain funds from your policy without surrender charges or, in most cases, paying current income taxes. However, the borrowed amount is no longer credited with the investment results of any of our investment options under the policy.

 

 

When you take a policy loan, we remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment. We hold this loan collateral under the same terms and conditions as apply to amounts supporting our guaranteed interest option, with several exceptions:

 

  you cannot make transfers or withdrawals of the collateral;

 

  we expect to credit different rates of interest to loan collateral than we credit under our guaranteed interest option;

 

  we do not count the collateral when we compute our customer loyalty credit; and

 

  the collateral is not available to pay policy charges.

 

When you request a loan, you should tell us how much of the loan collateral you wish to have taken from any amounts you have in each of our investment options. Please note that any portion of a loan allocated to an individual Segment will generate a corresponding Early Distribution Adjustment of

 

 

36


the Segment Account Value and be subject to a higher guaranteed maximum loan spread.If you do not give us directions (or if we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in the same proportion as we are taking monthly deductions for charges. If that is not possible, we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect and you do not give us directions or the directions cannot be followed due to insufficient funds (or we are making the loan automatically to cover unpaid loan interest), we will take the loan from your investment options in proportion to your value in each.

 

Loan interest we charge.  The interest we charge on a policy loan accrues daily at an adjustable interest rate. We determine the rate at the beginning of each year of your policy and that rate applies to all policy loans that are outstanding at any time during the year. The maximum rate is the greater of (a) 3% or (b) the “Monthly Average Corporate” yield published in Moody’s Corporate Bond Yield Averages for the month that ends two months before the interest rate is set. (If that average is no longer published, we will use another average, as the policy provides.) Currently, the loan interest rate is 3% for the first ten policy years and 2% thereafter. We will notify you of the current loan interest rate when you apply for a loan and annually on the annual report, and will notify you in advance of any rate increase.

 

Loan interest payments are due on each policy anniversary. If not paid when due, we automatically add the interest as a new policy loan. As a new policy loan, we will remove an amount equal to the loan from one or more of your investment options and hold it as collateral for the loan’s repayment.

 

Interest that we credit on loan collateral.  Under our current rules, the annual interest rate we credit on your loan collateral during any of your policy’s first ten years will be 1% less than the rate we are then charging you for policy loan interest, and, beginning in the policy’s 11th year, equal to the loan interest rate. The elimination of the rate differential is not guaranteed, however. Accordingly, we have discretion to increase the rate differential for any period, including under policies that are already in force (and may have an outstanding loan). We do guarantee that the annual rate of interest credited on your loan collateral will never be less than 2% and that the differential will not exceed 1%.

 

We credit interest on your loan collateral daily. On each anniversary of your policy (or when your policy loan is fully repaid) we transfer that interest to your policy’s investment options in the same proportions as if it were a premium payment. If your policy is on loan extension, we transfer the interest to the unloaned guaranteed interest option. If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we transfer the interest to the investment options in accordance with your allocation instructions on record.

Effects of a policy loan.  If not repaid, the aggregate amount of the outstanding loan and any accrued loan interest will reduce your cash surrender value and your life insurance benefit that might otherwise be payable. We will deduct any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest from your policy’s proceeds if you do not pay it back. Also, a loan can reduce the length of time that your insurance remains in force, because the amount we set aside as loan collateral cannot be used to pay charges as they become due. A loan can also cause any paid up death benefit guarantee to terminate or may cause the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or the no-lapse guarantee to become unavailable.

 

A policy loan, repaid or not, has a permanent effect on your cash surrender value and death benefit. This results because the investment results of each investment option apply only to the amounts remaining in such investment options. The longer the loan is outstanding, the greater the effect on your cash surrender value is likely to be.

 

Even if a loan is not taxable when made, it may later become taxable, for example, upon termination or surrender. A policy loan can affect your policy account value and death benefit, even if you have repaid the loan. See “Tax information” below for a discussion of the tax consequences of a policy loan.

 

Paying off your loan.  You can repay all or part of your loan at any time. We normally assume that payments you send us are premium payments unless the policy has lapsed and the payment is received during the 61-day grace period. See “Policy ‘lapse’ and termination” in “The minimum amount of premiums you must pay” for more information. Therefore, you must submit instructions with your payment indicating that it is a loan repayment. If you send us more than all of the loan principal and interest you owe, we will treat the excess as a premium payment. Any payment received while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, the policy is on loan extension or you are receiving monthly payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will be applied as a loan repayment (or refunded if it is in excess of the loan amount and outstanding interest).

 

When you send us a loan repayment, we will transfer an amount equal to such repayment from your loan collateral back to the investment options under your policy. First we will restore any amounts that, before being designated as loan collateral, had been in the guaranteed interest option under your policy. We will allocate any additional repayments among the investment options as you instruct; or, if you don’t instruct us, in the same proportion as if they were premium payments. However, if the policy guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect, we will limit you from allocating more than a specified percentage of each additional repayment to the guaranteed interest option. Any portion of the additional loan repayment in excess of the limitation amount will be allocated to the variable investment options in proportion to any loan repayment amounts for the variable investment options that you have specified with that loan repayment. Otherwise, the excess

 

 

37


will be allocated in proportion to the premium allocation percentages for the variable investment options then in effect. If you have not specified any loan repayment amounts for the variable investment options and if there are no premium allocation percentages for any variable investment options then in effect, any portion of the additional loan repayment in excess of the limitation amount will be refunded to you (except for any minimum amount necessary to keep the policy from terminating, which will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option). The specified percentage limitation on additional loan repayments allocated to the guaranteed interest option can be changed at any time, but it will never be less than 5%. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

If you are to receive monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, a pro rata portion of the loan and accrued loan interest to that date will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment as a loan repayment. This will reduce the monthly payment otherwise payable to you under the rider.

 

If the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, any loan repayment allocated to the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount so that the value in the unloaned portion of the guaranteed interest option does not exceed 25% of the amount that you have in your unloaned policy account value. Any portion of the loan repayment that we cannot allocate to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated to the variable investment options in proportion to any amounts that you specified for that particular loan repayment. If you did not specify, we will allocate that portion of the loan repayment in proportion to the paid up death benefit guarantee allocation percentages for the variable investment options on record.

 

If the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider is in effect, any loan repayment will be allocated to the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options in proportion to any amounts that you specified for that particular loan repayment. If you did not specify, we will allocate that portion of the loan repayment in proportion to the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider premium allocation percentages for the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options on record.

 

Borrowing from your policy when you allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to take a loan from your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Loans” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Making withdrawals from your policy

 

You may make a partial withdrawal of your net cash surrender value (defined below) at any time after the first year of your policy and before the policy anniversary nearest to

the insured’s attained age 121, provided the paid up death benefit guarantee is not in effect, the policy is not on loan extension and you are not receiving monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. The request must be for at least $500, however, and we have discretion to decline any request. If you do not tell us from which investment options you wish us to take the withdrawal, we will use the same allocation that then applies for the monthly deductions we make for charges; and, if that is not possible, we will take the withdrawal from all of your investment options in proportion to your value in each. If you elected the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and selected death benefit Option A, a partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal amount. If you selected death benefit Option B, the current long-term care specified amount will not be reduced. We will not deduct a charge for making a partial withdrawal.

 

 

You can withdraw all or part of your policy’s net cash surrender value, although you may incur tax consequences by doing so.

 

 

Effect of partial withdrawals on insurance coverage.  If the Option A death benefit is in effect, a partial withdrawal results in a dollar-for-dollar automatic reduction in the policy’s face amount (and, hence, an equal reduction in the Option A death benefit). We will not permit a partial withdrawal that would reduce the face amount below the minimum stated in your policy, or that would cause the policy to no longer be treated as life insurance for federal income tax purposes.

 

If death benefit Option B is in effect, a partial withdrawal reduces the death benefit on a dollar for dollar basis, but does not affect the face amount.

 

The result is different, however, during any time when the alternative death benefit (discussed in this prospectus) would be higher than the Option A or B death benefit you have selected. In that case, a partial withdrawal will cause the death benefit to decrease by more than the amount of the withdrawal. A partial withdrawal reduces the amount of your premium payments that counts toward maintaining the no-lapse guarantee and the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider as well. A partial withdrawal may increase the chance that your policy could lapse because of insufficient value to pay policy charges as they fall due or failure to pass the guarantee premium test for the no-lapse guarantee.

 

You should refer to “Tax information” below, for information about possible tax consequences of partial withdrawals and any associated reduction in policy benefits. Also, partial withdrawals are not permitted while the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect. Please see “Paid up death benefit guarantee” in “More information about policy features and benefits.”

 

 

38


Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value

 

Upon written request satisfactory to us, you can surrender (give us back) your policy for its “net cash surrender value” at any time. The net cash surrender value equals your policy account value, minus any outstanding loan and unpaid loan interest, minus any amount of your policy account value that is “restricted” as a result of previously distributed terminal illness living benefits, and further reduced for any monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, and minus any surrender charge that then remains applicable. If you have any policy account value in the MSO, it will be used to calculate your policy account value for the purpose of determining your net cash surrender value. For more information on calculating MSO account values, please refer to the MSO prospectus. The surrender charge is described in “Charges and expenses you will pay” in this prospectus.

 

Surrendering your policy if you have allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO and plan to surrender your policy, significantly different procedures and additional restrictions may apply. Please see “Cash Surrender Value, Net Cash Surrender Value and Loan Value” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option®” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information.

 

Please refer to “Tax information” below for the possible tax consequences of surrendering your policy.

    

 

 

39


7. Tax information

 

 

 

This discussion is based on current federal income tax law and interpretations. It assumes that the policy owner is a natural person who is a U.S. citizen and resident and has an insurable interest in the insured. The tax effects on corporate taxpayers, non-U.S. residents or non-U.S. citizens may be different. This discussion is general in nature, and should not be considered tax advice, for which you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Basic income tax treatment for you and your beneficiary

 

An Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy will be treated as “life insurance” for federal income tax purposes (a) if it meets the definition of life insurance under Section 7702 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and (b) as long as the investments made by the underlying Portfolios satisfy certain investment diversification requirements under Section 817(h) of the Code. The following discussion assumes that the policies meet these requirements and, therefore, that generally:

 

  the death benefit received by the beneficiary under your policy will not be subject to federal income tax; and

 

  increases in your policy account value as a result of interest or investment experience will not be subject to federal income tax, unless and until there is a distribution from your policy, such as a surrender, a partial withdrawal, loan or a payment to you.

 

The IRS, however, could disagree with our position such that certain tax consequences could be other than as described. If it is subsequently determined that a policy does not satisfy the applicable requirements, we may take appropriate steps to bring the policy into compliance with such requirements and we reserve the right to restrict policy transactions in order to do so. There may also be different tax consequences if you assign your policy, transfer an interest therein or designate a new owner. See “Assigning your policy” in this prospectus. See also special rules below for “Business and employer owned policies,” and for the discussion of insurable interest under “Other information.”

 

Tax treatment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals, and full surrender)

 

The federal income tax consequences of a distribution from your policy depend on whether your policy is a “modified endowment contract” (sometimes also referred to as a “MEC”). In all cases, however, the character of any income described below as being taxable to the recipient will be ordinary income (as opposed to capital gain).

 

Testing for modified endowment contract status.  Your policy will be a “modified endowment contract” if, at any time during

the first seven years of your policy, you have paid a cumulative amount of premiums that exceeds the cumulative seven-pay limit. The cumulative seven-pay limit is the amount of premiums that you would have paid by that time under a similar fixed-benefit insurance policy that was designed (based on certain assumptions mandated under the Code) to provide for paid up future benefits after the payment of seven equal annual premiums. (“Paid up” means that no future premiums would be required.) This is called the “seven-pay” test.

 

Whenever there is a “material change” under a policy, the policy will generally be (a) treated as a new contract for purposes of determining whether the policy is a modified endowment contract and (b) subjected to a new seven-pay period and a new seven-pay limit. The new seven-pay limit would be determined taking into account, under a prescribed formula, the policy account value at the time of such change.

 

A materially changed policy would be considered a modified endowment contract if it failed to satisfy the new seven-pay limit at any time during the new seven-pay period. A “material change” for these purposes could occur as a result of a change in death benefit option, a requested increase in the policy’s face amount or certain other changes.

 

If your policy’s benefits are reduced during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change), the seven-pay limit will be redetermined based on the reduced level of benefits and applied retroactively for purposes of the seven-pay test. (Such a reduction in benefits could include, for example, a requested decrease in face amount, the termination of additional benefits under a rider or, in some cases, a partial withdrawal or a change in death benefit option.) If the premiums previously paid during its first seven years (or within seven years after a material change) are greater than the recalculated (lower) seven-pay limit, the policy will become a modified endowment contract.

 

A life insurance policy that you receive in exchange for a modified endowment contract will also be considered a modified endowment contract.

 

In addition to the above premium limits for testing for modified endowment status, federal income tax rules must be complied with in order for it to qualify as life insurance. Changes made to your policy, for example, a decrease in face amount (including any decrease that may occur as a result of a partial withdrawal), a change in death benefit option, or other decrease in benefits may impact the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid, as well as the maximum amount of policy account value that may be maintained under the policy. We may also be required to provide a higher death benefit notwithstanding the decrease in face amount in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance. Under either test, in some

 

 

40


cases, this may cause us to take current or future action in order to assure that your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts to you that may be includible as income. See “Changes we can make” in this prospectus.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is not a modified endowment contract.  As long as your policy remains in force as a non-modified endowment contract, policy loans will be treated as indebtedness, and no part of the loan proceeds will generally be subject to current federal income tax. Interest on the loan will generally not be tax deductible, although interest credited on loan collateral may become taxable under the rules below if distributed. However, there is some uncertainty as to the federal tax treatment of policy loans with a small or no spread between the interest rate charged and the interest rate credited on the amount loaned. You should consult a qualified tax adviser as to the federal tax treatment of such loans. Also, see below for taxation of loans upon surrender or termination of your policy.

 

If you make a partial withdrawal after the first 15 years of your policy, the proceeds will not be subject to federal income tax except to the extent such proceeds exceed your “basis” in your policy. (Your basis generally will equal the premiums you have paid, less the amount of any previous distributions from your policy that were not taxable.) During the first 15 years, however, the proceeds from a partial withdrawal could be subject to federal income tax, under a complex formula, to the extent that your policy account value exceeds your basis.

 

Upon full surrender, any amount by which the proceeds we pay (including amounts we use to discharge any policy loan and unpaid loan interest) exceed your basis in the policy will be subject to federal income tax. In addition, if a policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then-outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution and could be subject to tax under the foregoing rules. Finally, if you make an assignment of rights or benefits under your policy, you may be deemed to have received a distribution from your policy, all or part of which may be taxable.

 

Policy loans.  Policy loans can cause taxable income upon the termination of a policy with no cash payout. In the case of a surrender, the loan amount is taken into account in determining any taxable amount and such income can also exceed the payment received. These events can occur from potential situations which include: (1) amount of outstanding policy debt (loans taken plus unpaid interest amounts added to the outstanding loan) at or near the maximum loan value; (2) unfavorable investment results affecting your policy account value; (3) increasing monthly policy charges due to increasing attained ages of the insured; (4) high or increasing amount of insurance risk, depending on death benefit option and changing account value; and (5) increasing policy loan rates if an adjustable policy loan rate is in effect.

 

Ideally a policy loan will be paid from income tax free death benefit proceeds if your policy is kept in force until the death

of the insured. To avoid policy terminations that may give rise to significant income tax liability, you may need to make substantial premium payments or loan repayments to keep your policy in force.

 

You can reduce the likelihood that these situations will occur by considering these risks before taking a policy loan. If you take a policy loan, you should monitor the status of your policy with your financial representative and your tax advisor at least annually, and take appropriate preventative action. As indicated above, in the case of a policy that is a modified endowment contract (“MEC”), any loan will be treated as a distribution when made, and thus may be taxable at such time.

 

Taxation of pre-death distributions if your policy is a modified endowment contract.  Any distribution from your policy will be taxed on an “income-first” basis if your policy is a modified endowment contract. Distributions for this purpose include a loan (including any increase in the loan amount to pay interest on an existing loan or an assignment or a pledge to secure a loan) or withdrawal. Any such distributions will be considered taxable income to you to the extent your policy account value exceeds your basis in the policy. (For modified endowment contracts, your basis is similar to the basis described above for other policies, except that it also would be increased by the amount of any prior loan under your policy that was considered taxable income to you.)

 

For purposes of determining the taxable portion of any distribution, all modified endowment contracts issued by the Company (or its affiliates) to the same owner (excluding certain qualified plans) during any calendar year are treated as if they were a single contract.

 

A 10% penalty tax also will apply to the taxable portion of most distributions from a policy that is a modified endowment contract. The penalty tax will not, however, apply to (i) taxpayers whose actual age is at least 5912, (ii) distributions in the case of a disability (as defined in the Code) or (iii) distributions received as part of a series of substantially equal periodic annuity payments for the life (or life expectancy) of the taxpayer or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the taxpayer and his or her beneficiary. The exceptions generally do not apply to life insurance policies owned by corporations or other entities.

 

If your policy terminates after a grace period, the extinguishment of any then outstanding policy loan and unpaid loan interest will be treated as a distribution (to the extent the loan was not previously treated as such) and could be subject to tax, including the 10% penalty tax, as described above. In addition, upon a full surrender, any excess of the proceeds we pay (including any amounts we use to discharge any loan) over your basis in the policy, will be subject to federal income tax and, unless an exception applies, the 10% penalty tax.

 

Distributions that occur during a year of your policy in which it becomes a modified endowment contract, and during any

 

 

41


subsequent years, will be taxed as described in the four preceding paragraphs. In addition, distributions from a policy within two years before it becomes a modified endowment contract also will be subject to tax in this manner. This means that a distribution made from a policy that is not a modified endowment contract could later become taxable as a distribution from a modified endowment contract. So, for example, if a policy has been collaterally assigned as security for a loan and the policy subsequently becomes a MEC there could be a taxable deemed distribution even though the policy owner has not received any payment from us.

 

Policy changes.  Changes made to a life insurance policy, for example, a decrease in benefits, a death benefit option change, or the termination or restoration of a terminated policy, may have other effects on your policy, including impacting the maximum amount of premiums that can be paid under the policy. In some cases, this may cause us to take action in order to assure your policy continues to qualify as life insurance, including distribution of amounts that may be includable as income. This action may be required under the tax law even though the policy may not be sufficiently funded to keep it in force for a desired duration. In some cases, premium payments for a policy year could be limited to the amount needed to keep the policy in force until the end of the policy year. You should carefully go over the implications of any policy changes with your advisor before making a change.

 

Restoration of a terminated policy.  For tax purposes, some restorations of a policy that terminated after a grace period may be treated as the purchase of a new policy. Since tax laws and regulations and their application may have changed by such time, there can be no assurance that we can reinstate the policy to qualify as life insurance under future tax rules.

 

Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider

 

Living Benefits Rider.  Amounts received under an insurance policy on the life of an individual who is terminally ill, as defined by the tax law, are generally excludable from gross income as an accelerated death benefit. We believe that the benefits provided under our Living Benefits Rider meet the tax law’s definition of terminally ill under section 101(g) of the Code and can qualify for this income tax exclusion.

 

If the owner and the insured person are not the same, the exclusion for accelerated death benefits for terminal illness or a chronic illness does not apply if the owner (taxpayer) has an insurable interest with respect to the life of the insured person by reason of the insured person being an officer, employee or director of the taxpayer or by reason of the insured person being financially interested in any trade or business carried on by the taxpayer.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  Benefits received under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death

benefits under the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. The benefits are intended to qualify for exclusion from income subject to the limitations of the Code with respect to a particular insured person. However, receipt of these benefits may be taxable in part and may reduce your investment in the policy. Generally income exclusion for all long-term care type payments from all sources with respect to an insured person will be limited to the higher of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) per day limit or actual costs incurred by the taxpayer on behalf of the insured person.

 

The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider is intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code. Charges for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider are generally not considered deductible for income tax purposes and may be considered distributions for income tax purposes, and may be taxable to the owner to the extent not considered a nontaxable return of premiums paid for the life insurance policy. Assuming the rider qualifies as intended, charges will reduce your investment in the policy for income tax purposes (but not below zero) but will not be taxable. Please see “Policy variations” and “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” Appendices in this prospectus for more information on previously issued riders and state variations.

 

Any adjustments made to your policy death benefit, face amount and other values as a result of Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider benefits paid will also generally cause us to make adjustments with respect to your policy under federal income tax rules for testing premiums paid, your tax basis in your policy, your overall premium limits and the seven-pay period and seven-pay limit for testing modified endowment contract status.

 

It is not clear whether the exclusion for accelerated death benefits on account of chronically-ill insureds applies to benefits under a qualified long-term care insurance policy for owners whose insurable interests arise from business-type policies. Please see “Policy variations” and “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” Appendices in this prospectus for more information on previously issued riders and state variations.

 

Under either rider,  if the owner and insured person are not the same, other tax considerations may also arise in connection with a transfer of benefits received to the insured person, for example, gift taxes in personal settings, compensation income in the employment context and inclusion of life insurance policy proceeds for estate tax purposes in certain trust owned situations. Under certain conditions, a gift tax exclusion may be available for certain amounts paid on behalf of a donee to the provider of medical care.

 

Business and employer owned policies

 

Any employer owned life insurance arrangement on an employee or director as well as any corporate, trade, or business use of a policy should be carefully reviewed by your

 

 

42


tax advisor with attention to the rules discussed below. Also, careful consideration should be given to any other rules that may apply, including other possible pending or recently enacted legislative proposals.

 

Requirements for income tax free death benefits.  Federal tax law imposes additional requirements for employer owned life insurance policies. The provisions can have broad application for contract owners engaged in a trade or business or certain related persons. These requirements include detailed notice and consent rules, annual tax reporting and recordkeeping requirements on the employer and limitations on those employees (including directors) who can be insured under the life insurance policy. Failure to satisfy applicable requirements will result in death benefits in excess of premiums paid by the owner being includible in the owner’s income upon the death of the insured employee. Notice and consent requirements must be satisfied before the issuance of the life insurance policy or a material change to an existing life insurance policy, otherwise benefits may lose their tax favored treatment.

 

The rules generally apply to life insurance policies issued after August 17, 2006. Note, however, that material increases in the death benefit or other material changes will generally cause an existing policy to be treated as a new policy and thus subject to the new requirements. The term “material” has not yet been fully defined but is expected to not include automatic increases in death benefits in order to maintain compliance with the life insurance policy tax qualification rules under the Code. An exception for certain tax-free exchanges of life insurance policies pursuant to Section 1035 of the Code may be available but is not clearly defined.

 

Limitations on interest deductibility for business owned life insurance.  Ownership of a policy by a trade or business can limit the amount of any interest on business borrowings that the entity otherwise could deduct for federal income tax purposes, even though such business borrowings may be unrelated to the policy. To avoid the limit, the insured person must be an officer, director, employee or 20% owner of the trade or business entity when coverage on that person commences.

 

The limit does not generally apply for policies owned by natural persons (even if those persons are conducting a trade or business as sole proprietorships), unless a trade or business entity that is not a sole proprietorship is a direct or indirect beneficiary under the policy. Entities commonly have such a beneficial interest, for example, in so-called “split-dollar” arrangements. If the trade or business entity has such an interest in a policy, it will be treated the same as if it owned the policy for purposes of the limit on deducting interest on unrelated business income.

 

The limit generally applies only to policies issued after June 8, 1997 in taxable years ending after such date. However, for this purpose, any material change in a policy will be treated as the issuance of a new policy.

In cases where the above-discussed limit on deductibility applies, the non-deductible portion of unrelated interest on business loans is determined by multiplying the total amount of such interest by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the policy’s average account value (excluding amounts we are holding to secure any policy loans) for the year in question, and the denominator is the average for the year of the aggregate tax bases of all the entity’s other assets. The above limitation is in addition to rules limiting interest deductions on policy loans against business-owned life insurance. Special rules apply to insurance company owners of policies which may be more restrictive.

 

Uses of policy which may be scrutinized. The IRS may view certain uses of life insurance policies as a tax shelter or as an abusive transaction. Please consult your tax advisor for the most up-to-date information as to IRS “Recognized Abusive and Listed Transactions” and how they may affect your policy.

 

Requirement that we diversify investments

 

Under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Treasury Department has issued regulations that implement investment diversification requirements. Failure to comply with these regulations would disqualify your policy as a life insurance policy under Section 7702 of the Code. If this were to occur, you would be subject to federal income tax on any income and gains under the policy and the death benefit proceeds would lose their income tax-free status. These consequences would continue for the period of the disqualification and for subsequent periods. Through the Portfolios, we intend to comply with the applicable diversification requirements, though no assurances can be given in this regard.

 

Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes

 

If the policy’s owner is the insured person, the death benefit will generally be includable in the owner’s estate for purposes of federal estate tax. If the owner is not the insured person, and the owner dies before the insured person, the value of the policy would be includable in the owner’s estate. If the owner is neither the insured person nor the beneficiary, the owner will be considered to have made a gift to the beneficiary of the death benefit proceeds when they become payable.

 

In general, a person will not owe estate or gift taxes until gifts made by such person, plus that person’s taxable estate, total at least $10 million (this statutory amount is to be indexed for inflation after 2010). A portability rule generally permits a surviving spouse to elect to carry over the unused portion of the deceased spouse’s exclusion amount.

 

Certain amounts may be deductible or excludable, such as gifts and bequests to a person’s spouse or charitable institutions, as well as for certain gifts per recipient per year ($18,000 for 2024, indexed for inflation).

 

As a general rule, if you make a “transfer” to a person two or more generations younger than you, a generation-skipping

 

 

43


tax may be payable. Generation-skipping transactions would include, for example, a case where a grandparent “skips” his or her children and names his or her grandchildren as a policy’s beneficiaries. In that case, the generation-skipping “transfer” would be deemed to occur when the insurance proceeds are paid. The generation-skipping tax rates are similar to the maximum estate tax rates in effect at the time. Individuals, are generally allowed an aggregate generation-skipping tax exemption of the same amount discussed above for estate and gift taxes, but without portability.

 

The particular situation of each policyowner, insured person or beneficiary will determine how ownership or receipt of policy proceeds will be treated for purposes of federal estate, gift and generation-skipping taxes, as well as state and local estate, inheritance and other taxes. Because these rules are complex, you should consult with a qualified tax adviser for specific information, especially where benefits are passing to younger generations.

 

If this policy is used with estate and gift tax planning in mind, you should consult with your tax advisor as to the most up-to-date information as to federal estate, gift and generation skipping tax rules.

 

Pension and profit-sharing plans

 

There are special limits on the amount of insurance that may be purchased by a trust or other entity that forms part of a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) or 403 of the Code. In addition, the federal income tax consequences will be different from those described in this prospectus. These rules are complex, and you should consult a qualified tax advisor.

 

Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs

 

Complex rules may also apply when a policy is held by an employer or a trust, or acquired by an employee, in connection with the provision of other employee benefits. Employees may have imputed income for the value of any economic benefit provided by the employer. There may be other tax implications, as well. It is possible that certain split-dollar arrangements may be considered to be a form of deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, which broadens the definition of deferred compensation plans, and subjects such plans to new requirements. Further, certain split-dollar arrangements may come within the rules for business- and employer-owned policies. Among other issues, policyowners must consider whether the policy was applied for by or issued to a person having an insurable interest under applicable state law and with the insured person’s consent. The lack of an insurable interest or consent may, among other things, affect the qualification of the policy as life insurance for federal income tax purposes and the right of the beneficiary to receive a death benefit.

 

If this policy is being or was purchased pursuant to a split-dollar arrangement, you should also consult your tax advisor for advice concerning the effect of the following guidance. In 2002 the IRS issued Notice 2002-8 concerning the taxation of split-dollar life insurance arrangements as well as regulations in both

2002 and 2003. They provide for taxation under one of two mutually exclusive regimes depending upon the structure of the arrangement. These are a loan regime and an economic benefit regime. Transition and grandfathering rules, among other items, should be carefully reviewed when considering such arrangements. A material modification to an existing arrangement may result in a change in tax treatment. In addition, public corporations (generally publicly-traded or publicly-reporting companies) and their subsidiaries should consider the possible implications on split-dollar arrangements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which generally prohibit certain direct or indirect loans to executive officers or directors. At least some split-dollar arrangements could be deemed to involve loans within the purview of that section.

 

ERISA

 

Employers and employer-created trusts may be subject to reporting, disclosure and fiduciary obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. There may also be other implications. You should consult a qualified legal advisor.

 

3.8% Tax on Net Investment Income or “NII”

 

The 3.8% tax on certain unearned income of taxpayers whose adjusted incomes exceed certain thresholds applies to all or part of a taxpayer’s NII. As currently interpreted under IRS guidelines, NII includes the taxable portion of an annuitized payment from a life insurance contract. It has not been defined to include taxable amounts from partial withdrawals, surrenders or lapses of life insurance policies subject to loans. You should consult your tax advisor as to the applicability of this tax to you.

 

Our taxes

 

The operations of our separate accounts are reported in our federal income tax return. Separate account investment income and capital gains, however, are, for tax purposes, reflected in our variable life insurance policy reserves. Currently we pay no taxes on such income and gains and impose no charge for such taxes. We reserve the right to impose a charge in the future for taxes incurred by us that are allocable to the policies.

 

We are entitled to certain tax benefits related to the investment of company assets, including assets of the separate accounts. These tax benefits, which may include the foreign tax credit and the corporate dividends received deduction, are not passed back to you, since we are the owner of the assets from which tax benefits may be derived.

 

Tax withholding and information reporting

 

Status for income tax purposes; FATCA. In order for us to comply with income tax withholding and information reporting rules which may apply to life insurance policies, we request documentation of “status” for tax purposes. “Status” for tax purposes generally means whether a person is a “U S. person” or a foreign person with respect to the United States; whether a person is an individual or an entity, and if

 

 

44


an entity, the type of entity. Status for tax purposes is best documented on the appropriate IRS Form or substitute certification form (IRS Form W-9 for a U.S. person or the appropriate type of IRS Form W-8 for a foreign person). If we do not have appropriate certification or documentation of a person’s status for tax purposes on file, it could affect the rate at which we are required to withhold income tax, and penalties could apply. Information reporting rules could apply not only to specified transactions, but also to life insurance policy ownership. For example, under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), which applies to certain U.S.-source payments, and similar or related withholding and information reporting rules, we may be required to report policy values and other information for certain policyholders. For this reason, we and our affiliates intend to require appropriate status documentation at purchase, change of ownership, and affected payment transactions, including death benefit payments. FATCA and its related guidance is extraordinarily complex and its effect varies considerably by type of payor, type of payee and type of recipient.

 

Tax Withholding. Generally, unless you provide us with a satisfactory written election to the contrary prior to the distribution, we are required to withhold income tax from any proceeds we distribute as part of a taxable transaction under your policy. If you do not wish us to withhold tax from the payment, or if we do not withhold enough, you may have to pay later, and you may incur penalties under the estimated income tax rules. In some cases, where generation skipping taxes may apply, we may also be required to withhold for such taxes unless we are provided satisfactory notification that no such taxes are due. States may also require us to withhold tax on distributions to you and may not always follow federal rules.

 

Special withholding rules apply to United States citizens residing outside of the United States, foreign recipients, and certain U.S. entity recipients which are treated as foreign because they fail to document their U.S. status before payment is made. We do not discuss these rules here in detail. However, we may require additional documentation in the case of payments made to United States persons living abroad and non-United States persons (including U.S. entities treated as foreign) prior to processing any requested transaction. For Puerto Rico and other jurisdictions, income is considered U.S.-source income. We anticipate requiring owners or beneficiaries in Puerto Rico which are not individuals to document their status to avoid 30% FATCA withholding from U.S.-source income.

 

Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information

 

The U.S. Congress frequently considers legislation that, if enacted, could change the tax treatment of life insurance policies or increase the taxes we pay in connection with such policies. This could include special rules for tax-exempt entities as well as for corporate or business use of policies. Congress may also consider further proposals to comprehensively reform or overhaul the United States tax and retirement systems, which if enacted, could affect the tax benefits of a life insurance policy. Legislative proposals could make sweeping changes to many longstanding tax rules including certain tax benefits currently

available to newly purchased cash value life insurance policies. Proposals have been considered to eliminate some or all taxable expenditures or tax preferences together with some lowering of tax rates. We cannot predict what if any, legislation will actually be proposed or enacted or what type of grandfathering will be allowed for existing life insurance policies. In addition, the Treasury Department may amend existing regulations, issue regulations on the qualification of life insurance and modified endowment contracts, or adopt new or clarifying interpretations of existing law. Some areas of possible future guidance include new rules for testing for policies issued on a special risk class basis. As a result, there are areas of some uncertainty even under current laws, such that future tax consequences of a policy could be other than as described herein.

 

State and local tax law or, if you are not a U.S. citizen and resident, foreign tax law, may also affect the tax consequences to you, the insured person or your beneficiary, and are subject to change or change in interpretation. Any changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations could have a retroactive effect both on our taxes and on the way your policy is taxed or the tax benefit of life insurance policies.

 

The policies described in this Prospectus are tested for qualification as life insurance using the 2001 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“2001 CSO”) mortality tables. See “Cost of insurance charge” in this Prospectus. Due to updated State insurance laws and Federal income tax rules new life insurance policies using any mortality tables other than the 2017 Commissioners Standard Ordinary (“2017 CSO”) mortality tables cannot be sold after December 31, 2019.

 

This change in prevailing mortality tables does not affect existing policies described in this Prospectus, as they were all purchased before January 1, 2020. The policies will continue to be tested for tax purposes using the 2001 CSO mortality tables. The IRS has issued guidance on changes made after December 31, 2019 to policies issued before 2020 which are tested using the 2001 CSO mortality tables. This IRS “safe harbor” guidance permits certain policy changes without losing the ability to use the 2001 CSO mortality tables for testing. If we determine that certain future changes to your policy would cause it to lose its ability to be tax tested under the 2001 CSO mortality tables, we intend to refuse such transactions which might have otherwise been available under your policy, subject to our rules then in effect. We would take such action to help assure that your policy can continue to qualify as life insurance for federal tax testing under the 2001 CSO mortality tables. Accordingly, requests for substitution of the insured will not be permitted in the absence of further guidance. There can be no assurance as to whether such guidance will be provided or what any such guidance may provide.

 

Other information

 

There are a number of tax benefits associated with variable life insurance policies. For tax benefits to be available, the policyowner must have an insurable interest in the life of the insured under applicable state laws. Requirements may vary by state. A failure can, among other consequences, cause the policyowner to lose anticipated favorable federal tax treatment generally afforded life insurance.

 

 

45


For tax benefits to continue, the policy must continue to qualify as life insurance. We reserve the right to restrict transactions that we determine would cause your policy to fail to qualify as life insurance under federal tax law. We also reserve the right to decline to make any change that may cause your policy to lose its ability to be tested for federal income tax purposes under the 2001 Commissioners Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

In addition to other requirements, federal tax law requires that the insurer, and not the policyowner, have control of the underlying investment assets for the policy to qualify as life insurance.

 

You may make transfers among Portfolios of the Separate Account, but you may not direct the investments each Portfolio makes. If the IRS were to conclude that you, as the investor, have control over these investments, then the policy would no longer qualify as life insurance. You would be treated as the owner of separate account assets and be currently taxed on any income or gain the assets generate.

 

The IRS has provided some guidance on investor control, but many issues remain unclear. One such issue is whether a policyowner can have too much investor control if the variable life policy offers a large number of investment options in which to invest policy account values and/or the ability to make frequent transfers available under the policy. We do not know if the IRS will provide any further guidance on the issue. If guidance is provided, we do not know if it would apply retroactively to policies already in force.

 

We believe that our variable life policies do not give policyowners investment control over the investments underlying the various investment options; however, the IRS could disagree with our position. The IRS could seek to treat policyowners with a large number of investment options and/or the ability to freely transfer among investment options as the owners of the underlying Portfolio’s shares. Accordingly, we reserve the right to modify your policy as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the owner of your policy’s proportionate share of the assets of the Separate Account.

    

 

 

46


8. More information about policy features and benefits

 

 

 

In addition to the standard death benefit(s) associated with your policy, other standard and/or optional benefits may also be available to you. The following table summarizes information about those benefits. Information about the fees associated with each benefit included in the table may be found in the “Fee Table.”

 

Name of Benefit    Purpose   

Is Benefit

Standard or

Optional

   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Cash Value Plus Rider

   Allows for a reduction or waiver of the surrender charge if the policy is surrendered for its net cash surrender value, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   In order to elect this rider, the policy must have a minimum face amount of $250,000 per life when one or two policies are purchased on the lives of members of an insured group, and $100,000 per life when policies are purchased on the lives of three or more members.

•   The waiver of surrender charges does not apply if the policy is being exchanged or replaced during the first eight policy years with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person, including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a proportionate surrender charge resulting from a face amount decrease.

•   There is no refund of the premium charge if during the first three policy years the policy terminates after a grace period, is being exchanged or replaced with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person, including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a face amount decrease.

Charitable Legacy Rider

   Provides an additional death benefit of 1% of the base policy face amount to the qualified charitable organization(s) chosen by the policy owner.    Optional   

•   Only available at issue and an accredited charitable beneficiary must be named at that time.

•   Available for base policy face amounts of $1 million and above, where the minimum benefit would be $10,000 and the maximum benefit would be $100,000 (i.e., for face amounts of $10 million and above).

•   If the base policy face amount is reduced after issue for any reason, the benefit will be payable on the face amount at the time of the insured’s death, provided the face amount is at least $1 million.

•   If the base policy face amount has been decreased below $1 million at the time of death, then no benefit is payable.

Children’s Term Insurance Rider

   Provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years.    Optional   

•   The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55.

•   The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

 

47


Name of Benefit    Purpose   

Is Benefit

Standard or

Optional

   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider

   Waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

•   Insured must be disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Disability Premium Waiver Rider

   Pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges from the policy account value, if the insured is totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, subject to certain conditions.    Optional   

•   Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

•   Insured must be totally disabled for at least six consecutive months, and the disability must have begun prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability.

Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider

   Provides a longer guarantee period than the No-Lapse Guarantee, with a possible higher and/or longer premium requirement.    Optional   

•   This rider requires that you allocate all of your policy account value to any of the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options.

•   Under this rider, the policy is guaranteed not to lapse during the enhanced no lapse guarantee period of 30 years for issue ages 0-55, or to age 85 for issue ages 56-70.

•   This rider is not available for issue ages over 70.

Living Benefits Rider

   Enables you to receive a portion of the policy’s death benefit (with certain exclusions), if the insured person has a terminal illness.    Optional   

•   Subject to underwriting guidelines and state availability, automatically included at issue. If declined at issue it may be added later. If elected after issue, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at the time of the transaction and was subject to underwriting (no longer permitted).

•   The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000.

 

48


Name of Benefit    Purpose   

Is Benefit

Standard or

Optional

   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Loan Extension Endorsement Rider (for guideline premium test policies only)

   Protects against the lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances.    Standard   

•   Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

•   The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;

•   The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

•   You have selected death benefit Option A;

•   You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

•   The policy is not in a grace period; and

•   No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

   Provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.    Optional   

•   Benefits are payable once we receive:

•   A written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care;

•   Proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and

•   Written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us.

•   This rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 calendar days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person.

•   The monthly rate charged for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected and whether you selected the rider with or without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Maximum total benefit under the policy depends on which death benefit option you pick and the Acceleration Percentage of the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

•   While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted.

 

49


Name of Benefit    Purpose   

Is Benefit

Standard or

Optional

   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider - Nonforfeiture Benefit

   Allows for the continuation of coverage in a reduced benefit amount in certain situations.    Optional   

•   May only be selected in conjunction with Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

•   Applicable in situations where:

•   The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider would otherwise terminate;

•   You have not already received benefits (including any loan repayments) that equal or exceed the total charges deducted for the rider; and

•   Your policy and Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider were in force for at least three policy years.

•   Once in effect, this benefit will continue long-term care coverage under a paid-up status until the earliest of:

•   The death of the insured; and

•   The date the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit has been paid out and reduced to zero during a period of coverage.

No-Lapse Guarantee

   Generally guarantees that your policy will not terminate for a number of years.    Standard   

•   Subject to the payment of certain specified amounts of premiums.

•   Guarantee will terminate if the amount of your outstanding policy loans and accrued loan interest is greater than your policy account value.

•   Guarantee will terminate if you fail to satisfy the “guarantee premium test.”

•   Subject to certain conditions, provides a guarantee against policy lapse for 20 years for issue ages 0-55, the number of years to attained age 75 for issue ages 56-69, and 5 years for issue ages 70 and over.

Option To Purchase Additional Insurance Rider

   Allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability.    Optional   

•   The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000.

•   Issue ages are 0-37.

•   The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for.

 

50


Name of Benefit    Purpose   

Is Benefit

Standard or

Optional

   Brief Description of Restrictions/Limitation

Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement

   Provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments.    Optional   

•   Subject to certain requirements, you may elect to take advantage of this benefit at any time after the fourth year of your policy if the insured’s attained age is 120 or less.

•   If you elect this benefit, you will be required to reallocate your existing policy account value to a limited number of variable investment options that we make available at our discretion.

•   Death benefit option must be Option A.

•   Not available if you received benefit payments under the Living Benefits Rider at any time.

•   Not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit.

•   Election of this benefit will terminate any Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider subject to any Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected.

•   This benefit will terminate if:

•   The sum of any outstanding policy loan and accrued interest exceeds your policy account value;

•   We make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider or Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider prior to continuing coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit; or

•   You request that we terminate the election.

Substitution of Insured Person Rider (We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

   Permits you to request after the policy’s second year that a new insured person replace the existing one.    Standard   

•   Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000, unless it is issued as a result of an Option To Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy.

•   Upon making this change, any no-lapse guarantee and the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate.

 

51


Other benefits

 

When you purchased this policy, you may have been eligible for other optional benefits we made available by rider.

 

The Company or your financial professional can provide you with more information about these riders. Some of these benefits may be selected only at the time your policy is issued. Some benefits are not available in combination with others or may not be available in your state. The riders provide additional terms, conditions and limitations, and we will furnish samples of them to you on request. We can add, delete, or modify the riders we are making available, at any time before they become effective as part of your policy.

 

See also “Tax information” in this prospectus for certain possible tax consequences and limitations of deleting riders or changing the death benefits under a rider.

 

No Lapse Guarantee

 

You can generally guarantee that your policy will not terminate for a number of years by paying at least certain specified amounts of premiums. We call these amounts “guarantee premiums”and they will be set forth on page 3 of your policy. We call this guarantee against termination our “no-lapse guarantee.” The length of your policy’s guarantee period will range from 5 to 20 years depending on the insured’s age when we issue the policy. Under the No Lapse Guarantee provision, the policy is guaranteed not to lapse during a no lapse guarantee period of 20 years for issue ages 0-55, the number of years to attained age 75 for issue ages 56-69, and 5 years for issue ages 70 and over. In some states, this guarantee may be referred to by a different name.

 

Your policy will not terminate, even if your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay your monthly charges, as long as:

 

  You have satisfied the “guarantee premium test” (discussed below); and

 

  Any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value.

 

There is no extra charge for this guarantee.

 

 

The no-lapse guarantee is not impacted by your choice of death benefit option.

 

 

Example: A representative insured age 60 (issue age of 50) has a policy that will lapse next month because the monthly charges exceed the net policy account value. The cumulative amount of premiums paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) exceeds the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for the no-lapse guarantee. As a result, the rider is still in force and the policy did not lapse even when the net policy account value fell to zero.

 

Guarantee premium test. If your net policy account value is not sufficient to pay a monthly deduction that has become due, we check to see if the cumulative amount of premiums that you have paid to date (less any partial withdrawals) at least equals the cumulative guarantee premiums due to date for the no-lapse guarantee or Enhanced No Lapse Guaran-

tee Rider including any cumulative guarantee premiums for any optional riders that are then in effect. If it does, your policy will not lapse, provided that any policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value, and provided that the guarantee is still in effect.

 

Guarantee premiums. The amount of the guarantee premiums for the no-lapse guarantee and the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider, if elected, are set forth in your policy on a monthly basis. The guarantee premiums are actuarially determined at policy issuance and depend on the age and other insurance risk characteristics of the insured person, as well as the amount of the coverage and additional features you select. The guarantee premiums may change if, for example, the face amount of the policy or the long-term care specified amount changes, or a rider is eliminated, or if there is a change in the insured person’s risk characteristics. We will send you a new policy page showing any change in your guarantee premiums. Any change will be prospective only, and no change will extend the no-lapse guarantee period beyond its original number of years.

 

Paid up death benefit guarantee

 

Subject to our approval, you may elect the paid up death benefit guarantee at any time after the fourth year. This benefit provides an opportunity to lock in all or a portion of your policy’s death benefit without making additional premium payments. Also, this benefit may be attractive to you if you are concerned about the impact of poor future investment performance or increases in policy charges on your policy’s death benefit and potential policy lapse. You may elect this benefit provided:

 

  the insured’s attained age is not more than 120;

 

  you have death benefit “Option A” in effect (see “About your life insurance benefit” in this prospectus);

 

  we are not paying policy premiums or waiving monthly charges under the terms of a disability waiver rider and you have not received any payment under a Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  the policy is not in default or in a grace period as of the effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

  the policy account value after the deduction of any proportionate surrender charge would not be less than any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest;

 

  the policy is not on loan extension. (For more information about loan extension, see “Accessing your money” in this prospectus;

 

  the election would not reduce the face amount (see below) below the minimum stated in your policy;

 

  no current or future distribution from the policy will be required to maintain its qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code; and

 

 

If the paid up death benefit is exercised while any MSO Segment is in effect, an Early Distribution Adjustment will apply and any Segment Distribution Value will be

 

 

52


   

automatically transferred to the Unloaned GIO and the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options as specified by you.

 

  You agree to re-allocate your fund values to the guaranteed interest option and the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. We reserve the right to change the investment options available to you under the paid up death benefit guarantee. (See “Restrictions on allocations and transfers,” below).

 

The effective date of the paid up death benefit guarantee will be the beginning of the policy month that next follows the date we approve your request. On the effective date of this guarantee, all additional benefit riders and endorsements will automatically terminate including the MSO, Cash Value Plus Rider and the Living Benefits Rider providing benefits for terminal illness. The policy’s net cash surrender value after the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect will equal the policy account value, less any applicable surrender charges and any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest. The policy death benefit will be Option A. We will continue to deduct policy charges from your policy account value. As explained below, electing the paid up death benefit guarantee may reduce your policy’s face amount, which in turn may result in the deduction of a surrender charge. You can request a personalized illustration that will show you how your policy face amount could be reduced and values could be affected by electing the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

If you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will automatically terminate subject to any Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected.

 

Our paid up death benefit guarantee is not available if you received monthly benefit payments under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider before continuation of coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for rider variations.

 

Possible reduction of face amount.  The face amount of your policy after this guarantee is elected is the lesser of (a) the face amount immediately before the election or (b) the policy account value on the effective date of the election divided by a factor based on the then age of the insured person. The factors are set forth in your policy. As a general matter, the factors change as the insured person ages so that, if your policy account value stayed the same, the result of the calculation under clause (b) above would be lower the longer your policy is in force. We will decline your election if the new face amount would be less than the minimum stated in your policy.

 

If electing the paid up death benefit guarantee causes a reduction in face amount, we will deduct the same portion of any remaining surrender charge as we would have deducted if you had requested that decrease directly (rather than electing the paid up death benefit guarantee). In certain cases, a reduction in face amount may cause a policy to become a modified endowment contract. See “Tax treat-

ment of distributions to you (loans, partial withdrawals and full surrender)” under “Tax Information.”

 

Restrictions on allocations and transfers.  While the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, you will be restricted as to the investment options available to you under the policy and the amounts that can be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. You will be able to allocate up to 25% of your unloaned policy account value to the guaranteed interest option. Currently, the remainder of your unloaned policy account value must be allocated among the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. (See Appendix: “Investment options available under the policy” for the listing of EQ Strategic Allocation investment options.) When you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, we require that you provide us with new allocation instructions. In the absence of these instructions, we will be unable to process your request.

 

Also, transfers from one or more of our EQ Strategic Allocation investment options into the guaranteed interest option will not be permitted if such transfer would cause the value of your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. Loan repayments allocated to your guaranteed interest option will be limited to an amount that would not cause the value in your guaranteed interest option to exceed 25% of your total unloaned policy account value. If the value in your guaranteed interest option already exceeds 25% of your total unloaned policy account value (including the repayment), no portion of the repayment will be allocated to the guaranteed interest option. Any portion of the loan repayment that is not allocated to the guaranteed interest option will be allocated in proportion to the loan repayment amounts for the variable investment options you have specified. If we do not have instructions, we will use the allocation percentages for the variable investment options you specified when you elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or the most recent instructions we have on record. These restrictions would be lifted if the paid up death benefit guarantee is terminated.

 

If the policy guaranteed interest option limitation is in effect at the time you elect the paid up death benefit guarantee, it will no longer apply while the paid up death benefit guarantee remains in effect. The limitation amounts applicable under the paid up death benefit guarantee may permit you to allocate different amounts into the guaranteed interest option. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Other effects of this guarantee.  After you have elected the paid up death benefit guarantee, you may request a policy loan, make a loan repayment or transfer policy account value among the guaranteed interest option and variable investment options, subject to our rules then in effect. The following transactions, however, are not permitted when this guarantee is in effect:

 

  premium payments

 

  partial withdrawals

 

  changes to the policy’s face amount or death benefit option
 

 

53


  any change that would cause the policy to lose its current or future qualification as life insurance under the Internal Revenue Code or require a current or future distribution from the policy to avoid such disqualification. (See “Tax treatment of distributions to you” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.)

 

Termination of this guarantee. You may terminate the paid up death benefit guarantee by written request to our Administrative Office. If terminated, the policy face amount will not change. However, premiums may be required to keep the policy from lapsing. If the guarantee terminates due to an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest exceeding the policy account value, a payment will be required to keep the policy and the guarantee in force pursuant to the policy’s grace period provision. The guarantee will also terminate if we make payment under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. If the guarantee terminates for any reason, it cannot be restored at a later date.

 

Disability Deduction Waiver Rider

 

This rider waives the monthly charges from the policy account value if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the monthly charges are waived to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue, at age 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. Monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived until termination of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

Disability Premium Waiver Rider

 

This rider pays the specified premium or waives the monthly charges for the base policy and any elected additional benefit riders from the policy account value, if that amount is greater, if the insured is totally disabled, as defined in the rider, for at least six consecutive months and the disability began prior to the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s 60th birthday. If total disability begins on or after this date, the specified premium is paid (or the monthly charges, if greater, are waived) to the earlier of the policy anniversary nearest the insured’s age 65 or termination of disability. Issue ages are 0-59. However, coverage is not provided until the insured’s fifth birthday. The maximum amount of coverage is $3,000,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies in-force and applied for.

 

Example: Insured who elected this rider at issue at 62 is totally disabled for six consecutive months. The specified premium is paid or monthly charges paid from the policy account value are waived, whichever is greater, until termi-

nation of the disability or the policy anniversary nearest the insureds age 65, since the disability arose after age 60.

 

Children’s Term Insurance Rider

 

This rider provides term insurance on the lives of the insured’s children, stepchildren and legally adopted children who are between the ages of 15 days to 18 years. The insured under the base policy must be between the ages of 17 and 55. The minimum amount of coverage is $5,000. The maximum amount of coverage is $25,000 (except in NY where the maximum is $50,000) for the Company and affiliates’ policies in force and applied for, but may be lower depending on the face amount at issue.

 

Example: Policy owner age 50 elects this rider for $10,000 of coverage on a child age 10. A fee of $5.00 per month ($0.50 x 10,000) will be deducted from the policy account value while the rider is in effect. If child dies at age 17, $10,000 will be paid to the beneficiary.

 

Option To Purchase Additional Insurance Rider

 

This rider allows you to purchase a new policy for the amount of the option, on specific dates, without evidence of insurability. The minimum option amount is $25,000 and the maximum amount is $100,000. Issue ages are 0–37. The maximum amount of coverage is $100,000 for the Company and affiliates’ policies inforce and applied for.

 

Example: A policy owner age 34 who elected this rider at issue purchases another policy with a face amount of $25,000 (which is the minimum for additional insurance). Charges for the rider will apply until the insured reaches age 40.

 

We add the following benefits automatically at no charge to each eligible policy:

 

Substitution Of Insured Person Rider

 

Available for policies with a minimum face amount of $100,000 unless it is issued as a result of an Option To Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy, see “You can change your policy’s insured person” under “More information about procedures that apply to your policy.”

 

We are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Living Benefits Rider

 

Your option to receive a terminal illness living benefit under the Living Benefits Rider

 

Subject to our insurance underwriting guidelines and availability in your state, your policy will automatically include our Living Benefits Rider if you apply for a face amount of at least $100,000 unless it is issued as a result of an Option To Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or term rider. This feature enables you to receive a portion (generally the lesser of 75% or $500,000)

 

 

54


of the policy’s death benefit (excluding death benefits payable under certain other policy riders), if the insured person has a terminal illness (as defined in the rider). The maximum aggregate amount of payments that will be paid under this Living Benefits Rider for all policies issued by the Company or an affiliate company on the life of the same insured person is $500,000. We make no additional charge for the rider, but we will deduct a one-time administrative charge of up to $250 from any living benefit we pay.

 

If you declined the Living Benefits Rider at issue and later elected it, you were subject to a $100 administrative charge. In addition, we would have evaluated the insurance risk at that time and we may have declined to issue the rider.

 

If you receive a living benefit on account of terminal illness, the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider for chronic illness benefits, if elected, and before continuation of coverage under any Nonforfeiture Benefit, will terminate and no further benefits will be payable under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider charges will also stop. In addition, once you receive a living benefit, you cannot elect the paid up death benefit guarantee and your policy cannot be placed on loan extension. We will deduct the amount of any living benefit we have paid, plus interest (as specified in the rider), from the death benefit proceeds that become payable under the policy if and when the insured person dies. (In your policy we refer to this as a “lien” we establish against your policy.)

 

When we pay a living benefit, we automatically transfer a pro rata portion of your policy’s net cash surrender value to the policy’s guaranteed interest option regardless of any policy guaranteed interest option limitation in effect. This amount, together with the interest we charge thereon, will be “restricted”— that is, it will not be available for any loans, transfers or partial withdrawals that you may wish to make. In addition, it may not be used to satisfy the charges we deduct from your policy’s value. We also will deduct these restricted amounts from any subsequent surrender proceeds that we pay. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

The receipt of a living benefits payment may qualify for exclusion from income tax. See “Tax information” below. Receipt of a living benefits payment may affect your eligibility for certain government benefits or entitlements.

 

 

You can arrange to receive a “living benefit” if the insured person becomes terminally ill.

 

 

Loan extension (for guideline premium test policies only)

 

Loan extension will protect against lapse of your policy due to an outstanding policy loan in certain circumstances. There is no additional charge for the loan extension feature. Your policy will automatically be placed on “loan extension,” if at the beginning of any policy month on or following the policy anniversary nearest the insured person’s 75th birthday, but not earlier than the 20th policy anniversary, all of the following conditions apply:

 

  The net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions then due;
  The amount of any outstanding policy loan and accrued loan interest is greater than the larger of (a) the current base policy face amount, or (b) the initial base policy face amount;

 

  You have selected Death Benefit Option A;

 

  You have not received a payment under either the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

  The policy is not in a grace period; and

 

  No current or future distributions will be required to be paid from the policy to maintain its qualification as “life insurance” under the Internal Revenue Code.

 

When a policy goes on loan extension, all of the following will apply:

 

  We will collect monthly deductions due under the policy up to the amount in the unloaned policy account value.

 

  Any policy account value that is invested in our variable investment options will automatically be transferred to our guaranteed interest option; and no transfers out of the guaranteed interest option may thereafter be made into any of our variable investment options.

 

  Loan interest will continue to accrue and we will send you a notice of any loan interest due on or about each policy anniversary. If the loan interest is not paid when due, it will be added to the outstanding loan balance.

 

  No additional loans or partial withdrawals may be requested.

 

  No changes in face amount or death benefit option may be requested.

 

  No additional premium payments will be accepted. Any payments received will be applied as loan repayments. If a loan repayment is made, the repaid amount will become part of the unloaned guaranteed interest option. Any payment in excess of the outstanding loan balance will be refunded to you.

 

  All additional benefit riders and endorsements will terminate, including the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and the MSO.

 

  No future allocations or transfers to the investment options will be accepted.

 

  The paid up death benefit guarantee if applicable, may not be elected.

 

  The policy will not thereafter lapse for any reason.

 

  If the policy is on loan extension, the policy guaranteed interest option limitation will not apply.

 

On the policy anniversary when the insured attains age 75 and if such policy has been in force for 20 years, and each month thereafter, we will determine whether the policy is on loan extension. You will be sent a letter explaining the transactions that are allowed and prohibited while a policy is on loan extension. Once a policy is on loan extension, it will remain on loan extension during the lifetime of the insured unless the policy is surrendered.

 

 

55


If your policy is on loan extension, the death benefit under the policy is the greatest of (a), (b) and (c):

 

(a)

The greater of the policy account value or the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest on the date of the insured’s death, multiplied by a percentage shown in your policy;

 

(b)

The outstanding loan and accrued loan interest, plus $10,000; or

 

(c)

The base policy face amount on the date of death.

 

The net death benefit that will be payable upon the insured’s death is the death benefit as described above, less the outstanding loan and accrued loan interest.

 

Example: A representative insured age 80, selected death benefit Option A and has had the policy for more than 20 years. She has a policy loan and the net policy account value is not sufficient to cover the monthly deductions now due. She has not received payment under the Living Benefits Rider or the Long-Term Care Services Rider. Accordingly, the loan extension endorsement will keep her policy from lapsing and any loan interest not paid will be added to the outstanding loan.

 

Other than as outlined above, all terms and conditions of your policy will continue to apply as if your policy is not on loan extension. If your policy is on loan extension, due to an absence of Internal Revenue Service guidance on such features, there is some uncertainty as to how the tax law might be applied in the future. For example, it is possible that in such circumstances, some or the entire outstanding loan could be treated as a distribution from the policy.

 

Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider

 

An optional rider may be elected at issue subject to our underwriting requirements that provides for a longer no lapse guarantee period than the one in your base policy. The minimum guarantee period is 15 years from the register date, and the maximum period is 30 years from register date if the insured is less than 56 years old or to the insured’s attained age 85 for issue ages 56-70. Issue ages are 0-70. If you elect this rider at issue, and while the rider is in effect, the investment options available to you will be restricted to the EQ Strategic Allocation investment options. You must provide proper allocation instructions at the time you apply for this policy in order to have your policy issued with this rider. The policy guaranteed interest option will not apply while the extended no lapse guarantee rider remains in effect. The limitation amounts applicable under the extended no lapse guarantee rider may permit you to allocate different amounts into the guaranteed interest option. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information.

 

This rider, while in force, will prevent your policy from lapsing provided that all of the following conditions apply:

 

  The rider has not terminated;

 

  The guarantee premium test for no lapse guarantees has been satisfied (see “Guarantee premium test for the no lapse guarantees” under “More information about policy features and benefits”); and

 

  Any policy loan and accrued loan interest does not exceed the policy account value.
  Rider termination.  The Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider will terminate on the earliest of the following:

 

 

the date your policy ends without value at the end of a grace period;

 

 

the date you surrender your policy;

 

 

the expiration date of the enhanced no lapse guarantee period shown in your policy;

 

 

the effective date of the election of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

 

the date that a new insured person is substituted for the original insured person;

 

 

the effective date of a requested increase in face amount during the extended no lapse guarantee period and after attained age 70 of the insured;

 

 

the date the policy goes on loan extension; or

 

 

the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows the date we receive your written request to terminate the rider.

 

This rider cannot be restored once it has been terminated.

 

The Market Stabilizer Option® is not available if you elect the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider.

 

Cash Value Plus Rider (rider form no. R11-10 or state variation)

 

In states where approved, an optional rider may be elected at issue that reduces the surrender charge if the policy is surrendered for its Net Cash Surrender Value in the first eight policy years. In order to elect the rider, the policy must have a minimum face amount of $250,000 per life when one or two policies are purchased on the lives of members of an insured group and $100,000 per life when policies are purchased on the lives of three or more members. We deduct $0.04 per $1,000 of the initial base policy face amount from your policy account value each month, while the rider is in effect.

 

The rider works by refunding all or a portion of the premium charge and waiving all or a portion of the surrender charge, if the policy is surrendered in full in its early years. The percentage of charges refunded or waived under the rider are as follows:

 

Surrender In Policy

Year

 

Percent Of Premium

Charge Refunded*

 

Percent Of Surrender

Charges Waived

1   100%       100%    
2   80%     100%    
3   33%     100%    
4   0%   100%    
5   0%   80%  
6   0%   65%  
7   0%   45%  
8   0%   25%  
9 and later   0%   0%
*

The mortality and expense risk charge and other monthly charges are not refunded.

 

 

56


The net cash surrender value paid, including the reduction of the surrender charges and refund of a percentage of cumulative premium charges, if a policy is surrendered in full while this rider is in force, will not exceed the greater of:

 

1.

a cumulative-based premium cap equal to the sum of premiums paid to the date of the surrender minus any partial withdrawals, outstanding loan and accrued loan interest; and

 

2.

the net cash surrender value on the date of surrender calculated prior to any reduction or refund.

 

Thus, the cumulative-based premium cap may effectively limit the percentage of surrender charges waived and/or the percentage of premium charge refunded if a policy is surrendered in full while this rider is in force.

 

The reduction of the surrender charges does not apply if the policy is being exchanged or replaced during the first eight policy years with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a proportionate surrender charge resulting from a face amount decrease. There is no refund of the premium charge if during the first three policy years the policy terminates after a grace period, is being exchanged or replaced with another life insurance policy or annuity contract on the insured person including (but not limited to) a 1035 exchange, nor does it apply to a face amount decrease.

 

Amounts available under the policy for loans and partial withdrawals continue to be calculated as if this rider was not part of the policy.

 

The premium load refund that would be applicable upon a complete surrender of the policy may increase the death benefit that is calculated when the claim is paid in the first 3 policy years in order for the policy to satisfy the definition of a “life insurance contract” under Section 7702 of the Code.

 

Restoration after lapse.  If your policy is restored after a lapse, the rider will also be restored unless you made a written request to terminate the rider.

 

Rider termination.  The rider will terminate on the earliest of the following dates: 1) The end of the eighth policy year; 2) The date the policy ends without value at the end of the Grace Period or otherwise terminates; 3) After the first policy anniversary, the effective date of a policy owner’s written request to terminate this rider; or 4) The date the policyowner exercises the Substitution of Insured Option or Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee.

 

This rider is not available if you elect the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” and Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” in this prospectus for more information on rider variations.

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

 

(Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” and Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” in this prospectus for rider variations). The rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the

policy death benefit as a payment each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care.(1) Benefits accelerated under this rider will be treated as a lien against the policy death benefit unless benefits are being paid under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted.

 

An individual qualifies as “chronically ill” if he has been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as being unable to perform (without substantial assistance from another person) at least two activities of daily living for a period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity; or requiring substantial supervision to protect such individual from threats to health and safety due to cognitive impairment.

 

Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual and is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care; 2) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured person is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care. Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in status of the insured or payout of the maximum total benefit amount, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. We also, at our own expense, may have the insured person examined as often as we may reasonably require during a period of coverage. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

 

The monthly rate charged for this rider varies based on the insured person’s sex, issue age, class of risk and tobacco user status, as well as the benefit percentage selected and whether you selected the rider with or without the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. See “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus for more information on the charges we deduct for this rider.

 

If the net policy value is insufficient to cover the total monthly deductions for the base policy and any riders while benefits under this rider are being paid, we will not lapse the policy. While monthly benefits under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider are being paid, we will waive the monthly charge for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.

 

We will pay up to the maximum total benefit for qualified long-term care services for the insured person for the duration of a period of coverage. During any period of coverage, the maximum total benefit is determined as of the first day of that period of coverage.

 

(1)

For a more complete description of the terms used in this section and conditions of this rider, please consult your rider policy form.

 

 

57


For policies with death benefit Option A, the maximum total benefit is equal to the current long-term care specified amount. For policies with death benefit Option A, the initial long term care specified amount is equal to the face amount of the base policy at issue multiplied by the acceleration percentage. You can select an acceleration percentage between 20% and 100%, subject to the minimum initial long-term care specified amount of $100,000.

 

For policies with death benefit Option B, the maximum total benefit is equal to the current long-term care specified amount, plus the policy account value. For policies with death benefit Option B, the initial long term care specified amount is equal to the face amount of the base policy multiplied by 100%. You do not select an acceleration percentage.

 

During any period of coverage (see below), the maximum Total Benefit is determined as of the first day of that period of coverage.

 

The initial long-term care specified amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions and will be reduced at the end of a period of coverage to reflect benefits paid during that period of coverage. Any request for a decrease in the policy face amount may reduce the current long-term care specified amount to an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the new policy face amount multiplied by the acceleration percentage selected, or (b) the long-term care specified amount immediately prior to the face amount decrease. If you selected death benefit Option A, any partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the amount of the withdrawal. If you selected death benefit Option B, the current long-term care specified amount will not be reduced.

 

The maximum monthly benefit is the maximum amount we or an affiliated company will pay in a month for qualified long-term care services for the insured person. Affiliates include Equitable Financial Life and Annuity Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, and U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company. The maximum monthly benefit payment amount that you can purchase from the issuer and its affiliates is limited to $50,000 per month, per insured person. At issue, the maximum monthly benefit is equal to the long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage selected. After that, the maximum monthly benefit is equal to the maximum total benefit as of the first day of the first period of coverage, or on the date coverage under the Nonforfeiture Benefit begins, if earlier, multiplied by the benefit percentage selected.

 

Each month, the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which will be applied to repay any outstanding policy loan) for qualified long-term care services for the insured person is the lesser of:

 

1.

the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or

 

2.

the monthly equivalent of 200% of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or “HIPAA.” (We reserve the right to increase this percentage.) To find out the current per

  day limit allowed by HIPAA, go to www.IRS.gov. We may also include this information in your policy’s annual report.

 

We will pay a proportionate amount of the monthly benefit payment for services rendered for less than a full month.

 

When benefits are paid under this rider, we establish an accumulated benefit lien. This accumulated benefit lien amount will equal the cumulative amount of rider benefits paid (including any loan repayments) during a period of coverage. We deduct the accumulated benefit lien amount from the base policy death benefit if the insured person dies before the end of a period of coverage. We also reduce the cash surrender value, as described below.

 

•  Elimination period.   The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Except as described below, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied, and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The elimination period can be satisfied by any combination of days of care in a qualified long-term care facility or qualified days of home health care. The days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24-month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

 

Furthermore, and solely at our discretion, we may deem the elimination period to be satisfied if the insured person provides proof of care from a U.S. licensed health care provider for at least 60 service days (approximately 5 days a week) within a consecutive period of 90 days starting on the first day on which such services are first provided.

 

You can request retroactive payment of benefits for the elimination period if a U.S. licensed health care practitioner provides written certification that the insured person is chronically ill and is expected to require qualified long-term care services for the remainder of the insured person’s life, once the elimination period and all other eligibility requirements have been satisfied. The amount of any such retroactive payment will be deducted from the maximum total benefit.

 

•  Period of coverage.  The period of coverage is the period of time during which the insured person receives services that are covered under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and for which benefits are payable. This begins on the first day covered services are received after the end of the elimination period. A period of coverage will end on the earliest of the following dates:

 

 

58


1.

the date we receive the notice of release which must be sent to us when the insured person is no longer receiving qualified long-term care services;

 

2.

the date we discover the insured person is no longer receiving Qualified Long-Term Care Services in accordance with the Plan of Care written for that Period of Coverage;

 

3.

the date you request that we terminate benefit payments under this rider;

 

4.

the date the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the maximum total benefit (or if your coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture benefit, the date the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit has been paid out);

 

5.

the date you surrender the policy (except to the extent of any Nonforfeiture Benefit you may have under the rider);

 

6.

the date we make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider (for terminal illness) if it occurs before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit; or

 

7.

the date of death of the insured person.

 

During a period of coverage before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit:

 

1.

Partial withdrawals, face amount decreases and premium payments are not permitted.

 

2.

The policy death benefit will not be less than the maximum total benefit.

 

3.

Each monthly benefit payment will increase the accumulated benefit lien amount by the amount of the payment—including any loan repayment. The accumulated benefit lien amount will be deducted from the policy death benefit in determining the insurance benefit we pay.

 

4.

For the purposes of determining the cash surrender value of this policy, the policy face amount and the unloaned policy account value will be reduced by a percentage. For policies with death benefit Option A, the percentage will be equal to the accumulated benefit lien amount divided by the policy face amount. For policies with death benefit Option B, the percentage will be equal to the accumulated benefit lien amount divided by the policy face amount plus the unloaned policy account value. For all policies, the percentage will not be more than 100% and the unloaned policy account value will not be reduced by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount. Any applicable surrender charge will be reduced on a pro rata basis for the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

5.

If there is an outstanding policy loan (and accrued loan interest) at the time we make a benefit payment, an amount equal to a percentage of the loan and accrued loan interest will be deducted from the monthly benefit payment and used as a loan repayment and will reduce the amount otherwise payable to you. This percentage will equal the monthly benefit payment divided by the

  portion of the maximum total benefit that we have not accelerated to date.

 

6.

The loan extension and paid up death benefit guarantee endorsements will no longer be applicable at any time once benefits are paid under this rider .

 

7.

Transfers of any unloaned policy account value allocated to the guaranteed interest option or to the variable investment options are permitted. We do, however, reserve the right to restrict the variable investment options available to you during a period of coverage. If we exercise this right, we will notify you of such restrictions in advance.

 

After a period of coverage ends before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit:

 

1.

The base policy face amount and the unloaned policy account value will each be reduced by a percentage. For policies with death benefit Option A, the percentage will be equal to the accumulated benefit lien amount divided by the base policy face amount. For policies with death benefit Option B, the percentage will be equal to the accumulated benefit lien amount divided by the base policy face amount plus the unloaned policy account value. For all policies, the percentage will not be more than 100% and the unloaned policy account value will not be reduced by more than the accumulated benefit lien amount.

 

2.

Any applicable surrender charges will be reduced on a pro rata basis for the reduction in the policy face amount.

 

3.

The long-term care specified amount will be reduced by a percentage equal to the accumulated benefit lien amount, divided by the maximum total benefit. If after this calculation, the long-term care specified amount would be greater than the base policy face amount, the long-term care specified amount will be further reduced to the base policy face amount.

 

4.

For any subsequent period of coverage, the maximum monthly benefit will be equal to the maximum monthly benefit during the initial period of coverage.

 

5.

The premium fund values that are used by us to determine whether a guarantee against policy lapse or a guarantee of death benefit protection is in effect will also be reduced pro rata to the reduction in the base policy face amount.

 

6.

Any remaining balance for an outstanding loan and accrued loan interest will not be reduced.

 

7.

The accumulated benefit lien amount is reset to zero.

 

The reduction in your policy account value will reduce your unloaned value in the guaranteed interest option and your values in the variable investment options in accordance with your monthly deduction allocation percentages then in effect. If we cannot make the reduction in this way, we will make the reduction based on the proportion that your unloaned values in the guaranteed interest option and your

 

 

59


values in the variable investment options bear to the total unloaned value in your policy account.

 

After the period of coverage has ended, we will provide you with notice of the adjusted values.

 

If the entire maximum total benefit has been paid out, the period of coverage will end, policy values will be adjusted as described above, and this rider will terminate. If the net policy account value is insufficient to cover the monthly deductions, the policy will terminate subject to the grace period provision.

 

  Rider termination.  This rider will terminate, and no further benefits will be payable (except, where applicable, as may be provided under the “Extension of Benefits” and the “Nonforfeiture Benefit” provisions of this rider), on the earliest of the following:

 

1.

at any time after the first policy year, on the next monthly anniversary on or following the date we receive your written request to terminate this rider;

 

2.

upon termination or surrender of the policy;

 

3.

the date of the insured person’s death;

 

4.

the date when the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the maximum total benefit amount;

 

5.

the effective date of the election of the paid up death benefit guarantee;

 

6.

the date you request payment under a Living Benefits Rider due to terminal illness of the insured person (whether or not monthly benefit payments are being made as of such date) if it occurs before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit;

 

7.

the date the policy goes on loan extension if it occurs before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit; or

 

8.

on the date that a new insured person is substituted for the original insured person under the terms of any substitution of insured rider if it occurs before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit.

 

If this rider does not terminate, it will remain in force as long as the policy remains in force. This rider may be restored after termination if certain qualifications for restoration of rider benefits are met.

 

  Extension of benefits.  If your policy lapses, terminating this rider, while the insured person is confined in a long-term care facility but before any rider benefits have been paid for a current period of coverage, benefits for that confinement may be payable provided that the confinement began while this rider was in force and the confinement continues without interruption after rider termination. Benefits may continue until the earliest of the following dates: (a) the date the insured person is discharged from such confinement (in this case, the maximum total benefit will be reduced by rider benefits that have been paid out); (b) the date the maximum total benefit has been paid; or (c) the date of death of the insured person. If benefits are payable under this
   

provision, there will be no death benefit payable to the beneficiary or beneficiaries named in the base policy.

 

Example of the LTCSR:

 

This example shows an insured under two policies with the same face amount, but account values vary as shown. We assume that each insured is age 65 on the first day of the period of coverage and that there is no outstanding debt. We also assume that the owner selected an acceleration percentage is 100% and an LTC benefit percentage of 2%. Policy 1 shows what the maximum total benefit and maximum monthly benefit would be for a policy with low account value. Policy 2 shows what the maximum total benefit and maximum monthly benefit would be for a policy with a higher account value.

 

     Policy 1     Policy 2  

LTC Specified Amount

  $ 100,000     $ 100,000  

LTC Policy Account Value on the first day of the period of coverage

  $ 35,000     $ 85,000  

Death Benefit Percentage

    120%       120%  

Maximum Total Benefit under Option A

  $ 100,000     $ 102,000  

Maximum Total Benefit under Option B

  $ 135,000     $ 185,000  

Maximum Monthly Benefit under Option A

  $ 2,000     $ 2,040  

Maximum Monthly Benefit under Option B

  $ 2,700     $ 3,700  

 

The monthly benefit payable will be the lesser of:

 

1)

The maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount requested by the owner, but not less than $500); and

 

2)

200% x 30 (assumes a 30-day month) x daily HIPAA limit ($410 for 2024).

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider - Nonforfeiture Benefit

 

For a higher monthly charge, you can elect the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider with the Nonforfeiture Benefit. The Nonforfeiture Benefit may continue coverage under the rider in a reduced benefit amount in situations where (a) the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider would otherwise terminate; (b) you have not already received benefits (including any loan repayments) that equal or exceed the total charges deducted for the rider; and (c) your policy and Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider were in force for at least three policy years.

 

While the Nonforfeiture Benefit is in effect, all of the provisions of the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider remain applicable to you. The maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit will be the greater of:

 

  (a)

One month’s maximum monthly benefit and

 

  (b)

The sum of all charges deducted for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider (with the Nonforfeiture Benefit). This amount excludes any charges that may have previously been waived while rider benefits were being paid.

 

 

60


The maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit will be reduced (but not below zero) by all monthly benefit payments paid under the rider, including any loan repayments and any payments made under the “Extension of Benefits” and “Nonforfeiture Benefit” provisions. Also, the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit will not exceed the maximum total benefit under the rider as of the date coverage under the Nonforfeiture Benefit begins.

 

Coverage under the Nonforfeiture Benefit begins on the date the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider would otherwise terminate for one of the following reasons (unless benefits are being continued under the “Extension of Benefits” provision of the rider):

 

(1)

We receive your written request to terminate the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider;

 

(2)

You surrender your policy;

 

(3)

Your policy terminates without value at the end of a grace period; or

 

(4)

You elect a Paid Up death benefit guarantee.

 

If benefits are being continued under the “Extension of Benefits” provision of the rider and the maximum total benefit has not been paid out, coverage under the Nonforfeiture Benefit begins on the date the insured is discharged from a long-term care facility.

 

Once in effect, the Nonforfeiture benefit will continue long-term care coverage under a paid-up status until the earliest of (a) the death of the insured, and (b) the date the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit has been paid out and reduced to zero during a period of coverage. If coverage is continued under the Nonforfeiture benefit, you will receive additional information regarding the benefit, including the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit amount.

 

Example: Policy owner has been receiving benefits under the Long-Term Care Services Rider for three years and the amount of benefits received does not exceed the charges deducted for the Rider. Because policy owner elected the LTCSR with the Nonforfeiture Benefit, when the rider would otherwise end, it will be continued in a reduced benefit amount and with no additional rider charges due or payable thereafter.

 

For tax information concerning the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider, see “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

Charitable Legacy Rider

 

An optional rider may be elected at issue that provides an additional death benefit of 1% of the base policy face amount to the qualified charitable organization(s) chosen by the policy owner at no additional cost. This rider is only available at issue and an accredited charitable beneficiary must be named at that time. The rider is available for base policy face amounts of $1 million and above, where the minimum benefit would be $10,000 and the maximum benefit would be $100,000 (i.e. for face amounts of $10 million and above).

If the base policy face amount is reduced after issue for any reason, the benefit will be payable on the face amount at the time of the insured’s death, provided the face amount is at least $1 million. If the face amount has been decreased below $1 million at the time of death, then no benefit is payable.

 

The designated beneficiary of this rider must be an organization exempt from federal taxation under Section 501(c) of the Code and listed in Section 170(c) of the Code as an authorized recipient of charitable contributions. See www.IRS.gov for valid organizations.

 

Example: Initial policy face amount of $1,000,000 with a charity named at policy issue. If face amount remains at $1,000,000, then upon death, $10,000 (.01 x $1,000,000) will be payable to a designated qualified charity.

 

  Rider termination.  The charitable legacy rider will terminate and no further benefits will be paid on the earliest of the following:

 

 

the termination of the policy;

 

 

the surrender of the policy;

 

 

the date we receive the policy owner’s written request to terminate the rider;

 

 

the date of the insured’s death; or

 

 

the date the policy is placed on loan extension.

 

If the base policy lapses and is subsequently restored, the rider will be reinstated. The rider will not be terminated if the policy owner executes the Substitution Of Insured Person Rider (we are not currently permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) or elects the paid up death benefit guarantee.

 

Variations among Incentive Life Optimizer® II policies

 

Time periods and other terms and conditions described in this prospectus may vary due to legal requirements in your state. These variations will be reflected in your policy.

 

The Company also may vary or waive the charges (including surrender charges) and other terms of Incentive Life Optimizer® II where special circumstances (including certain policy exchanges) result in sales or administrative expenses or mortality risks that are different from those normally associated with Incentive Life Optimizer® II. We will make such variations only in accordance with uniform rules that we establish.

 

The Company or your financial professional can advise you about any variations that may apply to your policy or see Appendix: “Policy variations” and Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Your right to cancel within a certain number of days

 

This is provided for information purposes only. Since the

 

 

61


contracts are no longer available to new purchasers, this cancellation provision is no longer applicable.

 

You may cancel your policy by returning the policy along with a properly signed and completed written request for cancellation to our Administrative Office or, in some states, to the agent who sold it to you or any agent of the Company, by the 10th day after you receive it (or such longer period as required under state law). Your coverage will terminate as of the business day we receive your request at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request).

 

In most states, we will refund the policy account value calculated as of the business day we receive your request for cancellation at our Administrative Office (or, in some states, as of the business day the agent receives your request), plus any charges that were deducted from premiums that were paid and from the policy account value, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. In other states, we will refund the premiums that were paid, less any outstanding loan and accrued loan interest. Your policy will set forth the specific terms of your “Right to Examine” the policy.

 

Canceling your policy if you have allocated to the MSO

 

If you have allocated policy amounts to the MSO, different procedures may apply. Please see “Your right to cancel within a certain number of days” in the “Description of the Market Stabilizer Option®” section of the MSO Prospectus for more information about canceling your policy.

 

In addition to the cancellation right described above, you have the right to surrender your policy, rather than cancel it. Please see “Surrendering your policy for its net cash surrender value,” in this prospectus. Surrendering your policy may yield results different than canceling your policy, including a greater potential for taxable income. In some cases, your cash value upon surrender may be greater than your contributions to the policy. Please see “Tax information,” in this prospectus for possible consequences of cancelling your policy.

    

 

 

62


9. More information about policy charges

 

 

 

How we allocate charges among your investment options

 

In your application for a policy, you tell us from which investment options you want us to take the policy’s monthly deductions as they fall due. You can change these instructions at any time. If we cannot deduct the charge as your most current instructions direct, we will allocate the deduction among your investment options proportionately to your value in each. If the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect, we will allocate the deduction among the investment options available with these guarantees, proportionately to your value in each.

 

Substantially different procedures apply, however, if you allocate any of your policy account value to the MSO investment option. In that case, for example, you will be required to maintain a certain amount of policy account value in the policy’s guaranteed interest option, from which we will make the policy’s monthly deductions. Please see the MSO prospectus for more information about these procedures, including the procedure we will follow if amounts in the guaranteed interest option are insufficient to pay the deductions.

 

Changes in charges

 

We reserve the right in the future to (1) make a charge for certain taxes or reserves set aside for taxes (see “Our taxes” under “Tax information” in this prospectus) that might be imposed on us; (2) make a charge for the operating expenses of our variable investment options (including, without limitation, SEC registration fees and related legal counsel fees and auditing fees); or (3) change our other current policy charges (in no event will they exceed the maximum charges guaranteed in your policy).

 

Any changes that we make in our current charges or charge rates will be on a basis that is equitable to all policies belonging to a given class, and will be determined based on reasonable assumptions as to expenses, mortality, investment income, lapses and policy and contract claims associated with morbidity. These assumptions include taxes, the cost of hedging, longevity, volatility, other market conditions, surrenders, persistency, conversions, disability, accident, illness, inability to perform activities of daily living, and cognitive impairment, if applicable. Any changes in charges may apply to then in force policies, as well as to new policies. You will be notified in writing of any changes in charges under your policy.

 

Deducting policy charges

 

Purposes of policy charges.  The charges under the policies are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our direct and indirect

costs of selling, administering and providing benefits under the policies. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us for the risks of loss we assume pursuant to the policies. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect from the policies exceed our total costs in connection with the policies, we will earn a profit. Otherwise, we will incur a loss. In addition to the charges described below, there are also charges at the Portfolio level, which are described in the prospectuses of the Portfolios in which the funds invest. For additional information on all policy charges, see “Fee table” in this prospectus.

 

Transaction charges

 

On the first day of each policy month, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below (see “Periodic charges” below). In addition, charges may be deducted for transactions such as premium payments, policy surrenders, requested decreases in face amount, or transfers among investment options.

 

Premium charge.  We deduct an amount not to exceed 6% from each premium payment you send us. Currently, we reduce this charge to 4% after an amount equal to two “target premiums” has been paid. The “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specified characteristics death benefit option, as well as the policy’s face amount, among other factors. In addition, if your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, a portion of the deductions from premiums will be refunded upon surrender within the first three policy years, subject to a cumulative premium-based cap on the rider benefits (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). A similar charge applies to premiums attributed to requested face amount increases that are above your highest previous face amount. The premium charge is designed in part to defray sales and tax expenses we incur that are based on premium payments.

 

Surrender charges.  If you give up this policy for its net cash surrender value before the end of the tenth policy year, or within the first ten years after a face amount increase over the previous highest base policy face amount, we will subtract a surrender charge from your policy account value. The surrender charge in the first policy month of each policy year is shown in your policy. The initial surrender charge will be between $8.71 and $45.91 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount, or base policy face amount increase. The surrender charge declines uniformly in equal monthly amounts within each policy year until it reaches zero in the twelfth month of policy year ten. The initial amount of surrender charge depends on each policy’s specific characteristics. In addition, if your policy includes the Cash Value Plus Rider, the surrender charges are reduced, subject to a cumulative

 

 

63


premium-based cap on the rider benefits (see “Cash Value Plus Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits” in this prospectus). Changes in the base policy face amount resulting from a change in death benefit option will not be considered in computing the previous highest face amount.

 

The surrender charge attributable to each increase in your policy’s face amount is in addition to any remaining surrender charge attributable to the policy’s initial face amount.

 

The surrender charges are contingent deferred sales charges. They are contingent because you only pay them if you surrender your policy for its net cash surrender value (or request a reduction in its face amount, as described below). They are deferred because we do not deduct them from your premiums. Because the surrender charges are contingent and deferred, the amount we collect in a policy year is not related to actual expenses for that year.

 

The surrender charges assessed in connection with giving up this policy or with reductions in policy face amount are intended, in part, to compensate us for the fact that it takes us time to make a profit on your policy, and if you give up or reduce the face amount of your policy in its early years, we do not have the time to recoup our costs.

 

Request a decrease in your policy’s face amount.  If there is a requested base policy face amount reduction within the first ten policy years or within ten years following a face amount increase, or the paid-up death benefit guarantee is elected for a reduced amount during a surrender charge period, a proportionate surrender charge will be deducted from your policy account value.

 

Assuming you have not previously changed the base policy face amount, a proportionate surrender charge will be determined by dividing the amount of the reduction in base policy face amount by the initial base policy face amount of insurance, and then multiplying that fraction by the surrender charge immediately before the reduction. The proportionate surrender charge will not exceed the unloaned policy account value at the time of the reduction. If a proportionate surrender charge is made, the remaining surrender charge will be reduced proportionately. We will not deduct a proportionate surrender charge if the reduction resulted from a change in death benefit option or a partial withdrawal.

 

If there have been prior increases in face amount, the decrease will be deemed to cancel, first, each increase in reverse chronological order (beginning with the most recent) and then the initial face amount. We will deduct from your policy account value any surrender charge that is associated with any portion of the face amount that is thus deemed to be canceled.

 

Transfers among investment options.  Although we do not currently charge for transfers among investment options, we reserve the right to make a transfer charge up to $25 for each transfer of amounts among your investment options. The transfer charge, if any, is deducted from the amounts

transferred from your policy’s value in the variable investment options and in our guaranteed interest option based on the proportion that the amount transferred from each variable investment option and from our guaranteed interest option bears to the total amount being transferred. Any such charge would be, in part, to compensate us for our expenses in administering transfers. The charge will never apply to a transfer of all of your variable investment option amounts to our guaranteed interest option, or to any transfer pursuant to our automated transfer service or asset rebalancing service.

 

Special services charges

 

We deduct a charge for providing the special services described below. These charges compensate us for the expense of processing each special service. Please note that we may discontinue some or all of these services without notice.

 

Wire transfer charge.  We charge $90 for outgoing wire transfers. Unless you specify otherwise, this charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Express mail charge.  We charge $35 for sending you a check by express mail delivery. This charge will be deducted from the amount you request.

 

Policy illustration charge.  We do not charge for illustrations. We reserve the right to charge in the future.

 

Duplicate policy charge.  We charge $35 for providing a copy of your policy. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Policy history charge.  We charge a maximum of $50 for providing you a history of policy transactions. If you request a policy history of less than 5 years from the date of your request, there is no charge. If you request a policy history of more than 5 years but less than 10 years from the date of your request, the current charge is $25. For policy histories of 10 years or more, the charge is $50. For all policy histories, we reserve the right to charge a maximum of $50. The charge for this service can be paid (i) by sending a check to our Administrative Office, or (ii) by any other means we make available to you.

 

Charge for returned payments.  For each payment you make in connection with your policy that is returned for insufficient funds, we will charge a maximum of $25.

 

Periodic charges

 

On the first day of each month of the policy, charges for cost of insurance and certain other charges are deducted from your policy account value as specified below.

 

Administrative charge.  In the first policy year, we deduct $15 from your policy account value at the beginning of each policy month. Currently, in all subsequent policy years we deduct $10 at the beginning of each policy month, but not beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 100. We reserve the right to increase or

 

 

64


decrease this amount in the future, although it will never exceed $10 and will never be deducted beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 121. In addition we currently deduct between $0.09 and $0.34 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount and any face amount increase above the previous highest face amount at the beginning of each policy month in the first ten policy years and for ten years following a face amount increase. We reserve the right to continue this charge beyond the ten year period previously described, but it will never be deducted beyond the policy anniversary when the insured person is attained age 121. The administrative charge is intended, in part, to compensate us for the costs involved in administering the policy.

 

Cost of insurance charge.  The cost of insurance rates vary depending on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the individual characteristics of the insured, the face amount and the policy year. The monthly cost of insurance charge is determined by multiplying the cost of insurance rate that is then applicable to your policy by the amount we have at risk under your policy divided by $1,000. Our amount at risk (also described in your policy as “net amount at risk”) on any date is the difference between (a) the death benefit that would be payable if the insured person died on that date and (b) the then total account value under the policy. A greater amount at risk, or a higher cost of insurance rate, will result in a higher monthly charge. The cost of insurance rates are intended, in part, to compensate us for the cost of providing insurance to you under your policy.

 

Generally, the cost of insurance rate increases from one policy year to the next. This happens automatically because of the insured person’s increasing age.

 

On a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.02 and $83.34 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under your policy from your policy account value each month (but not beyond the policy anniversary date when the insured person is attained age 121). As the amount for which we are at risk at any time is the death benefit (calculated as of that time) minus your policy account value at that time, changes in your policy account value resulting from the performance of your investment options can affect your amount at risk, and as a result, your cost of insurance. In addition, our current non-guaranteed cost of insurance rates are zero for policy years in which the insured person’s attained age is 100 or older. Our cost of insurance rates are guaranteed not to exceed the maximum rates specified in your policy. For most insured persons at most ages, our current (non-guaranteed) rates are lower than the maximum rates. However, we have the ability to raise these rates up to the guaranteed maximum at any time, subject to any necessary regulatory approvals.

 

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life Optimizer® II policies for insureds who are age 18 or above are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary 80% Male, 20% Female, Smoker or Nonsmoker Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Table.

The guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates for gender neutral Incentive Life Optimizer® II policies for insureds who are under age 18 are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary 80% Male, 20% Female Composite Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables. For all other policies, for insureds who are age 18 or above, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male or Female, Smoker or Nonsmoker Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables. For insureds who are under age 18, the guaranteed maximum cost of insurance rates are based on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Male or Female Composite Ultimate Age Nearest Birthday Mortality Tables.

 

Our cost of insurance rates will generally be lower (except for gender-neutral policies and in connection with certain employee benefit plans) if the insured person is a female than if a male. They also will generally be lower for non-tobacco users than tobacco users and lower for persons that have other highly favorable health characteristics, as compared to those that do not. On the other hand, insured persons who present particular health, occupational or avocational risks may be charged higher cost of insurance rates and other additional charges as specified in their policies. In addition, the current (non-guaranteed) rates also vary depending on the duration of the policy (i.e., the length of time since the policy was issued).

 

For policies issued at ages 0–17, an insured person’s cost of insurance rate is not based on that person’s status as a tobacco user or non-tobacco user. Effective with the policy anniversary when that insured person reaches attained age 18, non-tobacco user cost of insurance rates will be charged for that person. That insured person may also be eligible for a more favorable rating, subject to our underwriting rules.

 

We offer lower rates for non-tobacco users only if they are at least age 18. You may generally ask us to review the tobacco habits of an insured person issue age 18 or over in order to change the charge from tobacco user rates to non-tobacco user rates. The change, if approved, may result in lower future cost of insurance rates beginning on the effective date of the change to non-tobacco user rates.

 

The change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include criteria other than tobacco use status as well as a definition of tobacco use different from that applicable at the time this policy was issued.

 

Similarly, after the first policy year, you may request us to review the insured person’s rating to see if they qualify for a reduction in future cost of insurance rates. Any such change will be based upon our general underwriting rules in effect at the time of application, and may include various criteria.

 

For information concerning possible limitations on any changes, please see “Other information” in “Tax information” in this prospectus.

 

The change in rates, if approved, will take effect at the beginning of the policy month that coincides with or next follows

 

 

65


the date we approve your request. This change may have adverse tax consequences.

 

For policies with a minimum stated face amount of $25,000 which are issued as a result of an Option to Purchase Additional Insurance election or a conversion from a term life policy or rider, our cost of insurance rates also depend on how large the face amount is at the time we deduct the charge. Generally, under these circumstances, the current (non-guaranteed) cost of insurance rates are lower for face amounts of $100,000 and higher. For this purpose, however, we will take into account all face amount decreases, whatever their cause. Therefore, a decrease in face amount may cause your cost of insurance rates to go up.

 

Mortality and expense risk charge.  We will collect a monthly charge for mortality and expense risk. We are committed to fulfilling our obligations under the policy and providing service to you over the lifetime of your policy. Despite the uncertainty of future events, we guarantee that monthly administrative and cost of insurance deductions from your policy account value will never be greater than the maximum amounts shown in your policy. In making this guarantee, we assume the mortality risk that insured persons (as a group) will live for shorter periods than we estimated. When this happens, we have to pay a greater amount of death benefit than we expected to pay in relation to the cost of insurance charges we received. We also assume the expense risks that the cost of issuing and administering policies will be greater than we expected. This charge is designed, in part, to compensate us for taking these risks.

 

We currently deduct a monthly charge at an annual rate of 0.85% of the value in your policy’s variable investment options and the Market Stabilizer Option®, if applicable, during the first 8 policy years, with no charge in policy year 9 and thereafter. We reserve the right to increase or decrease this charge in the future, although it will never exceed 1.00% during policy years 1 – 10, and 0.50% during policy years 11 and later. This charge will be calculated at the beginning of each policy month as a percentage of the amount of the policy account that is then allocated to the variable investment options.

 

Loan interest spread.  We charge interest on policy loans but credit you with interest on the amount of the policy account we hold as collateral for the loan. The loan interest spread is the excess of the interest rate we charge over the interest rate we credit. The loan interest spread will not exceed 1% except for amounts allocated to MSO segment where the loan interest spread will not exceed 5% (2% for New York and Oregon policies). We deduct this charge on each policy anniversary date, or on loan termination, if earlier. For more information on how this charge is deducted, see “Borrowing from your policy” under “Accessing your money” in this prospectus. As with any loan, the interest we charge on the loans is intended, in part, to compensate us for the time value of the money we are lending and the risk that you will not repay the loan.

MSO Charges

 

There is a current percentage charge of 1.40% of any policy account value allocated to each Segment. We reserve the right to increase or decrease the charge although it will never exceed 2.40%. Of this percentage charge, 0.75% will be deducted on the Segment Start Date from the amount being transferred from the MSO Holding Account into the Segment as an up-front charge (“Variable Index Benefit Charge”), with the remaining 0.65% annual charge (of the current Segment Account Value) being deducted from the policy account on a monthly basis during the Segment Term (“Variable Index Segment Account Charge”).

 

An Early Distribution Adjustment will be applied on surrender or other distribution (including loan) from an MSO Segment prior to its Segment Maturity Date. The maximum Early Distribution Adjustment is 75% of Segment Account Value.

 

Please refer to the MSO prospectus for more information about the MSO and related charges and deductions, as well as the meaning of special terms relevant to the MSO (such as “Segment”, “Segment Term”, “Segment Start Date” and “Early Distribution Adjustment”).

 

Optional rider charges

 

If you elect the following riders, the charge for each rider is deducted from your policy account value on the first day of each policy month that the rider is in effect. The rider charges are designed to offset the cost of providing the benefit under the rider. The costs of each of the riders below are designed, in part, to compensate us for the additional insurance risk we take on in providing each of these riders and the administrative costs involved in administering them.

 

Children’s Term Insurance.  If you choose this rider, we deduct $0.50 per $1,000 of rider benefit amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. However, we will continue to charge you for the rider, even after all of your children, stepchildren and legally adopted children have reached age 25 (when a child’s coverage under the rider terminates), unless you notify us in writing that you wish to cancel this rider.

 

Disability Deduction Waiver.  If you choose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 65, while the rider is in effect. This amount is between 7% and 132% of all the other monthly charges (including charges for other riders elected) deducted from your policy account value on a guaranteed basis. The current monthly charges for this rider may be lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

•  Disability Premium Waiver.  If you choose this rider, we deduct an amount from your policy account value each month until the insured under the policy reaches age 65 and while the rider is in effect. This amount is between $0.01 and $0.60 per $1,000 of initial base policy face amount on a

 

 

66


guaranteed basis. We will establish a similar charge for requested base policy face amount increases. If you also select certain of the other optional riders available under your policy, we will deduct additional amounts from your policy account value per $1,000 of rider benefit amount each month while both the other rider and this rider are in effect. These amounts are in addition to the charges for the riders themselves. The current monthly charges for this rider may be lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

•  Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider.  If you choose this rider without the Nonforfeiture Benefit, on a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.22 and $2.67 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider from your policy account value each month. If you choose this rider with the Nonforfeiture Benefit, on a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.25 and $2.94 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider. We will deduct this charge until the insured reaches age 121 while the rider is in effect, but not when rider benefits are being paid. The amount at risk under the rider depends on the death benefit option selected under the policy. For policies with death benefit Option A, the amount at risk for the rider is the lesser of (a) the current policy face amount, minus the policy account value (but not less than zero); and (b) the current long-term care specified amount. For policies with death benefit Option B, the amount at risk for the rider is the current long-term care specified amount. The current monthly charges for this rider may be lower than the maximum monthly charges.

 

If you continue coverage under the Nonforfeiture Benefit, the charge for the rider will no longer apply.

 

Option To Purchase Additional Insurance.  If you choose this rider, we deduct between $0.04 and $0.17 per $1,000 of the Option To Purchase Additional Insurance from your policy account value each month until the insured under the base policy reaches age 40 while the rider is in effect.

 

Charitable Legacy Rider.  There is no additional charge if you choose this rider.

 

Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider.  There is no additional charge if you choose this rider.

 

Cash Value Plus Rider.  If you choose this rider, we deduct $0.04 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount from your policy account value each month until the earlier of the end of the eighth policy year or termination of the policy or termination of the rider. The charge for this rider does not vary depending upon the specifics of your policy. The current monthly charge for this rider may be lower than the maximum monthly charge of $0.04 per $1,000 of your initial base policy face amount. You must notify us in writing if you wish to cancel this rider. Please see Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for more information on the charge applicable under the prior version of this rider.

 

Adding the Living Benefits Rider (no longer permitted).  If you elected the Living Benefits Rider after the policy was issued, we deducted $100 from your policy account value at

the time of the transaction. This fee was designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Exercise of option to receive a terminal illness “living benefit.”  If you elect to receive a terminal illness “living benefit,” we will deduct up to $250 from any living benefit we pay. This fee is designed, in part, to compensate us for the administrative costs involved in processing the request.

 

Charges that the Trusts deduct

 

The Trusts deduct charges for the following types of fees and expenses:

 

  Management fees.

 

  12b-1 fees.

 

  Operating expenses, such as trustees’ fees, independent public accounting firms’ fees, legal counsel fees, administrative service fees, custodian fees and liability insurance.

 

  Investment-related expenses, such as brokerage commissions.

 

These charges are reflected in the daily share price of each portfolio. Since shares of each Trust are purchased at their net asset value, these fees and expenses are, in effect, passed on to the variable investment options and are reflected in their unit values. Certain portfolios available under the contract in turn invest in shares of other portfolios of EQ Advisors Trust and/or shares of unaffiliated portfolios (collectively, the “underlying portfolios”). The underlying portfolios each have their own fees and expenses, including management fees, operating expenses, and investment related expenses such as brokerage commissions. For more information about these charges, please refer to the prospectuses for the Trusts.

    

 

 

67


10. More information about procedures that apply to your policy

 

 

 

This section provides further detail about certain subjects that are addressed in the previous pages. The following discussion generally does not repeat the information already contained in those pages.

 

Dates and prices at which policy events occur

 

We describe below the general rules for when, and at what prices, events under your policy will occur. Other portions of this prospectus describe circumstances that may cause exceptions. We generally do not repeat those exceptions below.

 

Date of receipt.  Where this prospectus refers to the day when we receive a payment, request, election, notice, transfer or any other transaction request from you, we usually mean the day on which that item (or the last thing necessary for us to process that item) arrives in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is a type we accept by those means. There are two main exceptions: if the item arrives (1) on a day that is not a business day or (2) after the close of a business day, then, in each case, we are deemed to have received that item on the next business day.

 

Business day.  Our “business day” is generally any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for regular trading and generally ends at 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or as of an earlier close of regular trading). A business day does not include a day on which we are not open due to emergency conditions determined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We may also close early due to such emergency conditions. We compute unit values for our variable investment options as of the end of each business day.

 

Third party agreements.  If we have entered into a prior written agreement that authorizes your financial professional to submit transfer requests and/or changes to allocation instructions on your behalf, any such transfer request or change to allocation instructions will be considered received by us on the business day it arrives from your financial professional in complete and proper form at our Administrative Office, or via the appropriate telephone or fax number if the item is of the type we accept by those means. We may terminate any such agreement at any time without prior notice.

 

Payments you make.  The following are reflected in your policy as of the date we receive them in complete and proper form:

 

  premium payments received after the policy’s investment start date (discussed below)

 

  loan repayments and interest payments

Requests you make.  The following transactions occur as of the date we receive your request in complete and proper form:

 

  withdrawals

 

  tax withholding elections

 

  face amount decreases that result from a withdrawal

 

  changes of allocation percentages for premium payments or monthly deductions

 

  surrenders

 

  changes of owner

 

  changes of beneficiary

 

  transfers from a variable investment option to the guaranteed interest option

 

  loans

 

  transfers among variable investment options

 

  assignments

 

  termination of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

The following transactions occur on your policy’s next monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we approve your request:

 

  changes in face amount

 

  election of paid up death benefit guarantee

 

  changes in death benefit option

 

  changes of insured person

 

  restoration of terminated policies

 

  termination of any additional benefit riders you have elected

 

Automatic transfer service.  Transfers pursuant to our automatic transfer service (dollar-cost averaging) occur as of the first day of each policy month. If you request the automatic transfer service in your original policy application, the first transfer will occur as of the first day of the second policy month after your policy’s initial Allocation Date. If you request this service at any later time, we make the first such transfer as of your policy’s first monthly anniversary that coincides with or follows the date we receive your request.

 

Asset rebalancing service.  If you request the asset rebalancing service, the first redistribution will be on the date you specify or the date we receive your request, if later. However, no rebalancing will occur before your policy’s Allocation Date. Subsequent periodic rebalancings occur quarterly, semiannually or annually, as you have requested.

 

 

68


Delay in certain cases.  We may delay allocating any payment you make to our variable investment options, or any transfer, for the same reasons stated in “Delay of variable investment option proceeds” in this prospectus. We may also delay such transactions for any other legally permitted purpose.

 

Prices applicable to policy transactions.  If a transaction will increase or decrease the amount you have in a variable investment option as of a certain date, we process the transaction using the unit values for that option computed as of that day’s close of business, unless that day is not a business day. In that case, we use unit values computed as of the next business day’s close.

 

Effect of death or surrender.  You may not make any surrender or partial withdrawal request after the insured person has died. Also, all insurance coverage ends on the date as of which we process any request for a surrender.

 

Policy issuance

 

Register date.  When we issue a policy, we assign it a “register date,” which will be shown in the policy. We measure the months, years, and anniversaries of your policy from your policy’s register date.

 

  If you submit the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional at the time you sign the application and before the policy is issued, and we issue the policy as it was applied for (or on a better risk class than applied for), then the register date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I, section D of the policy application or (b) the date a medical or paramedical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

  In general, if we do not receive your full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different (less favorable) basis than you applied for, the register date initially will appear on your policy as the date the policy is issued; however, we will move the register date to the date we deliver the policy provided we received your full minimum initial premium. If your policy was delivered on the 29th, 30th or 31st of the month, we will move the register date to the 1st of the following month. In certain circumstances, even if we issue your policy on a less favorable basis, the premium amount you paid may be sufficient to cover your full minimum initial premium. In this event, we will not move the register date to the delivery date. These procedures are designed to ensure that premiums and charges will commence on the same date as your insurance coverage. We will determine the interest rate applicable to the guaranteed interest option based on the register date. This rate will be applied to funds allocated to the guaranteed interest option as of the date we receive the full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office.

 

  For Section 1035 exchanges:

 

    If we issue the policy as it was applied for (or on a better risk class than applied for), then the register
   

date will be the later of (a) the date you signed part I, section D of the policy application or (b) the date a medical professional signed part II of the policy application.

 

    If we do not receive your full minimum initial premium payment at our Administrative Office before the issue date or, if we issue the policy on a different (less favorable) basis than you applied for, the register date will be the date the policy is issued.

 

We may also permit an earlier than customary register date (a) for employer-sponsored cases, to accommodate a common register date for all employees or (b) to provide a younger age at issue. (A younger age at issue reduces the monthly charges that we deduct under a policy.) The charges and deductions commence as of the register date, even when we have permitted an early register date. We may also permit policy owners to delay a register date (up to three months) in employer-sponsored cases.

 

Investment start date.  This is the business day your investment first begins to earn a return for you. Generally, this is the later of: (1) the business day we receive the full minimum initial premium at our Administrative Office; and (2) the register date of your policy. Before this date, your initial premium will be held in a non-interest bearing account.

 

Commencement of insurance coverage.  You must give the full minimum initial premium to your financial professional on or before the day the policy and all amendments are delivered to you. No insurance under your policy will take effect unless (1) the insured person is still living at the time such payment and all delivery requirements are completed and (2) the information in the application continues to be true and complete, without material change, as of the date the policy and all amendments are delivered to you and all delivery requirements have been completed and the full minimum initial premium is paid. If you submit the full minimum initial premium with your application, we may, subject to certain conditions, provide a limited amount of temporary insurance on the proposed insured person. You may request and review a copy of our temporary insurance agreement for more information about the terms and conditions of that coverage.

 

Non-issuance.  If, after considering your application, we decide not to issue a policy, we will refund any premium you have paid, without interest.

 

Age; age at issue.  Unless the context in this prospectus requires otherwise, we consider the insured person’s “age” during any policy year to be his or her age on his or her birthday nearest to the beginning of that policy year. For example, the insured person’s age for the first policy year (“age at issue”) is that person’s age on whichever birthday is closer to (i.e., before or after) the policy’s register date.

 

Ways to make premium and loan payments

 

Payment options  Premiums or loan payments generally must be paid by check drawn on a U.S. bank in U.S. dollars and made payable to “Equitable Financial Life Insurance

 

 

69


Company” (for subsequent contributions please write your policy number on the check).

 

We prefer that you make each payment to us with a single check drawn on your business or personal bank account. Cash and travelers’ checks, or any payments in foreign currency, are not acceptable. We will accept third-party checks payable to someone other than the Company and endorsed over to the Company only (1) as a direct payment from a qualified retirement plan or (2) if they are made out to a trustee who owns the policy and endorses the entire check (without any refund) as a payment to the policy.

 

Assigning your policy

 

You may assign (transfer) your rights in a policy to someone else as collateral for a loan, to effect a change of ownership or for some other reason. Collateral assignments may also sometimes be used in connection with dividing the benefits of the policy under a split-dollar arrangement, which will also have its own tax consequences. A copy of the assignment must be forwarded to our Administrative Office. We are not responsible for any payment we make or any action we take before we receive notice of the assignment or for the validity of the assignment. An absolute assignment is a change of ownership.

 

Certain transfers for value may subject you to income tax and penalties and cause the death benefit to lose its income-tax free treatment. Further, a gift of a policy that has a loan outstanding may be treated as part gift and part transfer for value, which could result in both gift tax and income tax consequences. The IRS issued regulations in both 2002 and 2003 concerning split-dollar arrangements, including policies subject to collateral assignments. The regulations provide both new and interim guidance as to the taxation of such arrangements. These regulations address taxation issues in connection with arrangements which are compensatory in nature, involve a shareholder and corporation, or a donor and donee. See also discussion under “Split-dollar and other employee benefit programs” and “Estate, gift, and generation-skipping taxes” in the “Tax information” section of this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to making a transfer or assignment.

 

You can change your policy’s insured person

 

Note: Notwithstanding the information further below, based upon our current understanding of federal tax rules at the time this prospectus was prepared, we are not permitting changes of a policy’s insured person. For further information, please see “Possibility of future tax changes and other tax information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. The following information, therefore, does not apply, absent IRS guidance that would permit such changes.

 

If your policy has the Substitution of Insured Person Rider and after the policy’s second year, we will permit you to request that a new insured person replace the existing one subject to our rules then in effect. This requires that you provide us with adequate evidence that the proposed new

insured person meets our requirements for insurance. Other requirements are outlined in your policy.

 

Upon making this change, the monthly insurance charges we deduct will be based on the new insured person’s insurance risk characteristics. In addition, any no-lapse guarantee and Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider will terminate. It may also affect the face amount that a policy will have if you subsequently elect the paid up death benefit guarantee. The change of insured person will not, however, affect the surrender charge computation for the amount of coverage that is then in force.

 

Substituting the insured person is a taxable event and may, depending upon individual circumstances, have other tax consequences as well. For example, the change could cause the policy to be a “modified endowment contract” or to fail the Internal Revenue Code’s definition of “life insurance,” or in some cases require that we also distribute certain amounts to you from the policy. See “Tax information” in this prospectus. You should consult your tax advisor prior to substituting the insured person. As a condition to substituting the insured person we may require you to sign a form acknowledging the potential tax consequences. In no event, however, will we permit a change that we believe causes your policy to fail the definition of life insurance or causes the policy to lose its ability to be tested under the 2001 CSO tables. See “Other information” under “Tax information” in this prospectus. Also, if the paid up death benefit guarantee is in effect or your policy is on loan extension, you may not request to substitute the insured person.

 

Requirements for surrender requests

 

Your surrender request must include the policy number, your name, your taxpayer identification number, the name of the insured person, and the address where proceeds should be mailed. The request must be signed by you, as the owner, and by any joint owner, collateral assignee or irrevocable beneficiary. We may also require you to complete specific tax forms, or provide a representation that your policy is not being exchanged for another life or annuity contract.

 

Gender-neutral policies

 

Congress and various states have from time to time considered legislation that would require insurance rates to be the same for males and females. In addition, employers and employee organizations should consider, in consultation with counsel, the impact of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 on the purchase of Incentive Life Optimizer® II in connection with an employment-related insurance or benefit plan. In a 1983 decision, the United States Supreme Court held that, under Title VII, optional annuity benefits under a deferred compensation plan could not vary on the basis of sex.

 

There will be no distinctions based on sex in the cost of insurance rates for Incentive Life Optimizer® II policies sold in Montana. We will also make such gender-neutral policies

 

 

70


available on request in connection with certain employee benefit plans. Cost of insurance rates applicable to a gender-neutral policy will not be greater than the comparable male rates under a gender specific Incentive Life Optimizer® II policy.

 

Future policy exchanges

 

We may at some future time, under certain circumstances and subject to applicable law, allow the current owner of this policy to exchange it for a universal life policy we are then offering. The exchange may or may not be advantageous to you, based on all of the circumstances, including a comparison of contractual terms and conditions and charges and deductions. We will provide additional information upon request at such time as exchanges may be permitted.

 

Broker transaction authority

 

After your policy has been issued, we may accept transfer requests and changes to your premium allocation instructions or fund transfers by telephone, mail, facsimile or electronically, and requests for automatic transfer service, asset rebalancing service and changes to the minimum growth cap rate for MSO in writing, by mail or facsimile, from your financial professional, provided that we have your prior written authorization to do so on file. Accordingly, the Company will rely on the stated identity of the person placing instructions as authorized to do so on your behalf. The Company will not be liable for any claim, loss, liability or expenses that may arise out of such instructions. The Company will continue to rely on this authorization until it receives your written notification at its processing office that you have withdrawn this authorization. The Company may change or terminate telephone or electronic or overnight mail transfer procedures at any time without prior notice and restrict facsimile, internet telephone and other electronic transfer services because of disruptive transfer activity. The Company may terminate any such authorization at any time without prior notice.

    

 

 

71


11. More information about other matters

 

 

 

About our general account

 

This policy is offered to customers through various financial institutions, brokerage firms and their affiliate insurance agencies. No financial institution, brokerage firm or insurance agency has any liability with respect to a policy’s account value or any guaranteed benefits with which the policy was issued. The Company is solely responsible to the policy owner for the policy’s account value and such guaranteed benefits. The general obligations and any guaranteed benefits under the policy are supported by the Company’s general account and are subject to the Company’s claims paying ability. An owner should look to the financial strength of the Company for its claims paying ability. Assets in the general account are not segregated for the exclusive benefit of any particular policy or obligation. General account assets are also available to the insurer’s general creditors and the conduct of its routine business activities, such as the payment of salaries, rent and other ordinary business expenses. For more information about the Company’s financial strength, you may review its financial statements and/or check its current rating with one or more of the independent sources that rate insurance companies for their financial strength and stability. Such ratings are subject to change and have no bearing on the performance of the variable investment options. You may also speak with your financial representative.

 

The general account is subject to regulation and supervision by the New York State Department of Financial Services and to the insurance laws and regulations of all jurisdictions where we are authorized to do business. Interests under the policies in the general account have not been registered and are not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 because of exemptions and exclusionary provisions that apply. The general account is not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and it is not registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. The policy is a “covered security” under the federal securities laws.

 

The disclosure with regard to the general account is subject to certain provisions of the federal securities law relating to the accuracy and completeness of statements made in prospectuses.

 

Transfers of your policy account value

 

Transfers not implemented.  If a request cannot be fully administered, only the part that is in good order will be processed. Any part of the request that cannot be processed will be denied and an explanation will be provided to you. This could occur, for example, where the request does not comply with our transfer limitations, or where you request transfer of an amount greater than that currently allocated to an investment option.

Similarly, the automatic transfer service will terminate immediately if: (1) your amount in the EQ/Money Market option is insufficient to cover the automatic transfer amount; (2) your policy is in a grace period; (3) we receive notice of the insured person’s death; or (4) you have either elected the paid up death benefit guarantee or your policy is placed on loan extension. Similarly, the asset rebalancing program will terminate if either (2), (3) or (4) occurs.

 

Disruptive transfer activity.  You should note that the policy is not designed for professional “market timing” organizations, or other organizations or individuals engaging in a market timing strategy. The policy is not designed to accommodate programmed transfers, frequent transfers or transfers that are large in relation to the total assets of the underlying portfolio.

 

Frequent transfers, including market timing and other program trading or short-term trading strategies, may be disruptive to the underlying portfolios in which the variable investment options invest. Disruptive transfer activity may adversely affect performance and the interests of long-term investors by requiring a portfolio to maintain larger amounts of cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time or price. For example, when market timing occurs, a portfolio may have to sell its holdings to have the cash necessary to redeem the market timer’s investment. This can happen when it is not advantageous to sell any securities, so the portfolio’s performance may be hurt. When large dollar amounts are involved, market timing can also make it difficult to use long-term investment strategies because a portfolio cannot predict how much cash it will have to invest. In addition, disruptive transfers or purchases and redemptions of portfolio investments may impede efficient portfolio management and impose increased transaction costs, such as brokerage costs, by requiring the portfolio manager to effect more frequent purchases and sales of portfolio securities. Similarly, a portfolio may bear increased administrative costs as a result of the asset level and investment volatility that accompanies patterns of excessive or short-term trading. Portfolios that invest a significant portion of their assets in foreign securities or the securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies tend to be subject to the risks associated with market timing and short-term trading strategies to a greater extent than portfolios that do not. Securities trading in overseas markets present time zone arbitrage opportunities when events affecting portfolio securities values occur after the close of the overseas market but prior to the close of the U.S. markets. Securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies present arbitrage opportunities because the market for such securities may be

 

 

72


less liquid than the market for securities of larger companies, which could result in pricing inefficiencies. Please see the prospectuses for the underlying portfolios for more information on how portfolio shares are priced.

 

We currently use the procedures described below to discourage disruptive transfer activity. You should understand, however, that these procedures are subject to the following limitations: (1) they primarily rely on the policies and procedures implemented by the underlying portfolios; (2) they do not eliminate the possibility that disruptive transfer activity, including market timing, will occur or that portfolio performance will be affected by such activity; and (3) the design of market timing procedures involves inherently subjective judgments, which we seek to make in a fair and reasonable manner consistent with the interests of all policy owners.

 

We offer investment options with underlying portfolios that are part of EQ Advisors Trust (the “affiliated trust”), as well as investment options with underlying portfolios of outside trusts with which the Company has entered participation agreements (the “unaffiliated trusts” and, collectively with the affiliated trust, the “trusts”). The affiliated trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. They discourage frequent purchases and redemptions of portfolio shares and will not make special arrangements to accommodate such transactions. They aggregate inflows and outflows for each portfolio on a daily basis. On any day when a portfolio’s net inflows or outflows exceed an established monitoring threshold, the affiliated trust obtains from us policy owner trading activity. The affiliated trust currently considers transfers into and out of (or vice versa) the same variable investment option within a five business day period as potentially disruptive transfer activity.

 

When a policy is identified in connection with potentially disruptive transfer activity for the first time, a letter is sent to the policy owner explaining that the Company has a policy against disruptive transfer activity and that if such activity continues, certain transfer privileges may be eliminated. If and when the policy owner is identified a second time as engaged in potentially disruptive transfer activity under the policy, we currently prohibit the use of voice, fax and automated transaction services. We currently apply such action for the remaining life of each affected policy. We or a trust may change the definition of potentially disruptive transfer activity, the monitoring procedures and thresholds, any notification procedures, and the procedures to restrict this activity. Any new or revised policies and procedures will apply to all policy owners uniformly. We do not permit exceptions to our policies restricting disruptive transfer activity.

 

Each unaffiliated trust may have its own policies and procedures regarding disruptive transfer activity. If an unaffiliated trust advises us that there may be disruptive activity from one of our policy owners, we will work with the unaffiliated trust to review policy owner trading activity. Each trust reserves the right to reject a transfer that it believes, in its

sole discretion, is disruptive (or potentially disruptive) to the management of one of its portfolios. Please see the prospectuses for the trusts for more information.

 

It is possible that a trust may impose a redemption fee designed to discourage frequent or disruptive trading by policy owners. As of the date of this prospectus, the trusts had not implemented such a fee. If a redemption fee is implemented by a trust, that fee, like any other trust fee, will be borne by the policy owner.

 

Policy owners should note that it is not always possible for us and the underlying trusts to identify and prevent disruptive transfer activity. In addition, because we do not monitor for all frequent trading at the separate account level, policy owners may engage in frequent trading which may not be detected, for example, due to low net inflows or outflows on the particular day(s). Therefore, no assurance can be given that we or the trusts will successfully impose restrictions on all potentially disruptive transfers. Because there is no guarantee that disruptive trading will be stopped, some policy owners may be treated differently than others, resulting in the risk that some policy owners may be able to engage in frequent transfer activity while others will bear the effect of that frequent transfer activity. The potential effects of frequent transfer activity are discussed above.

 

Telephone and Internet requests

 

If you are a properly authorized person, you may make transfers between investment options over the Internet as described in this prospectus in “How to make transfers” under “Transferring your money among our investment options.”

 

Also, you may make the following additional types of requests by calling the number under “By Phone:” in “How to reach us” from a touch-tone phone, if the policy is individually owned and you are the owner, or through www.equitable.com if you are the individual owner:

 

  changes of premium allocation percentages

 

  changes of address

 

  request forms and statements

 

  enroll for electronic delivery and view statements/documents online

 

  to pay your premium or make a loan repayment

 

For security purposes, all telephone requests are automatically tape-recorded and are invalid if the information given is incomplete or any portion of the request is inaudible. We have established procedures reasonably designed to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine.

 

If you wish to enroll through www.equitable.com, you must first agree to the terms and conditions set forth in our www.equitable.com Online Usage Agreement, which you

 

 

73


can find at our website. We will send you a confirmation letter by first class mail. Additionally, you will be required to use a password and protect it from unauthorized use. We will provide subsequent written confirmation of any transactions. We will assume that all instructions received through www.equitable.com are given by you; however, we reserve the right to refuse to process any transaction and/or block access to www.equitable.com if we have reason to believe the instructions given are unauthorized.

 

If we do not employ reasonable procedures to confirm the genuineness of telephone or Internet instructions, we may be liable for any losses arising out of any act or omission that constitutes negligence, lack of good faith, or willful misconduct. In light of our procedures, we will not be liable for following telephone or Internet instructions that we reasonably believe to be genuine.

 

We reserve the right to refuse to process any telephone or Internet transactions if we have reason to believe that the request compromises the general security and/or integrity of our automated systems (see discussion of “Disruptive transfer activity” above).

 

Any telephone, Internet or fax transaction request that is not completed by the close of a business day (which is usually 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will be processed as of the next business day. During times of extreme market activity, or for other reasons, you may be unable to contact us to make a telephone or Internet request. If this occurs, you should submit a written transaction request to our Administrative Office. We reserve the right to discontinue telephone or Internet transactions, or modify the procedures and conditions for such transactions, without notifying you, at any time.

 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has negatively impacted the U.S. and global economies. A wide variety of factors continue to impact financial and economic conditions, including, among others, volatility in the financial markets, rising inflation rates, supply chain disruptions, continued low interest rates and changes in fiscal or monetary policy. Efforts to prevent the spread of COVID-19 have affected our business directly in a number of ways, including through the temporary closures of many businesses and schools and the institution of social distancing requirements in many states and local communities. Businesses or schools that have reopened have restricted or limited access for the foreseeable future and may do so on a permanent or episodic basis. As a result, our ability to sell products through our regular channels and the demand for our products and services has been significantly impacted.

 

While we have implemented risk management and contingency plans with respect to the COVID-19 pandemic, such measures may not adequately protect our business from the full impacts of the pandemic. Currently, most of our employees and advisors are continuing to work remotely. Extended periods of remote work arrangements could introduce additional operational risk including, but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to effec-

tively manage our business. We also outsource a variety of functions to third parties whose business continuity strategies are largely outside our control.

 

Economic uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic may have an adverse effect on product sales and result in existing policyholders withdrawing at greater rates. COVID-19 could have an adverse effect on our insurance business due to increased mortality and morbidity rates. The cost of reinsurance to us for these policies could increase, and we may encounter decreased availability of such reinsurance. If policyholder lapse and surrender rates or premium waivers significantly exceed our expectations, we may need to change our assumptions, models or reserves.

 

Our investment portfolio has been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Our investments in mortgages and commercial mortgage-backed securities have been, and could continue to be, negatively affected by delays or failures of borrowers to make payments of principal and interest when due. In some jurisdictions, local governments have imposed delays or moratoriums on many forms of enforcement actions. Furthermore, declines in equity markets and interest rates, reduced liquidity or a continued slowdown in the U.S. or in global economic conditions may also adversely affect the values and cash flows of investments. Market volatility also caused significant increases in credit spreads, and any continued volatility may increase our borrowing costs and decrease product fee income. Further, severe market volatility may leave us unable to react to market events in a prudent manner consistent with our historical investment practices.

 

The extent of the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on us will depend on future developments that are still highly uncertain, including the severity and duration of the pandemic, actions taken by governments and other third parties in response to the pandemic and the availability and efficacy of vaccines against COVID-19 and its variants.

 

Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events

 

We rely heavily on interconnected computer systems and digital data to conduct our variable life insurance product business. Because our variable life insurance product business is highly dependent upon the effective operation of our computer systems and those of our business partners, our business is vulnerable to disruptions from utility outages, and susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), and cyberattacks. These risks include, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption and destruction of data maintained online or digitally, interference with or denial of service, attacks on websites and other operational disruption and unauthorized use or abuse of confidential customer information. Systems failures and cyberattacks, as well as, any other catastrophic event, including natural and manmade disasters, public health emergencies, pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, floods or severe

 

 

74


storms affecting us, any third-party administrator, the underlying funds, intermediaries and other affiliated or third-party service providers may adversely affect us, our business operations and your account value. Systems failures and cyberattacks may also interfere with our processing of policy transactions, including the processing of orders from our website or with the underlying funds, impact our ability to calculate account values, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential customer or business information, impede order processing, subject us and/or our service providers and intermediaries to regulatory fines and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage. In addition, the occurrence of any pandemic disease (like COVID-19), natural disaster, terrorist attack or any other event that results in our workforce, and/or employees of service providers and/or third-party administrators, being compromised and unable or unwilling to fully perform their responsibilities, could likewise result in interruptions in our service, including our ability to issue policies and process policy transactions. Even when our workforce and employees of our service providers and/or third-party administrators can work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in our business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances and lead to delays in our issuing policies and processing of other policy-related transactions, as well as possibly being more susceptible to cyberattacks. Cybersecurity risks and catastrophic events may also impact the issuers of securities in which the underlying funds invest, which may cause the funds underlying your policy to lose value. While there can be no assurance that we or the underlying funds or our service providers will avoid losses affecting your policy due to cyberattacks, information security breaches or other catastrophic events in the future, we take reasonable steps to mitigate these risks and secure our systems and business operations from such failures, attacks and events.

 

Suicide and certain misstatements

 

If an insured person commits suicide within certain time periods, the amount of death benefit we pay will be limited as described in the policy. Also, if an application misstated the age or gender of an insured person, we will adjust the amount of any death benefit (and certain rider benefits), as described in the policy (or rider).

 

When we pay policy proceeds

 

General.  We will generally pay any death benefit, surrender, withdrawal, or loan within seven days after we receive the request and any other required items.

 

Clearance of checks.  We reserve the right to defer payment of that portion of your policy account value that is attributable to a premium payment or loan repayment made by check for a reasonable period of time (not to exceed 15 days) to allow the check to clear the banking system.

 

Delay of guaranteed interest option proceeds.  We also have the right to defer payment or transfers of amounts out of our guaranteed interest option for up to six months. If we delay more than 30 days in paying you such amounts, we

will pay interest of at least 3% per year from the date we receive your request.

 

Delay of variable investment option proceeds.  We reserve the right to defer payment of any death benefit, transfer, loan or other distribution that is derived from a variable investment option if (a) the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings) or trading on that exchange is restricted; (b) the SEC has declared that an emergency exists, as a result of which disposal of securities is not reasonably practicable or it is not reasonably practicable to fairly determine the policy account value; or (c) the law permits the delay for the protection of owners. If we need to defer calculation of values for any of the foregoing reasons, all delayed transactions will be processed at the next available unit values.

 

Delay to challenge coverage.  We may challenge the validity of your insurance policy or any rider based on any material misstatements in an application you have made to us. We cannot make such challenges, however, beyond certain time limits set forth in the policy or rider. If the insured person dies within one of these limits, we may delay payment of any proceeds until we decide whether to challenge the policy.

 

Changes we can make

 

In addition to any of the other changes described in this prospectus, we have the right to modify how we or Separate Account FP operate. For example, we have the right to:

 

  combine two or more variable investment options or withdraw assets relating to Incentive Life Optimizer® II from one investment option and put them into another;

 

  end the registration of, or re-register, Separate Account FP under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

 

  operate Separate Account FP under the direction of a “committee” or discharge such a committee at any time;

 

  restrict or eliminate any voting rights or privileges of policy owners (or other persons) that affect Separate Account FP;

 

  operate Separate Account FP, or one or more of the variable investment options, in any other form the law allows. This includes any form that allows us to make direct investments, in which case we may charge Separate Account FP an advisory fee. We may make any legal investments we wish for Separate Account FP. In addition, we may disapprove any change in investment advisers or in investment policy unless a law or regulation provides differently.

 

If we take any action that results in a material change in the underlying investments of a variable investment option, we will notify you to the extent required by law. We may, for example, cause the variable investment option to invest in a mutual fund other than, or in addition to, the Trusts. If you then wish to transfer the amount you have in that option to another investment option, you may do so.

 

We may make any changes in the policy or its riders, require additional premium payments, or make distributions from the policy to the extent we deem necessary to ensure that

 

 

75


your policy qualifies or continues to qualify as life insurance for tax purposes. Any such change will apply uniformly to all policies that are affected. We will give you written notice of such changes. Subject to all applicable legal requirements, we also may make other changes in the policies that do not reduce any net cash surrender value, death benefit, policy account value, or other accrued rights or benefits.

 

Whether to make any of the above discussed changes is generally within our discretion, although some such changes might require us to obtain regulatory or policy owner approval. Whether regulatory or policy owner approval is required would depend on the nature of the change and, in many cases, the manner in which the change is implemented. You should not assume, therefore, that you necessarily will have an opportunity to approve or disapprove any such changes. We will, of course, comply with applicable legal requirements, including notice to or approval by policy owners where required in particular cases.

 

It is not possible to foresee all of the circumstances under which we may find it necessary or appropriate to exercise our right to make changes. Such circumstances could, however, include changes in law, or interpretations thereof; changes in financial or investment market conditions; changes in accepted methods of conducting operations in the relevant market; or a desire to achieve material operating economies or efficiencies.

 

Reports we will send you

 

Shortly after the end of each year of your policy, we will send you a report that includes information about your policy’s current death benefit, policy account value, cash surrender value (i.e., policy account value minus any current surrender charge), policy loans, policy transactions and amounts of charges deducted. We will send you individual notices to confirm your premium payments, loan repayments, transfers and certain other policy transactions. Please promptly review all statements and confirmations and notify us immediately at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) if there are any errors.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

The policies are distributed by both Equitable Advisors and Equitable Distributors. The Distributors serve as principal underwriters of Separate Account FP. The offering of the policies is intended to be continuous.

 

Equitable Advisors is an affiliate of the Company, and Equitable Distributors is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Financial. The Distributors are under the common control of Equitable Holdings, Inc. Their principal business address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105. The Distributors are registered with the SEC as broker-dealers and are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). Both broker-dealers also act as distributors for other the Company life and annuity products we issue.

 

The policies are sold by financial professionals of Equitable Advisors and its affiliates. The policies are also sold by financial professionals of unaffiliated broker-dealers that have

entered into selling agreements with Equitable Distributors (“Selling broker-dealers”).

 

The Company pays compensation to both Distributors based on policies sold. The Company may also make additional payments to the Distributors, and the Distributors may, in turn, make additional payments to certain Selling broker-dealers. All payments will be in compliance with all applicable FINRA rules and other laws and regulations.

 

Although the Company takes into account all of its distribution and other costs in establishing the level of fees and charges under its policies, none of the compensation paid to the Distributors or the Selling broker-dealers discussed in this section of this prospectus are imposed as separate fees or charges under your policy. The Company, however, intends to recoup amounts it pays for distribution and other services through the fees and charges of the policy and payments it receives for providing administrative, distribution and other services to the Portfolios. For information about the fees and charges under the policy, see “Fee table” and “More information about policy charges” in this prospectus.

 

As used below, the “target premium” is actuarially determined for each policy, based on that policy’s specific characteristics, as well as the policy’s face amount and Distributor, among other factors.

 

Equitable Advisors Compensation.  The Company pays compensation to Equitable Advisors based on premium payments made on the policies sold through Equitable Advisors (“premium-based compensation”). The premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 99% of premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year, plus 8.5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 5.8% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two through five; plus 3.8% of all other premiums you pay in policy years six through ten, and 2.5% thereafter. Equitable Advisors, in turn, may pay a portion of the premium-based compensation received from the Company to the Equitable Advisors financial professional and/or the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. Your Equitable Advisors financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer may elect to receive premium-based compensation in combination with ongoing annual compensation based on a percentage of the unloaned account value of the policy sold (“asset-based compensation”). Total compensation paid to a financial professional or a Selling broker-dealer electing to receive both premium-based and asset-based compensation could over time exceed the total compensation that would otherwise be paid on the basis of premiums alone. The compensation paid by Equitable Advisors varies among financial professionals and among Selling broker-dealers. Equitable Advisors also pays a portion of the compensation it receives to its managerial personnel. When a policy is sold by a Selling broker-dealer, the Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Advisors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, as described below.

 

 

76


Equitable Advisors may receive compensation, and, in turn, pay its financial professionals a portion of such fee, from third party investment advisors to whom its financial professionals refer customers for professional management of the assets within their policy.

 

Equitable Advisor’s financial professionals and managerial personnel may also receive other types of compensation including service fees, expense allowance payments and health and retirement benefits. Equitable Advisors also pays its financial professionals, managerial personnel and Selling broker-dealers sales bonuses (based on selling certain products during specified periods) and persistency bonuses. Equitable Advisors may offer sales incentive programs to financial professionals and Selling broker-dealers who meet specified production levels for the sales of both the Company’s policies and policies offered by other companies. These incentives provide non-cash compensation such as stock options awards and/or stock appreciation rights, expense-paid trips, expense-paid education seminars and merchandise.

 

Differential compensation.  In an effort to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Advisors may pay its financial professionals and managerial personnel a greater percentage of premium-based compensation and/or asset-based compensation for the sale of our policy than it pays for the sale of a policy or other financial product issued by a company other than us. Equitable Advisors may pay different compensation on the sale of the same product, based on such factors as distribution, group or sponsored arrangements, or based on older or newer versions, or series, of the same policy. Equitable Advisors also pay different levels of compensation based on different policy types. This practice is known as providing “differential compensation.” Differential compensation may involve other forms of compensation to Equitable Advisors personnel. Certain components of the compensation paid to managerial personnel are based on whether the sales involve the Company’s policies. Managers earn higher compensation (and credits toward awards and bonuses) if the financial professionals they manage sell a higher percentage of the Company’s policies than products issued by other companies. Other forms of compensation provided to its financial professionals and/or managerial personnel include health and retirement benefits, expense reimbursements, marketing allowances and premium-based payments, known as “overrides.” For tax reasons, Equitable Advisors financial professionals qualify for health and retirement benefits based solely on their sales of the Company’s policies and products sponsored by affiliates.

 

The fact that Equitable Advisors financial professionals receive differential compensation and additional payments may provide an incentive for those financial professionals to recommend our policy over a policy or other financial product issued by a company not affiliated with the Company. However, under applicable rules of FINRA and other federal and state regulatory authorities, Equitable Advisors financial professionals may only recommend to you products that they reasonably believe are suitable for you and, for certain accounts depending on applicable rules, that are in your best interest, based on the facts that you have

disclosed as to your other security holdings, financial situation and needs. In making any recommendation, financial professionals of Equitable Advisors may nonetheless face conflicts of interest because of the differences in compensation from one product category to another, and because of differences in compensation among products in the same category. For more information, contact your financial professional.

 

Equitable Distributors Compensation.  The Company pays premium-based and asset-based compensation (together, “compensation”) to Equitable Distributors. Premium-based compensation is paid based on the Company’s policies sold through Equitable Distributors’ Selling broker-dealers. Asset-based compensation is paid based on the unloaned account value of policies sold through certain of Equitable Distributor’s Selling broker-dealers. Premium-based compensation will generally not exceed 135% of the premiums you pay up to one target premium in your policy’s first year; plus 5% of all other premiums you pay in your policy’s first year; plus 2.8% of all other premiums you pay in policy years two through ten, and 2% thereafter. Asset-based compensation up to 0.15% in policy years 6-10 and up to 0.10% in policy years 11 and later may also be paid. Equitable Distributors, in turn, pays a portion of the compensation it receives to the Selling broker-dealer making the sale. The compensation paid by Equitable Distributors varies among Selling broker-dealers.

 

The Selling broker-dealer, not Equitable Distributors, determines the amount and type of compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer’s financial professional for the sale of the policy. Therefore, you should contact your financial professional for information about the compensation he or she receives and any related incentives, such as differential compensation paid for various products.

 

These payments above also include compensation to cover operating expenses and marketing services under the terms of the Company’s distribution agreements with Equitable Distributors.

 

Additional payments by Equitable Distributors to Selling broker-dealers.  Equitable Distributors may pay, out of its assets, certain Selling broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries additional compensation in recognition of services provided or expenses incurred. Equitable Distributors may also pay certain Selling broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries additional compensation for enhanced marketing opportunities and other services (commonly referred to as “marketing allowances”). Services for which such payments are made may include, but are not limited to, the preferred placement of the Company’s products on a company and/or product list; sales personnel training; product training; business reporting; technological support; due diligence and related costs; advertising, marketing and related services; conference; and/or other support services, including some that may benefit the policy owner. Payments may be based on ongoing sales, on the aggregate account value attributable to policies sold through a Selling broker-dealer or such payments may be a fixed amount. For certain selling broker-dealers, Equitable

 

 

77


Distributors increases the marketing allowance as certain sales thresholds are met. Equitable Distributors may also make fixed payments to Selling broker-dealers, for example in connection with the initiation of a new relationship or the introduction of a new product.

 

Additionally, as an incentive for the financial professionals of Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s products, Equitable Distributors may increase the sales compensation paid to the Selling broker-dealer for a period of time (commonly referred to as “compensation enhancements”). Equitable Distributors also has entered into agreements with certain selling broker-dealers in which the selling broker-dealer agrees to sell certain of our policies exclusively.

 

These additional payments may serve as an incentive for Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. Not all Selling broker-dealers receive additional payments, and the payments vary among Selling broker-dealers. The list below includes the names of Selling broker-dealers that we are aware (as of December 31, 2023) received additional payments. These additional payments ranged from $875.00 to $4,074,340.13. The Company and its affiliates may also have other business relationships with Selling broker-dealers, which may provide an incentive for the Selling broker-dealers to promote the sale of the Company’s policies over policies and other products issued by other companies. The list below includes any such Selling broker-dealer. For more information, ask your financial professional.

 

AAG Capital Inc., AE Financial Services, LLC, Allstate Financial Services, LLC, American Portfolios Financial Services, Ameriprise Financial Services, LLC, Avantax Investment Services, Inc., Cabot Lodge Securities, LLC, Cadaret Grant & Company Inc., Cambridge Investment Research, Capital Investment Group Inc., Centaurus Financial, Inc., Cetera Financial Group, Citigroup Global Markets, Inc., Citizens Securities, Inc., Commonwealth Financial Network, Copper Financial Network, LLC, CUSO Financial Services, L.P., EF Legacy Securities, LLC, Equity Services Inc., Farmers Financial Solution LLC, First Horizon Advisors, Inc., Galt Financial Group, Inc., Geneos Wealth Management Inc., Gradient Securities, LLC, Grove Point Investments, LLC, Halo Securities LLC, Harbour Investments, Inc., Independent Financial Group LLC, James T. Borello & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, JP Morgan Securities, LLC, Kestra Investment Services LLC, Key Investment Services LLC, Lincoln Financial Advisors Corp., Lincoln Financial Securities Corp., Lincoln Investment Planning, Lion Street Financial LLC, LPL Financial LLC, Madison Avenue Securities, LLC, MML Investors Services, LLC, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, Mutual of Omaha Investor Services Inc., Next Financial Group, Inc., OneAmerica Securities Inc., Osaic Inc., Osaic Institutions Inc., Park Avenue Securities, LLC, PFS Investments, Inc., PHX Financial, Inc., PlanMember Securities Corp., PNC Investments, LLC, Principal Securities, Inc., Pruco Securities, LLC, Purshe Kaplan Sterling Investments, Inc., Raymond James & Associates Inc., RBC Capital Markets LLC, Santander Securities LLC, Securian Financial Service Inc., The

Huntington Investment Company, The Leaders Group, Inc., TransAmerica Financial Advisors, UBS Financial Services Inc., US Bancorp Investments, Inc., Valmark Securities Inc., Voya Financial Advisors, Inc., Wells Fargo Advisors, LLC, Western International Securities Inc., World Equity Group Inc.

 

Legal proceedings

 

The Company and its affiliates are parties to various legal proceedings. In our view, none of these proceedings would be considered material with respect to a policy owner’s interest in Separate Account FP, nor would any of these proceedings be likely to have a material adverse effect upon Separate Account FP, our ability to meet our obligations under the policies, or the ability of the principal underwriter (if applicable) to perform its contract with Separate Account FP.

 

 

78


12. Financial statements of Separate Account FP and the Company

 

 

 

The financial statements of Separate Account FP, as well as the financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company, are incorporated in the Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS.

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company have relevance for the policies only to the extent that they bear upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies. You may request an SAI by writing to our Administrative Office or by calling 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative.

    

 

 

79


13. Personalized illustrations

 

 

 

Illustrations of policy benefits

 

Hypothetical and personalized illustrations.  Illustrations are intended to show how different fees, charges and rates of return can affect the values available under a policy. Illustrations are based upon characteristics of a hypothetical insured person as well as other assumed factors. This type of illustration is called a hypothetical illustration. Illustrations can also be based upon some of the characteristics of the insured person under your policy as well as some other policy feature choices you make such as the face amount, death benefit option, premium payment amounts and assumed rates of return (within limits). This type of illustration is called a personalized illustration. No illustration will ever show you the actual values available under your policy at any given point in time. This is because many factors affect these values including: (i) the insured person’s characteristics; (ii) policy features you choose; (iii) actual premium payments you make; (iv) loans or withdrawals you make; and (v) actual rates of return (including the actual fees and expenses) of the underlying portfolios in which your cash value is invested. Each hypothetical or personalized illustration is accompanied by an explanation of the assumptions on which that illustration is based. Because, as discussed below, these assumptions may differ considerably, you should carefully review all of the disclosure that accompanies each illustration.

 

Different kinds of illustrations.  Both the hypothetical illustrations in this prospectus and personalized illustrations can reflect the investment management fees and expenses incurred in 2023 (or expected to be incurred in 2024, if such amount is expected to be higher) of the available underlying portfolios in different ways. An arithmetic illustration uses the straight average of all of the available underlying portfolios’ investment management fees and expenses. A weighted illustration computes the average of investment management fees and expenses based upon the aggregate assets in the Portfolios at the end of 2023. You may request a weighted illustration that computes the average of investment management fees and expenses of all portfolios. If you request, a weighted illustration can also illustrate an assumed percentage allocation of policy account values among the available underlying portfolios. A fund specific illustration uses only the investment management fees and expenses of a specific underlying portfolio. When reviewing a weighted or fund specific illustration you should keep in mind that the values shown may be higher than the values shown in other illustrations because the fees and expenses that are assumed may be lower than those assumed in other illustrations. You may also request a personalized illustration of the guaranteed interest option and the MSO that assumes a portion of net premiums allocated to the guaranteed interest option and MSO.

The effect of the expense limitation arrangements. The illustrations in this prospectus do not reflect the expense limitation arrangements. Personalized illustrations reflect the expense limitation arrangements that are in effect with respect to certain of the Portfolios. If these fees and expenses were not reduced to reflect the expense limitation arrangements, the values in the personalized illustrations would be lower.

 

 

80


Appendix: Investment options available under the policy

 

 

 

The following is a list of Portfolio Companies available under the policy. More information about the Portfolio Companies is available in the prospectuses for the Portfolio Companies, which may be amended from time to time and can be found online at www.equitable.com/ICSR#EQH146668. You can request this information at no cost by calling 1-877-522-5035 or by sending an email request to EquitableFunds@dfinsolutions.com. If you elect at issue the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or subsequently exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee, you may only invest in the Portfolio Companies listed in the designated table below.

 

The current expenses and performance information below reflects fees and expenses of the Portfolio Companies, but do not reflect the other fees and expenses that your policy may charge. Expenses would be higher and performance would be lower if these charges were included. Each variable investment option’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of future performance.

 

Affiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Specialty

  

1290 VT Convertible Securities — Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (“EIMG”); SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.90 %^      13.73     9.37     6.84

Fixed Income

  

1290 VT DoubleLine Opportunistic Bond — EIMG; DoubleLine Capital LP

    0.91 %^      6.60     0.72      

Equity

  

1290 VT Equity Income — EIMG; Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors

    0.95 %^      5.49     10.25     7.23

Specialty

  

1290 VT GAMCO Mergers & Acquisitions — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.29 %^      9.53     4.22     3.39

Equity

  

1290 VT GAMCO Small Company Value — EIMG; GAMCO Asset Management, Inc.

    1.06     21.04     12.82     7.94

Equity

  

1290 VT Small Cap Value — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Horizon Kinetics Asset Management LLC

    1.17 %^      5.79     12.69      

Equity

  

1290 VT SmartBeta Equity ESG — EIMG; AXA Investment Managers US Inc.

    1.10 %^      16.49     11.53     8.52

Equity

  

1290 VT Socially Responsible — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.92     27.50     15.12     11.32

Equity

  

EQ/2000 Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.84     15.99     8.76     6.15

Equity

  

EQ/400 Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.85 %^      15.44     11.32     8.11

Equity

  

EQ/500 Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.81     25.27     14.21     10.71

Equity

  

EQ/AB Small Cap Growth — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.93     17.70     10.59     7.78

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/All Asset Growth Allocation — EIMG

    1.25 %^      14.15     7.70     5.27

Equity

  

EQ/American Century Mid Cap Value — EIMG; American Century Investment Management, Inc.

    1.00 %^      5.98     10.88      

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Balanced Strategy† — EIMG

    0.99     13.22     6.13     4.53

 

81


                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/Capital Group Research — EIMG; Capital International, Inc.

    0.97 %^      22.98     14.97     11.34

Equity

  

EQ/ClearBridge Large Cap Growth ESG — EIMG; ClearBridge Investments, LLC

    1.00 %^      45.91     15.78     10.70

Equity

  

EQ/Common Stock Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.67 %^      25.13     14.45     10.79

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative Growth Strategy† — EIMG

    0.98     11.55     4.96     3.73

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Conservative Strategy† — EIMG

    0.95 %^      8.23     2.61     2.11

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Bond Index — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      4.51     1.02     1.11

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Core Plus Bond — EIMG; Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC, Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    0.93 %^      4.51     1.94     1.60

Equity

  

EQ/Equity 500 Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.54 %^      25.57     15.03     11.37

Equity

  

EQ/Fidelity Institutional AM® Large Cap — EIMG; FIAM LLC

    0.87 %^      31.38     16.55      

Equity

  

EQ/Franklin Rising Dividends — EIMG; Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.87 %^      12.13     13.88      

Equity

  

EQ/Global Equity Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.10 %^      21.37     9.74     6.29

Equity

  

EQ/Goldman Sachs Mid Cap Value — EIMG; Goldman Sachs Asset Management L.P.

    1.09 %^      11.22     12.97      

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Growth Strategy† — EIMG

    1.03     16.47     8.47     6.14

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Intermediate Government Bond — EIMG; SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.64 %^      3.87     0.39     0.56

Equity

  

EQ/International Core Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    1.06     16.85     7.96     3.55

Equity

  

EQ/International Equity Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.72 %^      19.04     8.10     3.69

Equity

  

EQ/International Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.87     16.86     7.32     3.27

Equity

  

EQ/International Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Harris Associates LP

    1.03     18.52     7.60     3.02

Equity

  

EQ/Invesco Comstock — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.00 %^      12.01     13.18     8.70

Specialty

  

EQ/Invesco Global Real Assets — EIMG; Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.16     10.08     5.45      

Equity

  

EQ/Janus Enterprise — EIMG; Janus Henderson Investors US LLC

    1.05     17.01     13.08     7.62

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Growth Stock — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96 %^      46.33     12.84     11.28

Equity

  

EQ/JPMorgan Value Opportunities — EIMG; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.

    0.96     10.90     14.17     10.12

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Core Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.90     23.98     14.26     10.58

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.73     41.54     18.63     14.02

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Growth Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.88     38.97     16.20     12.47

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.74     10.71     10.15     7.66

Equity

  

EQ/Large Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.87     14.01     10.78     7.82

 

82


                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

EQ/Lazard Emerging Markets Equity — EIMG; Lazard Asset Management LLC

    1.35 %^      21.68     5.11      

Equity

  

EQ/Loomis Sayles Growth — EIMG; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.

    1.05 %^      43.89     15.66     13.24

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      14.52     9.28     6.12

Equity

  

EQ/MFS International Intrinsic Value — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.15 %^      17.37     8.29      

Equity

  

EQ/MFS Mid Cap Focused Growth — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.10 %^      22.32     13.41      

Specialty

  

EQ/MFS Technology — EIMG; Massachusetts Financial Services Company d/b/a MFS Investment Management

    1.14     54.10     17.38      

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.65 %^      15.77     11.88     8.54

Equity

  

EQ/Mid Cap Value Managed Volatility† — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC

    0.97     13.19     10.36     7.21

Asset Allocation

  

EQ/Moderate Growth Strategy† — EIMG

    1.01     14.86     7.31     5.34

Cash/Cash Equivalent

  

EQ/Money Market* — EIMG; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation

    0.69     4.47     1.48     0.90

Equity

  

EQ/Morgan Stanley Small Cap Growth — EIMG; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc.

    1.15 %^      34.45     15.17      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Real Return — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    2.26 %^      3.53     3.13      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Total Return ESG — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.87 %^      5.63     1.11      

Fixed Income

  

EQ/PIMCO Ultra Short Bond — EIMG; Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.88 %^      5.56     1.61     1.25

Fixed Income

  

EQ/Quality Bond PLUS — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    0.86     4.35     0.51     0.84

Equity

  

EQ/Small Company Index — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    0.64     16.72     10.06     7.01

Equity

  

EQ/Value Equity — EIMG; Aristotle Capital Management, LLC

    0.92     19.52     10.06     6.90

Specialty

  

EQ/Wellington Energy — EIMG; Wellington Management
Company LLP

    1.19 %^      5.99     3.78      

Asset Allocation

  

Equitable Conservative Growth MF/ETF Portfolio — EIMG

    1.10 %^      9.86     7.20     4.77

Equity

  

Multimanager Aggressive Equity — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P.

    1.00     38.29     15.92     12.48

Fixed Income

  

Multimanager Core Bond — EIMG; BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., DoubleLine Capital LP, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, SSGA Funds Management, Inc.

    0.87 %^      5.15     0.63     1.21

Specialty

  

Multimanager Technology — EIMG; AllianceBernstein L.P., FIAM LLC, Wellington Management Company LLP

    1.24 %^      49.53     19.07     16.18

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2025 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      13.58     7.42     5.42

 

83


                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2035 Allocation — EIMG

    1.09     16.56     9.12     6.47

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2045 Allocation — EIMG

    1.08     18.11     10.15     7.12

Asset Allocation

  

Target 2055 Allocation — EIMG

    1.10 %^      19.82     11.22      
^

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

EQ Managed Volatility Portfolios that include the EQ volatility management strategy as part of their investment objective and/or principal investment strategy, and the EQ/affiliated Fund of Fund Portfolios that invest in Portfolios that use the EQ volatility management strategy, are identified in the chart by a “†”. See “Portfolios of the Trusts” for more information regarding volatility management.

 

*

The Portfolio operates as a “government money market fund.” The Portfolio will invest at least 99.5% of its total assets in U.S. government securities, cash, and/or repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by U.S. government securities or cash.

 

84


Unaffiliated Portfolio Companies:

 

                 

Average Annual Total Returns

(as of 12/31/2023)

 
TYPE   

Portfolio Company - Investment Adviser;

Sub-Adviser(s), as applicable

  Current
Expenses
    1 year     5 year     10 year  

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® Global Small Capitalization Fund — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.16 %^      15.79     8.03     5.51

Equity

  

American Funds Insurance Series® New World Fund® — Capital Research and Management Company

    1.07 %^      15.67     8.37     4.43

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Growth & Income Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.74     18.37     14.50     9.99

Equity

  

Fidelity® VIP Mid Cap Portfolio — Fidelity Management and Research Company (FMR)

    0.82     14.80     12.17     7.86

Equity

  

Franklin Small Cap Value VIP Fund — Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

    0.91 %^      12.75     11.06     7.04

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Main Street Mid Cap Fund® — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.19     14.14     10.32     6.45

Equity

  

Invesco V.I. Small Cap Equity Fund — Invesco Advisers, Inc.

    1.20     16.26     12.14     6.28

Fixed Income

  

Macquarie VIP High Income Series(1) — Delaware Management Company; Macquarie Investment Management Austria Kapitalanlage AG, Macquarie Investment Management Europe Limited, Macquarie Investment Management Global Limited

    0.96     11.95     4.46     3.70

Equity

  

MFS® Investors Trust Series — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    1.03 %^      18.66     13.27     10.00

Equity

  

MFS® Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Portfolio — Massachusetts Financial Services Company

    0.98 %^      23.70     16.39     12.44

Specialty

  

PIMCO CommodityRealReturn® Strategy Portfolio — Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

    1.58 %^      -7.93     8.46     -0.90

Equity

  

T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio — II — T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.

    0.99     9.31     10.92     7.57

Equity

  

Templeton Developing Markets VIP Fund — Templeton Asset Management Ltd.

    1.35 %^      12.62     4.22     2.32

Fixed Income

  

Templeton Global Bond VIP Fund — Franklin Advisers, Inc.

    0.75 %^      2.88     -2.13     -0.66

Specialty

  

VanEck VIP Global Resources Fund — Van Eck Associates Corporation

    1.36     -3.84     10.34     -1.26
^ 

This Portfolio’s annual expenses reflect temporary fee reductions.

(1) 

This is the variable investment option’s new name. The variable investment option’s former name is Delaware Ivy VIP High Income which may continue to be used in certain documents for a period of time after the date of this prospectus.

 

Allowable EQ Strategic Allocation Investment Options:

 

If you elect at issue the Enhanced No Lapse Guarantee Rider or subsequently exercise the Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee, investment options are limited to the following (the “EQ Strategic Allocation Investment Options”):

 

EQ/Balanced Strategy

EQ/Conservative Growth Strategy

EQ/Conservative Strategy

 

EQ/Growth Strategy

EQ/Moderate Growth Strategy

 

85


Appendix: Calculating the alternate death benefit

 

 

 

Using the guideline premium test:

 

The following examples demonstrate how we calculate the death benefit under Option A and Option B. The examples show an insured under two policies with the same face amount, but account values vary as shown. We assume that each insured is age 65 at the time of death and that there is no outstanding debt. We also assume that the owner selected the guideline premium test. Policy 1 shows what the death benefit would be for a policy with low account value. Policy 2 shows what the death benefit would be for a policy with a higher account value.

 

The alternate death benefit is equal to the policy account value times the death benefit percentage. If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. In the example below, the alternate death benefit for Policy 1 is $42,000 ($35,000 x 120%) and the alternate death benefit for Policy 2 is $102,000 ($85,000 x 120%). The basic death benefit under Option A is equal to the face amount ($100,000) on the date of death. If the owner of Policy 1 elected Option A, the death benefit would equal the face amount, since the alternate death benefit amount ($42,000) is less than the face amount ($100,000). If the owner of Policy 2 elected Option A, the death benefit would be the alternate death benefit ($102,000), since the alternate death benefit ($102,000) is greater than the face amount ($100,000). The basic death benefit under Option B is equal to the face amount plus the policy account value on the date of death. Based on the example below, the basic death benefit under Option B is greater than the alternate death benefit for both Policy 1 (since $135,000 is greater than $42,000) and Policy 2 (since $185,000 is greater than $102,000).

 

      Policy 1        Policy 2  
Face Amount      $100,000          $100,000  
Policy Account Value on the Date of Death      $ 35,000          $ 85,000  
Death Benefit Percentage      120%          120%  
Death Benefit under Option A      $100,000          $102,000  
Death Benefit under Option B      $135,000          $185,000  

 

Using the cash value accumulation test:

 

The following examples demonstrate how we calculate the death benefit under Option A and Option B. The examples show an insured under two policies with the same face amount, but account values vary as shown. We assume that each insured is age 65 at the time of death, is a male preferred non-tobacco user, and that there is no outstanding debt. We also assume that the owner selected the cash value accumulation test. Policy 1 shows what the death benefit would be for a policy with a low account value. Policy 2 shows what the death benefit would be for a policy with a higher account value.

 

The alternate death benefit is equal to the policy account value times a death benefit percentage which will be specified in your policy, and which varies based upon the insured’s attained age, sex and risk class. If the account value in your policy is high enough, relative to the face amount, the life insurance benefit will automatically be greater than the Option A or Option B death benefit you have selected. In the example below, the alternate death benefit for Policy 1 is $64,995 ($35,000 x 185.7%) and the alternate death benefit for Policy 2 is $157,845 ($85,000 x 185.7%). The basic death benefit under Option A is equal to the face amount on ($100,000) the date of death. If the owner of Policy 1 elected Option A, the death benefit would equal the face amount, since the alternate death benefit amount ($64,995) is less than the face amount ($100,000). If the owner of Policy 2 elected Option A, the death benefit would be the alternate death benefit ($102,000), since the alternate death benefit ($157,845) is greater than the face amount ($100,000). The basic death benefit under Option B is equal to the face amount plus the policy account value on the date of death. Based on the example below, the basic death benefit under Option B is greater than the alternate death benefit for both Policy 1 (since $135,000 is greater than $64,995) and Policy 2 (since $185,000 is greater than $157,845).

 

      Policy 1        Policy 2  
Face Amount      $100,000          $100,000  
Policy Account Value on the Date of Death      $ 35,000          $ 85,000  
Death Benefit Percentage      185.7%          185.7%  
Death Benefit under Option A      $100,000          $157,845  
Death Benefit under Option B      $135,000          $185,000  

 

86


Appendix: Policy variations

 

 

 

You should note that your policy’s options, features and charges may vary from what is described in this prospectus depending on the approximate date on which you purchased your policy. You may not be able to change your policy or its features after issue. This Appendix reflects policy variations that differ from what is described in this prospectus but may have been in effect at the time your policy was issued. If you purchased your policy during the “Approximate Time Period” below, the noted variation may apply to you. Your policy may have been available in your state past the approximate end date indicated below.

 

For more information about particular options, features and charges available under your policy based on when you purchased it, please contact your financial professional and/or refer to your policy.

 

Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation
November 18, 2013 to present   Guaranteed interest option (“GIO”) Limitation Endorsement   The Company will not exercise its right to limit the amounts that may be allocated and or transferred to the guaranteed interest option (“policy guaranteed interest option limitation”). All references to the policy guaranteed interest option limitation in this prospectus, and/or in your policy and/or in the endorsements to your policy, are not applicable.
June 28, 2010-November 18, 2013   Guaranteed interest option (“GIO”) Limitation Endorsement  

Any implementation by the Company on limiting the amounts that may be allocated and/or transferred to the guaranteed interest option (“policy guaranteed interest option limitation”) is not applicable.

 

June 28, 2010-January 31, 2014

 

California

  Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider  

Benefits received under this rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. It is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charges for this benefit will generally be treated as distributions from the policy for federal income tax purposes.

 

June 28, 2010-February 14, 2013 and July 22, 2013-February 16, 2014   Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider   (Rider Form No. R06-90CT)
Connecticut   See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” under “Other benefits” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

Different monthly charge amounts and rules will apply.

 

    The long-term care specified amount for this rider is as follows:
        We will pay up to the long-term care specified amount for qualified long-term care services for the insured person for the duration of a period of coverage. The initial long-term care specified amount is equal to the face amount of the base policy at issue. This amount may change due to subsequent policy

 

87


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation
Connecticut
(continued)
   

transactions and will be reduced at the end of a period of coverage to reflect benefits paid during that period of coverage. Any request for a decrease in the policy face amount will reduce the current long-term care specified amount to an amount equal to the lesser of: (a) the new policy face amount; or (b) the long-term care specified amount immediately prior to the face amount decrease. Any partial withdrawal will reduce the current long-term care specified amount by the amount of the withdrawal, but not to less than the policy account value minus the withdrawal. The maximum monthly benefit in either case will then be equal to the new long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage.

 

    The maximum monthly benefit is equal to the long-term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage you have selected. This amount may change due to subsequent policy transactions.
    The maximum monthly payment limitation for this rider is as follows:
    Each month, the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which will be applied to repay any outstanding policy loan) for qualified long term care services for the insured person is the lesser of:
    1. the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or
    2. the monthly equivalent of 200% of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or “HIPAA” (We reserve the right to increase this percentage.) To find out the current per day limit allowed by HIPAA, go to www.irs.gov. We may also include this information in your policy’s annual report.
    For purposes of determining the maximum monthly benefit, the benefit percentage options are 1% or 2% for issue ages 20-70 and 3% for issue ages 20-55.
        Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the rest of his or her life; 2) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been

 

88


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation
Connecticut
(continued)
    satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in the status of the insured, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.
    The following information replaces the “Elimination Period” subsection in this section.
   

•   Elimination period. The Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long term care services that are provided to the insured person. Generally, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied; and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The 90 days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24 month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

    The Nonforfeiture benefit is not available.
    The Maximum total benefit is not applicable.
        The Acceleration percentage concept is not applicable.

 

89


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation
Connecticut
(continued)
    Death benefit option changes are not permitted.
    The “Extension of Benefits” feature is not available.
  See “Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesTM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider” in “Tax Information”   The tax information for the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider below replaces, in its entirety, the tax information in this section:
  Benefits received under the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. The benefits are intended to qualify for exclusion from income subject to the limitations of the Code with respect to a particular insured person. Receipt of these benefits may be taxable. Generally income exclusion for all payments from all sources with respect to an insured person will be limited to the higher of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) per day limit or actual costs incurred by the taxpayer on behalf of the insured person.
    Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider may be considered distributions for income tax purposes, and may be taxable to the owner to the extent not considered a nontaxable return of premiums paid for the life insurance policy. See above for tax treatment of distributions to you. Charges for the Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider are generally not considered deductible for income tax purposes. The Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code.
        Any adjustments made to your policy death benefit, face amount and other values as a result of Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider benefits paid will also generally cause us to make adjustments with respect to your policy under federal income tax rules for testing premiums paid, your tax basis in your policy, your overall premium limits and the seven-pay period and seven-pay limit for testing modified endowment contract status.

 

90


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation
February 15, 2013-July 21, 2013   Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider   Rider Form No. R12-10CT
Connecticut     In Connecticut, we refer to this rider as the “Long-Term Care Benefits Rider”.
  See “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” under “Other benefits” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

The following information replaces first three paragraphs in this section.

 

 

The rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and who will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Benefits accelerated under this rider will be treated as a lien against the policy death benefit unless benefits are being paid under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted. For a more complete description of the terms used in this section and conditions of this rider, please consult your policy rider form.

 

    An individual qualifies as “chronically ill” if they have been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as being expected to require lifetime confinement in a long-term care facility due to injury or sickness; or requiring substantial supervision to protect such individual from threats to health and safety due to cognitive impairment.
   

“Qualified long-term care services” means necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, curing, mitigating, and rehabilitative services that are required by a chronically ill individual and provided in accordance with a plan of care prescribed by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner. Qualified long-term care services do not include home health care services.

       

Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the rest of his or her life; 2) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly

 

91


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation

Connecticut

(continued)

   

benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured person is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in status of the insured or payout of the maximum total benefit amount, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

 

    The “Extension of Benefits” feature is not available.
    Also see “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” policy variations that may apply in Appendix: “Policy variations” and Appendix: “State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits”.
    The following information replaces the “Elimination Period” subsection in this section.
       

•   Elimination period. The Long-Term Care Benefits Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Generally, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied, and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The 90 days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24 month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

 

92


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation

June 28, 2010-October 20, 2013

New York

  Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider   Rider Form No. R11-80NY (9/20/11-10/20/13)
    Rider Form No. R06-90NY (6/28/10-9/20/11)
  See “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” under “Other benefits” in “More information about policy features and benefits”   The maximum monthly payment limitation for this rider is as follows:
    Each month, the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which will be applied to repay any outstanding policy loan) for qualified long-term care services for the insured person is the lesser of:
   

1. the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or

   

2. the monthly equivalent of 100% of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or “HIPAA” (We reserve the right to increase this percentage.) To find out the current per day limit allowed by HIPAA, go to www.irs.gov. We may also include this information in your policy’s annual report.

       

Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the rest of his or her life; 2) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in the status of the insured or payout of the maximum total benefit amount, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

 

93


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation

New York

(continued)

    The following information replaces the “Elimination Period” subsection in this section.
   

•   Elimination period. The Long-Term care Benefits Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Generally, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied; however, benefits will be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The 90 days do not have to be continuous, but the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. If the elimination period is not satisfied within this time period, you must submit a new claim for benefits under this rider. This means that a new elimination

period of 90 days must be satisfied within a new 24 month period. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

    Benefits received under this rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. It is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charges for this benefit will generally be treated as distributions from the policy for federal income tax purposes.
   

The Nonforfeiture benefit is not available.

 

       

The Maximum total benefit is not applicable.

 

 

94


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation

New York

(continued)

    The Acceleration percentage concept is not applicable.
    Death benefit option changes are not permitted.
       

 

The “Extension of Benefits” feature is not available.

June 28, 2010-May 20, 2012  

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider

 

Rider Form No. R06-90

 

Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider Monthly charge

 

Charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk (our amount “at risk” for this rider is the long-term care specified amount minus your policy account value, but not less than zero):

   

Highest: $1.18

Lowest: $0.08

Representative: $0.22

    This representative amount is the rate we guarantee for a representative insured male age 35 at issue in the preferred elite non-tobacco user risk class. This charge varies based on the individual characteristics of the insured and may not be representative of the charge that you will pay. Your financial professional can provide you with more information about these charges as they relate to the insured’s particular characteristics.
 

Long-Term Care Specified Amount

 

Equal to the face amount of the base policy at issue, subject to change due to subsequent policy transactions and will be reduced at the end of a period of coverage to reflect benefits paid during that period of coverage.

 

The effect of a period of coverage on policy values

 

The total of monthly benefit payments will be treated as a lien against the policy death benefit, the policy account value and the cash surrender value.

   

Qualified Long-Term Care Services

 

Do not include treatment or care for a mental, psychoneurotic, or personality disorder without evidence of organic disease (Alzheimer’s Disease and senile dementia are not excluded from coverage).

 

95


Approximate time Period   Feature   Variation

New York

(continued)

June 28, 2010-May 20, 2012

  Change of death benefit option   You may not change the death benefit option under the policy while the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider is in effect.
  Tax Qualification   Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider. Benefits received under this rider are intended to be treated, for Federal income tax purposes, as accelerated death benefits under Section 101(g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured person receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. It is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Charges for this benefit will generally be treated as distributions from the policy for federal income tax purposes.
   

Other variations

The Nonforfeiture is not available.

    The Maximum total benefit is not available.
        Death benefit option changes are not permitted.
June 28, 2010-May 1, 2011   Cash Value Plus Rider (Rider Form No. R07-80 or state variation)  

This rider is no longer available for purchase.

   

If this rider was elected, there was a one-time charge of $250 deducted in a lump sum from the initial net premium, after deduction of the premium charge.

    The rider will terminate on the earliest of the following dates: 1) The end of the eighth policy year; or 2) The date the policy ends without value at the end of the Grace Period or otherwise terminates.
        If the policy is surrendered in full while the rider is in effect, any refund of the premium charge and reduction in the surrender charge will not be subject to a cumulative premium-based cap on the rider benefits.

 

96


Appendix: State policy availability and/or variations of certain features and benefits

 

 

 

The following information is a summary of the states where certain policies or certain features and/or benefits are either not available as of the date of this prospectus or vary from the policy’s features and benefits as previously described in this prospectus. Certain features and/or benefits may have been approved in your state after your policy was issued and cannot be added. Please contact your financial professional for more information about availability in your state. See also Appendix: “Policy variations” in this prospectus for information about the availability of certain features under your policy.

 

States where certain policy features and/or benefits are not available or vary:

 

State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation
California   Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider   In California, we refer to this rider as the “Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider” (Rider Form No. R12-10CA).
  See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”   The following sentence replaces the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of this section in its entirety:
  “Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual; 2) a plan of care prescribed by a licensed health care practitioner or a multidisciplinary team under medical direction which describes the insured person’s needs and specifies the type and frequency of qualified long-term care services required by the insured person; 3) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 4) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us.
   

Nonforfeiture Benefit

 

The first two paragraphs of the “Nonforfeiture Benefit” subsection are replaced in their entirety with the following:

    For a higher monthly charge, you can elect the Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider with the Nonforfeiture Benefit. The Nonforfeiture Benefit may continue coverage under the rider in a reduced benefit amount in situations where (a) the Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider would otherwise terminate; (b) you have not already received benefits (including any loan repayments) that equal or exceed the total charges deducted for the rider; and (c) your policy and Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider were inforce for at least four policy years.
    While the Nonforfeiture Benefit is in effect, all of the provisions of the Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider remain applicable to you. The maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit will be the greater of:
   

(a) Three month’s maximum monthly benefit and

(b) The sum of all charges deducted for the Comprehensive Long-Term Care Rider (with the Nonforfeiture Benefit). This amount excludes any charges that may have previously been waived while rider benefits were being paid.

        Also see “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” policy variations that may apply in Appendix: “Policy variations”.

 

97


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

California

(continued)

  See “Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”   For any policy that goes on claim on or after January 1, 2020, at least 30 days before the first monthly benefit payment, we will provide you with additional information as required by California law, including an option to cancel the payment before the scheduled payment date. The scheduled payment date will be on the next monthly anniversary that is at least 30 days after the date all required documentation is received by us, including proof that the elimination period has been satisfied, if applicable.
    See “When we pay policy proceeds” in “More information about other matters”   If you were issued a policy in California that includes the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and you request a loan or partial withdrawal on or after January 1, 2020, additional information about the potential effects of the loan or partial withdrawal on the policy will be provided to you as required by California law. The request for the loan or withdrawal will not be honored until we receive an acknowledgement from the policyowner for this information.
Connecticut   See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”   The following information replaces first three paragraphs in this section:
  The rider provides for the acceleration of all or part of the policy death benefit as a payment of a portion of the policy’s death benefit each month as a result of the insured person being a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and who will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Benefits accelerated under this rider will be treated as a lien against the policy death benefit unless benefits are being paid under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit. While this rider is in force and before any continuation of coverage under the optional Nonforfeiture Benefit, if elected, policy face amount increases and death benefit option changes from Option A to Option B are not permitted.
    An individual qualifies as “chronically ill” if they have been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as being expected to require lifetime confinement in a long-term care facility or in a home due to injury or sickness; or requiring substantial supervision to protect such individual from threats to health and safety due to cognitive impairment.
        Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the rest of his or her life; 2) proof that the “elimination period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve

 

98


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

Connecticut

(continued)

    months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured person is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life. Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in status of the insured or payout of the maximum total benefit amount, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.
    For a more complete description of the terms used in this section and conditions of this rider, please consult your rider policy form.
    The “Extension of Benefits” feature is not available.
        Also see “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” policy variations that may apply in Appendix: “Policy variations”.

Florida

  Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider  

In Florida, we refer to this rider as the “Long Term Care Insurance Rider” (Rider Form No. R12-10FL).

  See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “Fee table” and in “More information about policy charges”.   The monthly charge per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk is as follows:
 

With the optional Nonforfeiture benefit:

 

Highest: $1.19

Lowest: $0.07

Representative: $0.17

   

Without the optional Nonforfeiture benefit:

 

Highest: $1.19

Lowest: $0.07

Representative: $0.17

  See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

Elimination Period

The “Elimination Period” subsection is replaced in its entirety with the following:

         Elimination Period. The Long-Term Care Insurance Rider has an elimination period that is the required period of time while the rider is in force that must elapse before any benefit is available to the insured person under this rider. The elimination period is 90 days, beginning on the first day of any qualified long-term care services that are provided to the insured person. Generally, benefits under this rider will not be paid until the elimination period is satisfied, and benefits will not be retroactively paid for the elimination period. The elimination period can be satisfied by any combination of days of a long-term care facility stay or days of home health care, and the days do not have to be continuous. There is no requirement that the elimination period must be satisfied within a consecutive period of 24 months starting with the month in which such services are first provided. The elimination period must be satisfied only once while this rider is in effect.

 

99


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

Florida

(continued)

  See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

Period of Coverage

The first paragraph of the “Period of coverage” subsection is replaced in its entirety with the following:

     Period of coverage. The period of coverage is the period of time during which the insured receives services that are covered under the Long-Term Care Insurance Rider and for which benefits are payable. This begins on the first day covered services are received after the end of the elimination period. A period of coverage will end on the earliest of the following dates:
    1. the date we receive the notice of release which must be sent to us when the insured person is no longer receiving qualified long-term care services;
    2. the date we determine the insured person is no longer eligible to receive qualified long-term care services under this rider;
    3. the date you request that we terminate benefit payments under this rider;
    4. the date the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the maximum total benefit (or if your coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture benefit, the date the maximum total Nonforfeiture Benefit has been paid out);
    5. the date you surrender the policy (except to the extent of any Nonforfeiture Benefit you may have under the rider);
    6. the date we make a payment under the Living Benefits Rider (for terminal illness) if it occurs before coverage is continued as a Nonforfeiture Benefit; or
    7. the date of death of the insured person.
   

Preexisting condition

No benefits will be provided under this rider during the first 180 days from the effective date of the policy for long-term care services received by the insured person due to a preexisting condition. However, each day of services received by the insured person for a preexisting condition during the first 180 days that this rider is in force will count toward satisfaction of the elimination period.

  See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy charges”   The following paragraph replaces the first paragraph in this section in its entirety:
       

Long-Term Care Insurance Rider. If you choose this rider without the Nonforfeiture Benefit, on a guaranteed basis, we may deduct between $0.07 and $1.19 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider from your policy account value each month. If you choose this rider with the Nonforfeiture Benefit, on a guaranteed basis, we may

 

100


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

Florida

(continued)

      deduct between $0.07 and $1.19 per $1,000 of the amount for which we are at risk under the rider. We will deduct this charge until the insured reaches age 121 while the rider is in effect, but not when rider benefits are being paid. The amount at risk under the rider depends on the death benefit option selected under the policy. For policies with death benefit Option A, the amount at risk for the rider is the lesser of (a) the current policy face amount, minus the policy account value (but not less than zero); and (b) the current long-term care specified amount. For policies with death benefit Option B, the amount at risk for the rider is the current long-term care specified amount. The current monthly charges for this rider may be lower than the maximum monthly charges.
New York   See “Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider” in “More information about policy features and benefits”  

The following paragraph replaces the third paragraph in this section in its entirety:

 

  Benefits are payable once we receive: 1) a written certification from a U.S. licensed health care practitioner that the insured person is a chronically ill individual who is receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the rest of his or her life; 2) proof that the “eligibility period,” as discussed below, has been satisfied; and 3) written notice of claim and proof of loss in a form satisfactory to us. In order to continue monthly benefit payments, we require recertification by a U.S. licensed health care practitioner every twelve months from the date of the initial or subsequent certification that the insured is still a chronically ill individual receiving qualified long-term care services in accordance with a plan of care and will require continuous care for the remainder of his or her life.
   

Otherwise, unless earlier terminated due to a change in the status of the insured or payout of the maximum total benefit amount, benefit payments will terminate at the end of the twelve month period. We also, at our own expense, may have the insured person examined as often as we may reasonably require during the period of coverage, but not more frequently than every 90 days. This rider may not cover all of the costs associated with long-term care services during the insured person’s period of coverage.

    Maximum monthly payments
    The maximum monthly payment limitation for this rider is as follows:
    Each month, the monthly benefit payment (a portion of which will be applied to repay any outstanding policy loan) for qualified long term care services for the insured person is the lesser of:
   

1. the maximum monthly benefit (or lesser amount as requested, however, this may not be less than $500); or

        2. the monthly equivalent of 100% of the per day limit allowed by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act or “HIPAA”. To find out the

 

101


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

New York

(continued)

    current per day limit allowed by HIPAA, go to www.irs.gov. We may also include this information in your policy’s annual report.
    At issue, the maximum monthly benefit is equal to the long term care specified amount multiplied by the benefit percentage selected. After that, the maximum monthly benefit is equal to the maximum total benefit as of the first day of the period of coverage multiplied by the benefit percentage selected, and will not change thereafter.
   

Elimination period

The “Elimination Period” subsection is renamed “Eligibility Period”. Accordingly, all references to the “elimination period” are replaced with references to the “eligibility period”. Once the eligibility period has been satisfied, benefits will be retroactively paid for the eligibility period.

   

Period of coverage

The first paragraph of the “Period of coverage” subsection is replaced in its entirety with the following:

     Period of coverage. The period of coverage is the period of time during which the insured person receives services that are covered under the Long-Term Care ServicesSM Rider and for which benefits are payable. This begins on the first day covered services are received after the end of the eligibility period, although benefits are payable retroactively to the beginning of the eligibility period. A period of coverage will end on the earliest of the following dates:
    1. the date we receive the notice of release which must be sent to us when the insured person is no longer receiving continuous qualified long-term care services;
    2. the date we determine you are no longer eligible to receive benefits under this rider;
    3. the date you request that we terminate benefit payments under this rider;
    4. the date the accumulated benefit lien amount equals the maximum total benefit;
    5. the date you surrender the policy;
   

6. the date we make a payment under the accelerated death benefits rider (for terminal illness); and

 

   

 

7. the date of death of the insured person.

 

The effects of a period of coverage ending as described in the “Period of Coverage” subsection also apply if the contract owner exercises the fixed paid-up option during the period of coverage. It is not anticipated that there will be more than one period of coverage for the term of this rider.

       

Fixed paid-up option

If you exercise the fixed paid-up option of your policy, your coverage under this policy will be continued in a reduced amount and there will be no further charges for this rider.

 

102


State   Features and Benefits   Availability or Variation

New York

(continued)

    If such exercise occurs during the period of coverage, the accumulated benefit lien amount will be reset to zero after policy values have been reduced as described in the Period of Coverage” subsection. The face amount of paid-up insurance will be whatever the resulting net cash surrender value will buy when applied as a net single premium.
    If benefits have previously been paid under this rider, the maximum monthly benefit will not change. If benefits have not previously been paid under this rider, the maximum monthly benefit will be equal to the maximum total benefit as determined immediately before the fixed paid-up option went into effect multiplied by the benefit percentage.
    When the fixed paid-up option goes into effect, the maximum total benefit will be re-determined as the sum of all monthly charges deducted for this rider since policy issue, excluding any such charges that were not deducted while rider benefits were being paid. This maximum total benefit will be reduced, but not below zero, by all monthly benefit payments made under this rider, including any loan repayments. However, the resulting maximum total benefit will not exceed the lesser of (a) the maximum total benefit of this rider as determined immediately before the fixed paid-up option went into effect, and (b) the face amount of paid-up insurance multiplied by the acceleration percentage.
    If you elect to continue coverage as described above, you will receive additional information regarding this benefit, including the available maximum total benefit.
   

Other variations

The “Extension of Benefits” feature is not available.

    The Nonforfeiture benefit is not available.
    The pre-existing condition limitation does not apply.
  See “Tax treatment of Living Benefits Rider or Long Term Care ServicesSM Rider under a policy with the applicable rider” in “Tax Information”   The benefits paid under this rider are intended to be treated for Federal income tax purposes as accelerated death benefits under section 101 (g) of the Code on the life of a chronically ill insured receiving qualified long-term care services within the meaning of section 7702B of the Code. The benefit is intended to qualify for exclusion from income within the limits of those provisions of the Code in effect at the issuance of this rider. Receipt of these benefits may be taxable. Charges for this rider may be considered distributions for income tax purposes, and may be taxable. This rider is not intended to be a qualified long-term care insurance contract under section 7702B(b) of the Code.
        The long term care specified amount for this rider will not be increased by operation of section 7702 of the Code.

 

103


Requesting more information

 

 

 

The Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), dated May 1, 2024, is incorporated into this prospectus by reference and is available upon request, free of charge, by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.) and requesting to speak with a customer service representative. You may also request one by writing to our operations center at P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, NC 28201-1047. The SAI includes additional information about the registrant. You can make inquiries about your policy by calling our toll free number at 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), or asking your financial professional.

You may visit the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov to view the SAI and other information (including other parts of a registration statement) that relates to the Separate Account and the policies. Copies of this information may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following email address: publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

 

 
C000089893   #467764


EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

 

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

 

Statement of Additional Information

dated May 1, 2024

 

  COIL Institutional SeriesSM
  COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162)
  Equitable AdvantageSM
  Incentive Life®
  Incentive Life® ‘02
  Incentive Life® ‘06
  Incentive Life Legacy®
  Incentive Life Legacy® II
  IncentiveLife Legacy® III
  Incentive Life Optimizer®
  Incentive Life Optimizer® II
  IncentiveLife Optimizer® III
  Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy
  VUL Incentive Life ProtectSM
  VUL Legacy®
  VUL Optimizer®
  VUL Survivorship
 

 

Flexible premium variable life insurance policies issued by Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”) with variable investment options offered under the Company’s Separate Account FP.

 

 

 

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the related prospectus, dated May 1, 2024. Each prospectus provides detailed information concerning the policy and the variable investment options, as well as the guaranteed interest option, that fund the policy. Each variable investment option is a subaccount of the Company’s Separate Account FP. Separate Account FP’s predecessor was established on April 19, 1985 by our then wholly owned subsidiary, Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company. We established our Separate Account FP under New York Law on September 21, 1995. When Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company merged into AXA Equitable (now known as Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company), as of January 1, 1997, our Separate Account FP succeeded to all the assets, liabilities and operations of its predecessor. The guaranteed interest option is part of the Company’s general account. Definitions of special terms used in the SAI are found in the prospectus.

 

A copy of the prospectuses are available free of charge by writing the Administrative Office (P.O. Box 1047, Charlotte, North Carolina 28201-1047), by calling toll free, 1-800-777-6510 (for U.S. residents) or 1-704-341-7000 (outside of the U.S.), by sending an email request to lifeservice@equitable.com or by contacting your financial professional.

 

The Company

 

We are Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (the “Company”, “we”, “our”, and “us”), (until 2020, known as AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company), a New York stock life insurance corporation. We have been doing business since 1859. The Company is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. No other company has any legal responsibility to pay amounts that the Company owes under the policies. The Company is solely responsible for paying all amounts owed to you under your policy.

Ways we pay policy proceeds

 

The payee for death benefit or other policy proceeds (e.g., upon surrenders) may name a successor to receive any amounts that we still owe following the payee’s death. Otherwise, we will pay any such amounts to the payee’s estate.

 

We must approve any payment arrangements that involve a payee who is not a natural person (for example, a corporation) or a payee who is a fiduciary. Also, the details of all payment arrangements will be subject to our rules at the time the arrangements are selected and take effect.

 

Distribution of the policies

 

Equitable Advisors distributes these policies pursuant to a selling agreement, dated as of May 1, 1994, as amended, between Equitable Advisors and the Company. The Company paid Equitable Advisors as the distributors of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $528,625,217 in 2023, $628,586,635 in 2022 and $633,967,608 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Advisors retained $253,096,170, $286,917,091 and $282,627,531, respectively.

 

Under a distribution agreement between Equitable Distributors and the Company and certain of the Company’s separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, the Company paid Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) as the distributor of certain policies, including these policies, and as the principal underwriter of several Company separate accounts, including Separate Account FP, $383,966,142 in 2023, $535,080,397 in 2022 and $589,621,128 in 2021. Of these amounts, for each of these three years, Equitable Distributors (or EDI, as applicable) retained $0, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

 

 

 
  #558026


Underwriting a policy

 

The underwriting of a policy determines: (1) whether the policy application will be approved or disapproved; and (2) into what premium class the insured should be placed. Risk factors that are considered for these determinations are: (i) the insured’s age; (ii) whether the insured uses tobacco or not; and (iii) the admitted medical history of the insured. Many other factors make up the overall evaluation of an individual’s assessment for insurance, but all of these items are determined through the questions asked during the application process.

 

For COIL Institutional SeriesSM, COIL Institutional SeriesSM (Series 162), Equitable AdvantageSM, VUL Legacy®, VUL Optimizer® and VUL Survivorship policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2017 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life Legacy®, Incentive Life Legacy® II, IncentiveLife Legacy® III, Incentive Life Optimizer®, Incentive Life Optimizer® II, IncentiveLife Optimizer® III and Survivorship Incentive LifeSM Legacy policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 2001 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

For Incentive Life®, Incentive Life® ‘02 and Incentive Life® ‘06 policies

 

We base guaranteed cost of insurance rates under the policy on the 1980 Commissioner’s Standard Ordinary Mortality Tables.

 

Insurance regulation that applies to the Company

 

We are regulated and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services. In addition, we are subject to the insurance laws and regulations in every state where we sell policies. We submit annual reports on our operations and finances to insurance officials in all of these states. The officials are responsible for reviewing our reports to see that we are financially sound. Such regulation, however, does not guarantee or provide absolute assurance of our soundness.

 

Custodian

 

The Company is the custodian for shares of the Trusts owned by Separate Account FP. The Company’s principal offices are located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10105.

 

Independent registered public accounting firm

 

The (i) financial statements of each of the variable investment options of Separate Account FP as of December 31, 2023 and for each of the periods indicated therein and the (ii) consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and for each of the three years in the period ended

December 31, 2023 incorporated in this Statement of Additional Information by reference to the filed Form N-VPFS/A (for Separate Account FP) and Form N-VPFS/A (for Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company) have been so incorporated in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides independent audit services and certain other non-audit services to Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company as permitted by the applicable SEC independence rules, and as disclosed in Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company’s Form 10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s address is 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

 

Financial statements

 

The financial statements and financial statement schedules of the Company incorporated by reference should be considered only as bearing upon the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under the policies.

 

 

2


PART C

ITEM 30. EXHIBITS.

 

 (a)

Board of Directors Resolutions.

 

  (1)

Certified resolution re Authority to Market Variable Life Insurance and Establish Separate Accounts, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(1)(a)(i) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663),filed on December 11, 1996.

 

 (b)

Custodial Agreements. Not Applicable.

 

 (c)

Underwriting Contracts.

 

  (1)

Broker-Dealer and General Agent Sales Agreement between Equitable Distributors, LLC and Broker-Dealer and General Agent, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-265027) filed on January 30, 2024.

 

  (2)

Distribution and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 1, 1994 among EQ Financial Consultants, Inc. (now AXA Advisors, LLC), Equitable and Equitable Variable Life Insurance Company incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 1-A(8) to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070), refiled electronically July 10, 1998.

 

  (3)

Letter of Agreement dated April 20, 1998 for Distribution Agreement, among The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and EQ Financial Consultants, Inc. (now AXA Advisors, LLC), incorporated by reference to Registration Statement (File No. 33-83750), filed on May 1, 1998.

 

  (4)

Transition Agreement dated January 1, 2000 for services by AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries to The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(10)(d) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on April 19, 2001.

 

  (5)

Distribution Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1998 by and between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States for itself and as depositor on behalf of the Equitable Life separate accounts and Equitable Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-64749) filed on August 5, 2011.

 

  (a)

First Amendment dated as of January 1, 2001 to the Distribution Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States for itself and as depositor on behalf of the Equitable Life separate accounts and Equitable Distributors, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-127445) filed on August 11, 2005.

 

  (b)

Second Amendment dated as of January 1, 2012 to the Distribution Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-05593) filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (c)

Third Amendment dated as of November 1, 2014 to the Distribution Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 19, 2016.

 

  (d)

Fourth Amendment dated as of August 1, 2015 to the Distribution Agreement dated as of January 1, 1998 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 16, 2019.

 

  (6)

Amended and Restated Distribution Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2023 by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, a New York company, for itself (“Equitable Financial”) and as depositor on behalf of the Equitable Financial separate accounts more particularly described herein (the “Separate Accounts”) and Equitable Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor” or “EDL”), filed herewith.

 

  (7)

Amended and Restated Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2023 for Cooperative and Joint Use of Personnel, Property and Services between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Equitable Distributors, LLC, filed herewith.

 

  (8)

General Agent Sales Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(h) to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, (File No. 2-30070), filed April 19, 2004.

 

  (a)

First Amendment dated as of January 1, 2003 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, (File No. 333-05593), filed April 24, 2012.

 

  (b)

Second Amendment dated as of January 1, 2004 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated January 1, 2000 between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4, (File No. 333-05593), filed April 24, 2012.

 

  (c)

Third Amendment dated as of July 19, 2004 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-127445), filed on August 11, 2005.

 

  (d)

Fourth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2004 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(l) to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333- 127445), filed on August 11, 2005.

 

C-1


  (e)

Fifth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2006 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-05593), filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (f)

Sixth Amendment dated as of February 15, 2008 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-05593), filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (g)

Seventh Amendment dated as of February 15, 2008 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) to Exhibit 3(r), filed on April 20, 2009.

 

 

  (h)

Eighth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2008 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) to Exhibit 3(s), filed on April 20, 2009.

 

 

  (i)

Ninth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2011 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between AXA Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-05593) filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (j)

Tenth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2013 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750), filed on October 16, 2014.

 

  (k)

Eleventh Amendment dated as of November 1, 2013 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750), filed on October 16, 2014.

 

  (l)

Twelfth Amendment dated as of November 1, 2013 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750), filed on October 16, 2014.

 

  (m)

Thirteenth Amendment dated as of October 1, 2014 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-202147), filed on September 9, 2015.

 

  (n)

Fourteenth Amendment dated as of August 1, 2015 to General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC and its subsidiaries, incorporated herein by reference to this Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070), filed on April 19, 2016.

 

  (o)

Sixteenth Amendment dated May 1, 2016 to the General Agent Sales Agreement dated as of January 1, 2000 by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, (formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States) and AXA Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (p)

Seventeenth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2016, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States, (“AXA Equitable”), and AXA NETWORK, LLC, (“General Agent”) “) incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 17, 2018.

 

  (q)

Eighteenth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement, dated as of March 1 2017, by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, formerly known as The Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States, (“AXA Equitable”), and AXA NETWORK, LLC (“General Agent”) incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 17, 2018.

 

  (r)

Twentieth Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement dated September 1, 2021, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Equitable Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (s)

Twenty First Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement dated January 1, 2022, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Equitable Network, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (t)

Twenty Second Amendment to General Agent Sales Agreement dated January 1, 2022, by and between Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company and Equitable Network, LLC, filed herewith.

 

  (9)

Wholesale Broker-Dealer Supervisory and Sale Agreement between the Broker-Dealer and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-265027) filed on January 30, 2024.

 

  (10)

Broker General Agent Agreement between Broker General Agent and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-265027) filed on January 30, 2024

 

  (a)

Amendment to Brokerage General Agent Sales Agreement between Brokerage General Agency and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-265027) filed on January 30, 2024.

 

 (d)

Contracts. (Including Riders and Endorsements)

 

  (1)

Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy (95-300) (Corporate Incentive Life) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(a)(iv) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (2)

Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy (99-300), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(a)(vi) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on March 1, 1999.

 

  (3)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy for Incentive Life ‘02 (02-300), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(a)(vii) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on August 9, 2002.

 

  (4)

Option to Purchase Additional Insurance Rider (R94-204) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(d) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (5)

Substitution of Insured Rider (R94-212) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(f) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (6)

Renewable Term Insurance Rider on the Insured (R94-215) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(h) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (7)

Disability Rider—Waiver of Monthly Deductions (R94-216) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(j) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (8)

Disability Rider—Waiver of Premiums (R94-216A) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(l) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (9)

Accelerated Death Benefit Rider (R94-102) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(p) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, (File No. 333-17663), filed on December 11, 1996.

 

C-2


  (10)

Accounting Benefit Rider (S.94-118) (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(t) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (11)

Unisex Rider with Table of Guaranteed Payments Endorsement (S.99-33), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(z)(iii) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on March 1, 1999.

 

  (12)

Form of Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement (S.99-32), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(z)(iv) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on March 1, 1999.

 

  (13)

Form of Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement (S.09-30), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199, on June 17, 2010.

 

  (14)

Form of Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee Rider (R99-100), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(z)(v) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on March 1, 1999.

 

  (15)

Form of Enhanced Death Benefit Guarantee Rider (R10-40), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199, on June 17, 2010.

 

  (16)

Form of Waiver of Surrender Charge Due to Tax Law Change Endorsement (S.01-WSC), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. (d)(v) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-76130, filed on December 31, 2001.

 

  (17)

Form of Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement for Incentive Life ‘02 (S.02-60), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(5)(z)(vi) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on August 9, 2002.

 

  (18)

Children’s Term Insurance Rider (R94-218) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on February 13, 2003.

 

  (19)

Integrated Term Insurance Rider (R00-10) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on February 13, 2003.

 

  (20)

Renewable Term Insurance on the Additional Insured Person (R94-217) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on February 13, 2003.

 

  (21)

Cost of Living Rider (R96-101) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on February 13, 2003.

 

  (22)

Accidental Death Benefit Rider (R94-219) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on February 13, 2003.

 

  (23)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy (03-400) (Corporate Incentive Life) previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on November 17, 2003.

 

  (24)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy for Incentive Life ‘06 (05-200) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on July 11, 2005.

 

  (25)

Form of Paid Up Death Benefit Guarantee Endorsement for Incentive Life ‘06 (S.05-30) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on July 11, 2005.

 

  (26)

Form of Loan Extension Endorsement for Incentive Life ‘06 (S.05-20) previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on July 11, 2005.

 

  (27)

Form of Accelerated Death Benefit for Long-Term Care Services Rider, previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on June 21, 2006.

 

C-3


  (28)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy for Incentive Life Optimizer (08-200), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on September 3, 2008.

 

  (29)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy for Incentive Life Optimizer II (ICC10-100), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 2, 2010.

 

  (30)

Form of Flexible Premium Variable Life Insurance Policy for Incentive Life Optimizer II (10-100), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on March 28, 2011.

 

  (31)

Cash Value Plus Rider (R07-80), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on September 3, 2008.

 

  (32)

Variable Indexed Option Rider (R09-30), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 21, 2010.

 

  (33)

Cash Value Plus Rider (ICC11-R11-10) previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 26, 2012.

 

  (34)

Accelerated Death Benefit for Long-Term Care Services Rider (ICC12-R12-10) previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 26, 2012.

 

  (35)

Accelerated Death Benefit for Long-Term Care Benefits Rider (R12-10CT (rev. 9/13)) previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 25. 2014.

 

  (36)

Endorsement applicable to the Guaranteed Interest Account (GIA) Limitation (ICC13-S.13-10) previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 25. 2014.

 

  (37)

Aviation Exclusion Rider (ICC14-R-80), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 24, 2015.

 

  (38)

Military Aviation Exclusion Rider (ICC14-R14-100), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 24, 2015.

 

  (39)

Aerial Activities Exclusion Rider (ICC14-R14-110), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 24, 2015.

 

  (40)

Racing Activities Exclusion Rider (ICC14-R14-120), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 24, 2015.

 

 (e)

Applications.

 

  (1)

Application EV4-200Y (Equitable), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(10)(b) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on December 11, 1996.

 

  (2)

Form of Application (AXAV1-2002), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 1-A(10)(b)(ii) to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on August 9, 2002.

 

  (3)

Form of Application (AXA301-1), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on November 17, 2003.

 

  (4)

Revised Form of Application (AXA301-01), previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on April 22, 2008.

 

C-4


  (5)

Form of Application for Life Insurance (Form AMIGV-2005), incorporated herein by reference to the initial registration statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-134304) filed on May 19, 2006.

 

  (a)

Revised Form of Application for Life Insurance (Form AMIGV-2005), previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on April 22, 2008.

 

  (b)

Revised Form of Application for Life Insurance (Form AMIGV-2009), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 21, 2010.

 

  (6)

Form of Application for Life Insurance (10-100), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199, on June 17, 2010.

 

  (7)

Form of Variable Universal Life Supplement to the Application (Form No. VUL-GV/IL-SIL ‘02 2005), previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on April 25, 2007.

 

  (a)

Revised Form of Variable Life Supplement to the Application (Form No. VUL-GV/IL-SIL ‘02 2005), previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on April 22, 2008.

 

  (8)

Form of Variable Universal Life Supplement to the Application (Form No. VUL-GV/IL ‘06 2005), previously filed with this Registration Statement File No. 333-103199 on April 22, 2008.

 

  (9)

Form of Variable Universal Life Supplement to the Application (Form No. VUL-GV/IL Opt 2008), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on September 3, 2008.

 

  (10)

Form of Variable Universal Life Supplement to the Application (180-6006a-rev. 2009), previously filed with this Registration Statement, File No. 333-103199 on April 21, 2010.

 

 (f)

Depositor’s Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.

 

  (1)

Restated Charter of AXA Equitable, as amended August 31, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement to Form N-4, (File No. 333-05593), filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (2)

By-Laws of AXA Equitable, as amended September 7, 2004, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 6.(c) to Registration Statement on Form N-4, (File No. 333-05593), filed on April 20, 2006.

 

  (3)

Amended and Restated By-Laws of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company dated September 23, 2020, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (file No. 333-254385) filed on March 17, 2021.

 

 (g)

Reinsurance Contracts.

 

  (1)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company and Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 effective April 1, 2010 to the Automatic Reinsurance Agreement between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company and Transamerica Financial Life Insurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (2)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (3)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Swiss Re Life and Health America Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 effective July 15, 2011 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and Swiss Re Life and Health America Inc. , incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

 

  (4)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and General Re Life Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

  (5)

Automatic Reinsurance Agreement effective April 1, 2010 between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and RGS Reinsurance Company, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103202) filed on April 26, 2012.

 

 (h)

Participation Agreements.

 

  (1)

Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company (“AXA Equitable”), AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 to the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217 and 811-07953), filed on February 7, 2003.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1, dated May 2, 2003, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 10, 2004.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 2, dated July 9, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on October 15, 2004.

 

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 3, dated October 1, 2004, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on October 15, 2004.

 

 

  (d)

Amendment No. 4, dated May 1, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 37 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on April 7, 2005.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 5, dated September 30, 2005, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 44 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on April 5, 2006.

 

  (f)

Amendment No. 6, dated August 1, 2006, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 2, 2007.

 

  (g)

Amendment No. 7, dated May 1, 2007, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 53 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on April 27, 2007.

 

  (h)

Amendment No. 8, dated January 1, 2008, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on December 27, 2007.

 

  (i)

Amendment No. 9, dated May 1, 2008, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 13, 2009.

 

  (j)

Amendment No. 10, dated January 15, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on March 16, 2009.

 

  (k)

Amendment No. 11, dated May 1, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on April 15, 2009.

 

  (l)

Amendment No. 12, dated September 29, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on January 21, 2010.

 

  (m)

Amendment No. 13, dated August 16, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 3, 2011.

 

  (n)

Amendment No. 14, dated December 15, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 3, 2011.

 

  (o)

Amendment No. 15, dated June 7, 2011 , to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable, AXA Distributors, LLC and AXA Advisors dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference and/or previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 84 To the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on August 17, 2011.

 

  (p)

Amendment No. 16, dated April 30, 2012, to the Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated July 15, 2002 incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 96 to the EQ Advisor’s Trust Registration Statement (File No. 333-17217) on Form N-1A filed on February 7, 2013.

 

  (2)

Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among the Trust, AXA Equitable, FMG LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on July 22, 2013.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 dated as of June 4, 2013 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among the Trust, AXA Equitable, FMG LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on October 1, 2013.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 2 dated as of October 21, 2013 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among the Trust, AXA Equitable, FMG LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on October 1, 2013.

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 4, 2014 (“Amendment No. 3”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 30, 2014.

 

  (d)

Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 1, 2014 (“Amendment No. 4”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 30, 2014.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 5, dated as of July 16, 2014 (“Amendment No. 5”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on February 5, 2015.

 

  (f)

Amendment No. 6, dated as of April 30, 2015 (“Amendment No. 6”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 17, 2015.

 

  (g)

Amendment No. 7, dated as of December 21, 2015 (“Amendment No. 7”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form 485 (a) (File No. 333-17217) filed on February 11, 2016. 

 

  (h)

Amendment No. 8, dated as of December 9, 2016 (“Amendment No. 8”), to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”), by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”) incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form 485 (a) (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 31, 2017.

 

  (i)

Amendment No. 9 dated as of May 1, 2017 (“Amendment No. 9”) to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”) by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217), filed on April 28, 2017.

 

  (j)

Amendment No. 10 dated as of November 1, 2017 (“Amendment No. 10”) to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended (“Agreement”) by and among EQ Advisors Trust (“Trust”), AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC (collectively, the “Parties”), incorporated herein by reference to EQ Advisors Trust Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217), filed on October 27, 2017.

 

  (k)

Amendment No. 11 dated as of July 12, 2018 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement among EQ Advisor Trust, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors dated May 23, 2012, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1a (File No. 333-17217) filed on July 31, 2018.

 

  (l)

Amendment No. 12 dated as of December 6, 2018 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Equitable Funds Management Group, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217), filed on April 26, 2019.

 

  (m)

Amendment No. 13 dated July 16, 2020 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 19, 2021.

 

  (n)

Amendment No. 14 dated February 1, 2021 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on January 19, 2021.

 

  (o)

Amendment No. 15 dated February 26, 2021 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 29, 2021.

 

  (p)

Amendment No. 16 dated July 22, 2021 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on September 24, 2021.

 

  (q)

Amendment No. 17 dated January 13, 2022 to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 28, 2022.

 

  (r)

Amendment No. 18 dated August 19, 2022, to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 26, 2023.

 

  (s)

Amendment No. 19 dated November 17, 2022, to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on April 26, 2023.

 

  (t)

Amendment No. 20 dated March 16, 2023, to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-17217) filed on March 29, 2023.

 

  (u)

Amendment No. 21 dated July 31, 2023, to the Second Amended and Restated Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2012, as amended by and among EQ Advisors Trust, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-229766) filed on February 7, 2024.

 

C-5


 

  (3)

Participation Agreement by and Among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, A I M Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, on Behalf of itself and its Separate Accounts, AXA Advisors, LLC, and AXA Distributors, LLC, dated July 1, 2005, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-160951) filed on November 16, 2009.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 effective October 15, 2009 among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, AIM Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, on behalf of its Separate Accounts, AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 2, dated as of April 19, 2010, to the Participation Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005, by and among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, on behalf of itself and each of its segregated asset accounts, and AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 21, 2015.

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 3, dated as of April 19, 2010, to the Participation Agreement dated as of July 1, 2005, by and among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Invesco Aim Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, on behalf of itself and each of its segregated asset accounts; and AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 21, 2015.

 

  (d)

Amendment No. 4, effective May 1, 2012, to the Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, among AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Invesco Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, on behalf of itself and each of its segregated asset accounts; AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 5, dated as of October 1, 2014, to the Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, by and among AIM Variable Insurance Funds Invesco Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, a New York life insurance company, on behalf of itself and each of its segregated asset accounts; and AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-202147) filed on February 18, 2015.

 

  (4)

Fund Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, American Century Investment Management, Inc., and American Century Investment Services, Inc., incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-153809) filed on July 8, 2011.

 

  (5)

Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010 among Variable Insurance Products Funds, Fidelity Distributors Corporation, and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (a)

First Amendment effective May 1, 2012 to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Fidelity Distributors Corporation and Variable Insurance Products Funds, Variable Insurance Products Funds II, Variable Insurance Products Funds III, Variable Insurance Products Funds IV and Variable Insurance Products Funds V, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (b)

Third Amendment effective January 27, 2021 to Amended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010 among Equitable Life Insurance Company, each of Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV and Variable Insurance Products Fund V, and Fidelity Distributors Company LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-229766) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (c)

Fourth Amendment effective August 11, 2022 to mended and Restated Participation Agreement dated April 16, 2010 among Equitable Life Insurance Company, each of Variable Insurance Products Fund, Variable Insurance Products Fund II, Variable Insurance Products Fund III and Variable Insurance Products Fund IV and Variable Insurance Products Fund V, and Fidelity Distributors Company LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-229766) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (6)

Participation Agreement as of July 1, 2005 Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Advisors, LLC, and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-160951) filed on November 16, 2009.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 3 effective as of May 1, 2010 to Participation Agreement as of July 1, 2005 by and among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Advisors LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 333-130988) filed on April 24, 2012.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 5 effective as of May 1, 2012 to Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005 and subsequently amended June 5, 2007, November 1, 2009, May 1, 2010 and August 16, 2010 among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, AXA Advisors, LLC and AXA Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 6, dated as of December 1, 2020, to Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, as amended, among Franklin Templeton Variable Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Distributors LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-248907) filed on December 16, 2020.

 

  (d)

Amendment No. 7, dated as of February 12, 2021, to Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, as amended, among Franklin Templeton Variable Products Trust, Franklin/Templeton Distributors, Inc., Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Distributors LLC, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 8 dated September 15, 2023, to Participation Agreement dated July 1, 2005, by and among Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust, Franklin Distributors, LLC, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America and Equitable Distributors, LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-229766) filed on February 7, 2024.

 

  (7)

Fund Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust, Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., and Goldman, Sachs & Co., dated October 20, 2009, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

  (8)

Fund Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios and Waddell & Reed, Inc., incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 dated April 1, 2010 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 2 dated May 1, 2012 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 3 dated September 5, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, MONY Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (d)

Amendment No. 4 dated October 14, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and MONY Life Insurance Company of America hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 5 dated October 1, 2016 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Waddell & Reed, Inc., Ivy Funds Variable Insurance Portfolios, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and MONY Life Insurance Company of America hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (f)

Amendment No. 6 dated April 28, 2017 to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Ivy Distributors, Inc., Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and MONY Life Insurance Company of America, hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 16, 2019.

 

  (g)

Amendment No. 7 dated August 28, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (h)

Amendment No. 8 dated December 8, 2020, to the Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (i)

Consent to Assignment of Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009, among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Distributors, Inc. and Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-256256), filed on April 17, 2021.

 

  (j)

Amendment No. 10 dated October 11, 2022, to Participation Agreement dated October 23, 2009, among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, Ivy Variable Insurance Portfolios and Delaware Distributors, L.P., incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-229766) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (9)

Fund Participation Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, Lazard Retirement Series, Inc., and Lazard Asset Management Securities LLC, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on December 23, 2011.

 

C-6


  (10)

Participation Agreement among MFS Variable Insurance Trust, Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States, and Massachusetts Financial Service Company, dated July 18, 2002, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-160951) filed on November 16, 2009.

 

  (11)

Participation Agreement among T.Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T.Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, dated July 20, 2005, incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-160951) filed on November 16, 2009.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1, effective September 30, 2009, to the Participation Agreement dated July 20, 2005 by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 20, 2023.

 

  (b)

Amendment No. 2, effective April 12, 2010, to the Participation Agreement dated July 20, 2005 by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 20, 2023.

 

  (c)

Amendment No. 3, effective May 1, 2012 to the Participation Agreement dated July 20, 2005 among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, T. Rowe Price Equity Series Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-178750) filed on April 25, 2012.

 

  (d)

Fourth Amendment dated August 16, 2019 to the Participation Agreement dated July 20, 2005 by and between AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, T. Rowe Price Equity Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc. incorporated herein by reference to the Registration Statement filed on Form N-6 (File No. 333-229235) filed on February 18, 2020.

 

  (e)

Amendment No. 5, effective May 1, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated July 20, 2005 among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, T. Rowe Price Equity Series Inc., T. Rowe Price Fixed Income Series, Inc., T. Rowe Price International Series, Inc. and T. Rowe Price Investment Services, Inc., incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (12)

Participation Agreement dated October 1, 2013, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, and PIMCO Investments LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (a)

First Amendment to Participation Agreement entered into as of May 1, 2021 to Participation Agreement effective October 1, 2013, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, and PIMCO Investments LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (b)

Second Amendment to Participation Agreement entered into as of October 7, 2021 to Participation Agreement effective October 1, 2013, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, and PIMCO Investments LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement filed on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 20, 2022.

 

  (c)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement entered into as of October 11, 2022 to Participation Agreement effective October 1, 2013, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO Equity Series VIT and PIMCO Investments LLC, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-229766) filed on February 3, 2023.

 

  (13)

Participation Agreement dated October 1, 2013 among Van Eck Securities Corporation, Van Eck Associates Corporation, Van Eck VIP Trust and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (a)

Amendment No. 1 dated October 28, 2016 to the Participation Agreement dated October 1, 2013 among Van Eck Securities Corporation, Van Eck Associates Corporation, VanEck VIP Trust and AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company hereby incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 18, 2017.

 

  (b)

Amendment to Participation Agreement effective September 25, 2020, to Participation Agreement dated October 1, 2013 by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, VanEck VIP Trust, Van Eck Securities Corporation and Van Eck Associates Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 21, 2021.

 

  (c)

Third Amendment to Participation Agreement effective September 9, 2022, to Participation Agreement dated October 1, 2013 by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, VanEck VIP Trust, Van Eck Securities Corporation and Van Eck Associates Corporation, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 20, 2023.

 

  (14)

Participation and Service Agreement among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company and American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company and the American Funds Insurance Series (collectively the “Funds”), dated January 2, 2013, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 2-30070) filed on April 23, 2013.

 

  (a)

First Amendment, effective April 19, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc. American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (b)

Second Amendment, effective October 8, 2013 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, MONY Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc. American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-248907) filed on December 16, 2020.

 

  (c)

Third Amendment, effective September 10, 2020 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company, American Funds Distributors, Inc. American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (2-30070) filed on April 20, 2021.

 

  (d)

Fourth Amendment, effective November 18, 2020 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (333-248907) filed on December 16, 2020.

 

  (e)

Fifth Amendment, effective February 5, 2021 to the Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, as amended, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Service Company, Capital Research and Management Company, and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-6 (File No. 333-103199) filed on April 21, 2022.

 

  (f)

Sixth Amendment dated September 25, 2023, to Participation Agreement dated January 2, 2013, by and among Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company, Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company of America, American Funds Distributors, Inc., American Funds Services Company, Capital Research and Management Company and the American Funds Insurance Series, incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-229766) filed on February 7, 2024.

 

 (i)

Administration Contracts. See (c)(ii),(iii) & (iv).

 

 (j)

Other Material Contracts. Inapplicable.

 

 (k)

Legal Opinion.

 

  (1)

Opinion and Consent of Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey, Vice President and Associate General Counsel of Equitable Financial, filed herewith.

 

C-7


 

 (l)

Actuarial Opinion.

 

  (1)

Opinion and Consent of Brian Lessing, FSA, MAAA, Actuary and Signatory Officer, previously filed with this Registration Statement, 333-103199 on April 21, 2017.

 

 (m)

Calculation.

 

  (1)

Sample Calculation for Illustrations, previously filed with this Registration Statement, 333-103199 on April 21, 2017.

 

 (n)

Other Opinions.

 

  (1)

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, filed herewith.

 

  (2)

Powers of Attorney, filed herewith.

 

 (o)

Omitted Financial Statements. Not applicable.

 

 (p)

Initial Capital Agreements. Not applicable.

 

 (q)

Redeemability Exemption.

 

  (1)

Description of Equitable’s Issuance, Transfer and Redemption Procedures for Flexible Premium Policies pursuant to Rule 6e-3(T)(b)(12)(iii) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit No. 8 to Registration Statement on Form S-6, File No. 333-17663, filed on December 11, 1996.

 

C-8


ITEM 31.

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR.

Set forth below is information regarding the directors and principal officers of the Depositor. The Depositor’s address is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105. The business address of the persons whose names are preceded by an asterisk is that of the Depositor.

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH

THE DEPOSITOR

DIRECTORS   
Francis Hondal    Director
10050 W. Suburban Drive   
Pinecrest, FL 33156   
Arlene Isaacs-Lowe    Director
1830 South Ocean Drive, #1411   
Hallandale, FL 33009   
Daniel G. Kaye    Director
767 Quail Run   
Inverness, IL 60067   
Joan Lamm-Tennant    Director
135 Ridge Common   
Fairfield, CT 06824   
Craig MacKay    Director
England & Company   
1133 Avenue of the Americas Suite 2719   
New York, NY 10036   
Bertram L. Scott    Director
3601 Hampton Manor Drive   
Charlotte, NC 28226   
George Stansfield    Director
AXA   
25, Avenue Matignon   
75008 Paris, France   
Charles G.T. Stonehill    Director
Founding Partner   
Green & Blue Advisors   
20 East End Avenue, Apt. 5C   
New York, New York 10028   
OFFICER-DIRECTOR   
*Mark Pearson    Director and Chief Executive Officer
OTHER OFFICERS   
*Nicholas B. Lane    President
*José Ramón González    Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
*Jeffrey J. Hurd    Chief Operating Officer

 

C-9


*Robin M. Raju    Chief Financial Officer
*Michael B. Healy    Chief Information Officer
*Nicholas Huth    Chief Compliance Officer
*William Eckert    Chief Accounting Officer
*Darryl Gibbs    Chief Diversity Officer
*David W. Karr    Signatory Officer
*Jessica Baehr    Signatory Officer
*Mary Jean Bonadonna    Signatory Officer
*Eric Colby    Signatory Officer
*Steven M. Joenk    Chief Investment Officer
*Kenneth Kozlowski    Signatory Officer
*Carol Macaluso    Signatory Officer
*Hector Martinez    Signatory Officer
*James McCravy    Signatory Officer
*James Mellin    Signatory Officer
*Hillary Menard    Signatory Officer
*Kurt Meyers    Deputy General Counsel and Signatory Officer
*Maryanne (Masha) Mousserie    Signatory Officer
*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng    Chief Information Security Officer
*Anthony Perez    Signatory Officer
*Antonio Di Caro    Signatory Officer
*Glen Gardner    Deputy Chief Investment Officer
*Shelby Hollister-Share    Signatory Officer

 

C-10


*Manuel Prendes    Signatory Officer
*Meredith Ratajczak    Chief Actuary
*Aaron Sarfatti    Chief Risk Officer and Chief Strategy Officer
*Stephen Scanlon    Signatory Officer
*Samuel Schwartz    Signatory Officer
*Stephanie Shields    Signatory Officer
*Joseph M. Spagnuolo    Signatory Officer
*Gina Tyler    Chief Communications Officer
*Constance Weaver    Chief Marketing Officer
*Stephanie Withers    Chief Auditor
*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang    Treasurer

 

11


ITEM 32.

PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE INSURANCE COMPANY OR REGISTRANT.

Separate Account FP (the “Separate Account”) is a separate account of Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company. Equitable Financial, a New York stock life insurance company, is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Equitable Holdings, Inc. (the “Holding Company”).

Set forth below is the subsidiary chart for the Holding Company:

(a) Equitable Holdings, Inc. - Subsidiary Organization Chart: Q4-2023 is incorporated herein by reference to Registration Statement on Form N-4 (File No. 333-229766) filed on February 7, 2024.

 

C-12


ITEM 33.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

  (a)

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The by-laws of the Equitable Financial Life Insurance Company (“Equitable Financial”) provide, in Article VII, as follows:

 

  7.4

Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees.

 

  (a)

To the extent permitted by the law of the State of New York and subject to all applicable requirements thereof:

 

  (i)

Any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company;

 

  (ii)

Any person made or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that he or she, or his or her testator or intestate serves or served any other organization in any capacity at the request of the Company may be indemnified by the Company; and

 

  (iii)

the related expenses of any such person in any of said categories may be advanced by the Company.

 

  (b)

To the extent permitted by the law of the State of New York, the Company or the Board of Directors, by amendment of these By-Laws, or by agreement. (Business Corporation Law ss.ss.721-726: Insurance Law ss.1216).

The directors and officers of the Company are insured under policies issued by X. L. Insurance Company, Arch Insurance Company, Endurance Specialty Insurance Company, U.S. Specialty Insurance, ACE, Chubb Insurance Company, AXIS Insurance Company, Zurich Insurance Company, AWAC (Allied World Assurance Company, Ltd.), Aspen Bermuda XS, CNA, AIG, One Beacon, Nationwide, Berkley, Berkshire, SOMPO, Chubb, Markel and ARGO Re Ltd. The annual limit on such policies is $300 million, and the policies insure the officers and directors against certain liabilities arising out of their conduct in such capacities.

 

  (b)

Indemnification of Principal Underwriters

To the extent permitted by law of the State of New York and subject to all applicable requirements thereof, Equitable Distributors, LLC and Equitable Advisors, LLC have undertaken to indemnify each of its respective directors and officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact the director or officer, or his or her testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of Equitable Distributors, LLC and Equitable Advisors, LLC.

 

(c)

Undertaking

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-13


ITEM 34.

PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

 

  (a)

Equitable Advisors, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC are the principal underwriters for:

 

  (i)

Separate Account No. 49, Separate Account No. 70, Separate Account A, Separate Account FP, Separate Account I and Separate Account No. 45 of Equitable Financial

 

  (ii)

Separate Account No. 49B of Equitable Colorado

 

  (iii)

EQ Advisors Trust

 

  (iv)

Variable Account AA, Equitable America Variable Account A, Equitable America Variable Account K, Equitable America Variable Account L, and Equitable America Variable Account 70A.

 

  (b)

Equitable Advisors is the principal underwriter of Equitable Financial’s Separate Account No. 301.

 

  (c)

Set forth below is certain information regarding the directors and principal officers of Equitable Advisors, LLC and Equitable Distributors, LLC:

EQUITABLE ADVISORS, LLC

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

*David Karr    Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
* William Auger    Director
*Nicholas B. Lane    Director
*Frank Massa    Director and President
*Aaron Sarfatti    Director
*Ralph E. Browning, II    Chief Privacy Officer
*Mary Jean Bonadonna    Chief Risk Officer
*Alyssa Garrick    Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
*Patricia Boylan    Broker Dealer Chief Compliance Officer
*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang    Director, Senior Vice President and Treasurer
*Nia Dalley    Vice President and Chief Conflicts Officer
*Brett Esselburn    Vice President, Investment Sales and Financial Planning
*Gina Jones    Vice President and Financial Crime Officer
*Tracy Zimmerer    Vice President, Principal Operations Officer
*Page Pennell    Vice President
*Sean Donovan    Assistant Vice President
*Alan Gradzki    Assistant Vice President
*Janie Smith    Assistant Vice President
*James Mellin    Chief Sales Officer

 

C-14


*Candace Scappator    Assistant Vice President, Controller and Principal Financial Officer
*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng    Chief Information Security Officer
*Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey    Vice President
*Joshua Katz    Vice President
*Christopher LaRussa    Investment Advisor Chief Compliance Officer
*Christian Cannon    Vice President and General Counsel
*Samuel Schwartz    Vice President
*Dennis Sullivan    Vice President
* Michael Cole    Vice President and Assistant Treasurer
*Constance (Connie) Weaver    Vice President
*Michael Brudoley    Secretary
*Christine Medy    Assistant Secretary
*Francesca Divone    Assistant Secretary

EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

 

NAME AND PRINCIPAL

BUSINESS ADDRESS

  

POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH UNDERWRITER

*Nicholas B. Lane    Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
*Jessica Baehr    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Group Retirement
*Hector Martinez    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Life Business
*Eric Brown    Senior Vice President
*James Crimmins    Senior Vice President
*James Daniello    Senior Vice President
*Michael B. Healy    Senior Vice President
*Patrick Ferris    Senior Vice President

 

15


*Brett Ford    Senior Vice President
*Bernard Heffernon    Senior Vice President
*David Kahal    Senior Vice President
*Fred Makonnen    Senior Vice President
*Matthew Schirripa    Senior Vice President
*David Veale    Senior Vice President
*Arielle D’Auguste    Vice President and General Counsel
*Alfred D’Urso    Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
*Mark Teitelbaum    Senior Vice President
*Candace Scappator   

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,

Principal Financial Officer and Principal Operations Officer

*Gina Jones    Vice President and Financial Crime Officer
*Yun (“Julia”) Zhang    Senior Vice President and Treasurer
*Francesca Divone    Secretary
*Richard Frink    Senior Vice President
*Michael J. Gass    Vice President
*Kathi Gopie    Vice President
*Timothy Jaeger    Vice President
*Jeremy Kachejian    Vice President
*Laird Johnson    Vice President
*Enrico Mossa    Assistant Vice President
*James C. Pazareskis    Assistant Vice President
*Caitlin Schirripa    Assistant Vice President
*Samuel Schwartz    Vice President
*Greg Seavey    Vice President
* Michael Cole    Assistant Treasurer
*Stephen Scanlon    Director, Executive Vice President and Head of Individual Retirement

 

xvi


*Prabha (“Mary”) Ng    Senior Vice President and Chief Information Security Officer
*Michael Brudoley    Assistant Secretary
*Christine Medy   

Assistant Secretary

* Principal Business Address:

1345 Avenue of the Americas

NY, NY 10105

  

 

(d)

 

Name of Principal Underwriter

   Net Underwriting
Discounts
   Compensation on
Redemption
   Brokerage
Commission
   Other
Compensation

Equitable Advisors, LLC

   N/A    $0    $0    $0

Equitable Distributors, LLC

   N/A    $0    $0    $0

 

17


ITEM 35.

LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

This information is omitted as it is provided in the Registrant’s most recent report on Form N-CEN.

 

ITEM 36.

MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 37.

REPRESENTATION REGARDING REASONABLENESS OF AGGREGATE POLICY FEES AND CHARGES

Equitable Financial represents that the fees and charges deducted under the Policies described in this Registration Statement, in the aggregate, are reasonable in relation to the services rendered, the expenses expected to be incurred, and the risks assumed by Equitable Financial under the Policies.

 

C-18


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all the requirements for effectiveness of this Registration Statement under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City and State of New York, on the 23rd day of April, 2024.

 

                                           SEPARATE ACCOUNT FP
     (REGISTRANT)
     EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
     (DEPOSITOR)
     By:    /s/ Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey
        Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey
        Vice President and Associate General Counsel

SIGNATURES

As required by the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER:   
*Mark Pearson    Chief Executive Officer and Director
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:   
*Robin Raju    Chief Financial Officer
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER:   
*William Eckert    Chief Accounting Officer

 

*DIRECTORS:          
Daniel G. Kaye      George Stansfield      Bertram Scott
Joan Lamm-Tennant      Charles G.T. Stonehill      Arlene Isaacs-Lowe
Francis Hondal           Mark Pearson           Craig MacKay

 

*By:   /s/ Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey
 

Alfred Ayensu-Ghartey

  Attorney-in-Fact
  April 23, 2024

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

AMENDED AND RESTATED DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2023

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT IS MADE AS OF THE 1ST DAY OF NOVEMBER 2023

TWENTY SECOND AMENDMENT TO GENERAL AGENT SALES AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY 1, 2022

OPINION AND CONSENT OF COUNSEL

CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

POWERS OF ATTORNEY